u 0> THE 7 ARCHITECTS' AND ARTISANS' PERMANENT PRICE BOOK AKD COMPENDIUM OF USEFUL TABLES AND PRACTICAL SCIENTIFIC INFORMATION, SELKCTED AKD COMPILED FOR THE USE OF ALL BRAXCHES OF THE »RCHITECTURAL PROFESSION, ENGINEERS, CONTRACTORS, ESTATE AGENTS AND OTHERS INTERESTED IN BUILDING. ALSO PRACTICAL HINTS TO PKRSONS VHOl T TO HIILI), AND A COMPLETE GLOSSARY OF TECHNICAL TERMS USED IN SCIENCE, ARCHITECTURE, AND ENGINEERING. 3^ separate book of platts atfompanics tbc Moxh. nv F. N. BOXER ARCHITKCT. MONTREAL AND KOrSKS POINT, N, V. ; LOVELL PRINTING AND PrnLISIIIN(i ( OMl'wXV, PRINTERS. IHTr,. 'fios Entered according to the Act of Parliament of Canada, in the Year One Thousand Eight Hundred and Seventy-six, by F. N. BOXEli, in tlie Office of the MinisVu- cf Agriculture .and Statistics at[ Ottawa. PREFACE. •■">— ^ The want of some work, in a compact form, and of a more useful size than the ordinary Architectural Hand Books, embodying that particular kind of information which would be of service to all those interested in building, is often felt by Architects and Builders, particularly when making out Specifications or estimating the cost of Buildings. A great deal of information often required by them cannot be obtained without difficulty and loss of time, and, consequently, being too frequently only guessed at, the tenders given for the construction of an edifice are either absurdly too high, or ridiculously low. As the variation in the value of labor and materials in different local- ities renders it impossible to quote prices which would suit everywhere, or even in one place, for any length of time ; an approximate price is all that is necessary here, with a blank column for entering therein, in pencil, the corrections deemed requisite from time to time. Even in England the Price 'Books, published by Hurst, Laxton, and others, are not intended to be relied upon as perfectly correct in their quotations, but as approximately so. The description, however, of the various kinds of Artizans' work and materials is indispensable in an Architect's office, and the prices form a basis upon which a Builder can put a percentage on, or take therefrom, as he may consider to be to his advantage ; without such a guide it would be a difficult matter to arrive at anything like an approximate value of every description of labor and materials required in the construction of a building. These fixed prices might be convenien dy made the basis of tenders for work at a percentage either above or below them, and the work paid for by measurement ; it certainly is the fairest way of tendering, and would ensure a more uniform rate of tenders for constructing buildings than is at present given. A few practical examples in certain portions of Arithmetic, Geom- etry, Mensuration, Trigonometry, &c., are given to refresh the memory of those, who, for want of practice, cannot recall the process at the moment, and also for the benefit of Students. VI PREFACE. The extracts from the Civil Code on the Law of Building, and from the English Law of Building Contracts, will be found of use to Architects and Builders. Many valuable tables and memoranda are afforded of a scientific character from standard works by Barlow, Tredgold, Rankine, Fairbairn, Hodgkinson, Trautwine and others, as well as some useful suggestions for the guidance of Architects when Designs by competition are asked for. No claim is made for originality in this work beyond bringing before the Profession, and Artizans particularly, in one work, a greater amount of practical information than is to be found in any similar publication ; and it is a matter of much consequence to Architects and Builders that all Mechanics should not only thoroughly understand the rudiments of their craft, but be able to lay out their work, and per- form it in a workmanlike manner, without the constant supervision of those by whom they are employed. To proprietors of Real Estate, and House Agents, this book will be found of much service, as it will enable them to approximately estimate the value of repairs required for buildings. Several very useful and valuable receipts are afforded of practical service to Artizans, and to whatever branch of the Art of Building the reader may belong, he will find in this work something valuable to him and calculated to assist his labors. The work will be illustrated by several plates of a plain, practical character, in detail, consisting of Geometrical Figures, Carpentry, Grecian and Gothic Architecture, &c., &c., &c. ^ I SCHEDULE OF BUILDERS' PBICES. The value of Builder;;' Work depends upon Cost of Materials, Labor, Super- f intendence, Plant and Capital; and also upon the sum charged by the Builder for * Profit. The prices given for work in the different branches of business is the nearest approximate decimal to the average value of each particular kind of labor or material, but as these prices must always be fluctuating, blank columns are given in which the deviations thertifrom can be entered in pencil. By this arrangement tliis Schedule can be made a permanent price list and of more viilue than those annually issued. Thep.Hces given include a Builder's profit, EXCAVATORS' WORK. !;- Including all necessary Plant and Tools, required for carrying > on the work, shoring, &c,, bracing wl ere required, and keeping the excavation clear of all surface water caused by rain until the earth. &c., has been removed to the depth required. Excavatinq for basements and large areas, and throwing out to a height of o feet, and filing into barrows, carts, or other vehicles. Vegetable earth per cubic yard. Loam (sand and clay mixed) " " Ckiy : " « Earth mixed with coarse gravel ... " " Rock requiring bla.sting . " " Mud, in a wet state " " If thrown up over five feet^ allow in proportion to the extra depth " *' If for trenches, allow extra, according to the ground excavated " " Removing 2o yards with wheelbarrows, or carts, depositing and returning. Vegetable earth or loam per cubic yard. Clay, stony earth, sand or mud '* " Levelling earth, ^'C, from ban-ow heaps, unthout throwing. Vegetable earth, or loam per cubic yard. Clay, stony earth, &c " '* Levelling and trimming slopes. Vegetable earth, loam, &c " •' Clay, stony earth, &c. " " Filling at hacks of walls and ramming, dec. Vegefcvble earth, loam or sand per cubic yard. Clay and stony earth " " Ramming loose earth. Vegetable earth, loam or sand in layers 6 inches thick per cubic yard. Do do in layers 12 inches thick. " " Clay puddle. Tempering and spreading in layers 9 inches thick.. per cubic yard. Do do in layers 12 inches thick " *' Approximate Prices. 1876. 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 1.00 0.30 0.05 0c06 0.02 0.03 0.05 0.07 0.10 0.15 0.05 0.04 1.20 1.00 1877. 1878. 1879. 1880. 8 SCHEDULE OF BUILDEES' PKICES, EXCAVATORS' "WORK— {Continued.) Approximate Prices. Removincj a distance of 220 yards lineal, depositing the load and returning. Veiretable earth or loam Der cubic vard. 1876. 0.10 0.12 0.10 0.20 1877. 1878. 1879. 1880. Clay, sand, stony earth, &c " " Add for every additional 220 yards removed. . . " " Tur/ about 4 inches thick. Providing, cutting, laying and pinning down to flat or inclined surfaces per superficial yard. As MASONS' "WORK. RUBBLE MASONRY TS FOUNDATIONS ' Built dry, in courses to foundations, &c.. .'. .... .per cubic foot. Do with mortar to do " " JJgf do above do " " D6 do when all the beds are horizontal " Add if built with cement " " In the Province of Quebec, Rubble masonry is not measured by the foot cube, but by the French toise, containing 72 cubic feet, equal to 87. 16 English measure — 85 feet, however, is gen- erallv allowed in practice. All work should be measured by the foot cube, and the price regulated according to the thickness of the wall. SUPERIOR RUBBLE. Built with Large sized stone, with beds horizontal and joints vertical, or oblique, fitting close, without spawls in face, rough finished, and fair and neatly pointed per. cubic ft. Add to the above if executed to rough arches, as to tanks, vaults, tunnels, &c., with radiating joints do pimched fair.* *, FACE WORK TO RUBBLE MASONBY— per ft. Super. Rough hammer dressed, punched or picked face, straight, or ) curved above ten feet radius ) Clean do do do neatly hammer dressed ) pimched or picked • ) Rough rock face work, with pitched jomts, straight or curved work, above 10 feet radius Add to any of the above items for waste of stone, for oblique or battered face or curved work under 10 ft. radius \ Sinking reveals for window or door frames or similar \ work, actual sinking only 2 to 3 inches deep j REPAIRS — per cubic foot. Including all materials required and removing all Rubbish arising from the work. Taking down old rubble masonry, cleaning the stone and re- ) building, under 40 cubic feet, m any quantity ( Taking up old rubble masonry m foundations, culvert.s, &c., j cleaning, mo\ing and piling the stone not exceeding 25 > yards distant and removing rubbish ) Taking down rubble masonry of any kind in superstructure, / &C., not exceeding 25 yards distant j Rebuilding masonry in superstructure, labor and mortjir only. Cutting openings in walls of rubble masonry of any kind for ) doors, windows, ventilators, &c, where the quantity does > not exceed 40 cubic feet ) Making good to jambs, sills and arches of openings of any kind with old stone, labor and mortar •All superior faced work to be measured and paid for extra. Approximate Prices. 1876. 0.11 0.15 0.16 0.17 0.05 1877. 1878. 1879. 188a ? 0.20 0.30 0.08 :■ - . 0.12 0.40 0.14 0.40 0.10 0.07 0.05 0.08 0.04 0.10 Si A J P J I I I M SCHEDULE OP BUILDEBS' PRICES. 9 MASONS' WOSK^iContinrntL) AsHLAB "Work, {per foot cube.) Bhlar faced work, straight or curved, above 10 feet radius, to rubble or brick walling, in level courses from 10 to 16 inch- es high, 6 inches on beds, vertical joints and beds roughly punched or picked, bedded flush, and joints neatly pointed and cleaned down axed three inches back from the face. dd to above if beds and joints are to be neatly punched or | from the face ) »^dd for curved work under 10 feet radius, labor only lAdd if executed in chimney shafts, vaults and similar work, with radiating joints Stone from the Quarry Carted a distance ofZ miles. ^Common rubble per 1000 lbs. > Selected bedstones. , Suitable for plain ashlar, not over 6 inches thick. Do do do 12 do do Lbove these sizes from. it ii foot cubic <( i< C( (< l \The follomng are prices for labor only, for straight or curved work over 10 feet radius, including setting and cleaning down. Per. ft. superficial {Limestone. Sandstone. Granite. {Limestone. | Sandstone, j Granite. {Limestone. Sandstone. Granite. ^ Rough or rock pitched facework and horizontal joints I ca^^l!!^"^" ] Rough or rock pitched face work, drafted on | Limestone. : face I Sandstone. {Limestone. Sandstone. Granite. _. ( Limestone. Fme punched or picked face < Sandstone. ( Granite. _, . Lunestone. Plamly chiselled, or single axed face < Sandstone. ' Granite. _. , ( Limestone. Jmely chiselled, or double axed face < Sandstone. ( Granite. Approximate Prices. 1876. 0.60 a05 0.10 0.10 0.45 to 0.60 0.75 0.25 0.45 1.00 to 2.00 0.20 to 0.26 0.50 0.30 0.60 0.60 0.45 1.00 0.20 0.20 0.10 0.10 0.08 0.20 0.15 0.10 0.40 0.30 0.28 0.60 0.40 0.35 0.75 1877. 1878. 1879. 1880. Note 1.— When the work in a specification differs in desffriT>tion to the work described in anv of the above items, the neeessarj- aUowances must be made for the difference in cost. The aslUar faciuK described 18 the ordinary plain facme of the country. 2.— In measuring ashlar facing the average width oi the beds of the stretchers is onlv to be teken for ashlar, and the excess paid for as rubble backing. In ashlar facing, if required to be backed by bnckwork, the back jomta of headers and stretchers are to be roughly punched fair and square, and to be paid for as rough hammer dressed work. ^ j x h . « ^T;:'^'"*^^®* *5i^^"*^!^** ^""'^l openings i" ashlar facing, to be paid for as stone in block, adding the work thereon. The returns of jambs and reveals to openings, where no specific dressinits are provided, •re to be measured for plain and sunk work. *«^"»« «*«»»«iio m« pi ..^v^ucu, 10 SCHEDULE OF BUELDERS' PRICES. MASOITS "WORK— (Confmue(/.) WoBKMAKsmp IN CuTTiNo, {per foot lineal,) In either Limestone or Sandstone. Beading single quirk not exceeding 4 inclies girth . . . | ^t^'^'S"*- Chamfering or weathering, from 2 inches, and not ex- | Straight, ceeding 3 inches \ Circular. Chisel drafted margins from | to 1 inch wide I Straight. )'luting or reeding, not exceeding 3 inches wide I ^,^^^S^*- Grooving, semicircular or channel, fluting or reeding, 1 Straight, not exceeding 3 inches girth \ Circular, Mouldings of any section, not exceeding 4 inches girth Nosings or rounded edge on stone, not exceeding 3 inches thick Throating, either angular or semicircular, or arris cut Sunk rebate, not exceeding 3 inches girth j Circular jf Straight or Rounded comers or angles in stone, not exceed- ing 3 inches thick, 6 inches radius and under i square edge. Circular | or rounded. J Note.— The prices to the above items include all returned angles, stoppings, and all mitres, interual or external, &c., wherever they occur. Letting in with lead, Fixing, &c. — Each. Including all Materials. Letting in ballusters, rails, window or other bars ( bolts, holdfasts, or similar work; holes 1 I With molt, lead inch in diameter and under, ajid from 2 to 3 , With cement, inches in depth I Letting in as above described, bases of columns, f standards for railings and similar work ; holes j With molt lead from 2 to 4 inches diameter, and from 2 to 4 1 With cement, inches in depth I ; holes from 4 to 6 | With molt' lead. Letting in as last described indies in diameter ) With cement Letting m as before described : holes from 6 to 9 ( With molt' lead inches m diameter ( With cement. Letting in as before described ; holes from 9 to 12 | With molt' lead, inches m diameter | With cement. Letting in cramps of any kind from 1 to 1^ inches | With molt' lead, in section .i)er lineal inch . ( With cement. Letting in door scrapers, lamp irons, locks, ( With molt' lead. " j Wi latches, staples, or similar work each. ''ith cement. Sinking mortices or housmgs to receive ends of door posts, or sockets, or pivots for hinges, or similar work. ..per. lineal inch. Boring rail, pipe, or bolt holes up to li inch in \ x „^_ _,,,-. diameter and from 3 to 6 inches m depth. ) ^^^^ *^*"^* Letters or figures neatly and deeply cut per. lineal inch. Door Sills and Steps, Square — (of Limestone or Sandstone, not exceeding 6 feet in length— per /oot lineal). Labor and all Materials. Rough punched top of sill, front and back joints squared, 3 inches in depth, bed and ends rough Rough punched tread and riser, bed and back joints squared, 13 laches, back and ends rough Approxunate Prices. 1876. 0.10 0.15 0.25 0.30 0.15 0.20 0.20 0.25 0.20 0.25 0.25 0.20 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.35 0.50 0.10 0.03 0.30 0.05 0.60 0.10 0.75 0.10 0.90 0.00 0.05 0.02 0.20 0.10 0.20 0.07 0.05 0.60 0.70 1877. 1878. 1879. 1880. SCHEDULE OF BUILDEBS' PBICES. 11 MASON'S VrOBK^(Continued.) DooB Sills and Steps, Square, &c. — {Continued.) Per foot lineal. Rough punched all round, including the ends Plain chiselled tread and riser, joints, &c., as above, cleanly punched Plain chiselled tread and riser and end, the bed and back riser cleanly punched Window Sills. (Not exceeding 6 feet in length) per foot lineal. Labor and all Materials. 12 X 6 Neatly and finely punched, sunk, weathered, throated ) ip ^ 7 and back rebated ( 20 x 8 Plain chiselled, tooled, or smgle axed do as above t 12 X 6 <1G X 7 ( 20 X 8 Neatly chiselled, tooled, or double axed, do as above Foundations fob Paving, &c. — [per yard superjicial.) Forming foundations for paving or for roads, with stone chippings, coarse gravel or other suitable material, including spreadmg and levelling surface to the avenige depth of 12 mches do do do 9 inches in depth do do do 6 do Concrete Foundations. Concrete foundations for any purpose, fillcc'. or shot in, raked, levelled, and rammed, in layers not exceeding 12 inches in depth, per yard cube As above and not exceeding 9 ins. in depth,p€r yd. super, do do ,6 dft do Flag Pavements or Hearths. Of the best quality, not exceeding twenty-five feet superficial in one Flag* per yd. super.. Rough, self-faced or scabbled and ( ^ i^-, *l"5k and under vi J <3to3J " " roughly squared I 4 to 4* " " {2^ in. thick and under 3to3i " " 4to4j " {2^ in. thick and under 3 to 4 4to Plain chiseUed, tooled or single axed, ( 2* in. thick and under squared.... .... ^^'"^ " % Sundries. 4 to 4^ i Canadian. (( I v^anatuan. Cement m air tight barrels \ United States, (English, (Port (Portland). Keene's fine do 1876. 0,75 0.90 1.00 0.75 1.00 1.25 0.80 1.05 1.30 0.90 0.10 1.35 0.25 0.20 0.15 2.60 3.00 3.50 super. 1.75 2.25 2,75 2.00 2.50 3.00 3.00 3.25 4.25 3.50 4.00 4.50 2.50 4.50 5.00 8.00 le.'^o Approximate Prices. 1877. 1878. 1879. 188a ♦Note.— Add to the above, if rubbed fair and smooth to order, according to the hardness of the 3tone and work to be done. The fla«8 to be of a uniform thickness, bedded flush, and soUd throughout the whole area ; the joints Mo»e^'<2S^^o? "^ortar or cement) from bottom to top, and neaUy pointed, and the top surface 12 SCHEDULE OF BUILDEKS' PEICES. Materials to be of the best quality, the Contractor to provide aU labor in hoisting and setting, and all implements necessary to carry on the work. Basis of Calculation.* Bricks per 1000, best quality, full size, per 1000 Wages of a Bricklayer per day. Wages of a laborer " Brickwork in walls as usually laid in good work. . I Pff ^"P •^ " ( per ft, cube do. do. laid in American cement npf^t^c^ do. etc. to covering of arches including all | per 1000 cutting, &c, in lime mortar \ per ft. cube do. do. to ovens and coppers, do " " Add if elliptical '• " Gauged arches rubbed only do. cut a!)d set in putty Paving with bricks laid flat in sand per foot supt r, do. do. on edge in mortar " " do. do. flat in cement " " do. do. on edge in mortar* '• " Dbain Pipes. Excavating A^feet deep andjilling in — labor only. 4 inch drain pipes, laying and jointing in cement per yd. lin. ' 6 da do. do. do. " 9 do. do. do. do. " 12 do. do. do. do. " DBAUf Pipes, English Manufactube. Manufacturers Prices — perfl. lineal. Straight, i 4 in. Bends, * do. Junction, single do. Junction, double do. Sj'phon traps do. 6 in. 9 in. 13 in do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. I Sundries. Terra Cotta Chimney Tops. Set in cement. r2ft high, 2 " 3 in. ^' 2"6in. '• Ornamental, Elizabethan, and Gotliic Chimney tops. For prices and iUustrations see advertisement. POINTINO. Flat ioints, in ash mortar or cement . .* per. ft. superficial. do. to chimney shafts " " Stopning and tuck jwinting to old fronts " " • Brickwork colored and drawn •* '* Tuck pointing new work before the scaffolding is removed Approximate Prices. 1876. 9.00 3.00 1.50 15.00 0.30 18.00 0.36 20.00 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.15 0.30 0.50 1.00 0.75 1.50 0.75 to 1.00 0.50 0.90 1.00 1.65 1.40 3.00 3.25 3.50 7.00 0.05 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.06 1877. 1878. 0.75 1.10 1.75 2.16 1.90 1.00 2,00 0.40 3.00 2.75 1879. 1.50 2.75 3.50 4.50 4.00 188a 4^a Ad COl Ma \\xi ler Cnr * The calculation for 1000 bricks laid in walls is for an average sized briok— 8 in . z 4 in. z 2>i in. t See advertisement for drain pipes and chimney pots. SCHEDULE OF BUILDERS PBICES* 13 BRICKIiAYERS' "WORK— ( Continued. ) Sundries — ( Continued. ) \\l inch wide hoop iron, tarred and sanded, and laid in walls at per yard running, for every dress Cutting to rakes or ramps in brickwork per foot super. |Do. to 4 inch splays {>er foot running. 8irds mouth splays • • • do Sash doors and frames bedded and pomted each do. do. do. do. large size do. Taking down old brickwork, cleaning aud. pilmg the bricks withm a distance of 50 yards, and remo>ing rubbish, per foot cube • • • . • jbuilding brickwork from old bricks, mortar and workmanship only per foot cube. -bricks per 1000 > Approximate Prices. 1876. 1877. 1878. 1879. 0.05 0.05 ao5 0.06 0.25 0.40 0.03 0.08 30.00 to 40.00 • 1880. FLASTEltSRS' VTORK. Including all Labot, Materials and Utensils. Bendebiko. jndering one coat per. yard super. ({ <( {( <( do do floating and set. do two coats, and set with fine stuff. . . . do with American cement, one coat — I thick do with one part cement and one part sand do with two parts sand and one part cement j ■ LATHtNO AlfD PlASTERDTO. Lathing only per. yard super. Lath and plaster, one coat " do do and set with fine stuff " do two coats and float do " Add extra i! any of the above work is gauged in plaster of Paris. Rough-Casting. llough-casting on brick or stone, one coat, with lime and fine gravel per. yard super. llough-casting on brick or stone, two coats, with , , lime and fine gravel ,« Cornices, Mouldings, &c.* The dubbing out and laths {if brackets) included. Main cornices and mouldings per inch girth and foot running.. . luirks rim in plaster to wood beads do. and per foot r unnin g, Enrichments in Plaster. Ilembers, cast solidand trimmed per inch girih. ? do undercut " Itnriched soffits i do very rich and full \ Wreatlis of laurel leaves > ; do oak and acorn leaves j Cast Flowers, or Pateras, (put up separately). \ ) Recording to size — per inch diameter > Approximate Prices. 0.10 0.15 0.02 0.02 0.a3 0.03 0.10 to 0.25 1876. \ 1877. 1878w 18T9. 1880 0.08 0.20 8.25 0.20 0.18 0.15 0.09 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.05 * fcept' t All mitres, over four in number, to be charged each at the price of a foot running of moulding, ex- n halls, or small rooms under 14 x 16, then all the mitres should be paid for. The prices vary according to the quantity aud depth of euricnmeut, aiui the nature of the design. 14 SCHEDULE OF BUILDERS PRICES. PLASTERERS' YrOItK^{Continued.) « Sundries. Pointing round winter sashes or doors with lime and putty, piaster of Paris each. Coloring. Stone, buff, or salmon color, once done per. yard super. do do twice done French grey, blue or lemon color, once done . . . do do twice done . . LiMEWTIITK AND WHITEWASHING. ' Per square of 100 superficial feet. Limewhite, once done do twice done Whiting, wita whiting and size, once done do do twice done Scraping off old whitewash and stopping old walls to receive new whitewash F&r running foot. . Whiting, with whiting and size, plain cornices, once done do do do twice done Each. Stopping holes in walls under 3 inches square, including drawing nails Stopping holes in colored walls, including coloring to match Repairing plastering on walls and ceilings in patches not ex- ceeding 2 feet superficial, including hacking off old do on walls, including coloring to match Add extra for gauging with plaster Paris , , : Sundries. ' Per yard superficial. Taking down old lathing and plastering on walls and ceilings and removing rubbish Taking down old rendering or rough-casting and removing rub- bish, including wetting, dubbing out, &c., to receive new plastering Taking down old plastering on lathed walls or ceilings without renewing the lathing, including renaihng the laths where necessary, and removing rubbish J . — .,, „~ , y . I Materials and Day Work. , _^, , i Working dot/ 10 hours. Plasterer per day I-Aborer " Boy " Piiie laths per bundle Cement, Canadian, in airtight casks per barrel. do United States, do " do Portland,^ do " Hair mortar : per foot cube Fine stuff " Plaster Paris per barrel. Whiting per lb. Hair dried and thrashed " Si^e . per gallon Blue black per lb. Yellow ochre •» Venetian red •* Tndiiro Knglish umber " Pnissian blue •' Approximate Prices. 1876. 0.30 0.08 0.12 0.10 0.15 0.05 0.10 O.OG 0.10 0.10 0.01 0.03 0.02 0.03 0.15 0.18 0.02 0.03 O.Ot 0,03 2.60 1.50 1.00 0.25 2.50 4.00 5.00 0.25 0.()0 2.00 o.m O.Oi 0.20 0.10 0.(Vt 0.05 1.00 O.lf) 1.00 1877. 1878. 1879. 1880. Waj ifThe Note.— AU work to be measured net, and all opeuings deducted. SCHEDULE OF BUILDERS PRICES. 15 CARPENTERS' WORK. 1 Approximate Prices. 1876. 1877. 1878. 1879. 1880. ^ VITnrraa /\t a PamT-rttftT •••••••• BCTdaV. \ 1.50 to 2.00 ^ wages 01 a ^axpt-utor* .#....•••••••••••• i^*" v.~j % Timber in the tree or log. Per foot cube. ;The prices are for timber only, delivered at the yard. iPine, in logs, free from shakes, large or loose knots and other de- 0.12 0.09 0.25 0.07 0.08 I iecu». • White spruce do do do Tamarac (large) do do do Cedar { " ) do do do Hemlock do do do White Oak do do do Red Oak do do do Grey Ash do do do Hard Maple do do do Birch do do do 0.45 0.25 0.15 0.20 0.20 0.30 Unwrought Timber in Small Scantlings for framing purposes, per 1000 feet — board m£asurement. Pine (if very long J more) Tamarac • 0.20 0.70 0.06 0.14 0.80 €.30 0.40 0.40 14.00 20.00 12.00 15.00 4.50 3.50 4.00 3.00 • Cedar (for nosts or solit) TTpmlock Oak (white) "White Ash Butternut Pine studdings 12 ft. long 3x4 per 100 pieces. do *' "4x4 Hemlock do 12 " 3x4 " do do 12 " 4x4 «* Pine furriugs 12 ** 2 x li " do 12 " 2x1 " Spruce do 12 •* 2 x li Spruce do 12 •* 2x1 BOARDS— roM^A per 1000ft. b. m. Pine, best quality lto2 ins. thick " ) second '^ 2 .♦ .. I «' third " 2 i. « ) 30.00 18.00 12.00 WIDE BOARDS— 6€.s« extra Spruce, bestquah'ty 2 u •« | " second '« 2 »i •« ? •• best " U " ♦♦ ) •' second " l| " " | Walnut ( 12.00 to 10.00 8.00 to 10.00 66.00 to 90.00 $100. to $150. 1.50 0.02 0.03 do selected and wide > Laths T^r bundle Veneers, plain Walnut per ft. super. " " Mahogany " 0.05 to 0^ 16 SCHEDTJLE OF BTJILDERS' PEICES. CARPENTERS' "WORK^i Continued.) FliOOBIKa BOAKDS.— Over 4t and not above 6 in. toide, planed one side, tongued and grooved, full measurement Pine (4 M M Spruce, n It <« M best quality second best qaality second best quality second best quality second " best quality second " best quality second **■ 2 2 1 2 1 1 t > iiM^es thick ) " I :: I <« «{ It <« .•;^.SR r^' I Pine Dooks, &a Canadian Manvfacture.* 7, X 3, in four panels, raised mouldings on 2 sides each 6, 10 X 3, in four panels, flush mouldings on 2 sides each 6, 8 X 2, 8 in four panels, raised mouldings one side | and flush on the other each J 6, 6 X 2, 6 four panels flush moulding both si ies 7, 0x3, 6, 10x2, 6, 6x2, 10 6 PINE SASH DOORS. raised mouldings 2 sides. flush . do 2 do.. do do 5 do.. ! CANADIAN WINDOWS. Including frames and hinges. 6, Ox 3, 5, 3x 3, 2 5, 9x 3, 5 with 6 lights. do do Approximate Prices. 1876. 1877, 35.00 32.00 36.00 32.00 20.00 18.00 30.00 27.00 22.50 20.00 15.00 13.00 1878. 1879. 1880. Inches. I ; . 8UMMEB BLINDS. i ' . --.^ Framed and hinged. If made with fast shades per ft. super. do " rolling shades extra per blind. do in four pieces and fast shades extra per blind. do " and rolling do... do do ENGLISH WINDOWS. All complete except cords and weights and fastenings Single hung per ft. super, from Double hung extra for each blind. Circular comers to sashes extra each. "" ~ • WholeBale prices at the MilH ll. H- li S c. $ c $ c. 4.20 3.85 3.55 3.30 3.00 2.90 3.25 3.00 2.85 — 2.50 2.45 3.35 2.90 2.40 3.15 2.60 2.30 — 2.60 2.75 3.00 Ai^roximate Prices. 187a 0.26 0.40 0.60 1.00 0.20 0.30 0.25 1877. 1T78. M79. 1880. SCHEDULE OF BUILDERS' PRICES. . 17 AMERICAN MILL PRICES FOR DOORS, ^WINDOTVS, &o. Maxufacturkrs Prices — (A liberal discount allowed to Contractors.) CHECK RAIL OB LIP SASH. Twelve Lighted Windows. Size of Glass. Inches. 8x 12 9x 12 10 X 12 10 X 16 lOx 20 9x 14 9x 10 x 10 X 10 X 11 X 11 X 11 X 12 X 12 X Thick- ness. Price per window ; 12 light window i glazed :& bed'd. Size of 12 light windows 18 14 16 18 16 18 22 18 22 12x 24 nches Dls.C ts Dls Cts. 1 3-8 85 2.55 i< 85 2.75 (( So 2.00 (( 1.05 3.90 (( 1.35 5.05 3-4 1.15 3.95 (( 1.40 4 60 <( 1.15 3.95 (< 1.30 4 60 (( 1.40 5.25 (( 1.40 5.25 (( 1.60 5 75 u 1.95 6.90 (C 1.60 6.;^ (< 2.00 7.50 (< 2.15 8.35 Ft. In. Ft. lu. Eight Lighted Windows. Size of Thick- Glass, i ness. Price per mndow Price per window, glazed & bedded. Size of 8 light window, Common Bar. Inches. 9x 9x 10 X 10 X 12 X 12 X 10 X 10 X 12 X 12 X 12 16 14 18 14 18 16 20 18 24 ' Inches Dls.Cts. 1 3-8 85 u 1.05 (( 98 (( 1.13 <( 1.08 (( 1.35 1 3-4 1.30 (( 1 55 (( 1.55 " 2.25 \ Dls. Ct*. Ft. In. Ft. In. 2.30 2.90 2.70 3.65 3.10 4.00 2 4f X 6 6 3.65 2 1x5 10 4.60 2 1x7 2 4.45 2 4i x 6 6 5.65 2 4|x 8 6 1 m 1 M 2 i 2 \ 2 2 i 4^ 2 \ 2 1 2 4^ 2 M x 4 6 X 5 10 X 5 x 6 6 X 5 Four Lighted Windows. Size of Glass. Inches. 12 X 24 12 X 28 12 X 32 12 X 36 12 X m 12 X 34 12 X 38 14 X 38 14 X 42 14 X 46 14 X 48 Thick- Price Price per Window, ness. per glazed and window bedded. Inches Dls.Cts. Dls. Cts. 1 3-8 .90 2.80 (( 1 05 3.40 (( 1.15 4.15 (< 1.35 4.65 1 3-4 1.30 3.85 (« 1.40 4.60 (( 1.60 5.20 (i 1.70 6.00 1 <( 1.85 7 15 i< 2.05 8.10 t( 2.15 8 90 Size of Four LightWindow Common Bar. Ft. In. Ft. In. 2 o 2 2 2 2 o w 2 9 43 X 4 6 4| X 5 V X 5 10 X 6 6 4| X 5 6 4x6 2 4 X 6 10 8|x 6 10 X 7 6 X 8 2 X 8 6 Segment Head, 1^ thick add 40i', : Ij thick add 50c. Half Circle Head, If thick, add Sl.OO ; 13 thick add $1.25. Wide Centre Bar, add 15 cents. Sizes not given above, extra price. 2 STOSE DOOBS. With Sash Rabbeted on fob Shutters. Size. Thickness. 5 ft. X 7 ft 13-8 5 " X 7 " 6 " 5 " X 8 " " Price. 8.00 9.00 10 00 With Shutters fitted and trimmed, add S4.00. 1 3A thick, add t<» price of 1 ;i-8, 61.00. Doubl J thick, add 50 to 100 per cent. All heavy, nii.sed, moulded on one side. 0. 0. FOUB PANEL CLEAR DOORS. Raised Panel, both sides. Thickness. Inches. 1 3-16 1 3-8 (t 1 3-4 SIZE. ( Ft. in. Ft. in. 2 6 X 6 6 O 10 X 6 10 ! 2 6 X 6 ^1 3 X 7 o! 2 10 X 6 lOi 3 X 7 6! ' XT Xot wg'd up ! Wg'd up Price S2.50 3.00 2.75 3.50 4.25 4.75 s 4< 5 IT 4 Pn'l 1?^ doors, moulded 1 side, add to price wg'd up . . fiO 4 " 1% " '* 2 " " " $1.20 4 " IX " " 2 " ' " i.9) Raised Moulding, Double Price. Moulding, 6 panel, Hfi per cent, more than 4 pannel. 0. G. SIX PANEL CLEAR BOORS. Flat Panel, both sides. Thickness. Inches. 1 3-16 a 1 3-8 1 3-4 SIZE. Not wg'd up. Ft In. Ft. In. | 2 6x6 6! 2 10 X 2 6 X 3 X 2 10 X 3 X 6 10 i 6 6! 0: 10 6i 7 6 7 Price. $2.50 3.00 2.75 3.50 4.25 4.75 Wg* dup. I • ^•3 Intermediate sizes at proixjrtionate rates. WINDOW FRAMES FOR BRICK BUILDINGS. PLAIN WINDOW FRAMES. Size. Price. Size. Price. 8 X 10 $2.25 10 X 16 t'i.OO 9x 12 2.50 9x 18 3.35 10 X 12 2.50 10 X 18 3.35 9 X 14 2.75 lOx 20 3.65 10 X 14 2.75 lOx 22 4.00 9x 15 2.75 lOx 24 4.00 10 X 15 3 00 12x 22 4.26 9x 16 3.00 12x 24 4.50 18 .SCHEDUI.E OP BUILDERS PRICES. AMERICAN MILL PRICES FOR DOORS, "WINDOWS, Ac—iContinued.) BOX WINDOW FRAMES. Size. Price. Size. Price. 8x 10 S3. 00 10 X 16 S4.00 «v 12 3.35 9x 18 4.25 10 X 12 3.35 10 X 18 4.25 9 X 14 3.65 lOx 20 4.50 10 X 14 3.65 12 X 20 4.75 l)x 15 3.()5 12 X 22 5.25 10 X 15 4.00 12 X 24 5.25 J)x 16 4.00 Segment outside, Square inside, add 50 cents. Circle Top, Circle Comer, Gothic, Segment, and Ellipse Window Frames and Sash made to order. OCTAGON STAVED NEWEL POSTS, BLACK WALNUT, CHERRY OR OAK. 8 inch Plain Octagon, with cap $5.50 10 " " '' " " 7.00 12 " " " " " 9.00 Raised O. G. Panel, add to price of Plain. . 2.00 Sunk Panel, Fancy Mould, add 4.50 Plain Mahogany, add 3.00 OCTAGON SUNK PANEL NEWEL POSTS, FANCY MOULDED, BLACK WALNUT, CHERRY OR OAK. 8 in. Posts & Cap,S0.50 10 " " *^ 11.50 12 in. Posts & Cap,Sl3.50 Mahogany po. $3.00 ex. BLACK WALNUT, CHERRY OR OAK FLUTED OR OCTAGON BALUSTERS. If inch,. 2 " . 21 " . . ...18c. each. ....21c. " ....24c. " 2h inch, 27c. each. 2| " 32c " BLACK WALNUT, CHERRY OR OAK. PLAIN BALUSTEBS AND TUBNED POSTS. NEWEL Price. 5 inch PostH $2.00 6 " 2.50 17 tt (( 3.00 8 " " 3.50 Full Veneered Posts, add $3 each. Mahogany Fluted or Octagon Balusters furnished to ord^r at about double price of Blade Walnut or Cherry. OUTSIDE BLINDS. Thick- ness. 1 3-16 (< (( <( (( Price fob 12Liout Window. Size. 8x 10 X 9r 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 12 15 K) 18 20 Rolling Slats. Price. SI. 75 2.05 2.30 2.50 2.80 3.10 Station- ary Slats. « . C5 « , *4 « S3 o -2; •rc/2 i^-zc a s (— — ' §1 Painted with best green, with Trim- mings and Boiling Slats Price. $4.00 4,50 5.00 5.50 5.75 6.00 1§ thick, add to price of 1 3-16 per window, 40c. Segment Head Blinds, add 50 to (JO cents. Half Circular Head BUnds, add 100 to 150 cts. INSIDE BLINDS. O. G. Panel or Roiling Slats. Four Fold Measuring height of window, ordinary width, per ft. $1.00 The above prices are for Pine. If hard wood, such as Cherry, Ash, Maple or Black Walnut, the charge is about double the price of Pine. WINDOW iilAHES FOB BBICK BUILDINGS. PLAIN WINDOW FRAMES. Size. 8x 10 X 9x 10 X 10 X 9x 10 12 14 14 15 16 I! Prick. S2.25 2.50 2.75 2.75 3.00 3.00 Size. 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 12 X 12 X 16 18 20 22 22 24 Price. S3.00 3.35 3.65 4.00 4.25 4.50 BOX WINDOW FRAMES. Size. 8x 9x 10 x 9x 10 X 9x 10 X 9x 10 12 12 14 14 15 15 16 Price. Size. $3.00 1 10 X 16 3.35 ! 9x 18 3.35 ^ 10 X 18 3.65 1 : 10 X 20 3.65 ! 1 12x 20 3.r)5 12x 22 4.00 ! 12 X 24 4.00 Price. $4.00 4.25 4.25 4.60 4.75 6.25 6.25 Segment outside, Square inside, add 50 cents. Circle Top, Circle Comer, Gothic, Segment and Ellipse Window Frames and Sash, are always made to order. SCHEDULE OF BUILDERS PRICES. 19 AMERICAN MILL PRICES FOR DOORS, VTINDOWS, Ac— ( Conf/nygrf.) MOULDINGS. Pine Mouldings, about one cent per inch girth, measured i^>er foot lineal. STAIRCASES. ROPE MOULDINGS. P'ae or White Wood. I Walnut or Hardwood. h inch... 2c. 1 " ...4c. 11 " ...5c. ij " ...6c. 2 " ...8c. 2^ in. 12c. h inch. 4c. 3 " 1()C. I i " 8c. 3i " 25c , li " 10c. 4 " 30c. :l| " 12c. 5 " 40c.il 2 " 16c. 2i in. 2r)c. 3 " SOq. 3^ " ;j.5c. 4 " 45c. 5 " 60c. Stair Builders generally furnish their prices at so much \)er step, inc-uding Kails. Balusters, Newels, &c., all comi)leteand fixed in accordance with plans and specification furnished to them bj' Architects. ^ The following are approximate jyrices : Plain Stiiircases pf pine, 3 feet wide, Avith returned nosings and scroll brackets, hard wood rail, turned newel and balustere at per step S 3.50 It is found impossible, however, to give in a work of this kind prices for the variinis kinds of Carpenters work, which vary in dimensions, material and finish ; enough information, however it is hoped has been furnished to be of service in making out ai)proxiinate estimates. HARDWARE.* LOCKS AND liATCHES— {^famlf act urers prices.) The prices given are for the locks only, without furniture. For a description of furniture, the spindles being made for any lock, see the prices which are placed after the locks. ^ For the sake of abbreviation the following letters are substituted for words : — Japanned, Jap. ; Bolt. Bt. ; Strike, Stk. ; Lock, Lk. ; Latch, Lat. ; Iron, Ir. ; Brass, Br. ; Front, Ft. ; Key, K. ; Tumbler, Turn. ; Plated, R. ; Knob, Kb. ; Malleable, Mle. ; Albarite, Al. In giving orders for lockg, state if for right or left. A deduction of from 25 to 35 per cent, off tlicse prices if purchased in large quantities. No 5 6 10 11 15 10 20 25 26 27 30 Size. Deseription. X X 3i IJxSl Mortise Knob Latches. Iron bolt. Ft. and Stk do do Brass bolt. Iron Ft. and Stk Iron do Brass do. . . Brass do Ft. and Stk.. Iron do do Brass do do. Iron do Stk Brass do do do and Hub do Brass do. . . do Front and do do do., do For Fr. Windows or nar- roio stiles. 2J x' If Brass bolt. Front, Stk. and i Hub.... 1 ! With- 1 out Furni- No. ture per doz 2 25 i5 OU 3 50 4 25 5 25 4 00 5 50 3 50 5 00 9 00 00 9 50 35 40 50 55 Size. 15x3 2Jx 3i 3ix 1| Description. With- out Furni- ture, per doz For foldinq and other doors. Brass Guarded Bolt, Ir. Ft. Br. Stk. and Hub., rabbeted Ft do do Ft. Stk and Hub 3ix 2^ Mortise Knob Latches. ForFr. icindoios and nar- rov) stiles. Br. Guard Bt. Ft. Stk. and Hub 8 00 8 00 Astragal front for sliding doors. Brass Bolt, Stk. and Hub. 18 50 12 50 * See advertisemeut by Mesois. Ives & Co., Montreal. 20 SCHEDULE OF BUILDERS' PRICES. LOCKS AND LATCHES— (Con• 3ixlf Description. With- out Furni- ture, per doz Iron Bt. heavy Br. Ft. do do do 3 Turn Brass Bt. heavy Br. Ft. and do do do 3 do Iron Bt. do do 5 do ! Brass Bt. do Br. Ft. do j do do and 5 Turn.... i Iron Bt. Heavy Br. Ft. and guarded *Stk. 2 Me. Pit. Ks. 3 Turn with plated Ks Brass Bt. do do do do Iron Bt. Heavy Br. Ft. and! Guarded Stk. 2 Nic Ptd. I Ks. 5 Turn Brass do do do do do Iron do do do 2 Alb. Ks. 3 Turn Brass do do do do For narrow or wide stile Doors. Iron Guarded Bt. Heavy Bs. Ft. and Guarded Stk. 2 Alb. Ks. 3 Turn. . Brass Gd. Bt. &c., as above, and 5 Turn .... 31 00 36 00 40 00 57 00 35 00 40 00 44 00 61 00 75 00 85 00 For. Sliding Barn Doors. Heav-y iron Bt. Ft. & Stk. Br.K Mortise Knob Locks. Reversible, by turning latch and Hub. Iron Bt. Ft. & Stk. Mai. Key. ITum Iron do Br. d;^ Br. K. 1 Turn Iron do do do Mai. Key, ITum -. ... For French W. or Nar- row Stiles, Wro't inside work. Brass Bt Ft. Stk. & Hub. Br. K. and ITum t>2 X 05 (( (( 4 X 3i Pat. reversible latch, wro't works. Iron BtFt. & Stk. Mai Key 1 Tum Iron do do do Br. K. 1 Tum Brass do Iron Ft. & Stk. do Iron do do do do do Brass Bt. Ft. and Stk. do do Similar to No, 165.... 90 00 100 00 11 00 6 00 10 75 8 75 19 00 6 50 8 00 10 25 11 25 13 25 7 50 SCHEDULE OF BUILDERS* PRICES. LOCKS AND TjATCBBB— {Continued.) 21 No. Size. Descriptioii. 176 177 178 179 180 181 4 X (( (( (I H 184 Pat. reversible latch, xcro' t toorA:^.— (Continued. ) Similar to No. 166 .... do do 167.... do do 168. .. . do do 169. . . . do a.s 180 witii 2 Turn do as 181 " 3 Turn 4 X 3i Witii- out Furni- ture, per doz $ cts. 9 00 11 00 13 00 15 00 18 00 21 00 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 186^ 187i 188j 189f 195 196 197 198 4^x3^ Master Keyed Locks. Brass Bolts Ft. & Stk. Br, K. 3 Turn Mortise Knob Locks. Heavy Fronts. Reversible latch wro'i iron inside. Iron Bts. Br. Ft. & Stk. Br.K. ITum Brass Bt. & Ft. & Stk. Br. K. 1 Turn Brass Bt. Ft. & Stk. Br. K. 2 Turn As 187 and 3 Turns As 188 2 Br. K. 3 Turns.... Iron bolts. Ft. & Stk. Br. K. &lTum Bras.K bolts. Ir. & Stk. Br. K. 1 Turn ,.... 3 Brass Bts. Ft. & Stk. Pit. Turn. Kb. & Pt. Br. K.l Turn, with Pit. Turn. Kb.s. and Pit As 186^ and 2 Turns do As 18f) J and 3 Turns do As ISGl, 2 Br. Ks. 3 Turns 24 80 14 00 16 50 21 00 24 00 26 00 10 25 12 75 27 00 30 00 3:3 00 35 00 200. 203 6 xSh Without heavy/ front. Iron Bolts, Br. Ft. & Stk Br. K. ITum, 14 00 Brass Bolts, Ft. & Stk. Br. K. ITuni 16 50 As 19() and 3 Turns 21 00 As 198 and 3 Turns 24 00 With disronufcted Key holes— For Hotels, &c. ' 3 Brass Bts. Br. Ft. & Stk. Br.K 4ix3i Brass bolts, Ft. & Stk. Pld. Turned Kb. Brass Guest K. Steel Master K. withptd. turned Kbs and ]>td. Kf ys.* 26 00 38 00 No. I Size. 204 205 206 Description. With- out Fums- ture, per dor. ^x 3J 4j X oj 210 211 215 2-25 235 237 3f X 2i Mortise Knob Locks. Reversible Latcli, for thm doors, Wro't inside work. Iron bolts. Ft. Stk. Br. K. Brass bolts, Iron Ft, & Stk. Br. K For Refrifjerntors ^' Nar- row Stiles. Iron bolts, Ft. & Stk. Br. K Brass bolts, Ir. Ft. & Stk. Br.K ^ in. Rabbeted Front. $ cts. 925 11 75 660 850 4ix 3J Brass Guarded Bts. Iron Ft. Br. Stk. and K 22 50 Brass do Ft. Stk. & K. . . . 38 00 I in. Rnb. Front ftr W.^i' narrow stiles, Brass and wro't iron inside work. Brass Guarded Bts. Ft.! Stk. & Hub. Br. K I 30 00 Astrarjal ^ Plain Fronts, for stidinq iJoors. Bi-ass inside icorks. 5| X 3i Astraoat. Front, Brass Bt. Ft. Stk. Hub. & K.. Plain Front, Brass Bt. Ft. Stk. Hub. &K 30 00 24 00 252 253 255 256 2.57 5^x 4i Morttrf FR0"NT Doob Locks. Extra TTeavj/ Front,-Pat reversible latch, tvith nirjht work, Br. ^' Wro*t Ir. inside work. Iron Bolts & Front. Br. Stk. & Hub. Ptd. Turn. Kb. & Pt. 1 Alb. K. 1 Turn. 2 Alb. nis:ht Ks. i 1 Tnm '. 43 00 Brass Bolts, Ir. Ft. &c. as 252 Brass Bolts, Frfint Stic. & Hub. Sec, as 2.52 47 00 As 255 and 2 Alb. Nicjht Ks. 3 Turns i 55 00 As 2.56 & 3Tnms ! 60 00 * Especially adapted for hotels, &c., and public buildings. See remarks at the end of descripUou of locks. SCHEDULE OF BUILDERS' PRICES. LOCKS AND LATCHES.— (Con 257 Description. With- out Funii- ture, per doz Mortise Vestibule Latches. Ertri Heavy Fronts, Patent Reversible Latch. With night work. Brass and wro't iron inside work. 32 X 4i Iron Bt. and Ft. Br. Stk. & Hub. PId. Turn. Kb. & Pt. 2 Alb. Nt. Ks. 1 Tuiii Bra8.s Bt. Ir. Ft. rest as 252i Brass Bt. Ft. & rest as 252^ Brass Bt. & rest as 252i &3Tum : K U 260 261 262 &252: &253I & 255^1 & 25()S &257I 5^x 4i 260i 261i 260 261 262 (( 265 2(i6 267 3|x 4J &260i &2lt, Br. K., 3 Turn., do 2Br.Ks., do Cottage — Horizontal. Wrought Iron inside work. Iron bolt, Br. K., 1 Tuni.. As31H), 3 Turns As 390, 2 Br. Ks., 3 Tunis. Brass bolt, Br. K., 1 Turn. As 393, 3 Turns Brass bolt, 2 Brass K., 3 Tunis liiM Closet Dead Shot. Janus Face. — Horizontal. Iron bolt, Mai. K do Br. K Brass bolt, Br. K Iron bolt, Mai. K. 1 Turn, do Br. K., 2 do do do 2 do do 2 Brass, 2 do Brass Bt, Br. K., 3 do Janus Face— Horizon- tal. Right or leji. Wrought Iron inside. Iron bolt, Mai. K., 1 Turn do Br. K., do iVs416, 3 Turn do 2 Br. Ks., 3 Turn. Brass bolt Br. K., 3 do Iron UAt, Mai. K., 1 do do Br. K., 1 do As 421, 3 Turns Brass Bt, Br. K., 3 Turns Iron bolt, Mai. Key, 1 Turn do Br. K.,'l Turn.. As 431, 3 Turns Brass bolt, Br. K., 3 Turas With- out Furni- ture, per doz $ cts. 4 25 5 50 4 50 5 00 9 50 11 75 9 50 13 50 15 00 14 00 15 50 17 00 75 00 50 75 00 9 00 11 00 12 00 3 5 4 6 00 7 50 13 00 15 00 15 50 8 00 9 50 10 00 18 60 10 00 12 00 17 50 18 50 24 SCHEDULE OF BUILDERS' PRICES. LOCKS AND I^ATCHES.^iContinued.) No. Size. 4.T5 ^x G 4m u 437 (( 440 4 X 2i 441 i( 442 i( 443 u 444 (( 450 l( 451 (( 452 (i 453 454 400 41, 3 'Rims, for each 40 00 Br. Steel Bit Ks., 5 Tunis 60 00 592 (( Kev 45 00 With Folding Keys. Iron bolts. Brass Hub, 2 F> !. Ks., 3 Tunis With Foldi)ig Ke>/s. 640 7 X 3| 50 00 595 it Iron bolts, Bra.ss Slide Kb. 641 (( As(>40, 5 Tunis 58 00 1 Turn., 2 Nt. Ks., 1 W2 (( Brass lK)lts and Hubs, 2 Turn 35 00 Fol. Ks., 5 Turns 70 00 596 (C Brass bolts. Hub and Slide Knob, IFol. K.,lTum. — 2Nt. Ks., 3 Tunis 45 00 Janus Face. Horizontal Rim, Knob • om As 51Mj, 3 Tunis, to each Locks. Fitted as the last described. (( Kev 50 00 610 Iron bolts, ^vitli .stop on Latch, Mai. K., 1 Tuni. 13 50 665 3§x 5 Iron bolts, Mul. K., 1 Turn 10 00 611 80 681 682 690 4|x 6 a (( (( (( u 4^x 7 As (J65 12 00 As 6()6 14 00 As 667 16 00 617 As 6*)7, and 3 Tumblers... As 670 22 00 13 50 As 671 15 50 As 672 19 00 618 Iron Bolts, 2 Br. Ks., 1 With Slide Bolts. 691 (( Turn 43 00 Iron bolts, 2 Br. Ks., 3 620 (( 3 Iron bolts, Mai. K., 1 Turns 49 00 (( Turn 16 00 692 (( Brass bolts, 2 Br. Ks., 5 Turns 621 3 Iron bijlts, Br. Key, 1 Turn 63 00 18 00 23 00 With Folding Keys. 622 3 Br. bolts. Br. Kev, 1 Turn 623 624 (< n As (521, and 3 Turns As 622, and 3 Tunis ! With Folding Key. 3 Iron bolts, Fol. K., 3 Turn 28 00 34 50 .33 00 695 696 697 4ix 7 Iron bolts, 2 Fol. Ks., 1 Turn 46 00 Iron bolts, 2 Fol. Ks., 3 Turns 52 00 627 Brass bolts, 2 Fol. Ks., 5 (}-2S (( 3 Brass do do do i 30 50 i Turns 68 00 We call the particular attention of architects to Lock 203, especially adapted for Hotels, Public Buildings, &c. These locks can be obtained with as many different changes as there are rooms in any building. The Master Key enters bit upwaids in the same keyhole as the Guest Key, and either key locks and unlocks the latch bolt from the out'side of the door. On the inside of the door tlie Turn Bolt takes the place of the keys, throwing both bolts and obstructing the keyhole on the outside. 2B SCHEDULE OF BUfLDERS PRICES. DOOR KNOBS. Abbretnations.— Mortise, Mot.; Jajwinned, Jap.; Mountings, Mts. ; Washer, Was.; Shanks, Shks. ; Porcelain, Por. ; Bronzed, Bzd. ; Glass, Gls. ; Silvered, Sil. ; Nickel, Nic. No. 1000 1001 1002 1010 1011 1012 1015 lOlG 1017 1020 1021 1022 1030 1031 1032 1035 1036 1037 1010 Diam- eter in inches. 2i 2,1 Description. MiJfERAL Door Knobs. Common Rose. Mortise with Jap. Mts. ... do. do. do. do. do. do. Safety Rose. A contrivance to prevent the shank sa-ewjrom icork ing out. 2i 'Mortise with Jap. Mts. .. 2J&2*I do. do. do. 2; I do. do. do. 2- ' Rim with do. do. 2i&2j do. do. do. 2| do. do. do. Porcelain Door Knobs Common Hose. Mortise with Jap. !Mts. . 2i&2i| do. do. do. 2I do. do. do. Safety Rose. Mortise with Jap. !Mts. . do. do. do. do. do. do. Rim with do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. Packed icith Screics. 2i & 25 2'. 2i&S 2| Mortise Pit. j Was Rim Pit. Mts. Mortise do. do. do. Mortise do. Mts. inside inside Was. do. do. do. do. do. do. Rim Pit. Mts. inside Was. do. do. do. do. do. do. rtise Pit. Shk.Por. Rose do. do. do. do. Rim Pit. Shk. do. do. do. do. Mortise do. do. do. Por. Rose do. do. do. 2; Rim Shk. Por. Rose Gl,as.s Door Knobs. Plain Gla.s's. Bronze Mountings Pairs per doz 2.00 4.50 4.50 2,00 4.'50 4.50 2.00 2.00 4.50 2.75 0.50 G.50 2.75 6.50 6.50 2.75 6..50 6.50 6.. 50 6.50 ;).(K) 15.00 15.00 5>.00 15.00 15.00 11.00 15.00 15.00 a 00 15.00 15.00 7.00 7.00 11.50 No. 1101 1105 1106 1115 1116 1120 1121 1140 1141 1145 1116 ii;io 1131 1135 1136 11.50 11.51 1152 1153 11.55 1157 1158 1160 1161 1162 1163 1200 1201 1202 Diam- eter in inches. Description. 2| X 2i do do. 21 ' Plated Momitinjrs 21 & 2| do. do. 2i 2i&2l Punted Glass Door Knobs. Bronze Mountings, do. do. 2i & 2| 2| Plated Mountings.. 2i & 2.t "J 2i&2S 2J & 2h do 2i & 2% do do. Plain Silvered Glass ^oor Knobs. f' 21 'Plated Mountings. do. do. Deio Drop Door Knobs. Glass Jijured like water drops. 21 Plated Mountings... do. d«). Bronze Mountings. do. do. Plated do. do. 2i&2; Metal Plated Door Knobs. Ileavij Elastic Silver Plate: 2| For Mortise Locks inside. For Rim Lofks inside. . . For Mortise Ft. Door Lks. For Rim Ft. Door Lks..... Heavy Plastic Nickel Pt. 21 j For Mortise Locks inside. 211 For Rim Locks inside. . . . 2i & 2h For Mortise Ft. Door Lks. " For Rim Locks inside. . . . Heavy Hand Plate. OJ. 2J& 2i 2J 2} For ^Mortise Locks inside. For Rim Lodes inside. . . For Mortise Yt. Door Lks. For Rim Ft, Do.00 69.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 SCHEDULE OF BUILDEES' PRICES. 2T DOOR KNOBS AND ESCXTTCHEONS Ko. Diam- eter in inches. 1205 1206 1207 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1220 1221 1225 122G 1227 1228 2i 21 2i 2 • -4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Description. Porcelain. Mortise Jap. Mts. Com. Rose IRim Jap. Mts ! Mortise Jap. Mts. Safety I Rose I Mortise Plat. Shk. Pit. Rose ! inside was Rim Plated Shank .Mortise Pit. Shk. Por.Rose i Mortise do. do. do. mside was Rim Plated Shank Mortise Plated Shk. Por, Rose Canada Bolt Knobs. Mineral with Jap. Mts.... Porcelam do. do. lo. Plated do. Mortise Bolt Knobs. Mineral with Jap. Mts Porcelain do. do. do. Pit. Silk. Pit. Rose. do. do. Por. do. Store Door. Crank Handle Knobs Especial l>/ adapted for heavji doors, wide or narroiv stiles. 1230 1231 1232 1245 124() 1247 1248 2%Sc 25 & 1? l| a li (( li&i 1200 1201 1205 1200 ^Mineral with Jap. !Mts. Porcelain do. do. do. with Plated do. T A>'D Cr.\xk Handle Kxoi'.s. For French Windoics and narrow stile doors. Mineral with Jap. T Crank Porcelain do. do. do. PlatiMl do. Porcelain Kl). Pit. Shk. at the end, I'lt. Crank and small Por. Knob, at the other end Straifjht T Handks for / rench Windows. n Japanned Jap, Nnt. Plated, Plated Nut. Turnbuckle Knobs. Mineral Jap. Br. Nut. . Porcelain do. do. Pairs per doz 2.75 2.75 2.75 9.00 9.00 9.00 6.50 6.50 7.00 1.50 2.00 4.00 2.00 2.50 6.00 6.00 9.50 12.00 30.00 7.r)(» 9.(K) 25.00 18.00 3.75 ia75 3.75 4.50 No. 1267 1270 12:1 1272 1273 1280 1281 1282 1283 ) 1284 I 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1293 12<>4 1295 1 2 o 11 12 10 15 16 17 18 19 25 31 32 33 Diam- eter in inches. Description. If 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1| ll la 1 1 1 do. Plated, Pit. Nut Turn-Knobs and Plates. Japanned Knob and Plate Brass Knob, Jap. Plate.... Brass Knob and Plate Plated Knob and I'late.... Bell Pulls. Mineral with Jap. Mts Porcelain, with Jap. Mts.. do. w itl. Plat. Mts.. do. Pit. Shk. Por. Rose Glass Knobs. Plain Glass, with Bron. Mts Punted Glass with Bron. Mts Octagon Glass, with Bron. Mts Plain Glass Plated Mts. Punted do. do. do. Octagon do. do. do. Silvered do. do. do. Dew Drop, S. Gls, do. Metal Plate-Round Base. Heavy Electro Silver Pit. do. do. Nickle do. Heavy Hand Plate Escutcheons. Metal Plate/or thick Bit Keys. Pairs per doz For inside doors. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. For Thin Bit Keys. For inside doors do. do. do. do. do. do. For outside doors do. do. do. do. The above are Iron Jai)- pamied, with Screws. For Thick Bit Keys. For inside doors, do. do. do. do. 9.00 2.25 3.00 4.25 6.00 3.75 5.00 11.00 12.00 7.25 8.00 7.25 11.50 12.25 11.50 15.00 20.00 35.00 35.00 52.00 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.50 1.00 1.25 1.25 1.26 28 SCHEDULE OF BUILDERS PRICES. ESCUTCHEONS, ^WINDOW FASTENERS AND S. DOOR KNOBS. No. 41 42 40 45 46 47 48 49 55 72 73 75 76 77 78 82 83 85 86 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 110 111 Diam- eter in inches. i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 & I Description. Pairs per doz For inside Doors.. do. do. For Thin Bit Kei/s. For inside doors do. do. do. do. do. do. For outside doors. ....... do. do. do. do. The above are Plated and packed with Screws. For Steel Plate Kcijs. For Store Door Locks, and Front door Ni.Lfht Work.... For No. 355 Night Latch.. PoRCELAr»r Plate Es- CUTCHEOXS. For inside Drs. thick Bit Kej'holes do. do. do. do. do. do do. do. do. do. do. do. For outside do. do. do. do. do. do. Porcelain Base do. do. Plated do. do. do. BumLshed I'lt. do. do. Porcelain Base, thin do. Plated do. do. do. Burnished I'lat. Base. do. Porc'n. Base and drop do. Metal Drop Escutch- ; EONS. Iron Japanned For thick Bit Keys. Boston Pattern. For inside doors For outside do. do. do. For thin Bit Keys. For inside Doors. F4 to 111 iron Jaiiannedandi)ack- ed with Screws. 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 5.00 2.00 2.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.50 1.00 1.00 2.00 1.75 3.00 2.00 1.75 3.00 8.50 1.25 1.25 1.75 1.25 1.25 1.75 2.00 3.00 No. 100 101 102 105 lOG 107 112 113 114 115 116 Diam- eter in inches. n If H&3 l|&32 4 4 Width li 1± 5 Description. 1 &f For thick Bit Keys. Boston pattern. For inside Doors For outside do. do. do. For thin Bit Sci^ews. For inside Doors For outside do. do. do. For Front or Store Doors. For Front Doors do. do. For Front or Store Doors For Front Doors Heavy... The above from 100 to 116 Plated and Packed with screws. u Blind Lock. For securing Blinds on the inside so that they cannot be opened from the outside. Iron Japanned or Copper' d Sash Fasteners. Especially adapted to ]\ indows havinfj four lifjhts or centre MulUons. Pairs per doz Iron Bronzed , Real do , Electro Plated Sash Lights and Pulls. Electro Plated Sash left... do do. do. Sliding Door Sheaves, Iron Wheel and Axle.. Bran Wheel and Axle. Iron and Brass Slid- ing Door Kails. Door Rails. Drab .Tap. Iron in 2 ft, pieces Cast Brass in 2 ft. pieces... Sliding Door Stops. Iron Coppered or jmiuted Brass 5.25 6.00 6.75 5.25 6.00 6.75 10.00 12.00 12.00 10.00 12.00 5.50 10.00 16.00 8.25 6.00 2.00 3.50 0.12 O.W 1.00 1,50 SCHEDULE OF BUILDERS' PEICES. 29 DOOR HANDLES, BELLS, BOLTS, Ac. 3 No. Diam- eter in inches. -<• Deseription. Pairs per doz No. Diam- eter in inches. Description. Pairs [yet doz Door Handles. 3im. Bells, Nickle Pit. on Bell Metal. Door Handles or Thumb Latches. 320 321 Round Pit. Porcelain Kb. Oblong do. do. .T).00 37.00 Japanned wrouglit Latch Heavy Thumb Latches. ... 45.85 45.85 5 in Bells, Nickel Plated. Jappanned wrought Latch on Bell Metal. American Dark Bronze corrugated thumb latch 370 Round Plate Porcelain Kb. 56.50 with stop 75-1.15 371 Oblong do. do. 48.50 Roggins pattern Ja{>anned 0.75 229 Silver Plated T Lever. . . . 38.00 Store Door Handle.s, re- 279 do. do. T do. 48.00 versible, Japanned 2.75 329 do. Fancy do. 43.00 As above and oblique with 379 do. do. T do. 54.50 nuts 4.50 (3. 05 The above levers for 3^ and 5 in. Bells respectively Door Handles Berlin... Bronze with Screws ] to Store Door Handles do. (4.00 House Bells. do. do. do. 6.50 Rougli No 1 to 6 per lb. 0.36 Patent Levek Door Buffed do. do. 0.36 Bells. Polished do. do- 0.40 3^ inch Metal Bells. Bronze Metal Lever. Berlin Bronzed Lever. 281 Oblong Pit. Fancy Bronze Metal Knob. 35.00 200 Roimd Plate Porcelain Kb. 24.00 281 do. do. do. 45.00 201 Oblong do. do. 25.00 331 381 do. do. do. do. do. do. 40.00 51.50 6 in. Metal Bells. 239 289 Bronze Metal FancyT Lev do. do. do. 38.00 48.00 250 Round Plate Porcelain Kb. 33.50 339 do. do. do. 43.00 U57 Oblong do. do. 3i in. Bells Nickle Plate on B Metal. Round Plate Porcelain Kb. 34.50 29.00 389 do. do. do. Bolts. Berlin Bronzed. 54.00 Oblong do. do. 30.00 462 1 X 5 in. Wrot Iron Bolts. Metal Knobs ( .185 1 5.10 5 ins. Bells Nickle Plate j,VJLv/*M.%A ^^AA\.r Kr\j* • •»•■••••■•• (5.50 on B Metal. 481 3 and 4 in. Chain Bolts, { to (6.00 351 251 2m 320 Ronnd Plate Porcelain Kb. Oblong do. do. do. Nickle Plated T I^ever.... do. do. do. 40.00 41.00 40.00 50.00 482 404 3 and 4 in. square, cased bts. Metal Knobs. 3 and 4 in. Sq. cased bts. Por. Knobs 5.00 5.35 s.rx) 1 5.;i5 A \J 1. 1 AmiAA\y R_r(7 » •••••••■ ••• (4.25 4.75 (4.25 14.75 ( 6 80 388 do. do. do. do. do. do. 45.00 56.00 490 3 and 4 in. bottom bolts.... The above levers for 3^ to 4/W\ do. do. square do. 6 inch Bells, resi^ctively. 400 Silver Plated Lever. 491 6 and 8 in. Foot do- J7.65 3i in. Bell Metal Bells. French Window or Cupboard Catches. 220 Round Plate Porcelain Kb. 30.00 1 221 Oblong do. do. 32.00 li and 2 in. Mar«x>n fini.Hh (2.10 2.57 ^ Jd. Knobs. 6 in. Bell, Metal Bells. 20 2 in. do. finish Fancy 2.70 270 Round Plate Porcelain Kb. 40.00 Cupboard Turns. 271 Oblong do. do. 42.00 1 65 With Bronze Metal Knob. 5.50 30 SCHEDULE OF BUn.DEllS PEICES. MISCELLANEOUS HARDWARE. No. 15 2 5 60 Gl 60 61 1 2 52 52 Description. Improved Cupboard Latches. Right and Left, Aconi ijattern, Jap. Door Pulls. Jaiianned, of different sizes, from < Wardrobe Hooks. 1\ inch Japanned. 3 " do "with a fixed screw Judd's Pat. Wro't. Nail Hook. Japanned do Copper bronzed. do. Surnlice Pins. Japanned from Screw Hat Hooks. Japanned do. Small Screw Hat Sf Coat Hooks. Japanned Copper bronzed. Large Hat Sf Coat Hooks. Japanned, and of different pat- terns from Per doz. Copper bronzed. I 29 31 30 30 23 23 Three Branch Hat ^ Coat Hooks. Japanned do. For Hotels and Schools, sams pattern. Japanned Copper bronzed. 4 50 30 to 1 25 Per Grs. 45 to 65 1 00 to 1 60 1 00 1 25 1 25 1 25 63 to 1 00 1 25 1 40 1 25 1 50 2 00 to 4 00 2 50 to 5 00 2 60 350 5 00 6 00 Strong Single Hooks for the above. Japanned Cc^per bronzed Add to the above two items, if double hook, each gross 00 Hall Hooks. Berlin bronzed per gross 2 60 3 00 1 25 600 Xo. 100 8 8 26 26 1 213 70 44 30 52 1 11 Description. Copper do jjer gross Japanned i>er doz. Copper bronzed *' Japanned per gross Copper bronzed " Drawer Pulls. Of various sizes and figures, jap. or ( copper and gold bronzed, plam or < ornamental from ( Superior class, Berlin bronzed. . . . < Sash Fasteners. Dark brown, brass cap. screw per doz. Japanned, porcelain knob... " Figured enamelled, met. kba " Sash Lijls. Berlin bronzed . . Flush, Japamied . Shutter Knohs. IJ inch, Maroon bronzed Door or Sash Weights. All sizes per lb. Sectional weights to make any weight required (( Sash Cord Lrons. Of one pattern per gross Shutter Lifts. Japanned do. flush.. Stubbs and Plates. 25 Japanned do. Per doz. 3 00 1 00 1 50 4 50 5 50 2 15 to 6 00 9 00 to 20 00 80 1 60 6 00 70 40 650 004 04 080 2 00 2 40 2 00 2 50 Shutter Screws. From If to 3 inches, heavy sqtiare I thread, Japanned ^ 1 Eccentric Window Pasts. Japanned from Sash Centres. Japanned " Axle Pulleys. If in. per doz. 12 15 to 15 30 1 25 to 1 80 235 050 SCHEDULE OF BUILDERS* PRICES. SI MISCI!LIiANEOnS HARD'WARB.—( Con mches in length from , each. 1 50 2 65 Parties ordering should give width and leugtli, inside measure. Per doz. 2 00 2 65 3 40 4 00 4 30 200 to 4 92 32 SCHEDULE OF BUILDERS' PRICES. MISCISLLANEOUS HARDWARE.— ( Continued. ) Description. Cast Iron Butt Hinges. Narrow. Inch, Per doz. Inch Per doz Inch Per dc: prs. So 50 3, 4, 83 1 30 5. 2 40 Broad. Inch Per doz, Inch Per doz. Inch Per doz. 2x2 3x3 4x4 5x5 prs. $0 70 1 56 2 67 6 25 Loose Pin Butts, 2 3 4 .rs. SO 55 95 1 70 Loose Joint Butts. Nanow. 2 3 4 5 pr. S060 105 180 320 Broad. 2x2 3x3 4x4 pair. So 92 1 78 2 90 5x5 5^x5^ 6x6 pr. S5 56 6 50 7 00= Acorn Butts. Combining a Fast joint with all the es sentials of the Loose. Can be made right or left at pleasure. Plain. Inch 3x3 Per doz. Pairs Si 78 4x4 2 98 5x5 5 56 Per doz. Description. Japanned. Inch 3x3 4x4 5x5 Per doz. Pairs. S2 50 3 80 6 50 Japanned with Sil. Pt. Acorn Tips. Inch 3x3 4x4 5x5 Per doz. Pairs. S7 25 8 50 11 10 Note. Intermediate sizes can be ob- tained for all kinds of hinges at inter mediate rates. Wire Window Guards. Wood frames, from 25 cts. to 40 cts. per foot superficial, according to the No. of wire used. Store Window Guards. Iron frames, from 30 cts. to 40 cts per foot, superficial. Bank Counter Railings. Heavy Wire Composite. 12 inch high por foot. 24 <* " '< Fancy Cost Iron Counter Railing. No. 1 including Posts per foot nm. In varic as patterns. Bank and Office Counter Railings. Same price as Store Window Guards, i Bronzing Door and Cast Iron Stanchions ' extra. Per doz, j 1 40 2 oO 2 50 2 00 VERTICAL WHEEL HOT AIR REGISTERS AND VENTILATORS. Size of Opening No. 1 Best Black Register. Ventilator White or Black For Cords. Register Without Valves. Register Face Japanned. Irtm Border Frames. 4x10 S2 00 2 10 2 40 2 90 3 85 4 80 6 00 9 60 S2 25 2 35 2 65 3 15 4 10 5 05 6 25 9 90 Si 20 1 20 1 50 2 10 2 40 3 30 3 70 600 SO 60 75 85 1 20 1 40 2 10 2 35 3 80 6x 8 6x10 8x10 9x12 10x14 12x15 14x22 $1 05 1 20 1 50 1 55 1 90 2 10 3 15 Intermediate sizes at intermediate prices. SCHEDULE OF BUILDERS' PRICES. 33 ANTI-FRICTION SLIDE CENTRZi ROUND REGISTERS. No. 1 Ventilator Register Register Size of opening Best Black White or Black without Face Iron Border • Register. for Cords. Valves. Japanned. Frames. 8 inch. $2 00 $2 30 $1 32 $0 75 Si 00 UO " 2 95 3 25 1 70 1 15 1 30 12 ' 3 bo 4 15 2 30 1 45 1 55 14 •' 4 75 5 05 3 00 1 75 1 95 16 " 6 35 6 <;5 4 15 2 65 2 35 18 " 7 65 8 00 4 95 3 30 3 15 Round Ventilators or Registers for Side Walls, 7 inch, each $1 45 Smoke Pipe, 7 inch hole " 3 00 Cast Iron Stove Pipe Thimbles, Variety of sizes per lb. 04^ PUMPS. Description. Iron Cistern Pitcher Spout Pump. Suitable for Iron or Lead. Boxes from 2^ to 4^ in. Suitable for I 1 to li in. pipe each | Iron Close Cistern Pump. Boxes from 2 to 3 in., suitable for 1 to i Ih m. pipe each | Douglass Cistern Pump. Boxes from 2 to 3 in., suitable for 1 to j li in. pipe each | New Style Side Cistern. Boxes from 2 to 3 in., suitable for 1 to i li in. pipe each | Cistern and Well Pump From 2^ to 4 inch Cylinders, bored ( and polished each | Tight Top Cistern and Well Pump. With cast iron set lengths. From 2^ to 3* inch Cylinders, bored ( and polishea each ) Extra long sets. Braced Deep Well Pump. From 2i to 3i in. Cylmders, bored ( and polished each 1 4 00 to 6 00 3 50 to 5 50 3 50 to 5 50 350 to 5 50 10 00 to 15 00 12 00 to 13 50 50 20 00 to 28 00 Description. Engine Well Pump. With cast iron set length. From 2J to 4 inch Cylinders, bored ) and polished each | Engine Well Pump. With gas-pipe set length. From 2^ to 4 inch Cylinder, bored \ and polished eazh | Double Acting Force Pump. Per Railroads, Distilleries, Sfc. For Hand and Power. From 4 to 8 inch Cylinder. Stroke 8, i Gallons per minute, 40 to 80 each i Hydraulic Rams. Four sizes. From 2 to 14 gallons per minute, drive \ 25 to 50 ft where desired, &c...each j Green House Engines. For Garden use each For Green Houfie, including pail, 3 ft. hose and discharge pipe " Less pail " Base Force Pumps. Bored and Polished. No. 1 From 2^ to | Iron Cylinder 4 in. bore ) Brass *' Each. 22 00 to 27 00 21 00 to 26 00 75 00 to 135 00 900 to 20 00 25 00 10 00 800 $9 to 14 14 to 28 34 SCHEDULE OF BUILDEES PRICES Description No. 2 From 2h to \ Iron Cylinder. 4 in. lK)re " \ jj^„^, » No. 3 From 2^ to I Inm Cylinder. 4 in. bore ) Brass " PUMPS.— ( Concluded.) Side Force Pump. Bored and Polished Cylinder. No. 1 From 2^ to / Iron Cylinder. 4 in. bore Brass Each. Description. 501 ■ . ,^t" V^rNo. 2 From 2i to I ^^^^^ Cylinder. 15 to .?Oii 4 J . - < 10 to 20 *^^- '^^^^ (Brass " . 20 to 30 [No. 3 From 2^ to / Iron Cylinder. 4 in. bore j Brass " Each. 9 50 to 10 50 15 to 30 10 to IIQ 10 to 30 Check Valves and Strainers. SO to 19 I 14 to 2S' jTo fit any size pipe each 2 50 SINKS. Length 18 18 20 Width 12% 121/2 14 Depth 414 6 41/2 6 20 14 24 27 27 30 30 32^/2 36 36 38 42 48 50 50 in. 16 16 17 17 181/2 18 18 20 20 22 22 24 26 • • 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 61/2 6^ , •' Each §1 10" 1 25 1 35 1 50 1 65 1 80 2 00 2 25 2 60 2 80 3 40 3 80 4 00 4 75 5 30 5 75 G 50 Cess Pool Sinks. v , .. No. 1 " 2 " 3 12x12x6 each 1 25 14x14x6. 16x16x6. 1 ->o 2 00 Chimney Caps. Sweep Hole Doors 1 Flue 32x40 each 3 50 2 '• 30x58 " 6 00 3 " 31x79 " 10 00 1 " 43x59 " 8 50 6x6 each 1 25 9x9 " 1 05 12x10 " 1 90 12x12 " 2 26 No. 1, $2 CO, each. Corner Sinks. , .. _, No. 2, $2 50, each. No. 3, S3 15, each. No. 4, each, $6 00 Corner and Half Circle Urinals. No. 3, 12 inch on each side each Si ^ No. 1, 12 inch on back " 1 50 No. 1, S2 75. Slop Sinks. No. 2, S290. No. 3, S3 50. No. 4, S425. These sizes vary from 16x16x10 to 48x20x17. -, No. 5, S425 > Privy Sinks. ^ * 17 inches \dde, 6 feet long. For Tenement Houses, Factories, &c each $15 00 "* ■ Plunge Baths. Extreme length, 5 feet 8 inches each Sl2 00 Ciist Iron Drain, Water and Smoke Pipes. 2 in. Diam., 6ft. long perft. SO a'S 3 •' " " ' ' " 4 " (( it B " (( M 6" « M •ft********* rft .SO 36 7 " <( (C (( 40 8 " (( It (( 50 10 " K (1 {( 65 12 " (t (( (( 085 (( Si 15 (( 1 60 C( 2 50 (C 350 SCHEDULE OF BUILDT:Ui3 PRICES. 35 IRON RAILINaS. It is iiniR)ssil»le in a work of this kind to funiish i)lates of Manufacturers* Desijn^i!^ for Iron Railin^js, &<:., and without wliich, the furnishing of a price for any style or i)attem can be of no service to the builder. The most we can do is to give a general idea of the value of certain kinds of work, and leave it to the builder to seek further information iroui the manufacturers. Altar Riiilinffft. — Highly Artistic ; Wrought Iron per ft. $20 00 Altar Rail Standard. — Wrought Iron, one coat paint each Painted in coh)rs and gilt " Composite Iron Railimj, — Without Posts per lineal ft With 12 iHjsts for Wood or Stone With 12 Screw posts lionf BaiUnf/s or Cnatinr/s. — Height 18 inches Balconies and Panels for Stiircases and Verandiilis per cwt Kiiiling bars and lamp i^sts " Do. Ornamental " ^150 Newel bars " Cantilevers " Finials extra each' 2 50 5 7 1 1 2 1 00 50 50 1)0 00 50 SMITHS' "WORK. Cast Iron, exclusive of patterns and Jixing. (( (« <( (( ii Sash weights per cwt. " Sewer grates Girders and Columns, plain and heavy Do. Holhjw Columns, capitals, bases, wall plates, &c. , &c Light, fancy and ornamental work Ornamental panels Kaiu water pipes Small castings under 10 lbs per lb. 1876. 350 to 4 00 I s, 00 00 4 00 4c. to 8c. Approximate Prices. 1877. 1878. 1879. 1880. "WROUGHT IRON WORK. All materials and labor. Wrought Iron, best, flat, square or round per lb. Do. do. formed or hammered from the anvil..,. " Steel, in bars, best, supplied only " Do. formed or hammered from the anv 1 " Add to the price of the above metals when formed or ham- mered to any figure *' Drilled or i)unched " Countersunk " Riveted, including rivets " Screwed, as to bolts, or nuts " Koughly filed, or I^the turned " Scroll brackets mitred to riser " Case hardened " liurnished " Hinged in any way " Steel used in addition to Iron, including welding when required " FL\ed, including Screws, Spikes, or Nails " Do. run with Lead, includmg the value of lead, fuel and labor " Do. do. Zinc, do. do. " 187<). 04 06 15 16 02 02 03 03 05 06 04 03 07 04 04 004 08 Approximate Prices. 1877. I 1878. 1879. 1880. Note. — Messrs. Ives & Co., Montreal, manufacture every description of Mediaeval Iron Work for Church purposes, and all manner of fine and heavy castings in a very superior manner. ^■M 36 SCHEDULE OF BUILDERS* PRICES. WROUGHT IRON "WORK— (Conc?w^rf/.) J Sundries. Bolts, Screws, either round or square, with nuts and washers per lb Bolts running, strong home made, fiat spring or round, J including Hasps, and receiving Staples on Plates, with > " Screws or Screw Bolts and nuts, all complete j Gratings framed any size, including Screws, Nuts, Spikes | or screw bolts ana nuts ) Hinges, strouj^ home made Hook and Eye, Strap orj Bolt, including h(X)ks, sockets, screws, screw bo.ts, > washers and saving plates, all complete | tt <( Approximate Prices. 1876. 1877. 1878. 1879. 11 11 10 11 ■ ■ 1880. BELL HANGER. Materials to be of the very best description. Bell Hanger per day. Assistant *' Bell, House per lb. {Single each Double " Treble " Cranks, brass, including brass ( Single *' headed nails or screws, all-! Double " complete (Treble '• Cranks, brass, plain, driving any kind " Bell pulls, bitiss or bronz^, including plate and screws, ) ,« all complete J Do. do. with sunk plate " Strong brass slide pull " Bell Springs, Steel, with carriages complete, I Single " including screws, J Double " Bell Staj)les, strong wire, any size per doz. Bell Wire, Copper, any gauge per lb. Hanging Bells, complete, labor only, including I ci^ud ^^ fixing wire, check springs and staples. ) Third " Church and Turret Bells per lb. Approximate Prices. 1876. I 2 00 1 25 35 25 30 33 30 35 45 07 75 90 40 25 35 03 50 75 IX) 1 25 1877. I 1878. 1879. 188a PLUMBERS' 'WOUK— {Including all labor). Sheet Lead. Milled Sheet Lead per 100 lbs. Do. Cut to any dimensions Do. and layiiig in gutters or flap hips, ridges or flashings of any kind Do. laid complete in Cisterns or similar work Soldering joints when specially required, 1 to 1^ lbs ) per foot solder to the foot — all materials and labor J lineal. Running lead into grooves in stone for securing lead j flashings, including tamping— all materials and labor > ''I (( 2 to 3 lbs. lead to the foot Lead Pipes. Patent Canada Lead Water Pipes, supplied on per 100 lbs. Do. do. do. Soil Pipe " Hopper Heads to rain-water pipes, tacked and collared. Supplied only Fixing pipes of all kinds, labor only, including hold mats and soldering (( (C Approximate Prices. 1876. 7 50 8 50 1877. 1878. 1879. 10 50 11 00 70 45 9 00 10 00 15 00 2 50 1880. SCHEDULK OF BUILDERS PRICES. 37 PLTTMBER'S VTOUK— {Continued.) Srass Metal Cocks. Compression Straight Shank, Bibb or Stop. J in. Each. 0.85 Water Closets. fin. 1.50 1 in. 2.50 Pan Water Closet, with pranite ware basin, Cistern ) Valve, Ball Lever, Cranks, &c.. complete, except 1) > from trap and water box ) \cM for fixin;Tf, including nails, screws, Bolder and cement ) , in c»)nne.ctinj^ ser\ices pipes complete I ' Kfiluvium D Trai»s of strong lead, properly soldered. / per 100 Supplied only. j lbs. Fitting in and securely fixing D, and connecting apparatus i , and S'>il pipe thereto, including nails, screws and solder. J * Wash hand basins, strong granite ware, with waste plug i ,, and chain, and screwed union connections \ Fixing the same, including c only ) Fixing the same, all complete Basins for pan closets, strong Avhite delf Do. do. granite do Copper tinned jians for the above Plumber or Tinner per day. Boy " Laborer .... " « « Approximate Prices. 187G. 15 00 i;5 00 3 00 15 00 2 50 2 00 1 00 2 25 3 00 3 00 4 50 1 00 6 00 50 50 50 00 50 75 50 1877. 1878. 187-< > '■ Per yard superjicial. Painting on flat surfaces in any conimon color , r 1 coat 2 " 3 ^• 4 u Add for extra colors, to be added to the price of common colors. [Drabs, French Grey, salmon, fa^vn, 3c. ; Brunswick green, 4c. ; peach blossom and lilac, 12c. ; patent greens, yellow and blue verditer, 15c. ; Chinese vermillion or lake,' 50c. ; Chinese Vermillion or lake, twice done, on a scarlet ground, 75c. Flatted work, also cliarged extra, •ainting common color on sashes, for each side ' ^ ^^^^ I do do do do cornices, fasciag and soffits of projecting roofs, or similar work common color, on iron railings, gates. &'\ , with plain or spiked toj)8, including details measured net common color, on window guards or other wire ( 1 work, both sides (3 Approximate Prices. 187G. 07 11 15 18 09 12 16 18 10 14 18 20 15 18 1877. 1878. 1879. 1880. 38 SCHEDULE OF BUILDERS* PRICES. PAINTERS' AND GLAZIERS' WORK— {Confj«uerf.) ^ih. Per yards superjicial. Painting common color, on jalousie or Venetian shutters, including; framei*, measured from out to out, r witiiout measuring laths do iu green, do do do do in common colors on sash frames. ! I Lineal Work. i O '( 4 (1 o mi 3 U 1 o «j 3 4 t« (( u li (I a Iu common colors, except Avhere expressed otherwise. ! i Per lineal yard, _ Bars, iron or other kind, plain work | -^ ^?. ! ({ Chain rail or surbase, handrails or pinrails, exclusive of pin, or hands Eave gutters and rain water conductors, including heads, shoes, brackets, bands and holdfasts Gas or iron water pipes 2 Mouldings luider 3 inches girth, where detached from I T, painted Avork, or when pamted a different color j ^ Ladders, including rungs *. 2 " Skirtings, square or moulded, under 9 inches wide ....... | :t Hand rails, plain or moulded 2 String course, or edge of coping | :^ Reveals of doors or wmdows \f} ^"^^ff "^'^^ j 2 [[ Letters or figures, black or white, painted in oil per inch - Numerical Work. Balusters, wood or iron per dozen. . . . 2coats Bmckets or cantilevers, wood or iron each 2 " Chimney ix)ts, iron or other do 2 " Chimney pieces of any plain kind do | :t Door .scrapers or knockers do 2 Hinges, hook and eye strap, and similar work imder ) ^^ 12 inches in length each ) " Hinges, hook and eye strap, and similar work, above 12 | ., inches in length each ) "" Hooks, pins, staples, knobs, buttons, lx>lts, nuts, } .-, holdfasts, butt hinges, or similar work per dozen i " Lamps, street— mineral green each 2 do bronzed do 2 Lamp irons do 2 LaniT)-i)osts, including lamp frames, heel iwsts, saddle, f ^ brackets and other fitments each.. | "" Locks of any kind, including sta]>les, &q do 2 Mangers of any kind, including rings and bolts... do 2 Newels, plain do Runninir lx>lts, nny size alwve 12 inches in longtli, in- ( 2 eluding hasns and staples ejicTi 1 " Stay bars to chimuev shafts, or similar work do 2 Approximate Prices. 1870. 14 18 22 25 15 19 23 28 09 12 15 17 03 04 Oi 05 04 05 OG 08 10 12 04 03 04 05 09 07 09 09 08 10 05 07 03 36 07 20 25 30 08 05 08 10 15 25 12 31) 05 20 10 10 2d 1877. 1878. 1879. SCHEDULE OF BUILDERS* PRICES. S9 PAINTERS' AND GLAZIERS' VTOHK-^i Continued). (H 05 60 Per yard superficial. Ventilators, including frames for each side painted... each 2 coats Gnitin<,'s, do do ... do 2 '* Window gills each j 3 \\ Repairs to Old Work, &c. Paintinj; in common colors in rG\mm to patches, not ex- ( 1 coat' 04 cecdin^i one foot sui)erficial each (2 " Paintin-; in common col«^rs in repairs to patches, exceeding ) ^^ one foot, and not exceeding half a yard superticial .. V J ^, eacii ) ^ Painting in common colors in repairs to patches, ex- \ ^ ceeding half a yard, and not exceeding six yards i., u sui>erficbil each ) "* Add 25 per cent, to the above if in superior colors. MiSCELLAXEOUS WORK. Per yard superficial. Painting with mineral or anti-corrosive pauit Approximate Prices. 00 12 It) 15 18 do do (2 1 coat 08 do 10 0«) 09 09 05 10 with fire-proof paint | 1 \\ or paying over with best vegetable tar, mixed " with ochre or Spanish brown and pitch in such proportions as may be directed, and thoroughly mixed and boiled together j with coal fcir, mixed with 1 lb. pitch, and lib. K u rosin to <3 gallons coal tar. boiled together... \ ^ Sanding in imitation of stone, or splashed in imitiition of granite add to common painting ' GRAIXDfG AXD VARNISHING. Per yard superficial. : Common graining, in oil or water colors, as rnay be ordered, in imiUition of oak, maple, rosewood, walnut', or niaho"anv including glazing ° ' ' 10 Superior ., do 4o do'"'"""" 020 * _ Per foot lineal. Graining, in imitation of any wood on hand rails or similar work, i 05 Numerical Work. Graining in imitation of any wood on plain newels or similar work each' 15 Graining in imitation of any wood on balusters, plain or tiinied i each or similar work. Varnishing. ^ Per yard superficial. Vamishmg with best copal, on new or old painted, or ( 1 coa gram work _ ) 2 " Varnishing on hard wood, includiiig f^nd papering' and ( 1 " oiling <2 Per foot lineal. Varnishing with best copal on hand-rails or similar work [ ^ " Numerical Work. Vanmhing with best copal on newels, plain or turned, or M " .similar work _ ' ^ ,t Varnishing with best copal on balusters,' plain or turned ) 1 " or similar work ' 9 " 03 08 15 10 17 05 08 15 O 25 05 07 1877. 1878. 1879. 1880. "in 40 SCHEDULE OF BUILDERS* PRICES. PAINTERS' AND GLAZIERS' "WORK— (Confmucc?). Description only given. Prices vary muck. GLAZIERS' "WORK. British, Gtrman or Belgian Plate and Flatted Glass. Including bedding flush in putty, back pointing and sprigs. Per foot superficial. Polished plate, 1st quality, 3.16 to \ inch tliick Plate io do do do 3d quality 16 oz. to foot superticial 4th do 16 oz. to do do Rough Plate Glass, Fluted or Ribbed. Approximate Prices. In squares under 2 ft. super - rj inch thick. In squares 2 ft. and not exceeding 4 ft. inch thick. 1876. 1877. 1878. 1879. 25 30 35 40 30 35 40 45 50 1880 BRITISH SHEET GLASS. In squares not exceeding 16 oz. 21 oz. 36< 9Z. ads 3ds 2ds 3ds 2ds 3ds 18 inches, united 25 ' ( it 30 ' ( . (« ' • ■ 40 ' ( «c 50 ' ( ** 60 ♦ ( « : 70 ' ( M , 80 • ( H 90 ' i m 100 • ( ({ BELGIAN ^V^INDOW GLASS. Per foot superjicial. Star. Arm. Double Arm. United mches Ft. 50 Ft. 100 Ft. 200 Ft. 50 Ft. 100 Ft. 200 Ft. 100 Ft. 200 $ c $ c $ c $ c $ c 1 $ c 1 $c $ c Under 26 26 to 40 41 to 50 , .f . M to 60 ■ : ■ , dt to 70 71 to 80 81 to 85 86 to 90 91 to 95 96 to 100 Note — In measuring glazing, the net quantity stopped in only to be allowed, except in circular or curved headed sashes when the panes are to be measured as square. Owing to frequent changes in prices the above columns are left blank. The builder can best fill them in, in pencil, from information obtained on the spot. SCHEDULE OF BUTLDEES PKICES. 41 SLATING, METALLIC COVERING AND COMPOSITION ROOFS, SLATERS' WORK. Materials an d labor, including all necessary scaffolding, &c. DESCRIPTION PER SQUARE OF 100 SUPER- FICIAL FEET. Slating with best Canadian slates completer or boarding, with not less than inches cover, with aimealed wro't iron nails Interliniug between slating and boarding with tarred felt. — plies Bedding slates in lime and hair mortar. . . . Doubles 14 X 7 Ladies Small 14 X 8 14 xlO Large 16 X 8 Countess Duchess Queens. 20 X 20 24 X 12 24 X 14 METAL COVERING TO ROOFS, &c. TINNING. Covering to roofs, &c. , with best I C tin, laid and nailed complete, with tinned nails, per 100 feet superficial Extras for cutting, fixing and securing to gables, chimney fjhafts, hips, valleys and ridges, round dormers, skylights and similar work per foot lineal. Allow extra for standing groove, flat or soldered. SHEET IRON COVERING. Covering to roofs &c. , with best Canada Plate iron, No. 24, laid and nailed complete with galvanized iron nails, and painted under and over with one coat of anti-corrosive paint,per yd. super Extra for cutting, fitting and securing to gables, &c.per foot lineal GALVANIZED FLAT PLATE IRON. Covering to roofs, &c. , with best Canada galvanized flat plate iron No. 24, laid and nailed complete per 100 ft. super Extra for cutting, fitting and securing to gables.... per foot lineal. GALVANIZED CORRUGATED PLATE IRON. per yd. super. Covering to roof, &c., with best galvanized plate iron No. 24. . . . Extra for cutting and fixing to gables, &c., &c per ft. lineal. EAVES GUTTERS AND CONDUCTORS. All materials and Jixed complete. per ft. lineal Eaves gutters, semi-circular, of best tin, (26 oz \^r ft. 3 in. diam. super,) with roll or wired edges, soldered joints,., shopped ends, nozzled junctions for conductors.... &c., above 50 feet lineal Eaves gutters, semi-circular, of best Canadian gal- vanized plate iron, executed as above, including... galvanized iron brackets 4 " do. 5 " do. 6 " do. 6 in. diam. Rain water conductors of best tin (26 oz i>er foot super) with lapped and soldered joints, including tack bands, bends, elbows, shoes and galvanizeid iron fastenings Riiin water conductors of cast iron, including bends, elbows, shoes, wrought iron hold fasts, &c 7 " 8 " 9 " 1 3 in. 4 " 5 " j6 " 3 in. 4 " 5 " 6 " do. do. do do. do. do. do. do. l)ore. do. do. do. Stripping off and taking down old coverings, clearing out old nails, and removing and i>iling the .stuff within a distance of 25 yards T per 100 ft. super. METAL ROOFING MATERIALS. Best I. C. tin, charcoal 14 x 20 per box of 225 sheets. Host plate iron No. 2() guage do Uoofing nails, wro't iron, clout plain per lb. Do do do galvanized *' Do do do tinned " Sheet iron, any guage, for roofing per 100 lbs. Do do galvanized " Do do corrugated " 1876. 10 00 05 7 00 05 12 00 05 15 00 05 20 23 25 30 30 35 40 45 15 17 20 25 30 60 70 80 85 1 00 11 50 6 60 17 20 30 5 50 6 00 8 00 Approximate Prices. 1877. 1878. 1879. 188a 42 SCHEDULE OF BUILDEES PEICES. COVERING TO FLAT ROOFS WITH FELT, COMPOSITION, AND GRAVEL. >-' - -. Per 100 feet superficial. Laid complete in the best manner, and with tlie best j 1^ P^f s. materials ; in any situation, and not less than 10 } gallons of composition to the square. Extra t^) be allowed for buildings over four stories in height. . . Stripping off old gravel, repairing with felt and coating anew with composition and gravel Plastic Slate Roojivg. ues. Laid complete in the best manner, and with the best j . ^^' materials, in any situation | k Note. — If work is mider 500 feet superficial the prices for roofing must be increased. Sundries. Repairing round chimneys, dormers, skylights, or against gables, with new fillets, felt and composition, per yard lineal Prepared felt per lb. Composition for Coating per brl. Do. do per gal. Gravel, fine clear grit I)er bus. Roofer and laborer included per day. Approximate Prices. 1876. 1877. 1878. 1879. 3 25 4 00 4 50 5 00 3 00 4 25 5 00 5 50 1 25 03 3 00 '' 20 j 50 3 75 1880. GLAZED DRAIN PIPES. Spigot and Faucet. 4: inch inside diameter each 6 " do " Plain Pipes, with separate collars. 9 inch inside diameter each 12 " do. " 6x4 " 6x6 *' 9x6 " 9x9 '' 12x9 " 12 x 12 " SO 45 65 85 1 25 Single Square Junction. 4x4 inch each 90 i 1 1 2 2 3 3 50 50 10 10 00 00 SO 00 r Single Bevelled Junction. 4x4 inch each 6x4 " 6x6 " 9x6 " 9x9 " 12x9 " 12x12" y Pipes. 4 X 4inch each Si 40 6x4 " " 1 <>o 6x6 " *« 1 | X 3 10. do do 8|x3>, 12. Fruit Pattern 5$ x 2 12i. do 7 \2h 13. do 8 X O" 29. Scroll Pattern 4 x 30. do 4| X 3 more sizes of this Pattern. 35. Grai)€ Pattern 5i x 2 1 I Per hundred S5 00 7 00 10 00 5 00 6 00 8 00 12 00 15 00 4 00 6 00 8 00 3 00 400 600 36. Grape Pattern 6^ x 3 37. do 8 X ;ii 65. Animal Head Pattern... 4h x3 m. do do 5.^x32 20. Cherub 6x3 45. Male, Roman Head 2 x 1| 46. Female, do -1^*1 Other sizes, not exceeding 2| x l| 51. Midc. and Female Heads for Parlor Snit.'i 4 x 3 65. Female Grecian Heads.. 2§ x 1^ Other sizes, not exceeding 5§ x 3J Per hundred 8 00 10 00 10 00 12 00 12 6 6 00 00 00 do 10^x6 8 00 12 00 6 00 ( 8 00 { to do 00 ( 15 00 < to (50 00 44 SCHEDULE OF BUILDERS PRICES. ARTIFICIAL WOOD ORNAMENTS— ( ConcZu^/ee/). 67. Rosettes, quatre foil ) pattem,Dot exceeding i do do do do I 11 3| 79. Rosette, Round Lion Head pattern do do fy ad) 91. Medallion Pattern 2^ to 2§ 26. Rosette, plain 2 to 3 75. Square ornament Lion Head 31 x 2| 78. do do 2 x2 101. Rosettes. Grecian Flower 1 to 2 Per hundred 1 50 to 2 00 2 50 to 3 00 4 00 to 5 00 i 4 00 6 00 10 00 20 00 10 00 to 00 3 00 to 00 do do 2 to2f 110. Square Rosettes 2 x 2 111. Comer Joy Leaf, 3Jx 3]^ to 5 x4 114. Grecian Shell, 3J x 2| to 4 x 3^ 116. Organ Tablet 5i x 2 118. Panels 5| x 2§ I ! 15 00 5 00 1 50 to 2 00 2 00 { to ( 3 00 5 00 ( 5 00 { to ( 7 00 ( 6 00 I to ( 8 00 6 00 8 00 119. Leaf to go with 118 4 x 2J 120. Grecian Ornament 6x2 121. Ornament 9 x 4^ 122. Irregular panels, R.& L. 5 x 2| 124. Grape panel Si x 5 126. Scrolls, K. & L 6| x 3i>t 128. Fruit panel 8 x 4| 129. Flower panel 8 x3 130. Fruit 6ix3i 132. Bunch of Grapes 5| x 4i 133. Bedstead Bracket 9 x 2| 135. Bedstead Ornament — Grape 22 x8 136. Bedstead Ornament — Rustic 17ix6i 138. Drop Ornament 2| x 2| 140. Head of Fox 5 x 4 141. Grecian Bedstead Or- nament 18 X 7 Centre i)iece for 141.... 7 x 4i 150. Shell Ornament 3^x41 152. Panel Ornament 19 x7 Centre Shell t« 152 6 x 5| End Scroll to 152 7i x 6$ 154. Bureau Bracket 9| x 2| 155. Scrolls, R. & L 8 x 21 157. Scroll for Table Legs.... Og x 4| 174. Dog's Head, Pointer 5 x 5 176. Duck (for Sideboard).... 11 x 51 177. Fish (Companion) 11 x 42 180. Car Ornament 8 x 3| 188. Shields 12 x8 Various patterns of Shields. 17 x 10 There is an endless variety of or- naments for Heads of Bedsteads and other decorations for furniture, but the list is too long to enumerate. Per hundred 4 00 8 00 15 00 8 00 25 00 7 00 20 00 15 00 12 00 7 00 15 00 90 00 50 00 4 00 25 00 54 00 30 00 12 00 50 00 20 00 1 15 00 25 00 8 00 8 00 25 00 30 00 ' 30 00 1 15 00 150 00 200 00 En Illustrated Price Lists sent on application to F. N. Boxer, Archt, Montreal. PAPIER MACHE AND CARTON PIERRE ORNAMENTS. For the enrichment of ceilings and cornices in the Gothic, Elizabethan. Italian, Renais.eance, Louis XIV., XV., XVI., and many other styles ; also rich or simjile I'anel Decorations, Gothic Dodas, Door Caps, Mouldings of all sizes, Centre Flowers for Ceilings, Gothic Bosses, Trusses, Columns and Pilaster Caps, &c. No fixed price can be given for the enrichments, as the cost would depend much upon the quantity ordered. Litnographed Designs will be forwarded on application to the agent MARBLEIZED SLATE MANTLE PIECES. These mantle pieces are less costly than marble, and for rooms in general use are more service- able, as they are harder and do not stain. Illustrated Price Catalogues can be obtained on application to the agent. AMERICAN GRATES. Black Japan, Nickle Plate or Bronze richly mounted in Gilt, Silver or Nickle Trimmings. F. N. BOXER, Montreal I - . : -.;r • 45 SPECIFICATION OF BUILDERS' WORK. This abbreviated Form of a Specification is intended as memoranda only, to save omissions in the description of work that might otherwise be forgotten : — Describe the works to be contracted for, and where situated, also name of the ]);irty who is building them. State to be completely finished, with out-offices, &c., ikc, according to various plans, elevations and sections, &c., made by • Tchitect, and referred to in a contract bearing datft the day and made between and EXCAVATOR'S WORK, Excavations. — State to dig out the ground necessary for all the walls, iron pipes, drains, cesspools, &c. Filling in, &c. — Fill in and ram ground to the foundations, and around walls, levelling earth, &c., and cart away all superfluous earth arising from the excavations. Slopes, ifec. — Form slopes and grade wherever required, and any other special work deemed necessary to leave the ground in a complete state. Shoring. — All shoring, planking, &c., to be provided at the contractor's cost. MASON'S WORK. iDiiAiNS. — Provide for laying down main and other drains in the different positions * shown on plan and provide the tile pipes, — state particularly the dimensions — to be laid with a regular fall and joints properly cemented. 'raps. — To provide all traps, bends, junctions, &c., necessary. IBends, Flanges, &c. — Flanges to receive lead pipes to be brought above floor. Fit end of trap with a copper grating to stop rats. Leave apertures (cased if necessary) where directed, in order to have free inspection of bends, traps, &c., when required. ICesspools. — Provide for cesspools^ if required, — to be made water tight. State size of footing courses in foundations for main walls and cross walls, and how to be bedded, if to be laid in cement or mortar, inter- stices to be solidly filled in with small stones ; state kind of stone to be used, and height of walls, — to be built straight and plumb and properly banded with through stones (state average distance apart) ; and if one or both faces are to be pointed. Earth not to be rammed. [Wood Frames, Wall-plates, &C.--A11 wood frames to be built in walls, and round walls until the mortar has thoroughly set. bedded in mortar as well as all wall-plates, Hntels, &c., &c.. Openings to be left in walls where directed, for gas pipes, &c., and made good afterwards, — after masonry is completed, point all joints in mortar, and wash down wall perfectly clean. State if plain rubble coursed, or if rubble face of a superior des- cription, — such as rough hammer-dressed, punched or picked, or rough rock face with pitched joints, fair, &c., &c. ASHLAR WORK OR DRESSED STONE. [Facing. — State description of facing — whether plain, tooled, chiselled, pointed or rusticated ashlar, whether backed with rubble masonry or brick — and 46 SPECIFICATION OF BUILDERS' AVORK. distances between through headers. State all sunk work, such as chiselling, below the plain surface, lor rebates, or weatherings of string courses, coping cornices, &c. — Circular work to concave or convex sur- faces, as to shafts of columns, and stones, or circular curbs — moulded work or moulded circular work (see measurements for lurther descrip- tion under this head). State how many stones the shafts of columns :? f "^^ are to be carried up in, including capitals — size of iron joggles to be let in with lea^. Particularly describe the method of connecting the capital, architrave, frieze, cornice, and pediment — ^portico mouldings, &c BRICKLAYER'S WORK. State the description of brick, and method of bonding, interval =*' 'r 1 r between headers, thickness of walls in different parts of building, fac- ings, chimney-shafts, pargetting flues, ventilating shafts, soot holes, f ovens, ranges, pipe-rings, chimney-bars, &c. State how brick work ^i , „ - , is to be measured. Provide for all beam and rafter filling, and the bedding of all wall-plates, lintels, and other woodwork properly in , ' ■ . mortar, as well as wood-bricks, and other wood insertions for cornices, &C. Provide for trimmer arches and arches over large openings. To set all sills, consols, w^indow-caps, chimney-caps, &c., &c. Bed in all window and door frames in a solid manner, and state fire bricks, if to be used, and if to be paid for extra. • .. ^^ . carpenter; S WORK. ^; Timber for the carpenter's work to be sound and free from large or ; I %'! loose knots, shakes, &c., and to be cut of the different dimensions speci- l- ^ics\/ >* ^^L fied, and to be piled on the ground for weeks before required. tt''3 ^itF Timber for the joiner's work to be thoroughly seasoned and free from large or loose knots or shakes, and perfectly sound — and all doors, windows, and framed work of any kind to be prepared and put a«^-r, ;v:^_; together, ready for glueing up, and piled in a proper drying-room ,--, - .• .> months before required. Cedar Beams. — Provide for all cedar beams or cedar scantling for basement, joists for floors, and state dimensions. Joists. — State the dimensions of all the flooring joists in each story, and describe timber, give size of trimmers and trimming pieces — and whether to .- , ■ be double mortised and tenoned or otherwise — give distance from centre to centrco Wall plates. — Wall plates to be 5 state the different dimensions for joists and rafters= Centering. — Provide all centering required for trimmer, guaged, or other arches. Studdings. — State the dimensions of studdings for different stories, distance from centre to centre, size of runners, bracing, and framing round openings for doors, &c, FunuiNcs. — State size of furrings, distance from centre to centre, and where to be fixed. Lintels and Woodblocks. — Provide for lintels, and state dimensions. Provide all the woodblocks, inside and outside of walls, for nailing the finishings and cornices too, &c. *(Note), Ventilating holes in walls should be provided, in order that a current of air may pass through to dry dampness and season timber. sPECiricATioN or buildees* work. 41 Wall IJoatids. — Provide covers for walls, state thickness of boards, and how to be fastened to the wall. Rook. — Provide for all the heams, principal and common rafters, strainin^j beams, collar beams, king and queen posts, struts, counter braces, wall plates, purlins, king bolts, rid^e pieces, gutter bearers, tie rods, straps, bolts, hatches, &c., &c., and state how to be secured. Pouches. — Provide for porches, and fully describe all parts. Galleries. — Do do do do Gutters. — To be shallow, but of good width. Provide for discharge pipes, bends, &c. &c., and state size and material. Floors. — State diiferent thicknesses and widths of flooring boards, how to be nailed, and mention if cross bridging is to be done, &c. Deafening. — Provide for deafening boards. Floors to be cleaned after the plaster has been removed, and irregularities on the surface levelled. Skirtings. — State the height and thickness of skirtings, &c. Grounds, Angle Casings, Beads. — Provide for grounds, angle beads and casings required for 2)laster work. Stairs. — The following items to be described, Strings, to Wall, outside and in- termediate, st.ite dimensions, and description of labor required on each part of them. Heads and risers, housing into wall strings, &c, Kosing of steps, returns at ends, scrolls, hand-rails, newel, bal- usters, &c., &c., &c. Windows. — Describe sashes — whether French or English ; state boxing, pulleys, line-fastenings, bolts, &c., &c., necessary to make either kind complete. Summer Blinds. — Provide for Summer blinds ; describe it for inside or outside, and how to be hinged, fastened, &c. " Doors. — Describe all the difEerent doors, sizes, number of panels, whether moulded or not. Sliding doors, whether to run on iron track or to be suspended. State the kind of hinges, locks, handles, &c. Sad- dles to be provided' of hard wood. ..,.;., Architraves. — State the size and mouldings. Rails and Hooks. — State the kind of rails and dimensions, and provide for hooks. Galleries. — Describe framing, &c. ' Mantles. — Provide for all mantle pieces requisite. Pattern to be selected : to be fixed complete. ^ , ^ ; ^ -^ ■ Grates. — Grates to be approved of — limit price. Hearth Stones. — Provide for hearth stones i state if to be laid on brick in mortar or cement, or otherwise. Wash Basins. — Provide for all the necessary wood work for wash basins and all their appliances. Water Closet. — Provide all the necessary wood work for casing in the plumber's work. Conservatory. — Give full description of framing and glazing ; state the kind of glass — patterns of glass to be left with architect ; provide for sliding sashes, ventilating pipes, &c. State how to be heated, and provide for the same ; provide for all internal shelves, frames, and fixtures necessary. State if any of the glass is to be colored. Pantry. — Describe manner of fitting up pantry shelves, cupboards, sinks, hoist, &c., &c. Stove-pipe Rings — Provide for Ventilators. — Provide for ventilator openings, and air pipes, &c. ROOFING. Gravel. — Describe if for composition and gravel, and number of plies of tarred 48 SPECIFICATION OF BUILDEKS' WORK. paper and cemented tofi^ether at each lap, also quantity of pitch and gravel to be used for each 100 ft. square (10 gal. per 8quare). For Metal. — All decks, belting, cornices, canopies, dormer windows and pedi- ments to be covered with best I. C. tin or other metal. State w here gutters and conducters are to descend, their diameter and metal. Provide iron shoes — &c. For Slate. — State description of slate, and if laid to pattern in colors. Provide for tarred paper beneath, ancTof plies, specify kind of covering for railings, ridges, saddles, flushing, &c., &c ; filleting if to be run in mortar or cement. ' PLASTERING, State number of coats and finishing in the different parts of building — if ren- dering on walls, say so. Specify descri})tion of laths, width, and distance to be placed apart for keying. State proportions of lime and sand for mortar, quirks cut, and angles if straight or curved. Provide for cornices, centre flowers, pateras, paneled ceilings, arches, en- riched keys, corbels, mouldings and other ornaments. State how angles and plastering are to be measured ; plasterer to remove all his rubbish and make good all plaster work damaged by other workmen. Whitewashing if required. State number of coats, &c., to be sized. PAINTER J WORK. State the different kinds of glass to be used in the sashes, and to be bedded and glazed in the best manner, and left clean and perfect after the building is complete. To knot, stop, and properly prepare all wood work inside and outside — state the different parts in a general manner and number of coats each part is to receive — color, or tints, as may be directed. State parts to be varnished and polished oil and shellac saddles of doors ; state parts to be grained and varnished. If fresco — state the style, designs and illustrations, tints, to be approved by the architect. If gilding — state the precise places. State how the work is to be measured, if according to rules in this work— or otherwise. i, PLUMBER'S WORK. Bath. — Give description and size of a metal-lined bath, supply and waste pipe, and compression brass cocks; if cistern is lined with lead, state weight, and if to be divided into two compartments for hot and cold water, and with iron galvanized ; iron cover for hot water compart- , Tients — state description of ball and cock, overflow-pipe, &c., and state size of same. Water Closet. — Provide and put up water closet, complete with cranks, wire, service pipe, &c. — lead traps and pipe to connect with soil pipe ; give weight of lead and diameter of joints, to be most thoroughly secured in cement, and left so that they can be examined at any time with- out injury to the floors — pipes to be secured to wall by lead flushings and holdfasts. Provide ventilating pipes below and above the seat, and metal pan to receive leakage under seat. (Pans and furnishings to be selected by architect and price fixed.) SPECIFICATION OF BUILDERS* WORKS. 49 "^ASH Basins. — Provide all the necessary earthernware wash-basins (price and pattern fixed) — state where to be located, and description of cocks — to be fixed complete, with traps over floor pipes, &c., &c. — and to con- nect with main soil pipe. Sinks. — Provide cast-iron sinks (state size), waste pipes, traps and screws thereto, and to connect with main soil pipe — give weight of lead per foot. Supply Pipes. — Provide the supply water pipes (|), six pounds to the yard, to be attached to the corporation supply-pipe, and carry the same to all places described in specification and marked on plan — sledge stop- cock inside of front wall in frost-proof box, with cover. All the pipes to be secured in the strongest manner, and the work executed in a workmanlike style, of the best material and to the entire satisfaction of the architect. If superior and expensive material are required — it is best for the architect to state that the proprietor will have the right of supply ing the same and allowing the difference in cost to the contractor. GAS-FITTER'S WORK. Provide for malleable iron pipes of sufficient size for the pressure to be borne — describe the different places to be supplied with bracket and pendant lights. Pipes to be fitted with all the necessary T elbows, couplings, &c., to make them com- plete — all open ends to be fitted with a plug or cap. Carpenter to leave openings in floors and at junctions and where directed by architect, and provide covers to screw down over the same when all completed. Style of jet to be approved of by architect. Pipes to be tested by hydraulic pressure. BELL-HANGER'S WORK, Provide for all wires, cranks, tubes, &c., required for connecting with the num- j ber of bells stated, state the description of pulls and shields — bells to be hung I on a board where directed. Speaking-tubes to be completed with porcelain mouth-pieces, whistle, &c., &c. SMITH'S, AND FOUNDER'S WORK. Describe the different articles required of wrought iron, give dimensions of iron, \ when practicable. Describe castings — to include chipping, filing, fitting and drilling. State if pattern is to be supplied by founder. Furnace or Steam Heater. — Provide how the building is to be heated, and obtain a full specification from the parties tendering, of their respec- tive plans of heating. Provide ventilation to every room into the flues or shafts provided for the purpose. Time for Completion of the Work. — State the dates at which the different kinds of work are to be completed and payments to be made, and in what proportion to the work executed — also what percentage will be kept back as a guarantee for the proper completion of the work. 4 I 50 FORM OF CONTRACTo atticlcsi of agreement, made this 0^ One thousand eight hundred and seventy BETWEEN day of the FIRST PART, and of the SECOND PART ■:o:- TIIE said party of the SECOND Part, does hereby, for himself, his heirs, executors and administrators, covenant, promise and agree with and to the said party of the FIRST Part, his executors, administrators or assigns, that he, the said party of tlie SECOND Part, his executors or adminstrators, shall and will, for the considerations hereinafter mentioned, on or before the day of next, well and sufficiently erect and finish, the part of agreeably to the several drawings and specifications and conditions of Contract made by Architect, and signed by the parties hereto, within the time aforesaid in a good, workmanlike and substantial manner to the satisfaction, and under the direction of the said Architect, to be testilied by a writing or certificate, under the hand of the said Architect ; and also, shall and will find and provide, such good, proper and sufficient materials of all kinds whatsoever, as shall be proper and sufficient for completing and finishing all the and other works of the said Building, mentioned in the said Specifications and Conditions of Contract, for the sum of AND the said party of the FIRST Part, doth hereby, for himself, his heirs, executors and adminstrators, COVENANT, promise and agree, with and to the said party of the SECOND Part, his executors and administrators, that he, the said party of the FIRST Part, shall and will, well and truly pay, or cause to be paid, unto the party of the SECOND Part, liis executors, administrators and as- signs, the sum of , of lawful money of the Province of Canada, r IN MANNER FOLLOWING : Provided that in each of the said cases a certificate be obtained by the said Architect. IN WITNESS whereof the said parties to these Presents have hereunto set their hands the day and year first before written. WITNESS, FORM FOR CONDITIONS OF A CONTRACT. 61 FORM FOR CONDITIONS OF A CONTRACT. 1. The person who5»e tender may be nccepted is, if required, to provide one or more pecarities, jointly and severally, U> be bound under a penalty of for the «lue perfonuance of this contract, accitrdini: t«» the followinj; terms: — 2. Tlie contractor shall c«MiforTn iniuutcly to all desij,Mis. drawinjrs, det;iil-dni\vin;;s, and instructions in vvritinj;, and shall notconnnence any work whatsoever, without an order in writin:; from the architect or his representative. 3. With regard to «lrawinj:s at the tim«' of si.i^nin;; th«' (contract and these may l)e liereafter f urni.shed, ) it is U) be understood that the dimensions marked on the drawinj^s or described in the specification, are to be worked f roni, althontrh not exactly corres- IKmdinic with the adnieiisurements by scale; drawin.LTs to larj;e scales, and tluKse show- ing particular i>arts of the work, are to betaken as more correct than those to smaller scales. The drawings are to l)e etjually l)inding with the specification, and should anything appear in them which has been omitted to be (iescribed, and obviously in- tended by the drawings and necessary to complete the works, the contractor is t(» exe- cute the same consisteixt with the general tenor of the s[)ecification, without any addi- tional [)ayment, and the whole building is to be left in a complete stite, according to the dilTerent drawings, and the direction that may be given from time to time by the architect for its strict i)erformance. 4. The contractor is to provide the whole of the materijils, as well as all labt>r, carriage, tools, implements, tackle, and all other things necess;iry for the due and proixir execution of tlie works. 5. The whole of the works are t4> be executed with due diligence and expedition (or, at some .stated period, for different parts thereof), and are to be performed anrtion of the works contained in the contract, and the amount added to or de- ducted from the contract sum as the case may require ; and no claim for day or extra work of any kind will beallowx'd unless an order for the same, signed by the architect, shall be produced. 8. Tne contractor will be held responsible for the correct and proper setting out of the work, i)revious to the commencement of the same, and will have to make gcMnl errors at liis own cost. 9. The wN)rks are t:>be carried on nnder the control and sui)ervision of the architect or his representative, and the contractor must execute witlumt delay, and from time to time, all written orders given by the said arciiitct or his rei»resentroi)rietor) obtain the opinion of an architectural surveyor, approved of by the architect, and his decision shall be final. 14. Should any dispute arise respecting the true construction or meanirg of the drawings or specifications, the same shall be decided solely by the said arcliitect, and their decision shall be final and binding; but should disputes arise respecting the true value of extra work, omitted or required, the same shall be valued by two competent persons, one named by the said and the other by the con- tractor, anc these two shall have power to name an umpire, whose decision shall be binding on all jmrties. 15. A cornpftent foreman is to be kept on the ground, during the working hours, to receive orders from the architect, or his representative, but ."honld the person so appointed be deemed by the architect incompetent, or conduct himself improperly, he shall be discharged, and another api>ointed in his stead ; such foreman, in the absence of the contractor, shall be considered as his legal representative, and shall have iH)wer to make alterations, or deviations in any works tnat the architect may consider not in accordance with the contract. 16. The contractor nmst furnish any water required to carry^ on his work at his own expense, and must funiish the water works department with a certified state- ment fronj an appn)ved measurer, and settle the corporation claim for said water tax on demand, as the architect and the proprietor will not be responsible for the same. 17. The contractor will be bound to insure liis work against accident by fire in some insurance office, of good standing, in the city, and to pay the premiums, and extra premiums of the works, and further, to notify the proprietor of such insurance having been effected, giving the name of the office, and the amount insured; and in case of neglect or refusal, tlie proprietor is hereby emjwwered to effect a reasonable amount of insurance on said premises, and to charge the same to the contractor. 18. This contract is to maintain, uphold and guarantee the stability of the work, and keep them in perfect repair and condition for six months after the completion of the contract, and if, during this term, any defects shall appear, they are forthwith to be made good by the contractor, at his own cost and charge, to the satisfaction of the architect, so that the works may be delivered up in a perfect condition at the end of the above named period ; the true intent and meaning of the specifications and contract being that the whole of the works are to be delivered over completely and satisfactorily finished in all their parts. This guanintee has only reference to the proper completion of the works, and will not exonerate the contractor from the liability he is under for the stability of his work according to the law of the country. 19. The contractor is to take upon himself the entire risk of, and be answerable for all accidents and damages of any kind, which may occur during tlie performance of the contract, whether arising from fire, stonns, or otherwise. In case of damage to the works, he is to reimir and make good the same as soon as possible at his own cost and charge ; and in respect of any other kind of accident or damage, he is forth- with to reimburse and compensate Mie injured parties, as the case may require, for all expenses, losses and injuries they may have sustained in consequence of such ac- cident or damage. 20. The contractor is to supply, without charging for the same, the requisite per- sons, with the necessary means, who are to assist in the admeasurement of the works or materials. The measurement of the works or materials shall be performed by the architect, or his representative, or by an architectural surveyor appointed by the architect, and approved of by the contractor. 21. The contractor shall remove, at his own cost, all rubbish and materials that may result from the execution of all measured work performed by him, and comply with all municipal regulations within days after receiving due notice in writing from the architect; failing, or neglecting so to do, then the rubbish or materials will be removed off the ground by the architect, and the cost thereof de- ducted from the balance due to the contractor on his contract. 22. The works specified in this contract are to be completed on, by, or before the day of under the forfeiture of the sum of for each and every thereafter they remain uncompleted, said forfeiture to be paid to, or retained by in liquidation of ascertained damages, and not by way of penalty for each and every the work shall remain unfinished after the expiration of the period above named. The architect shall decide whether the delay has been caused through any negli- gence, act, or agency of the contractor. N. B. — The above clause shall not be considered as comminatory; as without it, this contract would not have been entered into between the parties to the same. FORM OF CONDITIONS OF A CONTRACT. 53 23. Payment shall l>e made as the work proceeds, to the satisfaction of the archi- Payments, tect, once'every at the rate of per cent, ufxm the amount of the work done, and material» furnished u\^n\ the ground; which Kiid muteriaLs are then U) Ixjcoiue the proj^erty of the provided at all times they are of approved quality, and on tlic priKiuction of a cer- Architects, tificate sip^ned by tlie architect to the al)ove effect ; and the remaining per centum, which has in the mean time been retained in the liands of the said Certificate. as security for the due and faitliful i)erformance of the contract, shall be paid to the said contractor within after the works are finally completed, delivered to, and accepted by the said Witnesses. (Signed,) GENERAL REGULATIONS TO BE SIGNED BY THE CONTRACTOR mason's work and brickwork. No foundation shall be laid until the excavation shall have been examined by the architect or his representative, who will give the contractor orosts, rounded corners, notchings, letting in coal plates, air traps, sink stones, cutting and priming ends of steps, stopped and level ends to sinkings, mitres to mouldings, external and internal (according to girth) returned and mitred ends to copings, neckings to chimney pieces, &c. Regulations for the Measurement of Masonry, of the Houses of Parliament — Great Britain. Cube Stone. If square measure nett size when worked, when not square measure the size of a square stone of the extent required. When the stones are of scantling 6 feet and upwards, measure separately. 56 MEASUREMENT OF ARTIFICERS' WORK. Drafted Backs. The back of stones where drafted to be measured according to actual work shown. Plain and Sunk Beds. One plain bed only to be taken for each stone, except to muUions of windows, for which two beds are to be taken to each stone. Ordinary arch stones to be considered as having one plain bed and one sunk bed. Plain and Sunk Joints. Not more than one plain joint to be taken for each stone, having one or more plain joints. All plain joints to be taken as they occur. Chiselled or Rubbed Faces. To be measured to the size actually shown on the external surface. Rough Sunk. To be taken when a large quantity of stone has to be removed, as in stop mouldings to sills, window heads, and other similar work. Sunk, Chiselled or Rubbed Faces. To be measured on the surface actually worked, adding the depth of the sinking. Stopped Sinking. To be measured in such situations as do not permit the work to be carried straight through the stone, as in the stop mouldings to sills, window-heads and other similar work. Preparatory Labour or Plain Face or Bed. To be taken wherever it is necessary to produce a face for the purpose of setting out under-work, as in tracery heads, and other similar works. This is also intended to apply to mullions of windows, one side and one edge of which are to be be taken as plain bed. Mouldings. To be girthed, the surface actually shown, the top bed, if weathered, only to be measured as sunk face. Mouldings to Panelling. To be girthed, including the back panel. Circular Face to Soffit of Cusps. To be measured the whole thickness of the stone from back to front. Sunk Faces to Soffit of Cusps in Panelling. To be measured net on the face, adding the depth of the sinking from the external face. Sunk Face in Margins for Eyes. To be measured the extreme length and width. Circular Sunk to Rebated Soffit of Cusps. To be measured from the external surface, adding the depth of the rebate. Mouldings in Tracery. The extreme length of the straight mouldings in the tracery of the window heads to be measured through the mitres and junc- tions with other mouldings. Throat. To be measured per foot running. , Groove for Cement. do do Groove for Sashes. do do Rebate not Exceeding 3 Inches in Girth. To be measured per foot runninjj. * Mitres to Sinkings. To be numbered according to width. Mitres and Returns to Sinkings. To be numbered according to width of the sinking and length of the return. Mitres to Mouldings. To be numbered according to the girth of the moulding. Mitres and Returns to Mouldings. To be numbered according to the girth of the moulding, and length of the return. Stopped End of Mouldings. To be numbered according to girth of moulding, and length of return. Stoi'ped Ends of Mouldings of Splayed Sills and Sills of Panels. To be numbered according to the girth of the moulding and extreme length from top of sill to point of intersection. Rough Sinkings for Cusped Window Heads and similar Sinkings. To be numbered) taking the average area of the sinking and the full thickness of the stone. MEASUREMENT OF ARTIFICERS' WORK. 57 Holes Punched. To be numbered according to their area and their depth. Sinkings to form Shingles. To be numbered as they occur, according to length, width, and depth of sinking. Notching to form Embrazures. To be numbered according to their height, width, and depth of sinking. Water Joints. To be numbered according to their projection. Mitres to Soffits of Cusps in Tracery Heads of Windows. To be numbered according to their length, and taking the full thickness of stone. Ditto in Small Tracery Heads of Panelling. To be numbered according to their length. Measured from external face of stone to back of panelling. Points to Cusps in Tracery Heads of Windows. To be numbered according to their length, and measured the whole thickness between the sunk face to back of panelling. Sunk and Moulded CEilets, each with one Mitre and two long intersections. To be numbered according to extreme size. - Small Sunk Eyes. To be numbered. Cramps out of Saw Plate. To be numbered according to length. Cast Iron Cramps. To be numbered according to length and thickness. Plugs. To be numbered according to length and size. Pavings and Landings. To be measured, per foot superficial. Preparations to landings, according to size and thickness of stone. For diagrams of the mode of measuring spandrils, steps, window sills, cor- nices, columns, gauged arches. See plate lo, fig. 3. measurement of bricklayers work. It is the custom in some localities to pay for brickwork at the rate of twenty to the cubic foot laid in walls — but it is obvious that this is not a fair system of measurement in any place where there is no law to regulate the size of bricks. — Tenders, therefore, should be received by Architects for payment by the cubic foot — irrespective of the number of bricks, required to make it. The contractor can always make his calculation to suit the size of the bricks he intends using. Measure brickwork by the foot cube, or by the 1000 bricks, at so many per cubic foot, or thousand, according to local custom — state thickness of walls. Walls when joints are struck on both sides should be kept separate. Take all deductions as they appear. Window Sills. Stone, or woodwork, under 4 inches in height is not to be deducted. Wall Plates. When no brickwork is over them are to be measured, if they exceed 3 inches in height, if more, include only 3 inches to pay for bedding and trouble. Labour on small and difficult works charged separately. Facings. When ordered, to be taken in addition to the brickwork as extra, per superficial foot. Arches. Measure, per foot super — measure the face and soffit. Paving. Per yard superficial. Encaustic Tiles. Per foot or yard superficial. Pointing. Per foot superficial. Chimney Shafts. Measure flues as solid work, if small. Opening for Fire Places. Deduct. Ovens and Coppers. Measure solid, deducting ash holes only. Extras. Ventilators and air bricks built into walls — forming and render- ing the apertures for the same — chimney pots and fixing. Ranges and stoves fixed, &c — also bedding and pointing to doors and window frames. 58 I MEASUREMENT OF ARTIFICERS' WORK. PLASTERERS WORK f^ Is usually charged by the yard superjiciaL ^^^ RENDERING TO WALLS. Take the length of the walls by the height, from the top of the skirting grounds to the ceiling ; deduct for the doors, windows, &c., and half the depth of the cornice — if the cornices are bracketed, deduct the whole. State the number of coats, if in mortar or cement, if set, floated and set, or as the case may be. Take the number of beads or quirks as extra. LATH AND P ASTER TO CEILINGS. Take the dimensions from wall to wall, deduct the cornice at one side only. If the cornices are bracketed, deduct the whole. State the number of coats, if floated, or set. Take friezes, sofl[its, &c., according to description, by the foot superficial. Measure raised panels extra by the foot superficial. Take the mouldings on the panel by the foot running, according to girth, and number the mitres. Number pateras and ornamental work, give full description of each. LATH AND PLASTER WORK TO PARTITIONS. Measure as described for rendering. If a cornice, deduct one third of the depth, or if bracketed deduct the whole ; give description as directed for ceilings. r ; CORNICES. Take the length around the wall, and deduct one projection of the cornice each way for the main length. If the girth of the moulding from the ceiling to the wall line is under 6 inches take it by the foot running, stating the actual girth — and if over 6 inches, take it by the foot superficial. If there are coves to the cornices, take them by the foot superficial. ; ..- Number all anijles above four. . Take enrichments separate from the cornice, measure by the foot running, stating the girth, and if undercut. Take quirks, arrises and heads by the foot running. Number all the mitres to angles above four, stopped ends, i&c, stating the girth, and whether the mitres are internal or external. Pateras which save the mitreing of enriched soffits not to be taken unless in a frame or coffer. Plastering on brickwork to be measured from top of grounds to foot of cor- nice. On lath, to clear height of wall ; one-third the height of cornice above the foot of the moulding for stucco — and two-thirds for laid and floated work. Dubbing out and roughing not to be allowed unless the work is out of an upright. STUCCO. Take stucco by the yard superficial ; state if bastard, trowelled on laths, or bricks, or as the case may be. Take the reveals and narrow widths by the foot running. Take quirks, arrises, and beads by the foot running. MEASUREMENT OF ARTIFICERS' WORK. 5U COLORING AND LIME-WHITING. Take coloring and lime- whiting by the yard superficial, according to lescription. Take the run of cornices and describe the girth. Circular work keep separate. * ' CARrENTERS' AND JOINERS* TTORK. As SO much of this work is now done hy machinery, no general rules can be laid down. The following memoranda however may be found useful : — Labor on timber is classified as " Fixed only,'' " Framed'^ or '* Framed and jxed.'^ Timber fixed ; includes the labour in nailing, spiking, halving, dovetaillug or luotchinir. Timber framed ; includes morticinij and tenoninfj. > ' , ' -.,. Reduce all timber to board measurement. BOND TIMBER. Take bond timbers, wall plates, pole plates, templates, and lintels under this [head. FLOORS NAKED. Take all joists and sleepers which have not been actually framed as " fixed " lonly. ^ _ Keep ground joists and sleepers distinct from those to upper floors. Girders, binders, trimmers, and trimming joists to be taken as framed. Girders sawn down the middle, reversed and bolted, or trussed are to be kept separate. * Setting in screw-bolts, plates, &c., are to be numbered as extras. Take strutting between the joists by the foot ruiming, state the scantling and if herring bone or otherwise. WOOD BRICKS, &0. Number the wood bricks and similar insertions into wall. ROOFS. Take King posts, Queen posts, principal rafters, and the beams, &c., as " framed in trusses." Allow in length for each tenon. Take common rafters, purlins, diagonal ties, dragging pieces, and gutter plates, except where actually framed as '" fixed in rafters " <&c. Add to ail iron work extra for fixiuiij. Take ridge, hips and valley pieces as framed^-or otherwise measure board- ing by the stpiare of 100 feet superficial. Ilip and ridge rolls measure per foot running — state the diameter and if spiked or otherwise. ' QUARTER PARTITIONS. Take the head, sills, braces, quarters, door heads, &c., as framed and trussed in partitions or otherwise as the case may be. Deduct for doorwavs. Quarters tenoned with the head and sill and spiked, are to be considered as framed. Iron work and fixin : / Screw nut and joint to cap. Newels. ,,,, Take the height including tenons. State the size, and if turned-octagon, or otherwise. Extras. Number of turned pendants. Iron screw bolt and fixing. Balusters. State size — square, turned, carved or otherwise, if screwed or dovetailed, | Extras. — Iron balusters if used inside of wood, screws and fixing. MEASUREMENT OF ARTIFICERS' WORK. 63 Water Closets. * , Per foot SiiperJiciaL Describe separately seat, flap, frame, skirting, thickness of woods, &c. Take hinges according to description. Holes for handle, hole for pan, and if properly dished. Cistern. Describe frame work, casing &c. Smith and Founder's Work Iron work is usually charged by weight ; it does not matter in what form the measurements are taken provided the surveyor obtains the correct quantity in feet or inches. Keep each article separate according to description. Cast-ikon. Take a pattern for each description of cast-iron. Take chipping, filing and fitting extra. Wrought-iron. Measure by the foot superficial and reduce to weight. Take the number of holes drilled for bolts, rivets or otherwise according to the thickness of the iron. Number the bolts when small, and the rivets according to size. ^ Plumber's Work. In measurinfj lead the dimensions should be carefully taken, the material be ing heavy and expensive, and small errors in the superficial dimensions become serious when reduced to weight. Lead, including the labor of laying gutters, flats and flashings, is usually charged by the cut — and under one head. . Lead work to cesspools, cisterns, sinks, &c., in the same manner as for gut- ters, &c., but separate. Soldering to joints, angles, &c., and nailing, at per foot running. Take pipes at per foot running according to the diameter and weight, take the joints extra. Number all cocks and fixing according to size. Give an accurate description of each. Take plugs, washers, and wastes, air-traps, gratings, screw or driving ferrules, &c., and fixing, according to description and size. Give an accurate description of each water closet, the traps and mode of fix ing, &c. Take making good to soil and other pipes extra. Pumps and fixings at so much each. Take the suction and supply pipes, and making good, the same to the pumps — also, wall hooks and fixing extra. painters', glaizers' and paperhangers' work. Painter. The rule observed in measuring is wherever the brush goes — and to charge by the superficial yard, except where it becomes necessary to work to a line, as in the case of skirtings, to prevent the floor or wall from being soiled, technically termed "cut on both edges." In describing painters' work, state the number of oils, if knotted, or stopped, flatted or otherwise, if in common or ornamental colors. . If the latter, give the name of each. Note. Common colors are red lead, Venetian red, umber, Spanish brown or any of the common ochres mixed with white lead and oil. 64 MEASUREMENT OF ARTIFICERS WORK. Ornamental colors are prussian blue, indigo, mineral green, the rich reds, pinks and yellow. Take hand rail, iron bar, rain-water pipes, edges to shelves, edges of coping, stone strings, cornices, by the foot running. Note, Strings, cornices or other work, when done from a ladder or scaffold, should be kept separate. Number the sash panes (the outside only). Sash squares (each side) per dozen. Window sills, chimney pieces, newels, balusters, heads and shoes to rain water pipes, door scrapers, brackets, shutter bars, bolts, &c., at each. Note. Take the inside of the sash frames, with the linings at per foot super- ficial. Work difficult to be measured, such as the capitals to columns and other ornamental work, should be numbered and described, giving as clear an idea of the amount of labor upon them as possible. Letters or figures are numbered according to the height of each in inches, and described as plain or ornamental. Glazier. In measuring glass take the dimensions from rebate to rebate each way, when the panes are square, if irregular or circular take the extreme dimensions as if they were square — keep large squares separate. Describe the glass according to quality. Plate glass is generally paid at a price agreed upon — with or without a guarantee aojainst breakasre. o O o Paperhanging Is paid for by the num])er of pieces. Odd yards charged as one piece. Take as extra, pumicing and preparing walls, lining paper and hanging same. ^ Take borders and hanging at per dozen yards running. Roofing — Slate or Metal. Measure slating to roofs by the square of 1 00 ft. superficial, give the size and usual denomination of slates, their guage and description of nails used. State if circular or upright, but make no allowance for circular work in the measurement, as the additional labor should be paid for in price. The dimensions in slating are usually taken along the eaves in front and rear, to the extreme ends by the width from the eaves to the ridge, whethen the roof is hipped or galled. Deduct all openings such as chimney shafts or dormers, but allow the run of the edge along the same by 6 inches for cutting and waste. Add for all raking edges and irregular angles the length by 6 inches, and for hips and valleys the length by 6 inches on each side. It is usual to allow for the undercourse to eaves and gutters, the length by the guage of the bottom course, on the supposition that an extra length of slate is used. Run all filleting, and state if in mortur or cement. Slate Skirtings and Covers to hips and ridges are taken at per foot running according to thickness of the slate, state if bedded in putty or red lead. State the weight of lead in gutters, flats and flushings, which should be care- fully done, as small errors in superficial dimensions, on account of the expensive material, become serious when reduced to weight. Note. — The same method of measuring applies to all metal roofing. It is usual for architects to receive tenders for roof coverings, gutters, &c., at ARCHITECTURAL MEMORANDA. 65 a fixed price which includes all extras, such as nails, holes to slates, «&c., &c. The above method, as adopted in England, is given as a gui■• 11. A. .001 .()(J2 .093 .0^5741 . 139 .(X5(5140 .18,5 .05)5)5)5)7 .231 .1:57307 .002 .()(X)J1!> .048 .01.3S18 .094 .037323 .140 ,(X 5(5833 .18(J . 100774 .2:52 . 1:58150 .003 .(X)02]!> .049 .014247 .095 .037JMJ«> .141 .(K57.528 .187 1 . 10155;? .233 . 1:j85.)5)5 .004 .000337 .050 .OUtiSl .09(5 .0;{84;N) .142 .0« 58225 .188 ! . 102:5;^ .234 . 1:35)841 .005 .000470 .051 .015119 .097 .03«.K)87 .143 .0(58924 .189 1 . 10311(5 .2:^5 . 140(588 .006 .'^OOlilH .052 .0155(J1 .098 .039(580 .144 .0(5 .(H027(5 .145 .070328 .15*1 1.104(585 .237 .142387 .008 .00()iC)l .054 .016457 .100 .040875 .14<5 .07io;« .15>2 ; . 105472 .2:J8 .14:52:58 .009 .001135 .0,55 .016911 .101 .04147(5 .147 .071741 . 15(3 1.10(52(51 .239 .14405)1 .010 .()(H;>29 .0.1() .0173(;!( . 1(J2 .042080 .148 .0724.50 .1514 ; . 107051 .240 .1445)44 .011 .001533 .057 .017831 . 10.3 .042(587 .149 .0731(51 .15)5 . 107842 .241 . 145795) .012 .001746 .(J58 .0182iH) .UU .<>4.32 .243 .147512 .014 .002199 .0(M) .01«t239 .10(5 .(m522 . 152 .075;:()(5 .15)8 .110226 .244 .148:571 .015 .(X)24.38 .0(J1 .019716 .107 .0451.39 .153 .07(502(5 .1515) .111024 .245 .1492:^0 .010 .002(185 .062 .0201 .()8(t;>so .205 .11.5S42 .251 . 1,54412 .022 .004:}22 .01)8 .02;U54 .114 .049528 .160 .081112 .206 .11(5650 .252 .1.55280 .023 .(X)4t>18 .0(59 .02,",(559 .115 .0.50165 .1(51 .08184(5 .207 .1174(50 .253 .1,56149 .024 .004921 .070 .0241(58 .11(5 .0.")0S()4 .1(52 .082.582 .208 .11S271 .2.54 157015) .025 .005230 .071 .024680 .117 .05144(5 . 1(5.3 .08.3320 .205) .119083 .2.55 .157890 .026 .005546 .072 .025195 .118 .0.~)20»tO .1(54 .0840.59 .210 .11985)7 .256 .15S7G2 027 = 0058()7 .073 .025714 .119 .05273(5 .1(55 .084801 .211 .120712 .2.57 .155)6,36 028 .006194 .074 .02()2;^5 .110 .05.3.3S5 .1(5(5 .O.S.5.544 .212 .1215251 .258 . 1(50510 .02*) .00(3527 .075 .02(5761 .121 . 0.540; ;(5 . 1(57 .08(5289 !213 .122: -47 .259 .I6i:i86 .o:^ .006865 .07<) .0272.S9 l'>2 .0.')4(;k;> .1(5S .O.s70.3(5 .214 . 1231(57 .260 .1(52263 .031 .007209 .077 .027821 ; 12-3 .055.345 . 1(59 .0.S7785 .215 . 12.3988 .261 .1(5:5140 .032 .007558 .078 .02835(5 .124 .().')( i003 .170 .0S8.5.35 .216 . 124810 .262 .1(54019 .033 .007913 .079 .0288!>4 . 125 .05C»<5()3 .171 .089287 .217 . 12.5(5.'i4 .263 . 1(U85)9 .0:34 .008273 .080 .0-94.35 .12(5 .0.57.32(5 .r- .090041 .218 : . 126455) .264 .1(5,5780 .035 .0084;« 081 .029979 .127 .057«n»l .17.3 ! .09(1797 .219 .127285 .265 .1(56663 .036 .00<)008 ;082 .0.3052(5 . 128 .058(558 .174 ! .091,554 .220 .128113 .2(56 .167,546 .037 .009r>83 .083 .0.31076 l'i9 .0.59327 .059999 .175 ' .092313 221 . 1285)42 .267 .1(584:?0 .0.38 ..)r)074 .222 .125)773 .268 .1(55)315 .039 .010148 .085 .032180 .131 .0(50(572 .177 .09,38.3(5 OO'J ' . 1; 50605 .2(55) .170202 .040 .010537 .086 .032745 . 132 .0(51.348 .178 i .094601 /224 . 1314:18 .270 .171089 .041 .01045 .273 . 17:57.58 .044 .012142 .090 .0.3.5011 .136 .06^074 .182 ' .05)7674 .228 .1.34784 .274 .174(>49 .045 .012554 .091 .0:15585 .137 .0647(50 . 183 .05)8447 .225) .1.35624 .275 . 17.5542 .046 .012971 .092 .03(51(52 .138 .065449 .184 .05)5^)221 !2.3() .13G4(>4 .276 .17(>435 ARCHITECTURAL MEMORANDA- -WEIGHT OF MATERIALS, PER CUBIC FOOT. Wt per cubic ft. Ashes 37 Asphalte, gritted for roofs 156 Bricks, red. 100 fire 150 Brickwork in morfcii 96 ' ' in cement 98 For fire brick add extra 50 Brass, cast 525 Caen Stone 125 Cleveland Stone 125 Cement, Portland 78 " Roman 60 ** and sand equal parts 112 Chalk, solid 125 Charcoal, from hardwood 34 Clay, Potters' 120 " with gravel 130 Coal, Newcastle 80 Coal, Pennsylvania 100 Coke 47 Copper, cast 550 Concrete, Portland Cement 120 " common lime 118 Earth, vegetable 90 " loamy 100 " semi-fluid 110 Flint 162 Freestone, hewn 140 Glass, Crown 158 " flint 18S " plate 184 Gun Metal 549 Gold, pure 1210 " standard 1108 Gravel from 112 " to 120 Granite, Aberdeen, grav 167 " '' red"^ 165 Gunpowder 57 Gutta Percha 61 Gypsum, natural state 140 Iron, wrought 485 " cast 450 India-rubbev 60 Limestone, l}a.= 156 " Magnepian 144 " Comoact, Mountain 170 Lead " 710 Lime, of stone 53 Marble, average 170 Marl 120 Masonry, rubble 140 " Ashlar 140 Granite 160 Mortar, old 90 " new 110 Millstone 115 Mercury (fluid) 848 Pitch 72 Plaster of Paris, cast 80 Platinum, pure 1220 Pewter 433 wt. per cubic ft. Porphyry 180 Pumice ^tone 57 Puzzolana 170 Quartz 166 Sand, river 118 " pit, clean 100 Shingle 95 Slate, average 180 Silver, pure 6(55 " standard 658 Tar 63 Tiles, average 115 Water, rain 62^ " sea 64 " 1 gallon 10 Wheat, 1 bushel of 60 Barley, «' 50 Oats, " 40 Hay 5 " well pressed 8 Straw 3i " pressed 5| A crowd of men closely packed, yer foot superficial 84 A horse (cavalry) 11 cwt. Roofing, slate, 100 ft. superficial 10^ " Floors should be strong enough to carry, including the materials of the floor, per foot superficial 2^ " Floors of Warehouses, per foot super. .4 " Floors of Railway bridges " ..4 " TIMBER. Ash. . . Beech. Birch. wt. per cubic ft. in lbs. . 50 51 . 48 Cedar 30 Cherry Tree 42 Chestnut 40 Elm 39 Larch 35 Lignumvitae 70 Mahogany 45 Maple 47 Oak 47 Pine, red 40 Yellow 33 Walnut 35 MARBLE SLABS. Weight per foot super. ARCHITECTUKAL MEM0KA2hDA. 67 Continued. Lbs liin 17.t>2 ij " 21.5 If " 25.08 2 " 2«.07 2^ " 35.83 To find the weier lineal foot. Lead t STONE. The quantity equal to a ton in weight. Cubic ft Vein Marble 13 Statuary l.'U Granite'. 13* Blue Lias Limestone 141 Caen 17 Portland 16 -*'^~?';,'>.ur:^ ;. SCANTLINGS FOR WOOD ROOFS. Span in feet. 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 m 58 60 Tie Beam. m. m. ^5X5 lojxs 1UX5 115X6 12 X6 10 X4i 10 X5 10^X5 10 X6 11 X6 lliX6 12 X6 12iX6 lllX6 12" X6 12 xeh 12 XT' 12 X8 12 X81 12 X9' King Post. m. m. 4X3 5X3 5X3^ 5X4 6X4 6X4^ Queen Post. m. m. Small Queens. in. ni. 4|X4 5 X'ih 5 X4 6 6 6 X4i 6 X5 6 X5i 6 X5| 6 X6i X6f X6| X6| X7| 6 7 7 7 7iX7 6X2i s ARCHITECTURAL MEMORANDA. COMMON RATTERS. 12 inches opart from centre to centre. Bearing; in leet. Breadth in inches. n 2i \ Depth iuy. 5 « 10 12 14 10 18 20 3 7 8i lot Depth ins. 2X "4 8 io| lU Depth Depth Depth lUS. I uis. o.a 4r 1 1 lOi I ins. 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 DEPTHS OF SINGLE JOISTS. 12 inches from centre to centre. Length . Breadth in inches. of bearing in feet. 2 2i 3 (> 5| 5| 5 7 0^ 6 5.V 8 7 6.\ «| 10 8 '^r 7 12 n 8^ 8 14 10" 0^, *) 16 11 loS lO.V 18 12 ii; 20 13 12 nj 25 15 14 13 .loists over 8 ft. long should be strutted. The d('])th in inches of ceiUng joists 12 inches apart will be \ inch for each foot of bearing when the thickness of the joist is 2 inches. PURLINS. Of Yellow Fir. Slate covering. Bearing in feet. Distance ajwit in feet. 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 6 ins. I r> X3^; 6.¥x4 ; 7iX4.V «^xr) : 8fx5}i 9\X5^; l(t'x6 ( 1(WX(5\' iiixtvii ins. 6:1X31 7 X4 7^X4| ?>^xn=? 101^X61 11^X6^ 11SX7 8 9 ms. 6JfX4 7|X41 H X43 8^X5? 9>TXr.f 10iX6 mxc-,}. 11.^X7" 12iX7^ fi^X4i VsX\% 8.1X5" 9 X51 9JX5| 10.1X6^ lliX6| 12 X7| vihxn Lintels over openings. Take 1:^ inches in depth for every foot of bearing. Weiylit which floors have usually to sustain. Per ft. super. Ordinary dwelling-honse floors should be calculated to sustain, including the weight of the floor itself li cwt. Public buildings, lecture rooms, &c. . . Vt " Warehouses, factories, kc 2- I Scarfed joints in Tic Beams, ^r. The proportion of the length of scarf to depth of beam. Without With With holts bolts, bolts, and indent Oak, Ash, Elm, &c.. . D 3D 2 D Fir 12 D 6 D 4 D STRENGTH OF ROLLED IRON BEAMS. B. W. — Breaking weight distributed in tons. Depth of Beam. Size of Flange. B.W. for different f ipans. 10 ft. 12 ft. 20 ft. 25 ft. ins. ins. 5 2 X2^ 6.6 6 2iX I 10. 6.6 5 7 3 X ^ 14. 9. 7 5 8 3X1 20. 13. 10 8 9 4X1 •^\. 24. 18 14 10 4iXl 60. 40. 30 24 FIRE-PROOF FLOORS. With rolled Beams. Length of Deiith De]ith of Weight bearing of floor per in feet. joist. complete. square. ins. ins. lbs. 10 to m 4 H 370 m " 13 42 7i 420 13 " 16 5j 8| 4()5 16 "20 6j •'^ 510 20 " 23 7| 104 (m 23 "26 8i 111 700 AKCHITECTUKAL MEMOKAXDA. 69 Table shoioing the uses to which the various timbers are best adapted. GENERAL COXSTRUCTIOX. Oak, Chestnut, Cedar, Fir, Elm, "Walnut, Larch, Pine, Beech, Mahogany, Popliir, Pitch Pine, Hickorj-. DURABLE IN' WET WORKS. Oak, Alder, Larch (Tamarac), Elm, White Cedar, riario (Xorth American), Beech, Teak, Acacia, Hemlock, Pitch Pine. V, .J ; ' DURABLE IN LKY WORKS. Oak, Deal, Poplar, Chestnut, Cedar, Pine, Walnut, ^laho^rany, ]Maple, Larch, Alder, Sycamore, Willow, Cypress, Hornbeam, Pitch Pine. PATTERNS FOR IRON WORK. Deal, Pine, Alder, Mahogany. RELATIVE STRENGTH OF COLU^INS OF STEEL, IRON AND WOOD. Steel 180 Oak . . Cast Iron 100 Larch Wrouglit iron 79 Elm . . 18 12 10 Note. — In short columns cast iron is superior to wrought, but when the length exceeds about 26 times the diameter, the ends being fixed, wrought iron has the advantage. STRENGTH OP CAST IRON PILLARS. S ^rl Length in feet. s . ■■*'■ Length in feet. 2 S 2l Thickness of metal = J inch . _ u Thickness of metal = | inch. G tons 8 tons 10 12 14 16 tons 18 tons 20 tons 35 tons 6 tons 8 tons 10 tons 12 tons 14 tons 16 18 20 25 tons tons tons tons tons tons tons i i ! 3 5.8 4.0 3.2| 2.3 1.8 1.4 1.2 1.0 .7 3 7.8 5.4 3.8 2.8 2.2 1.7 1.4 1.1 .8 H 8.2 5.9 5.1 3.6 2.7 2.3 1.9 1.5 .9 3i 11.3 8.1 6.2 4.4 3.5 2.6 2.1 1.9 1.3 4 10.9 8.1 6.1 4.7 3.6 3.4 2.8 2.8 1.5 4 15.9 11.3 8.5 6.5 4.8 3.8 3.3 2.8 1.8 4^ 13.8 10.6 8.1 6.5 5 4.4 3.9 3.1 2.0 U 19.4 14.9 11.5 8.9 7.2 6.0 5.0 4.1 2.7 5 1G.8 13.3 10.4 8.3 6.7 5.4 5.0 4.0 2.7 5 23.7 18.8 14.8 11.7 9.0 7.7 6.5 5.: 3.8 5i |19.8 15.3 12.9 10 5 8.5 7.0 6.2 5.2 3 5 5'. 28.2 21.8 18.4 14.9 12.1 10.2 8.6 7.1 5.3 6 :22.9|19.0 15.5112.7 9.5 8.7 7.3 6.2 4.3 6 32.8 27.2 22.3 18.3 15 12.5 10.5 S.^ 6.4 C^ :2().0 22 18.31 15. 2 12.4 10.7 9.1 7.7 5.4 (rh .37.3 31.6 26.3 21 9 17.8 15.3 12.010.7i 8.0 7 25). 125.0 21.217.9 15.1 12.8 10.9 9.3 6.5 7 41.9 ■.M].l ;i0.6 25.8 21.7 18.4 15 7jl2.6 9 n 32 2 28.1 24.2120.6 17.6 15.0 12.9 11.1 7.9 71 16.5 40 6 ^?5.0:2*).8 25.4 21.7 18.6 15.6,11.5 « ;>5.3 31.2 27.1123.4 20.2 17.4 15.0 13.1 9.4 8 51 1 45.3 39.3,31.0 29.3 25.2 21.8 18.7 13.7 iik 38.4 34.3 .'30.2 2.l 24.8 21.3118.4 13 I 7 35.6:0.7 26.0 21.9 18.5 15.6 13.3 11 4 9.0 8 58. () 51.9 45.1 39 :i.3.6 28.9 25.0 21.8 H;. 7 n 40.5;'4.5 29 7 25.3 21 6 18.4 15.8 13.6 11.0 H (^4.057.2 50.4 44.0 :?8.2 :» 2 28.9 25.2 18.4 8 43.4;}8.4 33.4,28.8 24 8 21.4 18.5 16.1 13.0 9 69.3 62.6 55.7 49.1 42.7 .37.5 .32.9 27.9 21.2 8^ 47.0 12 2 37.1! .2.4 28.2 24.5 21.3 18.6 15.5 10 79.9 73.4 66 5 59.5 53.0 47.0 41.7 37 27.9 9 51.6 46.1 41.0 ;56 2 31.5 27.7 24.3 21.3 18 1 1 i 70 ARCHITECTURAL MEMORANDA. STRENGTH OF CAST IRON PILLARS.— Confi/metf. Thickness of metal = 1 inch. a Length in feet 6 8 tons. 10 12 14 16^ 18 20 25 tons. tons. tons. tons. tons. tons tons tons 4 18.7 13.9 10.4 8.0 6.4 4.8 3.9 3.3 2.3 f 24.2 18.5 14.3 11.1 8.8 7.1 5 8 4.8 3.2 29.0 23.0 18.6 14.8 11.9 9.6 7.6 6.5 4.6 f ;J5.6 27.6 23.2 18.9 15.3 12.7 10.3 8.8 6 41.0 34.5 28.3 23.2 19.1 15.9 13 3 11.3 7.6 ^\ 47.7 40.3 3;j.6 28.0 22.8 19.6 16.6 14.2 9.1 r 53.7 46.2 39.1 33.0 27.8 23.6 20.1 17.2 11.0 n 59.7 52.2 44.9 38.3 32.6 27 8 23.9 20.6 13.3 8" 65.9 58.3 50.7 43.8 37.7 32.5 28.1'24.4 16.4 8i 71.9 f^i.3 56.5 49.4 42.9 37.3 32.4 28.3 19.5 9 78.0 70.5 62.7 51.3 48.1 42. 3. 17.1 '32 6 23.0 10 90.2 82.8 75.0 67.1 59.7 53.047.0 41.7 31.4 11 102.1 95.1 87.1 79.1 71.4 64. 2. ")7. 6 51. 6 39.5 12 115.1 107.3 97.0 91. G 82.9 76.0 68.8 62.2 84.4 THE STRENGTH OF CHAINS. Thickness of metal = IJ inch. 4i 5" 51 6" 61 7' 7^ 8" 8.1; 9" 10 11 12 28. 34. 42. 49. 56. ()4. 71. 79. 87. 94, 109, 124, 140 1! 21 9 27, 32 41 48 3| 55 81 62 3j 70 O' 77 5; 85 6 100 6115 6 131 16 21 27, :«, 40 46, 54, 61 68, 75, 91, 8il0(), 11118, ,5, 12 ,7 17, .5 22. !6| 27^ .0, .•^, ,9 .39, ,0l 46, 11 51, .41 59, ,9 m. .2 81, .2i 9«3, .6111, 10.2 13.9 18.0 22.7 27.1 33.3 39.3 45.4 51.9 58.3 72.6 87.1 101.1 7.6! 6 10.8: 8 14.6:12 18.8;i5 23.3 19 28.8 24 33.528 39.1.33 45.1.39 51.2 44 64.3.57 78.2 70 92.9 84 .2i 5 .8! 7 .010 .813 .8 16 .2 20 .7 24 .8 29 .2.34 .9.39 .250 .2 63 .0 76 .2, 3.4 .4 4.6 .Ol 6.8 .41 8.8 .941.0 .614.0 .817.4 .4|21.2 .224.8 .428.9 .7'.'^.1 .048.3 .0:59.1 Thickness of metal = H inch. 6 56.2 46.6 38.2 31.3 25.9 21.418.0 15.3 10.6 6i 64.9 55.0 45.9 38.2 31.1 26.7 22.7 19.4 13.5 7 73.7 63.5 53.7 45.3 38.2 32.427.6 23.7 16.7 Ih 82.8 72.3 62.3 53.3 45.2 38.6i;«.l 28.6 20.4 8 91.6 81.2 70.3 61.0 52.4 45.1L39.O.33.9 24.4 8;^ 100.7 <)0.1 79.2 69.1 60.1 52.2:45.4.39.6 28.9 9 109.7 9<).l 88.1 77.7 67.6 59.4.52.145.7 33.6 10 127.8 117.3106.3 95.1 84.7 75.1 166.6. 59.1 44.4 11 145.7 135 9 124.3 112.5 101.9 91. 3i 82.1 73.7 5().6 12 164.9 153.6,139.0 131.2 118. 8;108. 9 98.3,89.1 1 1 1 69.3 RELATIVE BREAKING 'WEIGHT. Per square inch of Iron pillars. Ratio of least thickness to height. iV Wvo'tlron. . (•ast Iron... . Tons. 15.5 28.6 1*iT I ■5^-4 I ^ t^ Tons. 14.2 17.9 Tons. 13.0 13.0 Tons. 12.4 11.0 Tons. 10.5 7.1 Short linked. Diam. of link ms. i n 16 J 5 16 H Bkg. wt. Proof strgth Studded. Diam. of link. Tons. Tons n 01 8f Hi 20-1 ins. I 3 1" u li 1} 01 -4 Bkg. wt. Navy proof. Tons. \ Tons. 12^; 7 18 i 101 32 I 18 50 28^ 72 98 128 162 404 554 72 9U CHAINS. Weight of lineal foot. Diam. of link. Weight. Lbs. .63 .91 1.33 1.50 2.33 3.00 3.67 4.50 5.33 6.16 7.16 8.16 Diam. of link. Ins. 1 iiV H H ii\ If i| If li Weight. Lbs. 9.33 10.50 11.83 13.16 14.50 16.00 17.66 20.83 24.17 28.33 32.50 38.33 Rule to find the breaking weigJit of Chains. Divide the square of the diameter of one bar of thelmk in sixteenths of an inch, by 9 for sliort linked chains, and by 8 for studded chams. THE STRENGTH OP ROUND ROPES. Hemp. Iron wire. Steel wire. Girth. Ins. 1 Ih 2 f 3i 4 4i 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Girth.! Bkg. wt. Ins. Tons, 14 3 4 5 6 7 9 11 14 15 19 23 25 3:^ 38 55 Girth. I ^Jy- Factor for safety = | The fjreatest safe lojul i>er suiier. foot in — Granite ]>iprs 40 ClevoIaiKl Sand Stone 13 Brickwork in Cement 3 I{Mbl)le masonry ... 2 tons. Allow for floors of — Dwellings II owt. i>erft. s» Public buildings U '^ Warehou.se8, &c 2j " " iper. ARCHITECTURAL MEMORANDA. 71 PILLARS OF STONE A.ND BRICK. The weight to produce fracture per superficial foot. Tons. Granite, Aberdeen 500 Slate 450 Marble and Limestone 400 Magnesian Limestone 100 Sandstone (average) 300 Rubble Masonry 20 Tons. Concrete, made with lime 24 Brick, ordinary 40 " strong, well burnt 70 '" fire 100 Brickwork in Cement i50 " in moitar 20 No pillar or support of stone or brick, should exceed in hei.jht 12 times its least thickness at the base ; when more there is a considerable falling off in strength — a height of 24 times the thickness reduces the strength from 10 to 9 — when increased t<3 30 tinies, the strength is reduced to one half —when to 40 times, to one third. In practice the safe load should seldom exceed one-tenth of that required to produce fracture. PROPORTION OP "WROUGHT IRON ROOFS. Usually adopted in practice. Rise 1 to J of span. Camber of tie rod vV of span. 1 3 Distance apart of principals ... G to 7 feet. TIE-RODS AND KING BOLTS. Si)an of roof. Feet. 20 to 25 25 '• 30 30 " 35 35 " 40 40 " 45 45 " 50 50 " GO Diameter of T. R. Diameter of K. B. Inches. Inches. STRUTS OF T IRON. Sec area Sec. Span of roof. No. Depth. of t^)p table. web. Feet. In. In. In. 20 to 25 2 2 0.4 0.5 25 '■ ;io 2 2 0.5 0.6 30 "35 4 2i 0.5 0.9 35^40 4 2i 0.7 1.0 40 '45 4 2x 0.8 1.1 60 "60 6 L2 2.0 RAFTERS OF T IRON. Note. — The tie rod may be reduced from the ends to the inuldle \'^ inoh in diameter for each division of the tie rod fonued by the queen bo'ts. QUEEN-BOLTS. '• No. Diameter. span of roof. First pair. Second pair. Third jtair. feet. 20 to 26 o 2 2 4 4 4 6 In. 1 1 In. In. 25 •• ;«) 30 " .'{5 35 " 40 40 '• 45 45 " .^O 60 "GO ! ""f Span of r«x>f. Depth. Sec. area of table. Sec. area of web. Feet. Ins. Ins. Ins. 20 to 25 3 0.6 1.1 25 " 30 3 0.9 1.1 30 " m 3 0.9 1.1 35 " 40 ^ 1.2 1.6 45 " 50 4 1.4 1.9 50 " (iO ^l 1.7 2.2 72 ARCHITECTI^RAL MEMORANDA. THE THICKNESS OF BRICK TV ALLS FOR DTVELLIN6 HOUSES. MAXIMUM HEIGHT = 100 FEET. Maximum length. 45 feet. 80 feet Unlimited. Tav'o stories Three " Remainder Ins. 21i m 13 Ins. Two stories 26 2U 17| Remainder 13 : Ins. One ttory 30 Two stories 20 2H 17 1 Remainder 13 MAXIMUM HEIGHT = 90 FEET. Maximum length. 45 feet. 70 feet Unlimited. Ins. Ins. ■ Ins. ■ Two stories 21^ One story . 27 One story 30 a 7U Two " . i'4 Two a 20 Remainder 13 it <( 17i One (( 21J Remainder 13' Two (( 17^ Remainder 13 MAXIMUM HEIGHT = 80 FEET. Maximum length. 40 feet. 60 feet. Unlimited. Ins. Ins. Ins. One storv. . 2U Two stories 2U One storv 20 Two " . . 17.\ 17Si u 21.\ Remainder . 13 Remainder 13 a in iiemainder 13" MAXIMUM HEIGHT = TO FEET. Maxiinnm hnqth. 40 feet. Ins. Two stories 17^ Kemainder 13 55 feet. Ins. Unlimited. Ins. One storv . 2U'Ono st^-ry 26 Two "* . 175i|Two ' ' 2\\ Remaiwder 13": One " 17^ i Remainder 13 MAXIMUM HEIGHT = 60 FEET. Maximum length. 30 feet. 50 feet. Unlimited. Ins. One story, . . 17^ Remainder.. 13 Ins. Two stories 17^ Remainder 13" - Ins. One story 21i Two " 17| Remainder 13" MAXIMUM HEIGHT = 50 FEET. Maximum length. 30 feet. Ins. Wall below the topmost story 13 45 feet. Ins. Unlimited. Ins. One storv 17i One story 21^ Rest of wall " " 17Jf below top most story 13 Tup story. . 8J Remainder. 8* Remainder 13" MAXIMUM HEIGHT = 40 FEET. Maximum length. Wall below two top- most st> U Height. Height. Height. 40 feet, 1 sXa)x\, 2 " 1 " 2^ bricks thick 2 1 " 30 feet, 1 20 feet, 1 1 (( (( 2 2 (C The above measurements are given from the standard size of English bricks, but as the size of Inicks diifer very materially on this Continent tlie Architect will be guided accordingly. Tlie thickness of the walls at the top for wareliouses and for 16 feet below the t^)p, should not bo less than IV bricks, or i:> inches, and the intermediate parts of the wall between the base, and sucli 16 feet beh^w the top to be solid throughout the space between straiirht lines drawni on each side of the wall from tlie base to the part 16 feet below the top as above determined. But in walls not exceeding .">() feet in height, those of the topmost story may be Hi inches tliick. The width of tlie foot in; fs at the base to be donblr the thickness of the Vp.li,' to diininish in regular offsets, and to be equal in height to one half of the widtli at base. The thickness of co-s-.s walls to be two-thirds of the thickness of the external or party walls, but never less than SHnches. Walls of Rubble Stone. 7 1 The thickness of rubble stone walls to be one third greater than those of solid brick. 74 ARCHITECTURAL MEMORANDA. TABLES OF THE WEIGHTS OF MATERIALS. The weight of Wrought Iron + 0.928 0.928 1.010 1.144 1.468 u •( «« «♦ Cast Iron. Zinc. Brass. Copper. Lead. Weight of Round and Square Shafts of Wrought Iron 1 foot long. Diam. of size. Ins. Weight, Round. Square. Lbs. .04 .17 .37 .OT) 1.03 1.49 2.03 2. Go 3.:}5 4.14 5.00 5.97 7. 00 8.11 9.. 31 10. (J 11.9 13.4 14.9 1G.5 18.2 20.0 21.9 23.8 28.0 32.4 37.2 42.4 47.8 53.6 Lbs. .053 .211 .474 .843 1.32 1.90 2.58 3.37 4.27 5.27 6.37 7.58 8.90 10.3 11.8 13.5 15.2 17.1 19.0 21.1 23 2 25.5 27.9 30.3 35 6 41.3 47.4 54.0 60.9 68.2 Diam. of size. Ins. Weight. Round. Square. Lbs. 59.7 6<).2 72.9 80. 87. 95. 103 112 121 130 139 149 159 169 180 191 203 214 227 239 252 265 292 320 350 381 414 9 Lbs. 76.0 84 3 92 102 111 121 132 142 154 165 177 1!K) 203 21.6 229 244 258 273 288 304 320 3:i7 372 408 448 486 527 The weight of one foot of Flat Bar Iron closeli/ hammered in pounds and hundredth parts. eS 4) Part of an inch in thickness. Ins. i_ 16 ill lb. lb. I lb. lb. lb. lb. 0.210.42 0.84 1.26 1.68 2.10 0.24 0.47 0.i>4 1.41 1.89 2.361 0.26 0.52 1.05 1.57 2,10 2.62j 0.29 0.58 1.16 1.73 2.31 2.89i 0.32 0.63 1.261,89 2,52 3.15' :0.37 0,74 1,47 ;0.38 0,79 1.58 0.42 0, 0,45 0, 0,47 0. 0,501, 0,53 1. 0,55 1. 0,58 1 0,60 2,212,94 3,68 2;37 3.15 3.94 84 1,68 2, 891,792. 911,89 2, 002,00,3. 05 2,103, 10 2,2ll3, 0,63 o.m 15 2.31 202.41 1,26 2,52 3. l,3l'2,63!3. j0.68:i.36;2,73 0.7lil.42 2.83 0.741,472,91 ;0,76;l,52i3,05 4 0.791,58;3,15 4 0,82 1,6313,26 4 52'3,364.20 683,574.46 83'3,78|4,72 003,994.99 15 4.20 5.25 314.415.51 46:4,62 5.77 62 4.83 6.09 78 5.04 6.30 94 5.25 6.56 095.46 6,82 OM 4, 4.25 5.67j7.09 4.41 5.88 7.35 57:6.0<):7.61 73 6.;^0 7.88 1.68 89 3.365.04 6.51 8.14 6.72:8,40 lb. 2,52 2,84 3,15 3,47 3,79 4:41 4.73 5,04 5.36 5.67 5.i>9 6,30 6,62 6,93 7,25 7 lb. 2.94 3,31 3,67 4,05 4,42 5,15 5.52 inch 7.56 7.88 8.19 8.51 8.82 9.14 9,4511 9,77 11 88' 251 61 i 99; ;^i 72 08 i 45 8, 9. 9, 9, 10, 10, lb. 3,36 3.78 4,20 4,62 5,04 5,88 6.30 6.72 7,14 7.56 7.98 8,40 8,82 9,24 9,66 10,08 82 10.08 19 10.. 50 5310.92 93:11.34 29 11.76 6(j 12.18 03! 12.60 4013,02 11.76 13.44 The weight of a foot superficial of Wrought and Cast Iron, Brass, Copper and Lead, according to the above thickness. Wrought Iron Cast Iron Brass Copper Lead, cast . . , 2.52 5,04 10,08 15,12 20,16 25,20 30.24 35,28 2.35 4.69 9,37 14,06 18,75 23,44 28,12 32,81 2.84 5. (58 11,. 35 17,03 22,70 28,38 34.05 39,72 2.89 5,78 11,56 17,34 23,12 28. JX) 34.68 40, 4() 3,70 7,39 14,78 22.17 29.56 36,95 44.34 51.73 40,32 37,50 45.40 46,24 59.12 Examjile.— To find the weight of a bar of iron 4 feet long, 2 inches wide and J inch thick, by the alx)ve table. 1 foot weighs 5.04 lbs., which if multiplied by 4 (the lengtii) will give 20.16 lbs., the weight ARCHITECTURAL MEJVIORANDA. 75 ROUXD, OCTAGONAL AND SQUARE STEEL. The weight per lineal foot. Diam, of eircle, (jct, md side of square. Round. Octagonal Lbs. .041 .991 .167 .201 .375 .511 .608 .815 1.04 1.26 1.50 1.70 2.01 2.34 2.07 3.38 4.17 5.05 6.01 7.05 8.18 9.39 10.09 13.53 10.70 20.21 24.05 Lbs. .044 .099 .176 .275 .390 .539 .704 .891 1.10 1.32 1.58 1.80 2.15 2.47 2.81 3.56 4.40 5.33 6.34 7.44 8.03 9.91 11.27 14.27 17.01 21.31 25.37 Square. Lbs. .053 .119 .212 .332 .478 .651 .850 1.07 1.32 1.00 1.91 2.24 2.00 2.99 3.40 4.30 5.31 6.43 7.05 8.98 10.42 11.90 13.01 17.22 21.20 25.73 30.02 Note. — The diameter of measured across the sides. HOOP IRON. Weight of 100 lineal feet. '^•^^- Iwidth Weight. '^^^;; Width lauge. 11 11 12 12 13 13 13 14 U Ins. Lbs. 120.30 11."). 77 91.78 73.42 71.23 63.31 64.40 47.15 40.41 15 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Ins. 1^ 1 li 1 1 Octagou Steel is FLAT STEEL. Weight. Lbs. 3<>.37 3:1 r4 26.52 20.84 16. 1<) 12.. 37 8.84 6.»4 The, weight of a lineal foot. Thickness in inches. ^ i k i i t i i 1 Ins, 1 .053 .106 .159 .212 .2(55 ..320 .372 .425 % .212 .425 .638 .850 1.0<) 1.27 1.49 1.70 1 .2i;6 .532 .798 l.O) 1.32 1.5 2* l.Oti 2.12 3.19 4.25 5.31 (5. .38 7.44 8. .30 -1 1.70 2.33 3.50 4.67 5.i« 7.01 8.18 9.35 3 1.27 2.55 3.82 5.10 6.;^ 7.(i-) 8.93 10.20 4, 1.70 3.40 5.10 «.80 8.50 10.20 11.91 13.61 5* 2.12 4.25 6.;}8 8.50 10.J)3 12. 7() 14.88 17.14 6 2.55 5.10 7.65 10.2012.7615.31 i 17.86,20.41 COPPER BAR. The weight of a lineal foot. Diam. or I Round side. I Square Diam. or Round, Ji side. Square 76 AECHITECTUAL MEMOKAND^. ROUXD AND SQUARE BRASS. The weight of a lineal foot. Diiiin. Diara. or Round. Square. or Round. side. \ side. Ins. Lbs. Lbs. 1 Ins. Lbs. f .011 .014 lA 4.93 .044 .057 If 5.41 ^\ .101 .128 ' ItV 5.91 i .179 .227 ll 6.44 -h .279 .356 h\ 6.99 .404 .512 li ill IC 7.56 tV .548 .697 8.15i i .ll'O .911 1 If 8.78; 9 16 .900 1.15 113 T~6 9.40! 1.12 1.42- ; 4 10.11 IL 16 1.35 1.72 \ i|i 10.79 f l.Gl 2.05 ! 2 11.45 fl 1.89 2.40 1 21 12.93 I 2.19 2.79 14.49 if 2.52 3.20 03 ■"8 16.15 1 2.8G 3.64 ^ 2k 17.89 iiV 3.23 4.11 \ 05 19.73 H 3.62 4.61 98 21.65 A 4.03 5.14 07 23.69 ij 4.47 5.69 3^ 25.77 Square Lbs. 6.28 6.89 7.53 8.20 8.90 9.62 10.38 11.16 11.97 12.81 13.68 14.58 16,46 18.45 20.56 22.78 25 27 30 32 12 57 13 81 WROUGHT IRON PIPES. Hie iveight t./ a lineal foot. o Ins. Tliickness of metal in parts of an inch. i_ 16 Lbs. .20 .29 .37 .45 .5^3 .62 Lbs. .49 .m .82 im 1.15 1.32 70 1.49 .8<): 1.81 1.0:?l 2.14 L20 2.48 l.m\ 2.81 1.52 S.l'A 1.0:^1 3.47 1.86 3.80 2.02 4.13 5 16 i Lbs. Lbs. .87 1.32 1.16 1.65 1..% 1.98 1.61 2.31 1.86 2.64 2.10 2.97 i 2.35 3.30; i 2.85 SM)\ ' 3.34 4.()3i . 3.83 5.29 4.:34 6.95 4.8.3 6.61 5.^3 7.27 5.82 7.93 6.32 8.60 16 Lbt^. Lbs. 1.8(; 2.27 2.68 3.10; 3.51i 3.92 4.34 5.16 5.1>9 6.82 2.48 2.97 3.47 3.9() 4.46 4.9(5 5.45 6.44 7.44 7 1^ i- Lbs. 3.18 3.761 4M\ 4.92 5.49 6.07 6.65 7.81 8.W 8.4^310.12 Lbs. 3.96 4.62 5.29 5.95 e).61 7.27 7.93 9.25 10.58 ll.^K) 7.64 9.42.11.28 13.22 8.47 10.41112.4415.55 9.130 11.40:13.59 15.87 10.12112.40:14.7517.19 8.60il0.95: 13.39,15.91 18.52 WEIGHT OF SHEET IRON. Weight of square foot of Sheet Iron in poxinds avoirdupois, the thickness bein^ the number on the Wire Gaaye — Xo. 1 is ^5 of an inch- iVo.4,i; Ao. 11, i^T. No. on Pounds No. on Pounds wire gauge. avoir. wire i^auge. avoir. 1 12.5 12 4.62 2 12. 13 4.31 3 11. 14 4. 4 10. 15 3.95 5 I. 16 3. 6 8. 17 2.5 7 7.5 18 2.18 8 7. 19 1.93 9 6. 20 1.02 10 5.68 20 1.62 11 5. 22 i 1.37 WEIGHT OF BOILER IRON. Weight of a square foot of Boiler Iron from \to\ inch thick in pounds. Thiclvne.ss. 1 Weight. 1 Thickness. Ins. i _3_ 16 4_ _5_ V J 16 16 5. 1.11s. 8 f ^ i-^ i.o 10. 1 12.5 .13 16 15. 1 17.5 j -}f 20. I 1 22.5 Weight. 1 Lbs. 25. 27.5 30. 32.5 35. 37.5 40. WEIGHT OF CAST IRON PLATES. Weight of Cast Iron plate 12 inches square. Thick- ness. Ins. Weight. Lbs. oz. 4 133 9 lOi 14 8 19 5§ Thick- ness. Ins. Weight. Lbs. oz. 24 2| 29 33 1.33 38 1 ARCHITECTUEAL MEMORANDA. 77 VARIOUS METAL8. The weight of a superjicial foot. — ^— iW^— ^^^i^— — — ^^— — — ^"^i— — X I 2 Wro't Cast •i lion. Iron. Steel. ill. I.bs. i Lbs. I Lbs. Cop- per. X -X. Lbs*. 1 Lbs. Lbs. 4 5 i u. i ■J _f 16 10 10 34: 2. 09 5. 0:J^ 7. :J8 10. 7212. 00 1.'). 41 17. 75 20. 00 22. 44 25. ;925.782S. 30.31 ::S.13 30. 32.84 30.47 38. 35.37'32. 37.9035 40.4237 2.53j 2 .5.05 4 7.58' 7. 10.10 9, 12.63 11, 1.5.10 14 17.08 10, 20.21 18, 22.73i21 25.27123 27 .8135 .1038, .5040 55; 2, lO' 5, 00: 8, 21,11. 7G!14. 3117, 87 20, 4223, 97 20, 52 28, 0731. 03 34. 18 37. 73 40, 28 43. 83:40. 89 78 07 50 45 34 2:} 13 02 91 80 09 r)S 47 80 25 2.73 3. 5.47; 7. 8.2011, 10.9414, 13.07118, 16.4122, 19.142.3, 21.88 29, 24.01 33, 27.34 37. 30.08 40, 32.81 44, 35.55 48. 38.28 51, 41.02 55. 43.75 59, 71 42 13 83 o N Lbs. 2.34 4.69 7.03 9.38 54111.72 25;i4.06 90' 10.41 07 18.75 38 21.09 08 23.44 79 25.78 50 28.13 21 30.47 92 32.81 03 35.10 33 37.50 TABLE OF THE WEIGHT OF CAST IRON 80CKET JOINTED PIPES. e. Ft. iufi. Ft. ins. 419 G14 614 014 416 610 610 910 Ins. ct. qs. lb. 910 91H .288 .;^(K) .'Mli ..-525 .;?50 .400 .425 .450 .475 .500 .525 .550 . 575 .5;t.'i .012 0.1.0 None. 0.1.21 0.2.5 0.;i.24 1.1.12 Two. l.SM 2.1.4 ' 2.;^. 8 3.1.15 4.0.2 4.2.21 5.0.17 6.1.0 0.3.14 7. 2. 20 8.1.13 .... CAST IRON PIPES. Weight of a lineal foot. Bore. Thlckiieps of metal in inches. Ins. Oi 4" 4^ 5 5\ 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 18 20 22 24 Lbs. 5.52 () . 7.5 7.93 it. 20 10.43 11. (k? 12.8i> 14.11 15. ;u 17.79 20.25 22.70 25. k; 27.(51 ?0.07 32.52 34.98 s Lbs. 8 74 10.58 12 43 14 27 10.11 17.95 10.79 21.03 2.3 47 27.15 30.83 .34. 52 38.20 41.88 45 50 40.24 .52.02 56.(50 •60.20 67.(55 h 5 » Lbs. 12.27 14. 73 17.18 19. (U 22. (Ht 24 54 27.00 20.43 31.91 .'^6.82 41 72 4(>.63 .51.54 .56.45 61.. 30 6(5.27 71.18 76.09 80.99 1H").81 100.63 110.45 120.26 Lbs. 16.11 19.18 22 24 25.31 28. .38 31 .45 at. 52 37.-58 40 46 (55 79 .52.92 .59. (X J 65.19 71. ;« 77.47 83.60 89 74 95.87 102 114 01 28 126.. 55 i:«.8;i 151.10 I 8 n 1.1 Lbs. 20.25 23.95 27.(51 ,31 29 :^.98 ."8.(50 42. M 46.12 49 70 .57.0(5 (54.43 71.79 7i) 15 8(5.52 93.88 101.24 108.(51 115 97 123., 33 1.38. Ofi 1,52.79 1(57.51 182.24 Lbs. 24.70 28.99 .32.29 .37 58 41.88 46 18 50.47 .54.76 .")9 0(5 ()7.()5 76.24 84.83 93,42 102.01 110.60 119.19 127.78 i:?(5..37 144.96 1(52.14 179. 32 1«H\.50 213.08 Lbs. 29 ,34 .39 44 49 54 58 (53 (58 7S 8S 98 107 117 127 i;57 147 115 1(56 m\ 20(5 255 245 .45 .'M .27 18 .09 .00 91 .81 .72 ,54 .3(5 .18 .99 .81 (53 .45 2(5 .08 .90 ,53 .17 .80 .44 Lk<. 34., 52 40.04 45., 50 .5108 5(5.(50 (52.13 (57.(55 73.17 78.(59 81!. 74 100. 7cS 111.83 122 87 l."3.92 144.;>f5 156.01 1(57.05 178.10 189.14 211.23 2,3.3. 32 2.55.41 277.50 Lbs. 39 88 46.02 ,52.16 i 58.29 ! (14.43 I 70.. "(5 I 7(5.70 i 82.84 I 88. ♦»7 101.24 11 3., 52 125.79 l."8.()(5 1.50.33 1(52.(50 174.87 187 15 199.42 211.(59 2.36.23 260.78 285.32 .309.87 n Lbs. .51.54 38.91 (5(5.27 73.(53 80.«>9 88.3(5 95 72 103.08 110.45 125 17 139 *K) l.')4.(53 169.: 5 184 08 198.80 213.53 228.26 242.98 257.71 287.16 ;^i(5.(5i 346.07 375.53 Note.— To each joint add a foot in length of the pipe. 78 ARCHITECTURAL MEMORANDA. TABLE OF THE WEIGHT OF CAST IRON FLANGED PIPES IN 9 FT. LENGTHS. Bore, Ins. 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Thickness of metal. Ins. s 1 1 1 Diameter of Flanges. Thickness of flanges. Ins. Ins. A Diameter of circle through holes. Ins Diameter and No. of holes. Ins. No. 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 Weight per i)ipe. Cwt. qrs. lbs. 0.3.0 1.0.3 1.3.5 2.1.12 3.2.1 4.3.17 5.2.9 6.1.12 7.0.0 8.3.24 9.3.4 10.2.0 11.0.26 12.0.25 12.3.8 13.2.17 16.1.15 17 2.13 18.0.26 COPPER PIPES. The weight of a lineal foot. - Thickness of metal in parts of an inch. Bore. 1^ i A 1 4 A 1 l'. ^ h Ins. Lbs. Lbs. Lbs. Lbs. Lbs. Lbs. Lbs. 1 Lbs. t' .18 .47 .85 1.32 1 89 2.54 3.31 4.16 .23 .57 .99 1.51 2.13 2.84 3.64 4.54 I^ .28 .66 1.13 1.07 2.36 3.12 3.97 4.91 1 .33 .76 1.27 1.89 2.60 3.40 4.30 5.29 F .38 85 1.56 2.08 2.84 3.69 4.63 5.67 .42 .94 1.42 2.27 3 07 3.97 4.96 6.05 1% .47 l.Ot 1.70 2.45 3.31 4.25 5.29 6.43 1 .52 1.85 1.84 2.65 3.56 4.54 5.63 6.81 '\ .57 1.23 1.98 2.84 3.78 4.82 5.96 7.19 .61 1.32 2.12 3.02 4.02 5.10 6.29 . 7.56 |f .66 1.42 2.27 3.21 4.26 5.39 6.02 7 94 .70 1.51 2.41 3.40 4.49 5.67 6.95 8.32 \% .75 1.60 2 53 3.59 4.72 5.96 7.28 8.70 1 .80 1.70 2.69 3.78 4.96 6.24 7 11.53 13.55 12.21 14.31 13.4^)15.75 14.72 17.18 15.97 18.81 17.4220.04 4.65 5.01 5.37 5.72 6.08 6.44 6.80 7.18 7.69 7.92 8.23 8.59 9.30 LEAD PIPES. The sizes and weights usually mamfactured. Bore, Ins. Length. The weight of each length in lbs Feet. 15 15 15 12 12 10 10 Common. Mid- dling. 16 22 24 28 30 40 36 44 48 56 56 70 70 86 Strong. 26 36 46 53 70 83 100 LEAD PIPES. The weight of a lineal foot. o Ins. Thickness of metal in parts of an inch. A .24 1 4 .30 1*6 .36 1 .42 iV .48: ^ .54 T^ .60^ i Lbs. > Lbs 11 16 13 I' 91 -4 ^ OS 3" .66 .72 .79: .85 .911 .97' 1.03' 1.27 1.511 1.76; 2.00! 2 24| 2.49 2.73! 2.97: .61 .851 .851 .97, 1.09J 1.21! 1.33 1.52! 1.57J 1.70| 1.82i 1.94| 2.06| 2.18: 2.67| 3.15 3.64! 4.12 4.60 5.10 5.83 6.06 Lbs. 1.09 1.27 1.27 1.63 1.82 2.01 2.18 2.36 2.51 2.73 2.91 3.09 3.27 3.45 4.18 4.91 5.64 6.37 7.09 7.83 8.55 9.28 i l^f 1 Lbs. Lbs. Lbs. 1.70 2.42 3.27 1.94 2.73 3.64 2.94 2.73 4.04 2.42 3.37 4.37 2.67 3.64 4.73 2.91 3.94 5.09 3.15 4.24 5.46 3.39 4.55 5.82 3.64 4.85 6.19 3.87 5.15 6.55 4.12 5.46 6.91 4.36 5.76 7.28 4.61 6.06 7.64 4.84 6.37 8.01 5.82 7.58 9.46 6.79 8.79 10.92 7.76 10.01 12.37 8.73 11.22 13.83 9.70 12.43 15.29 10.68 13.65 16.76 11.65 14.87 18.20 12.49 16.08 19.66 THE THICKNESS OF LEAD. Weight in Thickness Weight in Thickness lbs., per ft. in : lbs., per ft. in superficial. inches. superficial. inclies. 1 0.02 7 0.12 2 0.03 8 0.13 3 0.05 9 0.15 4 07 10 0.17 6 09 11 19 6 0.10 12 0.20 For roofs and gutters use 7 lbs. lead. For ships and ridges use 6 lbs. lead. For flushings use 5 lbs lead. Gutters should have a fall of at least i inch in 10 feet. No sheet of lead should be laid in greater lengths than 10 or 12 feet without a drip to allow of expansion. A pig of lead is about 3 feet long and weighs from l| to 1^ cwt 80 APwCHITECTURAL MEMORANDA. Spanish pijjs are about 1 cvrt. Joints to Icjiil pipes require 1 lb. of solder for every inch diameter. SOLDERS. For lead.— Tin, 1 part ; lead, 2 i)arts. For tin. — Pewter, 4 jtarts ; tin, 1 ; bismuth, 1. For pewter. — Bisniutli, 2 parts ; lead, 1 part ; tin, 2. For bnips. — Urass, 2 parts ; zinc, 1. For er fathom. Size. Lbs. 1 2 2i 3 3.\ Ins. -a 4 2i 4i 25 5 2^ ^h o5 6 23 ^ 2| 7 3 7h 3i 8 Lbs. »h 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17h 11)"' 20 22 27 32 Ins. Wt. per fthm. Lbs. 8 11 13 15 16 18 20 22 25 28 32 34 COMPARATIVE WEIOIITS OF HEMP AND IRON AND STEEL AVI RE ROPE. Hemp. Iron wire. r.- ! Wt. Circum-i ference.; ^^,^_ Circum-l lerence. ^ Wt. per fath. Steel wire. Circum- ference. Wt. per fath. Ins. Lbs. j Ins. 2 1 3 n 5 i| 7 2 12 1 16 3 26 3i 34 4 Lbs. Ins. : Lbs. 1 U 3; 5i 10 14 1 2 2i 24 2| 3^ 1 Ih 4.1 10" CORRUGATED IRON ROOFING. B. W. guage. 10 18 20 22 24 26 Size of sheets. Weight No. of sup. per s(iuare. i ft. per t< »n. .Ft ins. it. ins. ;6 X 2 to 8x3 Cwts. 6 X 2 0x2 6x2 6x2 6x2 8x3 1 8x3 1 7x24! 7x2^^ 7x2il 800 1000 12i50 1550 ISHO 2170 ARCmTECTUKAL MEMORANDA. 81 Cot^rufiated Iron is uaually made in sheets from G to 8 feet long, and from 2 to 3 feet wide. The sheets wlien used for roofing should over- lap about ti inches in girth, and be double ri vetted at the joints. One thii-d of the net width may be allowed ap|)roxiuiately for Lipi)age uud corrugations. From 2^ to 3' lbs. of ^i^ ets will be required for a square. Sheet Zm/; (Belgian) is usually manufactured in sheets 7 feet long by 2 feet 8 inches, or li feet wide. Weight of Wrought Iron Bolt-heads, Nuts and Washers. Diam. of bolt. Ins. Hexagon heads and nuts. Square heads and nuts. Per pair, i Per jiair. 20 to a lb. 10 " 5 " 2| " 2 •' .77 1.25 1.75 2.13 3.00 3.75 4.75 5.75 7.27 8.75 16 to a lb. 8i " Round washers. Per pair. 20 to a lb. 10 " 5 " 3 " .63 .77 1.25 1.75 2.25 3.25 4.25 5.25 6.50 8.00 9 60 B. W. guage. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 WIRE. The weight of 100 /get lineal. Iron. Lbs. 30.58 25.75 21. M 18.02 15.11 12.46 11.45 9.25 7.29 6.60 4.96 4.13 3.14 2.M 1.6i? 1.37 I.Oj 'iO .61 .47 .32 Steel. Lbs. 30.92 26.04 21.57 18.22 15.28 12.59 11.57 9.35 7.37 6.68 5 4 3 2 1 1 02 18 18 36 71 39 1.06 .81 .62 .47 33 Brass. Lbs. 33.43 28.15 23.32 19.70 16.52 13.62 12.51 10.11 .97 .22 .43 .52 .43 .65 1.85 1.50 1.16 .87 .67 .51 .34 7. 7. 5. 4. 3. 2. Copper. Lbs. 35.17 29.62 24.54 17.. 'W 14.33 13.16 10.64 8.38 7.59 5 71 4 75 3.61 2.69 1.95 1.58 1.21 .92 .70 .54 .37 PLUMBERS' MATERIALS. IRON, QA8 AND STEAM PIPE AND FITTINGS. Average Prices. Inside Diameter, Inch. Iron Pipe per foot. Wrought Iron couplings, each Nipples, straight " *' shoulder " Plugs " Bushings " Bends " Flanges, Wrought Iron . . " Iron Unions " Stop Cocks " k 06 05 06 05 Oi 006 20 27 20 70 07iO 060 060 05:0 05iO 06 21 30 26 80 08i 09 09 06 05 08 26 36 35 95 3 4 S c. 12 10 11 08 06 10 33 42 50 1 25 » c 16 12 12 11 08 14 45 48 60 1 50 li 95 c 22 18 18 15 12 18 63 54 85 2 10 H 28 21 24 20 15 23 80 63 1 10 3 00 2 41 36 36i 28i i 25 35 1 .53 90 1 50 4 40 2i S c. I S c 75 75 56 45 60 1 80 2 60 6 25 3i S c. 10 05' 38 36 75| 1 00 60! 1 00 85 1 10 3 10 3 25 9 00 3 60 4 50 14 60 4 75 80 1 50 1 30 1 60 4 14 5 60 18 75 82 ARCHITECTURAL MEMORANDA. LEAD PIPE. LIST OF CALIBRE AXD WEIGHT OF LEAD. CALIBRE. g inch light strong ^ inch extra light. . . light medium. ... ^. strong extra strong. I inch extra light. . . light f medium strong extra strong. 'i inch extra light. . . light medium .... strong extra strong. 1 inch extra light. . . light medium .... strong extra strong. 1 J inch extra light . . light Weight Average yard. ' lengths. Lbs. Yards. 'A 60 3 50 2i&3i 60&48 4 40 H 36 5&6 30&25 7&8 22 & 20 4i 36 5 33 6 28 7 24 8&9 21&18 5 33 6 28 7 24 8 21 9& 10 18&16 5 33 1 6 28 7 24 8 21 9&10 18 & 16 6 28 8 21 CALIBRE. J inch medium . . . strong extra strong 1^ inch extra light. light medium. , . strong extra strong If inch light medium . . . . .strong extra strong 2 inch extra light. . light medium . . . . strong extra strong. 2^ inch light medium . . . . strong extra strong 3 inch light medium . . . . strong c Weight per yard. Average lengths. Lbs. 10 12 14 10 11 12 14 16&18 14 16 18 20 16 18 20 22 24 20 24 27 30&32 27 30 34 Yards. 16 14 12 17 15 1 20 17&16 20 17 15 14 17 15 14 12 11 )^ 12 to 14 ft (< \U COMPOSITION GAS TUBING. CALIBRE. inch, inch . inch, inch . 1 inch. Average lengths. Yards. 75 50 40 30 25 PATENT SOIL OR WASTE PIPE. CALIBRE. 1 inch li inch IJ inch 2 inch 2i inch 3 inch 4 inch Weight per ■ J ard Lbs 4 ■ 4 and 5 5i ^ 7 8 9 10 11 13 16 IS Average lengtli. Feet. 8 and 9 «f iv - <( (« (* ABCHITECTURAL MEMORANDA. 83 FOUNTAIN OR AQUEDUCT PIPE. inch, inch, inch, inch . inch, incli . inch, inch. CALIBRE. Average length. Yards. 132 110 82 73 47 33 28 20 EARTHENTVARE. PLUG BASINS. 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Inches. White Blue Marble Yellow CLOSET BASINS. Prices vary. $ c. White Blue ■-* Marble Yellow HOPPERS. White ' Yellow TRAPS. -- : / ■■ ■ " ' -' "'■■'■- White OA8 PLTER9. 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Inches. : -^ ,- .. ■' - ■ - - - -■ ;.,,■,. - . - each. I 34 ARCHITECTURAL MEMORANDA. TIN PLATES. Length and No. of sheets Weight Prices always varying. Braud Mark. 1 1 breadth. per box. per box. Price Price Price Charcoal. Coke. Wasters. Lbs. $ cts. $ cts. $ cts. 10 10 X 14 225 112 . 10 14 X 20 112 112 IX 10 X 14 225 140 IX 14 X 20 112 140 IXX 10 X 14 225 161 TXX 10 X 20 112 161 IXXX 10 X 14 225 182 IXXX 14 X 20 112 182 DC 12i X 17 100 105 DX 12| X 17 12^ X 17 100 126 , DXX 100 147 DXX 12| X 17 100 158 BLACK SHEET IRON. No. 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 . 6x2 and 2^ feet. 7x3 feet. cents per lb. Prices vary. GALVANIZED TINNED SHEET IRON. Best Best. No. 18 20 22 24 26 28 6x2 feet. 6 X 2i " > cents per lb. Prices vary. TINNED SHEET IRON. ^^^Wx 20 22 24 26 28 6x2 and 2i feet. 7 and 8x3 " Chan^oal ■ cents per lb. Prices varj'. Coke........ ' '" - - - ■ ; ■ • ■" cents per lb. Prices vary. ABCHITECTUBAL MEMOBANDA. 86 SHEET ZIKC. No. 8 28 8 9 27 11 10 11 12 24 18 Zinc gauge. 26 13 25 16 Eng. wire gauge. oz. Wt. per square ft. Cents per lb. CANADIAN AND AMERICAN VARNISHES. Wearing Body Carriage (for finish- Prices. ing Coat) Hard Drying Body Rubbing (for undercoats) No. 1 Coach No. 2 Coach for general purposes. No. 1 Carriage, (for Jobbing) White Damar,( for Wall-Paper, &c. ) Best Flowing, ( for inside work, &c. ) No. 1 Furniture, (for ordinary use) Spirit Shellac, (for Leather and Wood) Brown Japan, (a Dryer) Patent Knotting Spirit Copal Patent Liquid Dryer, (to make Linseed Oil dry WHITE LEADS IN OIL. Genuine White Lead, warrante(\. Genuine White Lead Paint First White Lead, warranted No. 1 " •' No. 2 " " ■ . . . No. 1 No. 2 No. 3 WHITE LEAD IN SMALL TINS, ASSORTED. Prices. No. 1 No. 2 Packed in cases of 1(K) lbs. con- tainiug 15 lib. tins 15 2 " 54 56 110 Prices. ' COLORS IN OIL. Zinc White Paint In Black Paint 25 lbs. irons. (( i( (( (( (( (( (( i( (( <( (I <( to 10 lb. tins. & 2 lb. tins. i( ii {( (< 3 = poimds of v^st iron. «' « 281 = wrought iron. " « 283 = steel. " «* 3225 = copper. " « 3037 = brass. " «' 26 = zinc. « " 4ia3 =lead. " " 2(>3<> -=tin. ' " " 49 " feet. ( 1.003623 " yards. Killometre= U 93.62.31 " " Myriametre = 6.21.377 " miles. The metre ia = to 3.28084 imperial feet— An imperial foot = 3.048 decimetres. Superficial or Square Measure. The unit is the are and the denominations in order are, the hectare, decare, are, declare, cen- tiare, milUare. Metre. Eng. sq. feet. Eng. perches. Centiare = 1 = 10.7641 = 0.0.3{»53 Deciare =10 = 107.(v41 = 0..3H. 0.356 = 2.47109 arre. 1 acre ia — 0.40-M>8. The are is a square decametre. Solid Measure. The itere is the unit, and tiie d«Mu>minations are the myriastere, kilostere, hectostere, deca«- tere, stere, decistere, ceutistere, millistere. ^ate 88 ARCHITECT L K AL MEMORANDA. Metre. Stere =1 = Decastere =10 = Hectostere = 100 = *^. , ,,^,^^ Kilostere = 1000 = 1307.985823 Myriastere = 10000= 13079.858230 1 cubic foot is = 2.831480 centisteres. The stere is a cubic measure. 36.315617 English cubic feet. 13.079858 " yards. 130.798582 " ti Measure of Capacity. \ The litre is unit, and the denominations are the myrialitre, kilolitre, hectolitre, decalitre, cen- tilitre, millilitre. Litre = 61.027 English cubic inches. Decalitre = 610.254 " " ..V Hectolitre = 6102.5:387 " " Kilolitre =61025.3866 " 1 Litre = 0.2201 imperial gallon. 1 hectolitre = 2.7512 English bushels. iift .. 1 gallon = 4.843458 litres. i.u ; ,, The litre is a cubic decimetre. ^ "' "' ^'"^ Measures of Weight. The gramme is the miit, and the denominations are the myriagramme, kilogramme, hecto- gramme, decagramme, gramme, decigramme, centigramme, milligramme. ■•:' i Gramme = 15.43285 grains. J. Kilogramme = 2.20462 lbs. avordupois. Tonne = 0.98421 ton. ' 1 oz. avoirdupois = 28.3384 grammes. A gramme is ^he weight of a cubic centimetre of distilled water. ,r/^/--- '*;.;;:/ Angular Measures. The denominations are degrees, minutes, seconds, thirds, &c.. 100°= a quadrant, IQQf = 100" = 1', &c. These degrees are called arades. 100 Grades = 90 degrees of old division. 100 Minutes = 54 minutes " 100 Seconds =32-4 seconds 1 Toise of Stone is equal to 3 Toises Masonry = 9>68 cubic yards. 1 Toise, English is = 72 French cubic feet. - " French is = 87 -KJ English An arpent is = 32400 square French feet, or = 36801-7 " English " 1 mile is = 1609 31 metres. 1 metre is = 10936 yards. 1 League = 15120 French feet, or = 16114-38 EngUsh feet. Metres. 1 inch = 00254 1 sq. foot = 0-00093 ares. 12 inches = 1 foot = 0-30i8 9 square feet = 1 sq. yard = 000836 " 3 feet =l7ard= 09144 30J square yds. = 1*1. rod = 02529 '• 5i vards = 1 rod = 50291 40 square rods — 1 rood = 10*11-68 " 4 rods =1 chain-- 201164 4 roods == 1 acre = 404671 " 80 chains = 1 mile = 1609315 640 acres = 1 sq. mile = 25898948 *' Old French Linear Measure. (( The former measures in France were : Toise = 1-949 metres or = Pied = -32484 Pouce= 02707 Ligne or - inch ^ 12 The metre is equal to 3 feet 11 lines, old French measure. 6-3945 12-785 = 10654 = 002286 metre. ARCHITECTURAL MEMORANDA •CoMPAEisoN OF English and Foreign Lineal Measurk. 89 Frwice, Belgium, Holland, Italy, Swedish foot Prussia, ] Denraarkj j- Norway, J Austrisin foot Spanish yard ■ metre = 3-2809 English feet = 974 = 1-029 = 1037 = 2-738 Portuguese, / Brazilian, { vara =3-934 Egyptian pik t( --- 2-515 (( (« 90 QENERAL REMARKS ON ARCHITECTURZl AND BUILDING MATERIAL. (Extracts from Stuart and other Authors). ON THE CONSTRUCTION OF WALLS. Early Greeks constructed the walls which surrounded cities, of rough shapeless blocks of stones of enormous size, and filled in the interstices with small stones. When the ancients began to cut their stones, they did not cut them in a rectangular form but gave them an irregular figure of three, four, or six sides, but then they fitted them together so close that no intfrstices were left between them. They next em- ployed stones cut at right angles and of another appearance, but their size was not uniform. These stones were generally from nine to twenty -two feet long and from two to six feet high. Sometimes they gave them the form of a rhomboid or lozenge. As the Greeks brought their architecture to more perfection they constructed their buildings in a manner more agreeable, more regular and even gigantic. They began to form their walls in ranges of large stones of equal height, which they employed in the construction of their tei^ pies when it was necessary to give a greater thickness than ordinary to their walls. The interior part was filled with rough stones and mor- tar, and placed at certain distances cross-stones, which served as headers to bind the two outer faces. In later times, after the Roman Empire became establisiied, independent of the use of bricks and hewn stones, they commenced to use stones just as they came from the quarries ranged in any order as they could best fit them. They constructed walls, also, composed of square stones in a horizontal direction, but in such a manner that the junctions lay in a horizontal direction which gave the wall the appearance of net work. The Romans also employed stones and brick at the same time. They built sometimes with wood, filling up intervals with masonry of stones and brick. This construction, however, was only admitted in the interior of buildings. Walls of earth and clay were not unknown to the Romans who learned the method from the Carthaginians. It has been renewed of late years under the term of Pisi. The walls of Armaira, in Persia, exhibit fine finished Armenian masonry, being comprised of white and reddish stones joined in alternate lines with the nicest art. The common thickness of Grecian walls was seven or eight feet. Those of the Acropolis of Pharsalia were fifteen and one-half feet. They were sometimes constructed A'ith one single row of blocks, but more generally with a double row united, without •iny space in the middle. The ancient Cyclopian walls were twenty-five feet thick. The ancients in their foundations followed somewhat different rules from the .aoderns. On a rock the foundation was commonly not more than two feet deep, but in castles they generally made the depth one-sixth of the height of the edifice above. The foundation walls were on each side half a foot wider than the walls above, and were composed of large stones and strongly cemented. Counter- forts were raised on the outside of them. They used puzzolana mixed with lime and thrown into the foundation loose — on .his was placed a range of stones, and alternately a range of each followed till the re- c uireo height was completed. In iinsound and marshy grounds they used piles driven very closely together. MODERN MASONRY. In modern masonry the following foundations are considered best : A rock, and next sandy earth of a firm consistence and rocky, make a natural t»undation. Loose sandy and gravel soil must be removed until a firm foundation can be ts^und ; if it cannot, an artificial foundation must be made. In soft and loose ground the foundation must be proportionately wider, and aJso when the fabric to be erected is very spacious. Stones laid level without any mortar in the bottom of the trenches are best for the tirst course ; these should be closely packed together and the broader the better. It I MORTARS. 91 is a good rule to make the foundation course twice the breadth of the thickness of the walls. Where there are to be large openings in the walls and w here it is not con- venient to throw over inverted arches, a bearing piece of oak should be laid across that part of the foundation below it in order that the weight of the superstructure on each side should bear equally on the whole line of wall. In foundations near the edges of water, or where trenches have been made, or where quioksands exist. Particular care should be taken to examine the ground to a considerable depth. Previous to laying the foundation, drains should be provided for carrying off rain or other water by means of a temporary drain. It is best not to lay the perma- nent drain at first, as vast quantities of sediment often collect and choke up the drain ; after the buiMing is roofed in, the permanent drain should be' at once laid, and great care taken tiat the foundation floors for drain-pipes be perfectly .smooth and level. Stones should be laid as they come out of the quarry, especially in foundations. The bed of every stone should be worked quite straight, and not hollowed out, which masons are too apt to do with the view of making a fine joint, a practice to be severely deprecated, as so worked they are liable to break off at their angles. Stones should always be faced the opposite side of their splitting. ON MORTARS Mortars are a calcareous cement compounded of burnt limestone and sand. Lime- stone, when slowly calcined, loses its carbonic acid, and upon the application of water becomes slaked hme ; when formed into a thick paste this {lowder becomes a hydrate of lime, and as it attracts carbonic acid from the air, assumes a solid form, which when mixed with sand constitutes the common builders' mortar. Hydrate of lime without any other ingredients, whilst in a moist state falls away, and is dissolved in water. Alumina (clay), silex (flint), and manganese (iron) produce the same effect but weaker. If any substance in powder which contains much iron be added to the mortar it hardens, and compactness will be much increased. If combinations of qualities be in excess it separates either crystallizing or form- ing stalactites, by which it appears that a definite proportion of the proper materials is necessary to form good mortar. Good common limestone consists of nearly pure carbonate of lime, slakes freely, and made into a paste will retain its softness under water, or when excluded from the air for almost any length of time ; if interior and mixed with foreign matter, such as silex, alumina and iron, are called meagre or weak limes, and quickly harden under water, and in time form a kind of fine stone, and for this reason called hy- draulic. If mortar made from these meagre limes when exposed to air, crumble, they contain an excess of silex, and are unfit for hydraulic cement. For a rich lime the best proportions of clean, sharp river sand is to 1 part slaked lime add 4 parts coarse sand, 3 parts fine sand, and ^ of the quantity of lime, of burnt bone ashes ; the latter gives great tenacity and prevents it from ever cracking. PuzzoLANA. Is either artificial or natural. The natural is found in situations which have been acted upon by subterranean heat. They all consist of silex, alumina, oxide of iron and a little lime. The scoria of forges and furnaces, broken pottery and pulverized brick or tile, are artificial substances analagous to puzzolana. From very rich slaked lime, with sand alone, or with puzzolana, which resists the action of sul{>huric acid, we obtain a mortar which placed under pure water re- mains soft. Exposed to the air it acquires a crumbly consistence but never hardens. If the same experiment be made with puzzolana readily decomposed by sulphu- ric <■■■ d, mortar is obtained which soon sets under water, but exposed to the air, it quickly dries and never becomes very hard. A little manganese added to mortar gives it the property of hardening under water. ^ * Sharp coarse sand is the best forinortar, it should be divested by washing of all clay or mud. In drying, sand is not diminished in magnitude ; but lime shrinks much, therefore the greater proportion of sand the sooner the mortar sets, and the harder it will be when dry. The Romans used 3 of sand to 1 of lime. If mortar is well beaten it will take a greater proportion of sand. ^■ta 92 BRICKWOBK. — CEMENT. A mixture of coarse lime and fine sand makes the best mortar, and the addition of ^ the quantity of lime, of burnt bone ashes gives a greater degree of tenacity and causes it to dry without cracks. Mortar should be made in a cellar or vault, and kept covered from air. Grout. A fluid cement for filling up irregular spaces ; if made of mortar thai has been kept o long time^ and well beaten, it will set in a few days, but if new mortar, the grout will take time before it hardens, and perhaps never properly set. If a certain portion of burnt clay be mixed with the lime in common mortar it will harden under water. Other ingredients have been used for a similar purpose, such as coal ashes, wood ashes, cinders, pumice stone, puzzolana, &c. In the construction of the Eddystone Lighthouse, Mr. Sraeaton used equal quantities of f»uzzolana and best lime, as the mixture best calculated to resist the action of the waves ; in the proportions of two bushels of slaked lime to 1 bushel of puzzolana and three of good sand will form a good water cement. Pebble mortar was much used by the Romans and is of gi-eat utility when large quantities of mortar are required. Take 1 of puzzolana, 2 of coarse sand, 2 of fine sand, 8 of small pebbles and 4 of screened lime. Common mortar of ashes is made by mixing together 2 bushels of newly slaked lime, 3 bushels of wood ashes which when cold is to be well beaten. The oftener beaten before being used the better. It is an excellent mortar for resisting alternate moisture and dryness. Plaster of Paris with a proportion of one-tenth of rust of iron makes a water cement which sets almost immediately, and is of great hardness. If boiled potatoes be incorporated with mortar of lime and sand, it will be much improved. BRICKWORK. The use of bricks is of the highest antiquity and were used both burned and un- bumed by the Greeks and Romans. There were different kinds of bricks, the most ancient were made of unburnt clay mixed with chopped straw, and dried in the sun. The Greeks used three kinds of bricks, one called dideron, 1 foot long and 6 inches broad was similar to those at present in use, with the exception that some were made very thin tiles. The kind called tentadron by the Greeks were square. They also made half bricks which were placed in alternate courses over the whole bricks, the middle being placed perpendicularly over the joints. Bricks cut diagonally have been discovered among the Roman works, the longer side placed outside. In modern times bricks have been used in all countries. The best earth adapted for the manufacture of bricks 13 of a clayey loam, neither containing too much argil- laceous matter, which causes it to shrink in the drying, nor too much sand, which has a tendency to render the bricks both heavy and brittle. It should be dug two or three years before it is wrought, but in this climate the frost in one year mellows it suffi- ciently, provided it is not too intensely frozen. The quality of bricks greatly de- pends upon the tempering of the clay. The practice of steeping bricks in water after they have been burnt, and burning them again has the effect of considerably improving their quality. .>::,- V CEMENTS. M. F. Coquets Peton. This artificial stone has been used for several years in France with perfect suc- cess, not only for dwellings, depots, large city sewers, &c., but for the piers and arches of bridges, &c. Bridge arches of 116 feet span, and of low rise, have been built of it. It is composed of five measures of sand, one of finely ground quick lime, and from one-fourth to one-half measure of ground hydraulic cement. These are first .yell mixed together dry, and then placed in a grinding mill : at the same time sprinkling with a very small quantity of water, so as to moisien them slightly without wetting them. They are thus thoroughly incorporated by grinding until they form a stiff pasty mass, slightly coherent. This is then placed xw a mould in successive thia layers, each of which is well compacted with blows of a 16 lb. ham- I I -\ - ■»- ■\ . 3LATING. 93 mer. The top of each layer may be scored or cross-cut to make the next one unite with it. OwincT to the small pro^x)rtions of water it sets soon, and may generally be taken from the mould in from a few hours to a few days, depending upon the size of the block : and left to harden. River sand is the best, inasmuch as it requires less time and cement than pit sand to make equally good stone. The cement should be rather a slow setting one, and both it and the lime should be screened to exclude lumps. About one and one-half biisheis of one and two-thirds cubic feet of the dry materials make one cubic foot of finished stone, weighing 140 lbs., and capable, it is said, of resisting a pressure of two and one-half tons per square inch, or 360 tons per square foot. Arches of it are made no thicker than brick ones. An arch, pier, wall, foundation, &c., may be built of i;; as one stone, in.>tead of in separate blocks. In sewers the centres may be struck within ten or fifteen hours after the arch is finished, and the water may be admitted within a week or less. The distinctive feature of this beton are the verv small pro- portions of water, the thorough incorporation of the ingredients, and the consolida- tion of the separate layers by ramming. It is made very rapidly, and for ornamental work it compares very favorably with the best cut stone, and can be furnished at about one-quarter the price of stone, and will answer for most purposes equally well. SLATING. Slates are either nailed to rough boards, w hich should be tongued and grooved, or laidhorizontally from rafter to rafter, or sloping from purlin to purlin, as the case may be, or to stout laths, about two to three inches wide, and from one to one and one- fourth thick, nailed to the rafters at distances apart to suit the gauge of the slates. Two nails are used to each slate, one near each upper comer. As good slate will last for a number of years, galvanized or tinned iron nails should be used. For a plan of a slate roof, (see plate. Fig. S) is the least pitch for a roof in warm climates to prevent rain from being drawn in between the slates is about twenty-six degrees, or one verti- cal to two horizontal; but in cold climates, steeper pitches should be used to prevent snow from being forced by the wind through the interstices. To avoid this a layer of mortar about one-fourth inch thick may be spread over the boards, or use slatinq felt. The thickness of slates on a roof is double except at the tops, where it is triple. Slate of the best quality has a glistening semi-metallic appearance. That of a dull earthy appearance is softer, more absorbent, and more likely to be injured by rain, frost, &c. Iron pyrites frequently occur in slates, and as it decomposes and leaves holes, slate in which it is seen should not be used. A good test of slate is to soak two pieces of equal size in water, for one hour or more, previously having weighed them, and the one which absorbs the least moisture is generally the best. The sizes of slates are generally 6 x 12, 16 x 24, &c. ; but they may be cut to or- der to larger sizes. Those in common use vary from 7 x 14 to 12 x 18. The first forms from 5 to 6 inch courses, and the last about 7 to 8, depending upon how far the head of the nail holes are pierced Slate roofs heat the rooms under them as much as iron ones, particularly when not boarded. A layer or two of felt is a non-conductor, but the addition of one- half inch of mortar over it, will be found of great advantage in checkin* heat and cold, and making slate roofs more durable. For stopping joints a mixture of stiff white lead paint from the keg, with sand enough to j>revent it from running, is very good. Mortar a few days old, and then mixed with molasses and blacksmith's cinders is also an excellent cement for stopping joints . The following is the approximate weight of one square foot of slating ; Per aqtiare/oot, LBS. Slate ^ inch thick on lath, . . , . , 4.75 on 1 inch board, . • • . . 6.75 on4 " . . . . . 7.30 on lath, . . . . . 7.00 on 1 inch board, .... 9.00 on 1| " . . . . . 9.55 on laths, . • • • • 9.25 on 1^ inch board, . • • . 11.25 on 1^ " . . . • . 11.80 (l (( ;; A n « *« #:- ;-^- « mm 94 CARPENTRY. ROOFS. Plate xxvi. Fig. 3. represents a simple truss for either a bridge or a roof of moderate span. It has two eqfial rafters and a horizontal tie-beam a b, as before, but with the addition of a king post, king rod or suspension rod o n. Either the tie-beam or the rafters, or both may be uniformly loaded. We shall here consider the truss only as that of Aroof let y y be points halfway between the king-rod and the abutments. Then will the king-rod sustain all the weight of the portion y y oi the tie-beam and its load. The portion of the tie-beam and its load y y, and the walls Z W, are sustained directly by the walls. The entire weight of the truss and its load, it is plain, is sustained ultimately by the abutments, x w, but the weight oi y y and its load does not reach the walls until after having, as it were, first travelled up the king-rod to a, and from there down the rafters to a and 6, or indirectly by a circuitous route. That the king-rod sustains all between y and y, will be evident when we reflect that a beam a h when firmly suspended at its centre n, may be regarded as two separate beams n h and n a. One half of the beam n 6, and its load would, in that case, manifestly be borne by the wall a:, and the other half by n, and so with n a. Therefore n upholds one half of the beam a h and its load, or in other words all between n and y. Fig. 4. U the most simple form for a roof truss. It consists of two equal rafters o a, and o b, and a horizontal tie-beam a b. The entire weight of the truss and of its load of roof-covering, snow, wind, etc., may be assumed to be uniformly distributed across the whole span. A roof consists of several trusses placed usually from 8 to 12 feet apart, but sometimes much less, and at others much more. The trusses rest on longitudinal timbers at p />, called wall-plates, stretching along the top of the wall, and serving to distributn the weight of the truss and its load over a greater area. On the rafters at intervals of a few feet, are spiked long pieces of timber called purlins, of small scantling, rimning across from truss to truss, to which the laths or boards are nailed, which supports the shingles, tin or slate, &c., &c. A truss plainly supports all the purlins, roof-covering, snow, etc., etc., which occupy the space halfway on each side of it to the next truss. Thus suppose a span of 30 ft., and each rafter to be 16.8 ft. long; and if the trusses are say 12 feet apart from centre to centre, we assume (as it is generally w^ell to do), that the weight the truss has to sustain is 33.0 X 12 X 40=16,128 lbs., including its own weight. Fig. 5. Here we have a truss consisting of two rafters a b, and a J; a tie- beam b d\ a king-rod, a c; and two struts or braces, e c, h c. Here as in Fig. 3. the king-rod upholds the weight of the portion y y oi the tie-beam, and of any load of floor, ceiling, people, &c., that may be placed upon that portion, togther with its own weight. But it also sustains, in addition to these, the weight of the two struts, &c., h c; part of the weight of the portions z r, and x w of the rafters, and part of the weight of the roof, covering, snow, &c., that may rest on said portions. That it upholds itself y y and the struts, is most self-evident, but that it upholds part of z r, and x n, and their loads, is not at first sight so apparent. Such struts are introduced into trusses, when the rafters become so long as to be in danger of bending too much, or of breaking under their loads, or else requiring the use of inconveniently large timbers to make them of. They act like posts in affording partial support to the rafters. They carry a part of the strain upon the rafters down to the foot t, of the king-rod, and the king-rod carries it from these up to the tops, a of the rafters. From a it passes down through the entire length of the rafters to their feet. Thus it seems the action of the struts consists in relieving the rafters from a transverse or cross strain which would endanger their safety, and in converting it into a long.",, dinal strain in the direction of their length, iu which they 3an resist it with less danger. Fig. 6. is a truss with a tie-beam a h\ two rafters lo a, z b, two queen-rods w t, z /, and a ■'. izontal beam d. It may represent a roof uniformly loaded along the rafters and straining beam; and having an uniform load along the tie-beam, or only one of these loads may be supj.>osed to exist, as in a bridge with a load along a b\ or a roof with its load along a w z b. The queen to t, sup^Kjrts, besidec its own weight of and on the part *• y, of the tie-beam; and' the other one z t, that of and on a ?/; s and u being each halfway between a queen and an abutment. These are the only strains on the queens. The parts of the tie-beam from .on the workman's execution, that it is impossible for any one to succeed in an attempt to work it with- out some practical experience. Procure some of the purest gypsum, and calcine it until the large masses have lost the brilliant sparkling appearance by which they are characterized, and the whole mass appears uniformly opaque. This calcined gj'psura is reduced to powder and passed through a very fine sieve, ar»d mixed up as it is wanted for use with Fiandeis' glue, isinglass, or some material of the same kind. This solution is colored with the tint required for the scagliola, but when a marble of various colors is to be imitated, the several colored compositions required by the artist must be placed in separate vessels, and they are then mingled together in nearly the same manner that the painter mixes the color on the pallet. Having the wall or column prepared with rough plaster, it is covered with the composition, and the colors intended to imitate marble of whatever kind it may be, are applied when the floating is going on. It now only remains to polish the work, which, as soon as the composition is hard enough, is done by rubbing it with pumice stone, the work being kept wet with water applied by a sponge. It is then polished with tripoli and charcoal, with a piece of fine linen, and finished with a piece of felt dipped in a mixture of oil and tripoli, and afterwards with pure oil. INTERIOR PLASTERING. , .4 i Plastering on inside walls is generally done in three coats. The first is called the rough or scratch coat, H should consist of about 1 measure of lime to 4 of good sand and | measure of hair, horse hair is said to make mortar more cohesive than cow hair. This coat should be from ^ to | inches thick, and should be pressed by the trowel with sufficient force to make it enter perfectly behind the laths to form a key. The laths should not be nailed closer than ^ an inch apart. When the first coat has been on three or four days, it should be scored or scratched nearly through its thickness with lines diagonally across each other, about 2 to 3 inches apart. This gives a better hold to the second coat. The first coat should be thoroughly dry before putting on the second coat, but if the surface is too dry, it should be slightly damped as the second one is put on. The second coat is put on about i to | inches thick, of the same coarse mortar or coarse stuff. Before it becomes hard, it should be scratched with a birch or hickory broom, to make the third coat adhere better. The third coat, about | inch thick, contains no hair, and for giving it a white appearance more lime is used, say 2 of lime and 1 measure of plaster of paris ; if any sand is used, it must be of the finest sand. This coat is generally called hard finish^ or gauge stuff. A third coat for outside work, sometimes called stucco, consists of 1 of sand to 2 of lime. Each of the third coats should be smoothed or polished according to wjiether it is to show or be papered, painted, &c. The more thoroughly each coat is gone over with the water brush and trowel, which process is called hand Jioating, the firmer and stronger it will be. A very good effect is produced in inferior rooms, by only two coats of plaster, in which fine cleaned screened gravel is used instead of sand; when lined in regular courses, it resembles a buff colored sand stone of a very pleasant appearance. To imitate granite on outer walls, after the second or smooth coat of plaster is drv, it receives one or two coats of lime wash, slightly tinted by a little umber or ochre, &c. Imitations of stone may be produced upon it in the usual way. When brick walls are to be plastered, the joints should be left open or very rough to let the mortar adhere. The walls should be brushed clean of all dust and slightly damped before putting on the mortar. Walls which are warped, or out of line, should be screeded, which is done by applying horizontal strips of the plaster mortar about 8 inches wide and from 2 to 4 feet apart all round the room. These are made to project from the first coat out to the intended face of the second one and while soft, are made perfectly straight and out of wind of each other by measuring of a straight-edee, &c. When dry the second coat is put on, filling up the broad horizontal spaces between them and is readily brought to a perfectly flat surface, corresponding with the screeds, by means of long straight-edges extending over their surface. PAINTING. 97 PAINTING. • We will preface these few remarks on painting by stating a general existing belief, that anybody can execute all that is re(iuired of a house-painter. This is a very popular error ; it is not so easy to prepare and apply a coat of paint in a " work- manlike manner " as some may imagine. It is still less easy to paint in party colors ; and very few can produce a good piece of graining. But the painter should not only be acquainted with the method of applying paint, when it is provided for him, and the brush placed in his hand, but he should know the composition of the colors ; the manner in which they are made, and the colors which most harmonize with each other when they are associated together. These obser- vations being of a practical nature and the result of experience, are commended for his perusal and study. GRAINING. The art of imitating the grain of the more expensive woods has been brought to a great degree of perfection, but of late years so many unskilled workmen have un- dertaken to imitate the natural grain of wood with such imperfect results, that this beautiful branch of painting has fallen into partial disuse. A few remarks, therefore, to the uninitiated may not be inappropriate in this work. Mahogany, satinwood, rose- wood, mottled and walnut roots, maple, and some others, are frequently imitated ; and it is seldom that a house is finished without some graining being introduced. The imitation of the above-mentioned woods are best performed in ground distemper (water colors), which are always preferable and more economical purchased ready pre- pared. Oak, chestnut, ash and similar long-grained woods, are best executed in oil- color, particularly for outdoor work. For drawing-rooms, delicate party colors are preferable, as they harmonize better with the neutral tints on the walls or de- licate tinted papers. The process of graining is very simple. To be an accomplished graiuer practice and an artistic taste is very necessary. Too frequently the imitation is overdone, the shading too deep and obtrusive, and the work, made too glaring with figure and varnish, has an unnatural appearance ; a grainer should always avoid attempting to over-do nature. The following is an approved method : — The surface on new wood should be prepared with three coats of oil paint for the ground color, and regulated in shade by the color of the wood to be imitated, making due allowance for the graining tint that is to cover it. (See article on colors and graining tints.) The ground colors should always be perfectly dry before the gi-aining is commenced. The painter then preparing small quantities of the colors he requires, applies it thinly and evenly over the surface and proceeds to wipe out with his thumb and a piece of white cotton cloth the figure of the grain. Some graiuprs use rubber instead. We cannot here explain all the different processes for the imitation of the grain of wood. Many painters have a method of their own, which from long practice produce excellent results. In some cases, graining in distemper may be adopted with great success for indoor work, and if the colors are put on thin, so that the varnish will penetrate through into the ground color, this kind of graining is as durable as oil-color, and is susceptible of being made far more beautiful, and soft looking in the imitation of mottled woods. For blending distemper colors, a badger's hair blender should be frequently used to soften down and blend the tints wherei necessary ; but for blending oil-color, in order to produce an elongation of the grain, we have found a fiat varnish brush, kept moderately damp and clean, preferable to the badger's hair. When the work is dry the shades necessary for some woods should be laid on in di8temi)er-coior (some use thin oil-colors) and then covered with two coats of good oil varnish. Com- mon varnish should never be used on outside work. HOUSE PAINTING. The following brief directions are obtained from a thorough practical source : — Priming. — It should not be laid on too thickl}-, and should be well worked in with the brush. For Iron toork, — It must be oil-color, and laid on a surface free from rust. 7 98 PAINTING. For Canvas and Paper. — Size takes the place of priming, as paint rots these materials. Second coat — For outside work. — Use paint with raw oil and use it as thick as it can be worked. Por inside, mix with raw oil and turpentire, about equal parts, as thick as will work freely, laid on thinly and well crossed and finished. Third coat — F'or outside work. — Paint mixed with oil a little thinner than for second coat, laid on veiy evenly and finished smooth. For inside work — Thinner than last ; nsin^ more turpentine. Leave no brush marks. Fourth coat or Flatting — Inside work. — Paint mixed with turpentine only. Lay on evenly and quickly. Brush lengthways only, and finish up as work proceeds. Dratvn Flatting. — The oil is drawn out of lead by mixing with turpentine and allowing paint to settle, then pouring off the liquid and repeating the operation antil all tlie oil is drawn out of the lead. It must be applied very quickly and evenly, with closed doors and windows. TABLE OF COMPOUND COLORS, SHOWING THE SIMPLE COLORS WHICH PRODUCE THEM. £u^._ White, Yellow Ochre, Red. Chestnut. — Red, Black, Yellow. Chocolate. — Raw Umber, Red, Black. Claret, — Red, Umber, Black. Dove. — AYhite, Vermilion, Blue, Yellow. Drab. — White, Yellow Ochre, Red, Black, Faion. — White, Yellow, Red. Flesh. — White, Yellow Ochre, Vennilion. Freestone. — Red, Black, Yellow Ochre, White. . French Gray. — White, Prussian Blue, Lake. ' Gray. — White Lead, Black. Gold. — White, Stone Ochre, Red. Green Bronze. — Chrome Green, Black, Yellow. Do, Pea. — White. Chrome Green. Lemon. — White, Chrome Yellow. Limestone. — White, Yellow Ochre, Black, Red. Olive. — Yellow, Blue, Black, White. v; Orange. — Yellow, Red. • ' Peach. — White, Vermilion. Pink. — White, A ermilion. Lake. Purple. — Violet, with more Red than White. Rose. — White. ISladder, Lake. Sandstone. — White, Yellow Ochre, Black, Red. Snuff. — Yellow, Vandyke Brown. Violet. — Red, Vermilion, Blue, White. Note.— In mixing different colored paints, it is best to have the principal ingredient thick and add it to other paint>^ thinner. In the above table the first-named color is the principal ingre- dient. The exact proportions of each color depends uix)n the shade required. One pound of paint will cover about four superficial yards the first coat, and about six yards each additional coat. According to the London Oil Colour Company's price list — 1 gallon of Priming color will cover 50 yartls super. '* White Zinc ♦' 50 " White Paint (( 44 Lead Color i( 50 Black Paint (i 50 Stone Color ti 44 Yellow Paint (( 44 Blue Color it 45 Green Paint i( 45 Brt. Emd. Green (t 25 Bronze Green (( 46 PAINTING. 99 REMARKS ON PAINTING. The principal materials used for painting, i. e., white lead and oxide of zinc, are so well known, that it is unnecessary to allude particularly to the manufacture of them. Good painting on interior walls requires 4 to 5 coats in superior rooms and 3 in inferior. Every coat must be perfectly dry before the next one is put on, other- wise the first coat will not dry until some weeks after the last coat has become hard, and will crack the outer surface. When raw oil is used for thinning some dryer is necessary to be added to it, un- less the surface to be painted is of a very absorbent nature, and if, on outside work and the weather is warm, Japan varnish is used as a dryer, and in excess to hurry the work, it is apt to produce cracks all over the surface. All surfaces painted should be first thoroughly dry and free from dust. All heads of nails should be punched down, and after the priming is dry, they, and all cracks, &c., should be filled up with putty made of raw linseed oil. To prevent knots from showing through, they should receive two coats of shellac, and when dry rubbed down with sand-paper. THE BEST PAINT FOR PRESERVING IRON EXPOSED TO THE WEATHER. Pulverized oxides of iron, such as yellow and red iron ochres, or brown hema- tite iron ores, finely ground, and simply mixed with linseed oil and a dryer. White lead applied directly to iron is thought to havf a corrosive effect. It may be applied over more durable colors. Red lead, when pure, is very durable. An instance is recorded of iron painted with it having been under water for nearly 50 years, and had not been affected by rust. Sheet iron, before being used for roofs or other outside purposes, should be heated and dipped into hot linseed oil, which will penetrate into it. Tinned iron in roofs has been found to corrode quicker than in former years, owing to the more general use of coal. Plastered walls should not be painted until they are thoroughly dry, and all settling in a new house has taken place. If painted too soon they will blister. Unseasoned wood should never be painted, as it stops the pores of the wood and the sap acidulates, causing dry rot. Greasy surfaces nmst be washed with water mixed with lime, or soda, otherwise the paint will not adhere to it. WASHES FOR OUTSIDE WORK. For woodwork, slack half a bushel of fresh lime, by pouring over it boiling water sufficient to cover it 4 or 5 inches deep, stirring it until slacked; add 2 lbs. of sulphate of zinc (white vitrei) dissolved in water. Add water enough to bring all to the con- sistency of thick whitewash ; it mav be colored by adding powdered ether, Indian red, umber, &c. If lami>black is added to colors, it should first be thoroughly dis- solved in alcohol. The sulphate of zinc causes the wash to become hard in a few weeks. FOR BRICK OR MASONRY OR ROUGHCAST. Slack A bushel of lime as before ; then fill a barrel | full of water, and add a bushel 01 hydraulic cement. Add 3 lbs. of sulphate of zinc previously dissolved in water. The whole should be of the thickness of paint. The wash is improved by stirring in a peck of white sand, just before using it. It can be colored as before described. TO PAINT ON STUCCO. Great care is required in painting u]x>n stucco, for the work must not only be thoroughly dry, but free from any liability of dampness; that is to say the walls themselves must be dry. It is, consequently, usual to allow the stucco to remain for several months before it is painted : and this is especially necessary when it covers over a large surface, as in the walls of churches, chapels and theatres. If Uie paint 100 ARITHMETIC. be applied too soon, the work will have a blotched appearance, and be probably filled with small vesicles, formed during the evaporation of the water. When the work is dry, it may be prepared by covering it with a coat of linseed oil, boiled with dryers. This must be laid on very carefully, or the face will be irregular. The color may then be applied, and four coats will not be too much, the work being new. Persons are generally so anxious to have their buildings finished, that they disregard the future appearance of the work, and within a few weeks after the application of the stucco, cover it with paint. But it would, in all cases, be sufficient to wash the surface with distemper, as it would give a finished appearance to the building, and make it less necessary to hurry the work. When the work is sufficiently dry to receive the oil- colors the distemper color should be removed by washing, and when the stucco is dry apply the oil-color. The tints may be regulated by mingling different colors, as in all other kinds of painting. Arithmetical Characters. = Equal. The sign of equality: as 4 qrs. = 1 cwt. — Minus, or less. — The sign of subtraction : as 8 — 2 = 6. -J- Plus, or more. — The sign of addition - as 4 -i- 4= 8. X Multiplied by. — The sign of multiplication: as 4 X 6 == 24. '! Divided by. 7 — 2 -H 5 = 10 The sign of division : as 8 -f- 2 = 4. Numbers placed like a fraction likewise denote division ; the upper number being the dividend,!- and the lower the divisor. The sign of proportion : as 2 : 4 : : 8 : 16, is, as 2 is to 4, so is 8 to 16. Shows that the difference between 2 and 7, added to 5, is equal to 10. 9 _ (2 H- 5) « 2.— Signifies that the sum of 2 and 5, taken from 9, is equal to 2. 42, 28, &c. A small figure placed at the upper comer of another figure, de- notes a power of the latter, or the multiplication of it by its- self ; thus 42, the second power or square of 4, is 4 X 4 = 16 ;^also 2^, the third power or cube .of 2, is 2 X 2 X 2 = 8 ; and 2*, the fourth power of 2, is 16. Is called the Radical Sifjn ; when placed before a number it de- notes that its square root is to be extracted thus, V 36 = 6. The square root of a number is the factor which, multiplied by itself once, will produce the number, thus 6 is the square 6/ root of 36, because 6 X 6 = 36. Is the sign of the Cube root, the same as for the square root only writing 3 over it. Thus J 27, denotes the cube root of 27, which is equal to 3, thus ^ 27 = 3. The cube root of a number is the factor which multiplied by its- self twice will produce the number; thus 3 is the cube of 27 4/ because 3 X 3 X 3= 27. V Denotes the Biquadrate or the fourth root, &c. On this subject of arithmetic only a few examples are given to refresh the memory of those who, from want of practice, cannot always recall the rules and pro- cesses at the actual moment required. VULGAR FRACTIONS. 101 Reduction of Vulgar Fractions. To reduce fractions to a common denominator. Rule. — Multiply each numerator into all the denominators, except its owr, for a new numerator ; and multiply all the denominators together for a common denomi- nator. Example. — Reduce ^ and | to a common denominator. 1st numerator. 2nd numerator. 2 X 7 = 14 4 X 4 = 1«, then 4 X 7 = 28, denominator there- fore the fractions are -- and — 2o 28 To reduce a vulgar fraction to its lowest term. Rule. — Divide the numerator and denominator by their greatest common divi- sor. 24 Example. — Reduce — to its lowest terms. 24)32(1 " 24 g\ 04/ 3 24 3 ^7)V then 8) —- (== - the lowest term, and 8 is the greatest common divisor. To reduce a mixed number to an improper fraction. Rule. — Multiply the whole number bj^ the denominator of the fraction, and to the product add the numerator for a numerator, which place over the denominator. 3 . • Example. — Reduce 18 — to an improper fraction. 12Q 18 X 7+ 3 = 129 new numerator tfZ To reduce an improper fraction to its proper te Rule. — Divide the upper term by the lower. 109 Example. — Reduce -^ to its proper term. 129 -7-7=18 I 7 To reduce a compound fraction to a single one. Rule. — ^Multiply all the numerators for a new numerator, and all the denomina- tors for a new denominator. Reduce the new fraction to its lowest terms. 2 3 5 Example. — Reduce - of — of— to a single fraction. ^ 3 5 8 2 X 3 X 5 = 30 new numerator. 3 X 5X8 = 120 new denominator. 30 1 . reduced to its lowest terms = — 120 4 To reduce a fraction of one denomination to the fraction of another ^ hut greater^ retaining the same value. Rule. — Reduce the given fraction to a compound one, by comparing it with all im 102 ADDITION OF VULGAR FRACTIONS. the denominations between it and that denomination which you would reduce it to ; then reduce that com2X)und-fraction to a single one. •7 Examples. — Reduce of a cent to the fraction of a dollar. 8 ^^ 100 = bUn "^ ^ ^^^^^^- ' 7 Reduce ^ of an inch to the fraction of a yard. g of j^ of 3 = 288 ^^ ^ yard. To reduce a mixed fraction co a single one. TVTien the integral part is in the numerator. Example. — Reduce ~ f to a simple fraction. 36 X 3 -4- 2 = 110 numerator. 55 48 X 3 = 144 denominator ^ reduced. When the integral part is in the denominator. Example. — Reduce ^^ to a simple fraction. 47 X 5 = 235 numerator 5 65 X 5 X 4 = 329 denominator = ij reduced. To find the proper quantity of a fraction in the known parts of an integer. Rule. — Multiply the numerator by the number of parts in one integer, and divide by the denominator. 4 Example. — Reduce ^ of a lb. avoirdupois to its proper quantity. 2 4 -^ 16 (oz. in a pound) = 64 X 7 = 9 oz. 2 ^ dr. To reduce any given quantity to the fraction of any greater denomination^ retaining the same value. Rule. — Reduce the given quantity to the lowest term mentioned for a numerator, under which set the integral part (reduced to the same term) for a denominator. 28 7 Examples. — Reduce 28 cents to the fraction of a dollar = -jttt^ = f ,y= Reduce 7 oz. 4 dwt. to the fraction of a lb. troy. 7 oz. 4 dwt. = 144 lowest term required for numerator ^ 3 = 240 " " numerator ( ^ 5 16 oz. " ADDITION OF VULGAR FRACTIONS. Rule. — Reduce the given fractions to a common denominator, then add all the numerators together, under which place the common denominator. = 2 = 1 8 ^ 8 ~ 8 "~ ^ 3 ^ 7 ~" 21"-^ 2T^^ == ^^^ 4 2 25 5 75 35 no 5 ^7 "^ H^ J "^ 3 =" 21 "*" 2i == 21 = ^2i 2^2 '21 When the fractions are of different denominations, reduce them to their proper quantities of the same denomination and add as before. RULE OF THREE OF VULGAR FRACTIONS. 103 SUBTIiACTION OF VULGAR FRACTIONS. Rule. — When the given fractions have not a common denominator,rpduce them to one ; then subtract the less numerator from the greater, and place the remainder over the common denominator. 2. When the lower fraction is greater than the upper, subtract the numerator of the lower fraction from the denominator, and to that difference add the upper numerator, carrying one to the units place of the lower whole number. I, , 1 1 6 3 2 Examples. — - - = - ^ 2 2 "• 8 «~8- From |take| 3 X 7= 21 ; 5 X 4 = 20 ; 21 — 20 = 1 num. From 3^- _ 1?= -^ _ ^.. 11 __. ^ — tIL — l^^^ Ans 7 3 7 3 21 21 21 — 21 When the fractions are of several denominations, reduce them to their proper quantities, and subtract as before. MULTIPLICATION OF VULGAR FRACTIONS. ^u/c— Prepare the given numbers (if they require it) V)y the rules of reduction ; then multiply the numerators together for a 'new numerator, and the denominators for a new denominator. Note— When any number, either whole or mixed, is multiplied by a fraction, tht^ product will always be less than the multiplicand, in the same proportion ad the multiplying fraction is less than an unit. 3 3 .Exam;) Ze5. —Multiply j by ^ 3 X 3 = 9 for numerator. 4 X 5 = 20 de- ^ nominator — therefore the product is -- ^ 20 1 1 _ 1^ V ^ _ ^ ^ 2 25 5 125 2^2~4 4 ^ 4—16 ^7^^3"=T^3==~21 ^ fl f ^ I_- ^ ?. I 105 21 7 4° 2 3^^ 5~4 >^2 ^ 3 ^ 5= 120 — 24-"8 DIVISION OF VULGAR FRACTIONS. Rule. — Prepare the given numbers (if they require it) by the rules of reduc- tion, then multiply the denominator of the divisor into the numerator of the divi- dend for a new denominator. Note. — "When any quantity is divided by a fraction less than unity, the quotient will be greater than the dividend ; but if any quantity be divided by a number greater than unity, the quotient will be less than the dividend. 9 3 Examples. — Divide o^r X ^ ; 5 X 9 = 45 for numerator, 3 X 20 = 60 for de- 45 3 nominator — therefore the quotient is ,..y = r 112 i^l^ 757 40 5 2X2^=2=1 ^. x^— ^— 3 5Xg— jXg=7=5y Rule of Three in Vulgar Fractions. Rule. — State the question as for integers, and then multiply the second and tliird terms together and divide by the first, according to the methods for multiply- ing and dividirg fractions. 104 DECIMAL FRACTIONS. 3 5 ^9 Example. — If r of a yard cost g o^ a dollar, what will ^^ of a yard cost ? 3 9 5 4 : rj- ' • 8 ^ • ^J^* 75 cts. .5 9 3 45 4 180 18^ 3 3 X 100 240 "^ 24 ^ 4 * "" 4 " 75ct8. •8'*"l0"^4"-80^ 3 DECIMAL FRACTIONS. In Decimal Fractions the integer or whole thing, as one dollar, one yard, one gallon, &c., is supposed to be divided into ten equal parts, and those parts into tenths, and so on without end. Rule 1. — Write the decimal as if it were a whole number, and then prefix as many ciphers as may be necessary to give the true name to the last significant figure ; and then prefix the decimal point. Rule 2. — Read the decimal in terms of its lowest unit, the same as if it were a whole number. 5 5 •5 is 5 parts of 10 or tq- ; '05 is 5 parts of 100 or tj^ \ -005 is 5 parts of 1000 or 1000 ,&c. 3 30 10 100 Annexing a cipher to a decimal does not alter its value, thus; '3 »« •30 = .300, the value of each is the same. Prefixing a cipher to a decimal diminishes its value ten times for every cipher prefixed. 2 02 _ 002 Example, — •2=^ y^ •^ = Ioo •002 «= 1000 Addition of Decimals. Rule. Arrange the numbers with care, so that the units may be under units, tenths under tenths, &c., with due regard to decimal points, which ought to stand in a direct line under one another, then add them as in whole numbers. Example.— Add 72-5 -f 32071 4- 21574 -f 371-4 4- 2-76.=480-8784 Ans. Subtraction of Decimals. Rule. — Differs but little from whole numbers, carefully placing the numbers as in addition of decimals. Examples.— Fiom ^2754 take ^2371 and from 75-4075 take 0007. •2754 •2371 Ans. -0383 75-4075 •0007 75-4068 Multiplication of Decimals. Rule. — Multiply as in whole numbers, and cut off as many places for decimals as there are in both factors together, but if there should not be as meny places in ihe product, supply the deficiency with cyphers to the left hand. -Earamp/c*.— Multiply -2365 by 2435. Ans. 05758776 4326 X 003. =« ^12978 Ans. FRACTIONS. 105 Division of Decimj^ls. Rule. — Divide as in whole numbers, the only difficulty is in valuing the quotient, which is done by any of the following rules. Rule 1. — The first fi;j:ure in the quotient is always of the same value with that figure in the dividend, which answers to, or stands over the place of units in the divisor. Rule 2. — The quotient must have always so many decimal places as the dividend has more than the divisor. Nutel. — If the divisior and dividend have both the same number of decimal parts, the quotient will be a whole number. 2. — If the dividend has not so many places of decimals as are in the divisor, then so many cyphers must be annexed to the dividend, as will make them equal, and the quotient will then be a whole number. 3. — But if, when the division is done, the quotient has not so many figures as it should have places of decimals, then so many cyphers must be prefixed as there are places wanting. Examples.— Divide 6 by -6; also -6 by -6; also 6 by -06; also 4 -3200 bv -OOOS. 6) 6.0 (10 Ans. -6) -6(1 Ans. •06).60(10 Aus. •0003)4.3260(14420. Ans. 6 6 6 3. 13 12 12 J12 Divide .006 by 20. 6 20.000)-0060000(0-0003 Ana. « 60000 ~-Q Reduction op Decimal Fractions. To reduce a Vulgar Fraction to a Decimal. Rule. — Add cyphers to the numerator, putting the decimal point before them, and divide by the denominator, the quotient is the decimal fraction required. 13 3. Examples. — Reduce - also '- also -to decimals. ^ 4 4 8 4)100(-25 Ans. 4)-300(-75 8)3-00(-375. Ans. j?'o Jind the value of any Decimal Fraction. Rule. — Multiply the decimal given by the number of parts of the next inferior denomination, cutting off the decimals from the product, then multiply these decimals by the number of parts of the next inferior denomination, thus proceeding till you have brought in the parts of the lowest denomination. Example. — What are the values of '625 of an cwt. and 1-900 of an acre. •625 1-900 4 4 2.500 qrs. 3.600 roods, 28 40 4000 24.000 perches, 4000 Ans. 1 acre, 3 roods, 24 T)erche8. 14.000 lbs. Ans. 2qr8. 14 lbs. ' --- 106 Duodecimals. Frequently used by artificers in squaring dimensions and are applicable for measuring surfaces and solids. Duodecimals, although very much going out of use in favor of decimals, the rule for them is given for those who still give this method of calculating a preference. This method refers to square feet, and to twelfths of a square foot, such twelfths being called an inch, and again into the twelfth part of the decimal of a square inch. 1' inch or prime = ^ of a foot. 1" second is ^ of -^ == ^4^ of a foot. \" third is ^ of ^ of ^ = ^^ of a foot. Example 1. 2. Addition and Subtraction. What is the sura of 3 feet 6' 3" 2,'" and 2 ft. 1' 10" 11'" ? What is the difference between 40 ft. 6' 6" and 29 ft. T" ? ft. 3 6' 3" 2"' ft. 40 6' 6" 2 1 10 11 29 T" ft. 5 8' 2" 1"' Ans. ft. 11 6' 5" 5"' Ans. Multiplication. Rule 1. Write the multiplier under the multiplicand so that units of the same order shall fall in the same column. 2. Begin with the lowest unit of the multiplier and the lowest of the multipli- cand, and make the index of each product equal to the sum of the indices of the factors. 3. Reduce each product, in succession to square feet and 12ths of a square foot. Example. Multiply 6 ft. T 8" by 2 it. 9'. 6 ft. 7' 8" 2 ft. 9' 4 ft. 13 11' 9" 0"' 3' 4" 0"' 18 ft. 3' 1" 0'" Ans. The following examples of different methods of squaring dimensions will be useful to young artificers. Multiply 7 ft. 9 inches by 3 ft. 6 inches. Cross Multiplication, 3^6 21 = 7x3 2 3 = 9x3 3 6 = 7x6 4 6 = 6x6 Practice . C4 7 9 ^ 3 6 23 3 3 10 6 27 1 6 27 1 6 Duodecimals. 7 9 3 6 Decimals. 7-75 3.5 23 3 3 10 6 3875 2325 27 1 6 27.125 The answer is 27 ft. 1 twelfth of a foot, and -^-^ of 1 twelfth of a foot, that is, half an inch. Single Rule of Three ; or Simple Proportion. In questions under this rule, three quantities are given to find a fourth. Of the three given quantities, two must always be of the same kind^ and the remaining one must always be of the sam(^ kind as the quantity to be found. The given quantities and the quantities souGfht must all four form a proportion ; so that the first of them must bear to the second the same relation (or ratio) that the third bears to the fourth. Rule, Place the given quantities in a row, and in such a way that the first 1 COMPOUND PROPORTION. ) 107 and second may be of one kind, and the third of the same kind as the quantity sought. If the quantity sought is to be greater than the third quantity, place the greater of the first two terms in the second. If less, place the lesser in the centre position. 7 hen multiply the third by the second and divide by the first, the quotient will betbi ourth proportion required. Before multiplying bring the first and second terms to the same denomination, that is to the lowest term which appears in either, and consider them as mere numbers. Examples. If 3 men lay 10,000 bricks in a certain time, how many could six men lay in the same time ? Here the quantity required is bricks, which is put in the third term. Then as 6 men will lay more bricks than 3 in the same time, 6 is put in the second place. 3:6 :: 10,000 : 20,000. Ans. 6 3)60,000 * 20,000 Ans. If 14^ yards of cloth cost ^19^, how much will 19| yds. cost ? NOTK. — Change the mixed to improper fractions, aud make the statement aa in whole numbers. 14^ yds. - 2 m yda. = Of) Ihen as 159 39 • • • ' 8 * * 2 159 19^ dollars 2 6201 OP 165) ^ „ -232" ^ -^ 232 ^°"^''- Double Rule of Thkee, or Compound Pkoportiox. If three men can lay 4000 bricks in 2 days, how many men can lay 12,000 in 3 days? Here we see that 4000 bricks require 3X2X6 days' work, therefore 2,000 will require 4000 : 12,000 : : 18 days' work. But there are only 3 days to do the 18 days' work in ; therefore the number of men - Careful consideration of the question will suffice to 1 Is the name given to a row of numbers which increase or decrease regularly by the continual adding or subtracting of equal numbers ; as 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, are in Arithmetical Progression increasing; 12, 10, 8, 6, 4, etc., decreasing, in which 2 is sub- tracted at each step, or {, ^, |, 1, etc. The number added or subtracted is called the common difference. The several numbers are called the terms of the progression or series ; the first and last are called extremes, and the intermediate terras are called means. In every arithmetical progression there are five parts : 1. The first term — better expressed thus — a - 2. The last term . I 3. The number of terms n 4. The equal difference . . . . . . . . . . d 5. The sum of all the terms S Any three of which being given the other two may be found. The first, second, and third of the above Jive things given, to Jind the fifth. Rule. — Multiply the sum of the two extremes by half the number of terms, or multiply half the sum of the two extremes by the whole number of terms, the product is the total of all the terms. Or thus : ^ -i. ; I. a, /, n are given to find S. S=(aXOX^ Example. — How many strokes does the hammer of a clock strike in 12 hours? Here (2 = 1, /= 12. n = 12. 12 4- 1 = 13 then 13 X 6 = 78. Ans. The first, second, and third being given to find the fourth. Rule. — From the second subtract the first, the remainder divided by the third less one gives the fourth. Or thus : n. a, I, n are given to find J, Example. — A man had eight sons ; the youngest was 4 years old and the eldest ARITH>rETICAL PROGRESSION. 109 32, their ages increase in arithmetical progression, what was the common difference of their ages. Here a = 4, / = 32, n = 8. —32 — 4 = 28 then 28 -|- (8 — 1) = 4, common difference. Thejirst, second and fourth of the Jive being given, tofnd the third. Rule. — From the second subtract the first, tlie remainder divide by the fourth, and to the quotient add 1 and you will get the third. Or thus : IIL a, /, / the ratio, less one ; to the quitient of which add the last term; the result icilL bt the sum required. Examples. 1. To find the last term. 2. To find all the terms. 1st, a man agreed to buy 8 fine horses ; paying t^lO for the first ; ^30 for the second ; §90 for the third, &c., how much will the last one cost him. Ans. §21870. First term 10 ; ratio; number of terms 8; what is the last terra V Here the number of terms being 8, the ratio 3 must be raised to the 7th powder, thus 3X3X3 X 3 X 3 X 3 X 3 = 2187, 7th power and 2187 X 10 = ^21870, last term,— price of the last horse. 2nd Example. Required price of all the horses, as before, what is the sum of all the terms ? Here the ratio must be raised to the 8th power, thus, 3X3X3X3X3X3 3X3 = 0561 = 8th power. And 6561 divided by 1 less than the ratio 3, = '^ *_ = 3280. And 3280 X 10 (or number of terms) = 32,800 = sum of all the terms." The 8 horses therefore would cost ^32,800. Permutation - Is the changing or varying the order of things in all the ways possible. Rule. Multiply the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, &c. together, up to the number of things to be varied; the product will be the number of things required. Example. How many changes may be rung upon 12 bells, and how long would they be ringing but once over, supposing 10 changes might be rung in 1 minute, and the year to contain 305 days hours. Ans. 1 X 2>^ 3X4X5X0X7X8X9X1GX11X12 = 470,001,600 changes, which -4-10 = 49,700,100 minutes ; and if reduced, is = 91 years, 3 weeks, 5 days, 6 hours. • COMBIXATIOX Shows how many combinations of a few things can be made out of a greater number of things. To do this first set down that which indicates the greater number of things ; and after it a series of numbers, diminishing by 1, until th^*re are, in all, as many as tlie number of the few things that are to form each combination. Then bf^ginning under the last one, set down said number of few things ; and going back- ward set down another series, also diminishing by 1, until arriving under the first of the u'lper numbers ; multiply together all the ^lJ«per numbers to form one product, and all the lower ones to form another. Divide the upper product by the lower one. Example. IIovv many combinations of 4 figures e.ich, cau be made from 9 fig- ures, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 ; or from 9 anythings. 9X8X7X6 3024 ^^^ , . ^. 1X2X3X4 ^ -24~=^-^ combmations. Alligation Is when the price and quantities of several simples are given to be mixed, to find the price of that mixture. Rule 1. Find the cost of the entire mixture : 2. Divide the entire cost of the mixture by the sum of the simples, and the quotient will be the price of the mixture. M 112 POSITION, ANALYSIS. Proof. Find the value of the whole mixture at the mean ratio, and if it agrees with the total value of the several quantities at their respective prices, the work is right. Example. A farmer mixed 20 bushels of wheat, at ^\ per bushel, and 36 bush- els of rye, at 60 cents per bushel, with 40 bushels of barley, at 40 cents per bushel — required the worth of a bushel of this mixture. 20 X 1.00 = 20.00 36x0.60 = 21.60 40 X 0.40 r= 16.00 96 57J60 then— 57.60 -^ 96 = 60 cents; Ans. Position Is when, by using one supposed number and working with it as the true one, you find the real number required by the following ; Rule. As the total of the errors : the true total : : the supposed number : the true one required. Proof. Add the several parts of the sum together, and, if it agrees with the amount stated, the work is right. Example. A schoolmaster being asked how many scholars he had, said, " If I had as many, half as many, and one quarter as many more, 1 should have 88." How many had he ? Suppose he had 40; As 110 : 88 : : 40 : 32 40 32 as many. As many 40 16^ as many. . ., ^ as many 20 11.0)352.0(32 8 ^ as many. :J as many 10 88 proof. ;' ..- <-'^ Analysis. • ..^*,-.-.-^.:.s.:;-.v ^,.^*'- . i ■; -. /. An analysis of a proposition is an examination of its separate parts, and their connection wuth each other, and the practice of it is particularly useful to the student, enabling him to solve difficult cases by a careful consideration of their separate parts. In analyzing, we reason from a given number to its unit and then from this unit to the re(/uired number. To find the cost of several things, when the price of one and number are known. If 9 bushels of wheat cost 18 dollars, what will 27 bushels cost? Analysis. One bushel costs \ as much as 9 bushels ; ^ of 18 dollars is 2 dollars ; 27 bushels will cost 27 times as much as 1 bushel ; $2 x 27 = $54 ; therefore 27 bush- els will cost $54. Operation^ 1 IS i of $18 = ir. = $2 cost of 1 bushel ; $2 X 27 = 154 cost of 27 bushels. Analysis when the Numbers are Fractional. If 3- pounds of tea cost $3J, what will 9 pounds cost? 12. : since li lb. cost 8^^ 1 3 4 3 . and 9 lb. will cost 9 times as Analysis 3'^ »=■ 4 ^^ and ^^ 4, = 'ill cost $\^. X 3 15 __ 10 ^ 4 3 4 15 > h, or ^± X -^ 3 13 X 9. PEOPORTION OF NUMBERS. 113 Operation. ^A 4- i_ + S = ^^^ 3 15 45 a What number is that, - of which is 18 ? 7 R 1 1 1 Analysis — Since - of which is 18, - of it will be _ of 18, which is 3 : if _ ^ 7 7 6 7 of a number is 3, the number is equal to 7 X 3 = 21. Proportion of Numbers. If 6 men can build a boat in 120 days, how long will it take 24 men to build it? Analysis. — Six men, in 120 days, will do 120 X 6 = 720 days' work ; hence, 1 man would do the work in 720 days ; 24 men will do the work in — - of that time ; there- fore, 720 -^- 24 = 30 days. . . - ■, - v^ ' ^ ■ .*-;;■■ . • ;.■;; '_--- : - ,.-■:. Operation. ^ • 120 X 6 = 720 days = time 1 man can do it. 790 _!!_= 30 days = time 24 men can doit. .f- 24 ^ A piece of ground is 32 rods long, and 19 rods wide ; what must be the width of another piece that shall have the same square measure and whose length is 25 rods ? Analysis. — The square measure is fomid by multiplying the length and breadth ; 32 X 19 = 608 square rods — the square measure of the second piece is the same, or 608 square' rods, and its length is 25 rods ; its width must be the quotient of 608 divided by 25, which is 24 — rods. ^ 25 , . ' -: r Operation. 32 X 19.608 09 rods = area of first piece, ] I ^, 32 X 19 ft, 8 ^. ftAQ ft r ^^ — K^ — = 24 ^— rods. 5i!^_ 24 -- rods = width of 2nd piece, 2o 2o 25 ~ 25 ^ J If 6 men can build a wall 80 feet long, 6 feet wide and 4 feet high in fifteen days, in what time can 18 men build one 240 feet long, 8 feet wide, and 6 feet high ? Analysi $30, gain of the other. $90 == — = - of cost : ?. of 75 = $45 = gain of one. 150 5 5 V 6 t60==?^=?Qf cost; ?.Qf 75 = $a0== " o| other. 150 5 d A can do a piece of work in 4 days, and B can do tiie same in 6 days ; in what time can they both do the work, if they labor together. Analysis. — Since A can do the work in 4 days, in one day he can do - of the work, and B can do - of the work in 1 day ; both can, in one day, do the sum of - 6 4 and - ix- = — = — since in 1 day they can do — - of the work, it will 6 4 6 24 12 ^ ^ 12 5 require, for the whole work as many days as ■ -- is contained times in 1. Operation, = what A can do in 1 day ; — = what B can do in 1 day ; X ;r = —- = what both can do in 1 day ; 4 6 24 12 ^ 1-f.^ lx^~ = 2| days required for A and B to do the whole M 12 5 & 5 work. FELLOWSHIP INTEREST. 115 Fellowship. By this rule a bankrupt's estate may be divided amongst his creditors ; as also legacies may be adjusted when there is a deficiency of assets or effects. Fellowship is either with or icithoul time. Mule. — As the whole stock : each man's share in the stock : : the whole gain or loss : each man's share of the gain or loss. Proof. — Add all the shares together, and the sum will be equal to the given gain Of loss ; out the surest way is, as the whole gaiu or loss ; the whole stock : : each man's share of the gain or loss : his share in stock. Example. Two merchants trade together : A put into stock 820, and B ^40- -they gained $50, what is each person's share thereof V 16.66 B's share. As 60 : 20 : 50 -^i 20 + 40 = 60 33.33 A's share. 20 aa60 : 40 :: 50 j 6.0) 100.0 40 Ans. 49^9 less ^^^ 816.66 --'■-': a0)200.0 • ^ ^""^ ^'J.J . •JO D, E and F join their stocks in trade : the amount of their stocks is $647, and are in x>roportion as 4, 6, and 8 to one another, and the amount of their gain is equal to D's stock, what is each man's stock and gain ? Here we first add together the proportions 4.G.S. = 18. then 18 : 4 (D's proportion):: 8G47 : D's stock 8143.77 In the same manner we find E's proportion. The sums of D's and E's pi'o- portions taken from the whole amount of stock, will give F's proportion. To obtain the amount of gain for each, simply proceed by the same rule As 18 :: 4 : : D.'s stock to his gain. 18 :: 6 : : E.'s '' '* . The balance remaining is F's gain. -^ ^ Simple Interest. - JRule. — Multiply the principal by the rate, expressed decimally, and the product by the number of years. Example. — What is the interest of 81060 for 4 years at 7 per cent ? 81960 X 87 — X 4 = 8548.80. Ans. To find the interest on a ^i^en principal for any rate and time. Rule. — 1. Find the interest for 1 year. 2. Divide this interest by 12, and the quotient will be the interest for 1 month. 3. Divide the interest for one month by 30, and the quotient will be the interest for 1 day. 4. Multiply the interest for 1 year by the number of years, the interest for 1 month by the number of months, and the interest for 1 day by the number of days, and the sum of the products will be the required interest. Or, calculate the interest for 1 year — then reduce the time to days, and work by proportion, thus — As the days of 1 year : the interest for 1 year : : the number of days altogethei to the amount required. Example. — What is the interest of 8876.48 for 4 years 9 months and 14 days, at 6 per cent. ^Mi 116 EQUATION OF PAYMENTS. Three men hire a pasture, for which they p^y C6 dollars. The first puts in 2 horses for 3 weeks ; the second, 6 horses for 2^ weeks ; the third 9 horses for 1^ weeks ; how much ought each to pay ? Analysis. — The pastuiage of 2 horses for 3 weeks, would be the same as the pastur- age of one horse 2 times 3 weeks or 6 weeks ; that of 6 horses, 2^ weeks, the same as for one horse 6 times 2| weeks, or 15 weeks ; and that of 9 horses 1^ weeks, the same as 1 horse for 9 times 1^ weeks, or 12 weeks. The three persons had an equivalent for the pasturage of 1 horse for 6 -f- 15 ■+- 12 = 33 weeks ; therefore the first must pay 1-. the second, — and the third; ^ of 66 dollars. *^ -^ 33 ? 33 ; 33 Operation. /: 8 X 2 = 6; then $66 X ^=^12. 1st ' » «= ^" 2^X6 = 15;" $66 X-i| = $30. 2d. IJ X 9 = 12 ; *' $66 xil= $24. 3d. " oo Equation op payments. To find the equated time for the payment of a sum of money due at several times. Rule. — Multiply each payment by the time before it becomes due, and divide the sum of the products by the sum of the payments : the quotient will be the mean time. When the times of payment are reckoned from the same date. If I owe W $2 to be paid in 6 mos. from July 1st ; $3 to be paid in 8 mos. ; and $1 to be paid in 12 mos. ; what is the mean time of payment. ^ '^ . ■■-'^ - -- - Operation. ■■.*' Int. of $2 for 6 mos. = int. of $12 for 1 mo. 2 X 6 = 12 »* $3 " 8 " = int. of $24" " 3X8 = 24 »» $1 " 12 »' =int.of$12" " 1X12 = 12 — 6) 48 6 Ans. — months 8 When the times are reckoned from different dates. I owe W $100 to be paid on the 15th July; S200 on the 15th August; and $300 on the 9th September; what is the mean time of payment ? Operation. From 1st July to 1st payment, 14 days. « « « to 2d payment, 45 ** « « « to 3d payment, 70 " 100 X 14 = 1400 200 X 45 = 9000 300 X 70 = 21000 600 600) 31400 52^ days. Ans. COMMISSION OH BROKEBAGE, HT Operation. 876.48 6 12 )52,5888 = int. for 1 year. 52.5888 X 4 = f 210. 3552, 4 years. 30) 4,3824 = int. for 1 mon. 4,3824 X 9 = ^ 39.4416. 9 months. ~T,4608 = int. for 1 day. 14608 x 14 = ^ 2.0451.14 days. Total interest |25l78fi9 >2 At 5 per cent., simple interest doubles itself in 20 years; at 6 per cent., in 16- years; o and at 7 per cent, in 141 years. Compound Interest. Find the simple interest at the end of the first year, and add to it the principal for a second principal. Find the simple interest on this enlarged principal for a third principal, and so on for each successive year. At 5 per cent, compound interest doubles itself in about 14- years ; at 6 per cent, in about 11.9 years ; and at 7 per cent o in about 10^ years. Discount. Discount is an allowance made for the payment of money before it is due. Face of a note is the amount named in a note. Discount on a note is the diiference between the face of a note and its present value. Rule. — Divide the face of the note by 1 dollar plus the interest of 1 dollar for the given time, and the quotient will be the present value : take this sum from the face of the note, and the remainder will be the discount. Example. What is the present value of a note for $1828.75 due one year, and bearing an interest of 4^ per cent. What the discount ? Analysis. — Since $1 in one year, at i^ per cent, will amount to $1,045, the pre- sent value, therefore, of $1,045 is $1 : hence As $1,045 (rate of int.) : 1828.75 (face of note) : : $1 : present value. 1828.75 X 1 4- 1.045 = S1750 present value. 1828.75— 1750 = $78.75 rate of discount For short periods find the rate for the full time and then find the difference. Banks charge 3 days more than the time stipulated in the note for the " days of grace." Commission or Brokerage. The per centage is found by the simple Rule of Three. If a broker purchases stock to the amount of $9362 at 2 per cent, what is his brokerage. Purchase. Brokerage. Purchase. Brokerage. $100 : $2 :: $9362 : $187.24. Ans. lis INVOLUTION, EVOLUTION. INVOLUTION. The power of a number, is the product which arises from multiplying the number succesnively by itself. The number, so nmltiplied, is called the root of the power. The Jirst power is the num jer itself, or the root. The second power is the praduct of the root by itself. The third power is the prouuot when the root is taken 3 times as a factor. The fourth power, when it is taken 4: times. Th(^jifth power, when it is taken o ti:::c'?. etc. The Exponent of a power is the number denoting how many times the root is taken as a factor. It is written a little at the rigl?t, and over the root : whus, if the equal factor or root is 4 : 4 = 4, the first power of 4. 4* = 4 X 4 = 1(], the second power of 4. 4» = 4 X 4 X 4 = 64, the third power of 4. and so on 256 is the 4th power, 1024 the 5th power, etc. Involution is the process of finding the powers of numbers. There are three things connected with every power: 1st. the root; 2nd. the exponent; and 3d. the power or result of the multiplication. Rule. — Multiply the number by itself as many times less 1, as there are units in the exponent, and the last product will be the power. Is the process of finding the equal factor when we know the power . The square root of a number is the factor which, multiplied by itself once, will produce the number ; thus, is the square roct of 36 because 6 X 6 = 36. The cube root of a number is the factor which, multiplied by itself twice, will produce the number; thus, 3 is the cube root of 27, because 3 X 3 X 3 = 27. The sign V is called the radical sign. When placed before a number, it denotes that its square root is to be extracted; thus, ^ar, = 6. We denote the cube root by the same sign, by writing 3 over it ; thus, \/27 denotes the cube root of 27, which is equal to 3. The small figure 3, placed over the radical, is the mrfcj; of the root. EXTRACTION OF THE SQUARE ROOT. Extracting the square root is to find out such a number as being multiplied into itself, the product will be equal to the given number. Rule 1. — Point the given number, that is, put a dot over the units place, then over the hundreds, and so over every second figure throughout. The number will thus be separated into periods. 2. — Seek the greatest square number in the first period towards the left hand, placing the square numbers under the first period, and the root thereof in the quotient; subtract the square number from the first period, and to the remainder bring down the next period and call that the resolvend. 3. — Double the quotient, and place it for a divisor on the left hand of the resol- vend, and seek how often the divisor is contained in the resolvend (reserving always the unit's place), and put the answer in the quotient, and also on the right hand side of the divisor; then multiply by the figure last put in the quotient, and subtract the Eroduct from the resolvend; bring down the next period to the remainder, (if there e any more), and proceed as before. Roots 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9. Squares 1, 4, 9, 16, 25, 36, 49, 64, 81. SQUARE ROOT. 119 Example. Whskt is the square root of 119025? 119025(345 Ana 9 6472li0 256 685)"inj5 3125 AVhen the given number consists of a whole number and decimals together, make the number of decimals even by adding cyphers to them, so that a point may be '^ver the miit's place. TO EXTRACT THE ROOT OF A VULGAR FRACTION. Rule. — Reduce tho fraction to its lowest terms; then extract the square root of the numerator for a new numerator, and the square root of the denominator fur a new denominator. If the fraction be a surd, i. e., a number where a root can never be exactly found, reduce it to a decimal, and then extract the root. ExampU. _ vT "Wliat is the square root of I? ^ | = ~ == |. V •» Note. — The square root o I a fraction is equal to the square root of the numerator divided l)y the square root of the denominator. What is the square root of |? |. = .75 ' inting ofE from the units* place as the required directs. 2. Find the first figure in the root, and subtract the proposed power of it from the given number. 3. Bring down the first figure in the next period to the remainder, and call it the Dividend. 4. Involve the root into the next inferior power to that which is given, multiply it by the given power, and call it the Divisor. 5. Find a quotient figure by common division, and annex it to the root; then involve the whole root to tlie given power and call that the subtrahend. . G. Subtract that number from as many periods of the given power as are brought down, beginning at the lowest place, and to the remainder bring down the first figure of the next period for a new dividend. 7. Find a new divisor and proceed in all respects as before. " Examples. What is the square root of 141376? ' 141375(376 9 6 ) 51 dividend 1369 subtrahend 74 )447 dividend 141376 subtrahend. 3 X 2 = 6 divisor 37 X 37 = 1369 subtrahend 37 X 2 =74 divisor 376 X 376 = 141376 subtrahend. Extraction of the Cube Root. To extract the cube root of a number is to find a factor which, multiplied into itself twice, will produce the given number. Thus 2 is the cube root of 8 ; for 2 X 2 X 2 = 8; and three is the cube root of 27; for3 X 3 X 3 = 27. Roots 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Squares 1 8 27 64 125 216 343 512 729 or cube root. JRuIe. — 1. Point every third figure of the cube given, beginning at the units' place; then find the highest cube in the first period, and subtract it therefrom; put the root in the quotient, bring down the figures in the next point to the remainder for a re- solvend. 2 Square the quotient and triple the square for a divisor, as 4 X 4 X 3 = 48. Find how often it is contained in the resoivend, rejecting units and tens, and put the answer in the quotient. 3. Square the la&t figure in the quotient, and put it on the right hand of the divisor, as 6 x 6 = 36 put the divisor = 4836. 4. Triple the last figure in the quotient and multiply by the former, put the result under the other, units under tens, add them together, and multiply the sum by the last figure in the quotient, subtract that product from the resoivend, bring down the next period, and proceed as before. 122 CUBE ROOT. «f ■ Example, What is the cube root of 99252847? Square of 44 X 3 = 48 divisor Square of 6 put to 48 — 4836, 6 X 3 X 4 — 72 99252847(463 64 3.". ^5'^ 5556 6 = 33336 Square of 46 — 2116 X 3 — 6348 divisor Square of 3 — 9 put to 6348 = * 634809 3 X 3 X 46 — 414 1916847 638949 X 3 = 1916347. Same example by another method. 99 = 252 847 (463 4 =64 4 X 3 = 48 ) 352 dividend First two periods ... 99 252 (46) = 46 X 46 X 44 = 97 336 3 X (46) = 6358) 19168, 2nd dividend. 99 252 847 99 252 847 What is the cube root of 53157376 ? 53157376 (3 "^ " 27 27 )261 dividend 50653 subtrahend 4107 )25043 dividend 53157376 subtrahend 3 X 3 X 3 = 27 divisor 37 X 37 X 37 = 50653 subtrahend 37 X 37 X 3 = 4107 didsor 376 X 376 X 376 = 53157376 subtrahend. What is the biquadrate root of 19987173376? 19987173376 ( 376 81 108) 1188 dividend 1874101 subtrahend 202612) 1245563 dividend 19987173376 subtrahend S X 3 X 3 X 4 = l08 divisor 37 X 37 X 37 X 37 = 1874161 subtrahend 37 X 37 X 37 X 4 = 202612 divisor [trahend 376 X 376 X 376 X 376 == 19987173376 sub- * When the quotient is 2 or 3, there must be a cipher put to supply the place of tens. MENSURATION OF SUPERFICIES. 123 To extract the cube root of a vulgar fraction. Bule. — Reduce the fraction to its lowest terms, then extract the cube root of the numerator and c^enominator for a new numerator and denominator; but if the fraction be a surd, reduce it to a decimal, and then extract the root. If a mixed number reduce it to an improper fraction and- proceed as before. If the mixed number be a surd, reduce the fractional part to decimals, annex it to the whole number and extract the root therefrom. To extract the cube root 0/ a decimal. Rule. — Annex ciphers to the decimal, if necessary, so that it shall consist of 3, 6, 9, &c., places. Then put the first point over the place of thousands, the second over the [>lace of millionths, and so on over every place to the right, after which extract the root as in whole numbers Note. — There will be as many decimal places in the root, as there are i)eriods in the given niunber. Between two given numbers^ to Jind two mean i>roportionals. Rule. — Divide the greater extreme by the less, and the cube root of the quotient multiplied by the less extreme, gives the less mean; multiply the said cube root by the less mean, and the product will be the greater mean proportional. Tojind the side of a cube that shall be equal in solidity to any given solid, as a globe, cylinder, prism, cone, S^c. Rule. — The cube root of the solid body given is the side of the cube of equal solidity. -■--r^,-. ■ ' ^r --■-:: ,--y--^-'-'. ^ ^'- MENSURATION OP SUPERFICIES. 'r;,^ '■■•.-- .;;-i.-:v;.--x-^ Plate xix. To Find the Area of a Square.. Ride. — Multiply the side by itself, or in other words, the base by the perpen- dicular. Example. — To find the area of a square (Fig. 1) whose side is 17 feet. 17 X 17 = 289, the area of the square in feet. To find the side of a square, the area being given, extract the square root of the area. r ^ To Find the Area of a Rectangle. Rule. — Multiply the length by the breadth, and the product will be the area. Example. — To fiiud the area of the rectangle (Fig. 2 ) ft. in. 10.7 its length. 7.3 breadth. 74.1 2.7.9 Feet. 76.8.9 To find the Area of a Rhombus or Rhomboides. Rule. — Multiply the base by the perpendicular height and half the product will be the area. Multiply the length by the perpendicular breadth, and the product will be 'uhe area. I ^m 124 MENSURATION OF SUPERFICIES. Let the side be 17 feet (Fig. 3) and the perpendicular 15 feet, then 17 X 15 = 255, the area required. To FIND THE Area of a Triangle. Bute. — Multiply the base by the perpendicular height, and half the product will be the area. Let the base of the triangle (Fig. 4) be 14 feet and the perpendicular height, 9 ft. then 14 X = 126 -^- 2 = 63 feet the area of the triangle. Another Ru^e. — Add the three sides tos^ether, and from half the sum subtract each side separately ; then multiply the half sum and tlie three sides together, and the square root of the product will be the area required. Let the sides of a triangle (Fig. 5) be 30,40, aud 50 fest respectively 30 + 40 H- 50 120 2 ^^ "^ ^^1 ^^^^ ^h® sum of the sides 60 — 50= 10, first remainder. 60 — 40 = 20, second remainder. 60 — 30 = 30, third remainder. Then 60 X 10 X 20, X 30 = 360,000. And the square root of 360,000 is equal to 600, the area in feet. Any two Sides of a Right-angled Triangle being given, to find the Third Side. 1. "When the base and perpendicular are given. Rule. — To the square of the base add the square of the perpendicular, and the square root of the sum will give thehypothenuse. Let the base of the right-angled triangle be 24 (Fig. 6), and the perpendicular 18, to find the hypothenuse or third side. 576 square of the base. 324 square of the perpendicular. 576 -t- 324 = 900. And the square root of 900 is equal to 30 feet, the length of the third side. 2. When the hypothenuse and one side is given. Rule. — Multiply the sum of the hypothenuse and one side by their difference; the square root of the product will give the other side. If the hypothenuse of a right-angled triangle (Fig. 7) be 30, and the perpendicu- lar 18, what will be the base ? 30 4- 18 = 48 sum of the two sides. 30 — 18 = 12 difference of the two sides. ■- 48 X 12 = 576. To find the Area of a Trapezium. Rule. — Divide the trapezium (Fig. 8) into two triangles by a diagonal drawn from one angle of the figure to another. The areas of the triangles m;iy be found by the rules already given, and the sum will give the area of the trapezium. It is unneces- sary to give an example of this problem, as it would only be a repetition of what has been already illustrated. Irregular Polygons, or many sided Figures. It is only necessary to reduce them into triangles and parallelograms, and, cal- MENSURATION OF SUPERFICIES. 125 culating these severally, to add them together ; the sum will give the area of the figure. In this manner, the land-surveyor estimates the quantity of acres, roods and perches contained within certain boundaries, and it may be done with considerable accuracy by subdividing the space until the whole area is contained within a number of single figures. The architectural surveyor, however, has seldom a necessity for this mode of proceeding, for it is customary, in all those cases where a surface has a variable height, to take the medium between the two extremes, and consider the superficies as a parallelogram. But, as the builder is sometimes required by circum- stances to measure the ground which is chosen as the site of a building, it is neces- sary that he should be able to do so when required. To FIND THE Diameter or Circumference of a Circle, the Diameter OR Circumference being Given. : 1. To find the circumference, the diameter being given. Rule. — As 7 is to 22, so is the diameter to the circumference. Example. — If the diameter of a circle be 84.5 inches, what is the circumference ? As 7 is to 22.0. so is 84.5 to 265,751 the circumference required. 2. To find the diameter, the circumference being given. Rule. — As 22 is to 7, so is the circumference to the diameter. To find the Area of a Circle, - 1. "When the diameter and circumference are both given. Rule. — Multiply half the circumference^by half the diameter, and the product will be the area. 2. When the diameter is given. Rule. — Multiply the square of the diameter by .7854, and the product will be the area, or the diameter by the circumference and divide by 4. 3. When the circumference is given. Rule. — Multiply the square of the circumference by .07958, and the product will be the area. To find the Area of a Sector of a Circle. Rule. — Multiply the radius of the circle by one-half of the arc of the sector. To FIND THE Area of the Segment of a Circle. Rule. — Find the area of a circle having the same arc, and deduct the triangle formed between the two radii and the chord of the arc. Properties op the Circle. Diameter X 3.14159 = circumference. Diameter X .8862 = side of an equal square. Diameter X .7071 = side of an inscribed square. Radius squared X .314159 = area of circle. Radius X 6.28318 = circumference. Circumference -f- 3.14159 = diameter. ^m 126 MEASUREMENTS OF SOLIDS. MHASUREMENTS OF SOLIDS. Plate. 19- To FIND THE Solidity of a Cube. X cube is a solid enclosed by six equal square surfaces (Fig. 1). Rule. — Multiply the side oi the square by itself and that product by the side of the square. Example. — The side being 9 feet. 9 X9= 81 then ^ ;/;■ |-- a 81 X 9 = 720 = the solidity required. To FixD THE Solidity of a Par.vllelopipedon. A parallelopipedon is a solid having six sides. Every opposite two being equal and parallel to each other (Fig. 2). Hide. — Multiply the lenq'th by the breadth, and the product by the depth, and it will give the solidity required. Example. — Length 82 inches, breadth 54, depth 10 inches, " . - i , 82 X 51 = 4428, then 4428 X 10 = 44280, the solidity required. To FIND THE Solidity of a Prism. ' '"^ A prism is a solid, the ends of which are parallel, equal, and of the same figure. Specific names are given to them, according to the lorm of their bases or ends (Fig. 3 ). ^ Rule. — Multiply the area of the base by the perpendicular height, and the pro- duct will be the solidity required. To find the solidity of a rectangular prism whose base is 30 inches, and height 53. ■■- ■. f:^ 30 X 53 = 1590, the solidity in inches. v ,- > To find the Solidity of a Cylinder. A cylinder is a round prism, having circles for its ends, and is formed by the re- volution of a right line about the circumference of two equal circ'.es parallel to each other (Fig 4.) > - Rule. — Multiply the area of the base by the perpendicular height of the cylinder, and it will give the solidity. To FIND THE Solidity of a Sphere. -r.- A sphere is a solid formed by the revolution of a semicircle round a fixed diameter (Fig 5.) Rule. — Multiply the cube of the diameter by 523G, and the product will be the solidity. Fob the Area of a Sphere. Multiply the square of the diameter by 3.141(i. For the Circumference. Multiply tlie diameter by 3'1416. The surface of a spherical sefpnent or zone may be found by multiplying the diameter by the height, and then by 3'1416. ^lENSURATIOV OF SUPERFICIES. 127 The solidity of a spherical segment or zone may be found thus — to 3 times the square of the radius (or half of the diameter) add the square of the height, then multi- ply the sum by the height and the proiluct by -oiiSG. Area of Polygons. - ' Rule. — ^Multiply the square of the side by the figures in column 2. Trigon . . 3 sides ■ -^ 0-4330 Pentagon . . 5 sides 1-7203 Hexagon. . . 6 sides 2-5981 Heptagon . . 7 sides 3-6339 Octagon . . . 8 sides 4-8284 Nonagon. . . 9 sides 6-1818 Decagon . . . 10 sides 7-6942 Undecagon . . 11 sides 9-3G56 Dodecagon . . 12 sides 11-1962 Surfaces and Solidities of Regu- lar Bodies. Rule. — For the "surface" multiply the square of the length of one of the edges by column 2, and for the solidity multiply the cube of the length by column 3. Tetraedron . 4 faces Hexaedron . 6 Octaedron. . 8 Dodecaedron. 12 Icasaedron . 20 (( (i Surface. Solidity. 1-7321 01178 60000 10000 3-4641 0-4714 20-6458 70631 8-6603 2-1817 Regular Polygons. Number of sides. 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 '"---■' '\ % Name, Triangle... Square Peutagon . . Hexagon.. . Heptagon. . Octagon . . . Nonagon. . . Decagon. . . Undecagon Area wh'n Length of diam. of Hide when Perpendi- inscribed Area when perpendi- cular circle side cular when side = L = 1. = 1. = 1. •299 •000 •806 •843 •828 •819 •812 •^07 43;j 1 000 1 720 o Ad 508 3 a34 4 828 6 182 7094 9 306 34G4 2 000 1-453 1555 •963 •828 •728 •650 •587 Radius o£ circura- scribed circle wh'n side = 1. Length of side when radius of circum- scribed circle = 1. 289 •577 500 •707 688 •851 866 1000 1 039 1 152 1 207 1-307 1 374 1-462 1 539 1018 1 732 1414 1 176 1 000 •8()8 •765 •684 •018 Circum. of circle Number for Calculating Areas. ,1. Length of arc of circle . = Diam. X 3-1416 or bv 3-th. ^ 7 • = Take span from 8 times the chord of half the arc and one-third remainder = length of arc re- quired. Ditto when arc contains 120° = Span X 1-2092. ' X Area of circle = Square of diam. X -7854. '* of segment of circle . = To twice square root of span plus square of rise add . r chord of half arc, the result mu/fiprierf by — of rise equals area. Area when it contains 120° = Square of span X -20473. Area of sector of circle . . = Radius X half the length of arc. . = Product of the two diameters X -7834. . = Square of transverse diameter X 1-1597. . = Area of base X one third perpendicular height. . = Cube of diameter X -5236. . = Sum of end areas plus 4 times middle area multiplied by one-sixth of length. Note.— The priemoidal foimula appli^ to earth works» casks, and truncated coues. Area of ellipse " egg-shaped sewer Solidity of a cone. . " of globe . . Prismoidal formula . 128 PLANE TRIGONOMETRY . Gunter's Chain, (Generally adopted in land surveying is 22 yards in length, or 100 links of 7*92 inches long. The length was fixed at 22 yards because the square whose side is 22 contains exactl y — of an acre — or 1 chain in width and 10 in length contains an acre; 10 80 chains make 1 mile, and a square mile is the square of 80, or 640 acres. Table OF Spherical Contents. iameters. Surfaces. Capacities 1 • 3141 •523 ft 12-567 4-188 t 28-274 14137 4 50-265 33-51 5 78-540 65-45 10 314159 523-6 15 706-9 1767-1 20 1256-6 4189- 25 1963-5 8181- 30 2827- 14137- 40 5026- 33510- PLAXE TRIGOXOMETRY. Plate xxxvi. The object of Plane Trigonometry is the calculation of the sides and angles of plane triangles It teaches us how to find certain unknown parts of plane or straight- sided triangles by means of other parts which are known and thus enables us to measure inaccessible distances. The parts of a triangle are its three sides and its three angles ; and when any three of these parts are known, except these be the three angles, the other three can be cal- culated. The principles on which these calculations are founded are certain relations exist- ing between the sides and certain lines connected with the angles, called trigonometrical lines or ratios. Definitions. The complement of an arc is its difference from a quadrant either in defect or excess. The supplement of an arc is its difference from a semi-circle. The complement of an angle is its difference from a right angle. The supplement of an angle is its difference from two right angles. The sine of an arc is a straight line drawn from one extremity of the arc perpen- dicular to the radius passing through the outer extremity. The secant of an arc is the straight line joining the centre of the circle and the further extremity of the tangent drawn at the origin of the arc. The sine, tangent and secant of the complement of an arc are called the cosine, co- tangent, and cosecant of that arc. Thus, BC is the complement of the arc AB: BMD is the supplement of AB; the angle BOC is the complement of AOB, and BOD is the supplement of AOB. BE is the sine of AB; .4Fis the tangent of AB; OF is the secant of AB; so BG is the sine of BC, or the cosine of AB\ CH is the tangent of BC, or the cotangent oiAB; and OH is the secant of BC, or the cosecant of AB. The sine, tangent and secant of an arc are the sine, tangent and secant of the angle measured by the arc. Thus the arc AB measures angle AOB, and BE, AF, OF, the sine, tangent and secant of the are AB, are also the sine, tangent and secant of the angle AOB. The sine, tangent and secant of an angle, are the cosine, cotangent and cosecant of the complement of that angle. Thus, BG, or its equal OE, the sine of BOC, is the cosine of AOB; CH and OH the tangent and secant of BOC, are the cotangent and cosecant of AOB. MEASUREMENTS OF SOLIDS. 129 The .sine, tangent and secant of an arc are equal to the sine, tangent and secant of its supplement. Thus, BE^ the sine of AB, is also the sine of BMD; AF, the tangent of AB, is equal to the tangent of BMD, for it is the tangent of A IL which is equal to BMD. Hence, when an angle is obtuse, its supplement must be used in calculating by logarithms. The following /our cases include the whole subject. The student should commit them to memory. Case 1. Having two angles and one side, tojind the other side and angle. (Fig. 1.) Add the two angles together, and subtract their sum from 180®; the remainder will be the third angle, and for the sides, as Sine of the angle op. ) ^ Sine of the angle op- > . ^ ^^^^ gj^e : required side, posite the given side ) posite required side, > * ^ Use the side thus formed, as the given one; and in the same manner find the third side. As a practical example of the use of Case I, if we measure the line or side ah along one shore of a river (Fig. 1) and also the two angles ahc, hac. to an object c on the opposite shore, we can calculate the distance ac or he to that object; or by draw- ing the triangle on paper, to a scale, we can afterwards measure ac or he by the scale. Case 2. Having two sides, and the angle opposite to one of them. To find the other side and angles. This is of use only when that given side which is opposite the given angle, is as long or longer than the other given side, as Side opposite the > . Side opposite . . Side of angle oppo- ) . Side of angle oppo- given angle. ) ' required angle, ' ' site the former y * site the latter. Having found the sine, take out the corresponding angle from the table of natural sines. Bemark. "When the given side ac next Fig. 2 opposite the given angle abc, is shorter than the other given side ah, then the above proportion alone does not enable us to determine the other parts ; for it is plain that after having drawn the side ai, and laid down the given angle aha, and extended it indefinitely toward w, we cannot tell whether the length of ah is drawn from a to c or from ad. If ac is as long or longer than ah there can be no doubt, for in that case it cannot be drawn towards 6, but only towards n, as in Fig.l. Therefore, in taking field-notes, the two sides and the angle opposite one of them must not be depended upon as sufficient data. Case 3. Having two sides and the angle included between them. Take the angle from 180°, the remainder will be the sum of the two unknown angles. Divide this sum by 2 and find the natural tangent of the quotient. Then as The sum of the ) . Tha'rrl'ffprp • • Tangent of half the sum of ) . Tangent of half 1 two given sides ^ * ' ' ' the two unknown angles ^ ' their differences. Take from tlie table of natural sines, the angle opposite this last tangent; add this angle to half the sum of the two unknown angles, and it will give the angle opposite the longest given side, and subtract it from the half sum, for the angle opposite the longest side given, and subtract it from the same lialf sum for the angle opposite the shortest given side. Having thus found the angles, find the third side by Case 1. As a practical example of the use of Case 3, Fig. 3 we can ascertain the distance nm across water by measuring two lines no and mo. and the angle nom. From this data we may calculate nm, or by drawing the two sides, and tiie angle on paper, by a scale, we can afterward measure nm on the drawing. 9 l:)0 MEASUREMENTS OF SOLIDS. Case 4. Having the three sides. Fig. 4. To find the three angles upon one side ah as a base, draw, (or suppose to be drawn) a perpendicular eg from the op^josite angle c. Find the difference between the other two sides ac and c6, also their sum. Then, as the base sum of the oth er two sides '■}■ difference of oth- ) difference of the two parts ag er two sides -\.. and hg of the base. Add half this difference of the parts, to half the base db ; the sum will be the longest part ag, which taken from the whnlo base, gives the shortest part gb. By this means we get in each of the small triangl'S acg and chg, two sides (namely, ac and ag ; and ch and gb), and an angle (namely, tlie right angle cga or cgh) opposite to one of the given sides. Therefore, use Case 2 for finding the angles a and h ; when that is done take their sum from 180°, for the angle ac6. THE FOLLOWIN'G ARE USEFUL EXAMPLES OF TRIGONO.'ETRY. To find the distance from a to an inaccessible object c. Fig. 5. Measure aline ab; and from its ends measure the angles ca6, and c6a. Thus having found one side and two angles of the triangle abc, calculate ac by means of Case 1, or if extreme accuracy is not required, draw the line ab on paper to any con- venient scalr, then by means of a protractor lay off the angles cab, cba and draw ac and be, then measure ac by the same scale. The longer the base can be made the greater accuracy will be obtained in a short base, great accuracy should be taken in measuring the angles. Ex. 1. When the base line (ib can be measured on the ground at right angles to object ac, until an angle taken at any point along the line as at d, will give an angle of 45° to the point c, then the distance ac will be exactly equal to the base ab. To compute the height of aji accessible object. Let the object be a tower. Fig. 6. Measure the horizontal line A B from the base of the object to any convenient distance yl, and then measure the angle of elevation of the top of the object at yl . Then if AD denote the height of the eye, the angle CDE is the given angle, DE being parallel to AB. Hence, in the triangle DEC, the side DE = AB^ and angle D are given; therefore CE cam be found by Case 1. Table of allowances to be added for curvature of the earth, and for refraction , combined. Distance Allowance Distance Allowance Distance Allowance Distance Allowance iu yards. in feet. iu miles. in feet. 1 in yards. in feet. I in miles. in feet. 100 .002 i .036 6 20.6 20 229 150 .OOi .143 7 28.0 22 277 200 .007 i .321 8 36.6 25 357 ?00 .007 1 .572 9 46.3 30 514 400 .0:30 H .893 10 57.2 35 700 500 .046 li 1.2<) 11 69.2 40 915' 600 .066 i| 1.75 12 82.3 45 1158 700 .090 2 2.29 13 96.6 50 1429 800 .118 2i 3.57 14 112 55 1729 900 ,149 3 5.14 15 129 60 2058 1000 .185 3i 7.00 16 146 70 2801 1200 .266 4 9.15 17 165 80 3659 1500 .415 4i 11.6 18 186 90 4631 2000 .738 6^ 14.3 19 206 100 5717 PRACTICAL GEOMETKY. 131 PRACTICAL GEGMZTTRT. PLATE xLii. Practical Grcometry is not only an important branch of knowledge to architects and engineers; but artists, designers and artizans all require an acquaintance with its leading principles. A few of the most useful problems are here given as an aid to the memory, whilst to mechanics who have no<^ had an opportunity to study the science, the ex- amples given will be found of much service, and acceptable to any one who is en- deavoring, by self -tuition, to acquire a knowledge of practical geometry. Problem I. To Extend any given Straight Line, Take any length of the line A B (Fig. 1) as E B, and strike C D an arc of a circle. Then w4th centre B form the intersections C and D — and, taking the point of intersection at C and D as centres, describe arcs until they intersect each other at F. Prolong B to F, and A B F will be a straight line. Note. - This problem is useful to the workman if he has not at hand a straight-edge, ;)-nd by means of it he can prove the accuracy of a straiglit edge. ' Problem II. . To Erect a Perpendicular to any given Line, Take any point on a given line, say C, (Fig. 2), and from A take equal distances C D and C B. From D and B as centres, with any radius greater than C D, describe the two arcs until they intersect each other at E. Draw the line C E and it will be the perpendicular required. Note. — A carpenter without a square, can form a line square to its edge, with his rule and compass. Problem III. From a given Point on the end of a Line to erect a Perpendicular. On the line A B (Fig. 2), take B as a centre, and with any radius describe an arc as m n o, and with the same radius, mark on the curv? from m, the point n, and from n, with the same radius, describe an arc D. Draw the line m n D to cut the arc in D, then through B and D draw the line C B D, audit will be the perpendicular re- quired. — Problem IV. To Bisect a given Line, On a given line A B (Fig. 4), take A and B, as centres; with any radius greater than the half of A B, describe arcs cutting each other in C and D. Draw C E D through the points of intersection, and it will bisect the given line A B. Problem V. Through a given Point to draw a Straight Line parallel to some given Straight Line. Let A B be the given straight line, and o the given point (Fig. 5). From any point n on the straight line A B, with the radius m o, describe the arc o n, and from the centre o, with the same radius describe the arc r m. Make r m equal to o n, draw the line C D through the points o r, and it will be the line required. 132 PRACTICAL GEOMETRY. Problem VI. To dratDj at a given Distance, a Straight Line parallel to a given Straight Line Let A B (Fig. 6) be the given straight line, and E the given distance. From any two points n m, and with the radius E, describe the arcs r and s. Draw the line C D, so as to touch these arcs without cutting them, and it will be the straight line required Problem VII. To divide any given Straight Line into my number of Equal Parts. Let A B (Fig. 7) be the given straight line. Draw two lines A C and B D, one at each end, parallel to each other, and set off on each the same number of equal Earts, perpendicular to A B. Join the corresponding points, and form the lines a e, f , d g, and these lines will divide A B into equal parts 1,2, 3, &c. Problem VIII. To divide a given Straight Line into tico such Parts as shall be to each other as two given Lines are to each other. Let A B (Fig. 8) be the given straight line, and m n and r s the given proportion- ate lines. From tiie point A draw the line A C equal to m n and r s together, and mark upor« it the line A B equal to m n. Join the points C D, and draw the line D E parallel to it. A E is then to E B as m n is to r s. Problem IX. To find a Third Proportional to two given Lines. Let A B and A D (Fig. 9) be two given lines, place as in diagram. From A B the greater, cut off a part A C, equal to A D ; then join B D, and draw C E parallel to it ; A E will be the third proportional required, that is to say, A B will be to A O as A D is to A E. Problem X. To form a Triangle^ the sides of which shall be equal to Lines or Lengths to be given, ♦ From any scale of equal parts measure the base A B (Fig. 10), and with the centre A, and radius equal to one of the sides given, describe an arc, and with the centre B and radius equal to another given side, describe another arc, cutting that previously made as in the point C. Join A C and B C and the sides of the triangle will be equal to the lines given. Problem XI. The Base, the Perpendicular, and the place of the Perpmdicv.lar upon the Base being given, to construct a Triangle Lay down the base A B (Fig. 11) by a scale of equal parts, and mark the dis- tance of the perpendicular from either end of that base line, as from A, and^ by a problem already given, erect the perpendicular D C, of such a height as may be re- quired. Join A C and B C, and the triangle ABC will be that required. Note. — ^This problem will sujargest to the reader the manner in which a triangle may be measured, as well as the laying off of aright angle upon the ground by means of a string or tape line. PRACTICAI. GEOMETRY. 133 Problem XII. Uoon any given Straight Line to describe an Equilateral Triangle, With the radius A B (Fijij. 12J and centre B, describe an arc ; and with A as a centre, and the same radius, descrioe another arc intersecting that already formed, as in the point C. Connect A C and B C, and an equilateral triangle is formed. ^ Problem XIII. To divide an Angle into two Equal Parts. Let A C B (Fig. 13) be the angle required to bisect. From the centre C, and with any radius describe the arc m n. From m, as the centre, and with any radius describe an arc, and with the same radius, and n as a centre, describe another art, intersecting that already formed. Join o, the point of intersection, and c, and the line uniting the two points will divide the angle A C B into two equal pai'ts. Problem XIV. To Jind the Centre of any given Circle. Let A D B C (Fig. 14) be the given circle. Draw the line or chord C D, and bisect it by the line A B in the manner already described. Bisect the diameter A B in the same way, by the line m n ; the point s, in which the lines A B and m n in- tersect each other, is the centre required. PRrtisi.Eji XV. To describe a Square whose sides shall he equal to a given Line. liet A B (Fig. 15) be the given line. Upon the points A and B erect the lines A C and B I) perpendicular to the line given in the manner described in Problem III. ilake these perpendiculars equal to the base line A B, and join CD: ABDCisa square, the sides of which are equal to a given line. Problem XVI. To describe a liectangular Parallelogram, the length and breadth of which are equal to two given Linei:. Fig. 16. Let A B and B D be the length and breadth given ; it is required to describe a rectangular parallelogram. From the point E erect a line C D, which shall be per- pendicular to B D, and make it equal to the line A B. Join A and C, and A B C D will be a rectangular parallelogram, the sides of which are equal to the lines given. Problem XVII. To construct a regular Rhombus upon a given Line. Fig. 17. Let A B be the line upon which it is required to form a regular rhombus. With the radius A B, and from A and B, as centres, describe arcs, the point of intersec- tion being at C. Draw the line A C ; and C D parallel to A B, and B D parallel to A C ; the figure A B D C is then a regular rhombus. Problem XVIII. To draw a Circle which shall pass through three given Points Let A B C be the given points. With any radius greater than one-half A B, and 134 . PRACTICAL GEOMETEY. from A and B, as centres, describe arcs at G and H, and from C and B as centres, describe arcs intersecting each other in F and E. Draw and continue the lines G H and E F until they intersect each other, as in the point D ; the point of intersection is the centre of the circle required. Problem XIX. To draw aTangent to a Circle from any point in that Circle, that is, to drama Line from any given point in a Circle, in such a manner that it shall touch the Circum- ference of that Circle in the point given without touching it. Let B A C be a circle, or a portion of a circle, and A the point from which it is required to draw a tangent. From A draw A O, a radius of the circle B A C, and from any centre, as D, draw an arc of a circle which shall pass through A, and inter- sect the line A O. From the point of intersection E, draw the line E D F, the line intersecting the arc in the point F. Draw the line G H through the points A F, and the line A F A will be a tangent to the circle ABC drawn from the given point A, as was required. Problem XX. From any point without a Circle to draw a Line which shall ti tangent to a Circle. Let A (Fig. 20) be a given point without the circle B C D, it is required to draw a tangent to the circle from that point. From A draw the line A O, that is, unite the point and the centre of the circle. Divide this line A O into two equal parts as at E, and with the radius E A, or E O, and from the centre E, describe the semicircle GAB, which cuts the circle in the point B. Connect the points A and B, and the line A B is a tangent to the circle BCD, drawn from the given point A, as was re- quired. Problem XXL To find the Centre of a given Circle. Fig. 21. Draw any chord a b within the circle, bisect the chord by the perpendicular and from the middle of a b at o, draw at right angles to a b, a diameter d g ; find the centre c of this diameter which is the centre of the circle. Problem XXII. To inscribe an Equilateral Triangle within a given Circle. Let ABC (Fig. 22) be a circle ; it is required to draw within it a triangle whose sides are equal to one another. Commencing from any point A, mark on the circum- ference of the circle a series of spaces equal to the radius of the circle, of which there will be six, and draw the arcs AD, DB, &c. Then join every alternate point as AB, BC, CA, and the several lines will together form an equilateral triangle. Problem XXIIL On a given Line AB, to draw a Square A B C D. Fig. 23. From a and b, with radius a b describe the arcs a r x and b r y. From their in- tersection r, and with radius equal t> one-half of a b, describe s s s. From a and b draw a c and b d tang^ntail to s s s, and ending at the intersection of the arcs, join C and D; which will complete the square required. PRACTICAL GEOMETRY. 135 Problem XXIV. 7'o describe a Square that shall be equal in superficial area to the sum of the Squares de- scribed on tico given right Lines. (Fig. 24). Let a and b be two given straight lines. First draw two straight lines of indefinite length, P Q, R S, intersecting each other at right angles in the point c. On c p and c s set off c d, c e, each equal to a, and on c b, c q set off c f , c g, eacli equal to b. Complete the squares cdhe, cfkg, and join g e. Upon g e construct the square g e 1 m. The square g e 1 m is equal in superficial area to the squares cdhe, cfkg, described on the given straight lines a and b respectively. For proof positive from ocular demonstration that the area of the large square is equal to the joint area of the other two sides, or in other words that the square of the hypotheuuse is equal to the square of the other two sides, take an inspection of the same figure (Fig. 24 a) divided as in diagram. If this figure be drawn on a piece of paper, and the small squares c f k g, c d be cut out and divided, and the pieces put together over the same figure.? on large square g e 1 m, it will be found that the joint areas of the two small squares are exactly equal to the area of the large square. In the same way, if on the three sides of any right-angled triangle we describe three circles, or any three figures that are similar to each other, then the area of the figure on the long side will be equal to the areas of the other two. The solution of many exercises in Mensuration are based upon this important problem. In Fig. 24 b'the same ocular demonstration is shown by counting the square in the large square D, and they will be found to be equal to the sum contained in the small squares E and F. In the triangle A C B the hypothenuse A B will be found equal to 5, A C equal to 4 and C D equal to 3. Any numbers having the same ratio as 5, 4, and 3, such as 10, 8, and 6, will represent the sides of a right-angled triangle. Problem XXV. Within a Circle to inscribe a Square. Let A B C D (Fig. 25) be the given circle; it is required to draw a square with- in it. Draw the diameters AB, CD, at right angles to each other ; or, in other words, draw the diameter AB, and form a perpendicular bisecting it. Then join the points AC, CB, BD, DA, and the figure A B C D is a square formed within a given circle. Problem XXYI. Within a Circle to inscribe a regular Pentagon, that is, a Polygon of five sides. Let A 3 C D (Fig. 26) be a circle in which t is required to draw a pentagon. Draw a diameter A D and perpendicular to it another diameter. Then divide O B into two e( ual parts, in the point E, and join C E ; and with E as a centre, and the radius C E, draw the arc CF, cutting A O in F ; an (Fig. 33) be an ellipse, it is required to find its centre. Draw any two lines, as EF and GH, parallel and equal to each other. Bisect these lines as in the points I and K, and bisect IK as in L. From L, as a centre, draw a circle, cut- ting the ellipse in jEour points, 1, 2, 3, 4. Now L is the centre of the ellipse. But join the points 1, 3, and 2, 4 ; and bisect these lines as in M and N. Draw the line MN and produce it to A and B, and it will be the transverse axis. Draw C D through L and perpendicular to A B, and it will be the ccv.jugate or shorter axis. Problem XXXVI. To draw ajlat Arch by the intersection of Lines, having the Opening and Spring or liine given. Let A D B (Fig. 34) be the opening, and C D its spring or rise. In the middle of A B, at D, erect a perpendicular DE, equal to twice CD, its rise: and then from E draw EA and EB, and divide AE and BE into any number of equal parts, as a, b, c, and 1, 2, 3. Join Ba, 3c, 2b, and lA, and it will form the arch required. The more parts A E and B E are divided into, the greater will be the accuracy of the curve. Many curves may be made in the same manner, according to the position of the lines A E and E B ; and, if, instead of two lines drawn from A and B, meeting in E, a perpendicular be erected at the same points, and two lines be then drawn from the ends of these perpendiculars meeting in an angle, and these lines be divided into any number of equal parts, the points of the adjacent lines maybe joined, and a curve will be formed resembling a Gothic arch. The demonstration already given is, there- fore, very useful to the workman, as he may vary the form of the curve by altering the position of the lines, either with respect to the angles which they make with each other, or their proportional lengths. Problem XXXVIL To reduce a large Figure, ah c d ef g, to a smaller similar one. Fig. 35. From any interior point o. which had better be near the centre, draw lines to all the angles a, b, c, &c. Join tlies-i lines by others parallel to the sides of the figure. If it should be required to enlarge a small figure, draw from any point o within it, lines extending beyond its angles ; and join these lines by others parallel to the sides of the small figure. PERSPECTIVE. Plates xxxvi to xl. To all those connected with Design, Perspective is an indispensable auxil- iary, and we regret that the limit of this work will not admit of more than to offer a few precepts and principles of the art; in the plates, however, will be found several illustrations, with the help of which the first rules of Perspective, and the principle upon which the lines are laid down, will be readily understood. Perspective may be con- sidered a science and art in Mechanics or Mathematical oi>eration, by which we PERSPKCTIVK. 139 represent the truthful appearance of any object we desire, in any position or at any distance from the eye, for the observer at which such may be visible to the eye. Perspective, also, admits of another division, viz. Aerial and Linear. Aerial perspective represents atmospheric and other influences, by which objects more or less remote are affected in color, light, shadow and gradation of tints, according to their distance and relative position, the rules for which are best acquired by close observa- tion and study of nature, less reducible to systematic methods, and to the beginner of less practical importance than linear perspective, a knowledge of which forms the best basis for its study. In these remarks we will endeavor in as few words as possible to make plain and simple the first steps of knowledge on this subject to the student. The study of the first principles of Geometry is necessary to be understood preparatory to the study of Perspective, especially such as relate to the construction of the most important mathematical figures and forms. In performing these mathemati- cal operations, the student will be preparing his hand for that precision by which the principles of perspective are most clearly developed and made intelligible. The important and elementary principles to be considered, are : 1. The Point of Sight must be the centre of the perspective picture. 2. All lines parallel to an imaginary line drawn from the eye of the observer to the Point of Sight ^ must terminate or vanish in that point. 3. The Line of the Horizon must necessary rise or descend with the position of the eye, and consequently with the Point of Sight. 4. The Base or Ground Line of the picture, and all others parallel with it, must be paralled with the Line of the Horizon. 5. The Diagonal of the Square, perspectively represented, directs to a point on the Line of the Horizon — the distance from which Point to the Point of Sight, represents the true Distance of the eye of the observer from the picture. Upon these are based all leading principles and practical operations of perspective. The square has been selected in the first lesson on the geometrical application of the art, as a form not only most intelligible but, at the same time, valuable in conse- quence of the mierring verification of its diagonal with the point of distance, and for other considerations which will be made evident to the student as he progresses. On Plate36Fig. I. is shown a geometrical or ground plan of a square in connexion with its perspective representation or perspective plan in the picture, viewed under the governing circumstances of its point of sight, line of horizon, distance, &c. In figure 2, it will be seen at once that the square of the perspective picture in eveiy way cor- responds with that of the geometrical plan . Now, every one who essays to make a drawing or picture, can readily decide upon these points in advance, the size of his pic- ture, the line of the horizon, midpoint of sight, and lastly the distance at which it is to be viewed, which distance it is necessary to have accui-ately defined, and here the diagonal of the square at once comes to his aid. Having drawn the lines from the two sides of the square, which vanish in the point of sight, one being already given in the base or ground line, the fourth alone remains to be ascertained, in other words, seek by means of its diagonals to verify the position of the two points that remain to be established in harmc ny with the perspec- tive circumstances of distances and elevation of the eye under which it is viewed. Therefore, measure of? on the line of the horizon from the point of eight the true distance, from which point a line drawn to the extreme points of the base line, repre- senting the side of the square, lying, as it were, on the edge of the picture, and we bave its diagonals, and consequently its fourth required 6i«le. And further, if we are able to produce the square of the geometrical plan, thus accurately placed in perspec- tive, we have the bases therein of any other form of figure, as above shown, observing, however, that there is a necessary reversion of the geometrical plan in its perspective reproduction. It would be \|ell for the student to exercise himself in the simple application of the geometrical plan of a square. He can extend the i)oints of distance and elevate or depress the line of the horizon, &c., at pleasure, closely observing, and making himself familiar with, the existing harmony between the geometrical and per- spective square in all its details, Thus having ascertained the fmr cardinal i)Oints, angles, or corners of the square in perspective, he finds, as in the geometrical tiijuare, the diagonals at their intersection give its centre; this found, lie may divide it as readily as the real square into four equal rectangular divisions, again into triangles, etc.; and thus on the basis of such like division, jwints, and angles, he has the means of ascertaining the truthful representation of any form or object he may desire. It will 140 PEKSPECTIVE. be as easy for him in the end to draw a perspective as a geometrical plan, and "with equal accuracy. After a perfect comprehension of the princij«les involved in the process, it will be no longer necessary for him, in all cases, to draw the entire ground plan of his perspective picture in his perspective operations unless for architectural or mechanical tii^ures. Suppose, for example, we desire to place two squares in perspec- tive (Fig. 3,) the one lying on the edge of his picture and parallel, to it, the other ata distance from the base line, the assumed point of sight (C) secures the direction of the two sides of the square, and the point of distance (B) gives the diagonal, the comple- tion of the case will be r»^adily understood. Having by this process ascertained the true perspective view of th two squares, always supposing them lying in a horizontal or level position, which for the sake of exemplification, we may suppose to reiiresent the bottom of a box, vhich, if its sides were all put together, would make a cube. It is evident that if the two sides were added, corresponding in size to the squares already drawn, which may be said to represent the bottom of such a box, or base of a cube and fitted thereto, it would appear as perspectively figured. Let us presume this cube or square box to be exactly six feet high, it gives us, as it were, a scale, by the aid of which on the same principle to place any other object of any given height or size with as much certainty as if it rested on the base line and represented its exact dimen- sions. See example of a figure, the height of the box, holding a pole fourteen feet high. Another illustration of the value of the geometrical or ground plan is (fig. 5). AVhen this figure is properly understood, there exists no necessity for the ground plan in most cases. In the figure, the size of the intended picture having been secured, and having decided on the line of the horizon, }>oint of sight and distance, by an easy process a perspective square is produced. The base line being measured off into 12 parts, (or more or less as the case may require,) and first having drawn lines from each of these points of measurement to the point of sight, we next, by aid of the diagonals (DE — AF) get their intersection with these points which secure us th} further division, with as perfect perspective certainty of the sides DF — AE into 12 equal parts, as we have on AD and EF ; and our perspective plan is divided into ill squares, each perspective representing a square foot. Let us suppose we desire to erect a perpendicular line on the line EF at the point a, and extending it to the bas3 line as (lac) ; on the point c — erect a perpendicular (as c b), and on this perpendicular mf^asure ofif eight parts, which in this instance the height of the picture gives us, then draw a line from b to the point of sight, and its intersection with a perpendicular drawn from a will give the line a e required. If this perpendicular falls, or be erected, on any point along the line EF, length and pro- portions must be the same, and correspond to the proportions of EF in every respect. Should we desire to place thj perpendicular on any part of the square (as f s) the process is ])recisel3'- the same, or a shorter way may be adopted based upon this ^'•rocess by measuring the height of the perpendicular by the parts of the horizontal line on which it rests. Thus it will be found that f g is equal to eight parts taken on the line af k on which it rests, and a e is equal to eight parts of the line E a F, as the lines A B — c b — D C are severally equal to eight parts of AD or BC. It must be remembered that in the division and subdivision of all perspective forms or figures, they should be treated precisely as though they were drawn on geo- metrical or ground plan. In the fig. 7 we have the general perspective outline of an apartment correspond- ing with its geometrical or ground plan annexed, which has been produced precisely as that already presented and explained. We, therefore, know that its walls represent the height of eight feet ; that its floor is twelve feet in depth, from the base line of the picture to its extremity ; that is of the same width, until it reaches the distance of six feet, at which it becomes narrower by a little over four feet, which are taken from it by the projection of the doorway or entry. Every foot of its floor, which, for the sake of making the end to which we aim more clear, we may consider as tesselatedin squares of a foot each. Every foot of this floor is therefore laid off accurately in the perspec- tive as in the geometrical plan. The artist having previously prepared a memorandum or sketch, and arranged the dimensions and general outline of the apartment, will mark off the various measur- ments and divisions which he will most likely have occasion to require; as yet ho has nothing but the tesselated floor and blank walls defined. The floor in its squares gives him as certain and well-defined a basis upon which to place the figure and obj^^cts he may desire to introduce in his picture, as to place men on a chess-board. "Whether the floor is tesselated or not the same expedient equally serves. In like manner as the . PERSPECTIVE. 141 floor, every portion of the interior of the apartment, the walls, ceilings, &c., may be laid off if required. If, for instance, he should desire, as in the case before us, to place a window four feet square, whose sill shall be three feet from the floor, in the middle of the left-hand wall, tlie divisions already described thereon give him at once all the points he requires. Immediately in front of this window he desires to place a table (A, fis^. 7) five feet lonj? and two feet eight inches broad and high ; again the dimensions in the wall and floor come as efiiciently to his aid. To decide upon the points on which the figures (B— C) stands, will be found equally easy ; and even the position of the chairs (D— E) although presented obliquely, will occasion no insurmountable difficulty. The posi- tion of the various objects and figures of the picture being thus accurately defined, their perpendicular measurements in reference to such perspective position alone re- mains to be ascertained. To prevent entanglement of thought and operation by a multiplicity of lines, we avail ourselves of so much of the example which we have'under consideration as may be required for our immediate purposes. Beginning with the principal figure, we find it stands just four from the base line of the picture. On the line of the floor, therefore, we take the measure of six of its parts, representing feet, being the ordinary standard of a man's height ; making some allowance for his stooping attitude, the perpendicular line drawn from his left heel, being equal to six parts taken from the horizontal line on which he stands, gives us all we require. {Seeff/s. 8 arid 9.) In ascertaining the height of an object in perspective we must do so bv means of a perpendicular drawn or imagined to fall from the highest point of such object to the perspective plane. Thus in the examples of the pyramidical figures their j)erspec- tive height is not to be measured on their outlines, but by a perpendiculai (A h) falling from the highest (A) to the central point (B) of their base. The judicious selection of a Point of Distance, for a picture should be one of the first considerations as a general rule, and consistent with the instinctive laws of vision, the point of distance of a picture should beat least equal to three times its size. It is from neglect of this rule that pictures often offend the eye by the violence of their perspective, for the eye instinctively rejects such impressions when they do not har- monize with its accustomed habits of observation of nature, everything seems dis- ordered and disorganized as they really are. To illustrate this, observe the three examples on plate. The first is an outline of an apartment of equal depth and width, with three figures viewed at the distance of three times the width of the picture. In the second, the point of distance is shortened, and observe, in consequence, that the a]>artment looks longer than its width w hich should be equal sides, and the third figure appears more distant. In the third illustration the distance is still more reduced, and instead of the apartment appearing like a square room in perspective, its length appears to exceed several times its breadth. Again, in the two examples fig. 10, of a column and a square block which are shewn in the extremes, and the least practised eye will be struck by the comparison. Being restricted to limit in this Mork, we cannot enter so fully into the rules governing the art in every phase that might possibly occur in practice — but, suppos- ing that the student, after studying the rules and illustrations we have given, has so far advanced in the knowledge of the principles of the art, as to be able, when he sees an illustration, to understand the rules which govern its perspective proportions, we have added another sheet of illustrations, without description, which will prove of much value to him for future reference. To place a point in perspective. Plate xxxvii. Here we have no other geometrical plan than an indication of the actual distances of two given points (A and B) from the base line, which distances being earned to the base line, as indicated, and repeated thereon, by arcs, or measurement, give the points (a and b) equivalent to the diagonal points of squares equal to the distance of A and B from the base line. Hence the lines connecting the points (c and d) marking the distances of A and B to the base line D, with the point of sight, and the connection of the diagonal points (a and b) with C, the point of distance of the picture, give in the intersection E, the perspective position of A, and in F that of B, under the circumstances of C D C, the line of the horizon, D, the point of sight, D C, the distance of the picture, Ac, B d, the distance of A B from the base of the picture. 142 PERSPECTIVE. ♦ To place a line in perspective. HavinjT secured its extreme points as in last illustration, there can be no further difficulty, no matter in what direction the perspective line required may be in reference to the base line of the picture. That done it will be as easy to place three or more lines in perspective as two. The next fig. (12) shews how. To place a triangle or irregular figure in pempective. — Fig. 13. By merely connecting the points thus attained, all that is required to be known is the actual position in which it is desired to place such figures on the perspective plane in reference to the base line. To place a perpendicular in perspective. — Fig. 14. • PLATE XXXVl. Here, as in fig. — ,we have no square or its diagonals expressed, but we have its governing principles throughout, working in as perfect harmony as to results. By a little careful practice, and study of the lines in the figure, the student will soon acquire a knowledge of this case. To place a circle in perspective. Fig. 15 requires to have recourse to its relation to a square, as illustrated by the examples. The central points have to be ascertained, and by the assistance of the compasses secure the circles. To place two circlfi.s of different diameters lying horizontally on a common central perpendicular. (See fig. 15, as one method). To carry out this operation in the numerous cases in which it is applicable, such as columns, vases, and the like, would be an endless undertaking, and the student can for himself do better by exercising his ingenuity than if be had placed before him volumes of complicated diagrams. To place a line of arches in perspective. PLAT E XXXIK . (See fig. 16, which we leave to the study of the student without remark.) To place irregular forms and figures in perspective.- PLA T t XXXVIII . As soon as we leave right lines, all the art can do for us is to fix certain points, and we are left to our skill and judgment for the rest. Our space will not allow us to go into examplto, the best method for the student will be to trace out, improve his knowledge and test his ingenuity l)y drawing these forms under different circum- stances of position, distance, &c., according to the rules given for right lines. To place an open door in perspective. — Fig. 18. PLATE XKXIX . The simplicity of tliis process will at once appear ; the perspective plan of the semicircle forming the basis of the operation. To place a flight of steps in perspective. — See Fig. 19. To place in perspective a winding or spiral flight of steps. — Fig. 20. Plate To place objects reflected in perspective. — •. PUAT E XXXVII . Proceed as by the general rule for the art, and consider the object as an inverted duplicate not of the picture but of the reality. To illustrate this, place a mirror level ' MISCELLANEOUS MEMORANDA. 143 on a table, and upon it any object that first comes to hand, the perspective direction of the lines will be found perfectly with its original, and its image perfectly inverted. Look again to the mirror on the mantle-piece or wall, and remark how perfectly the perspective of the objects presented by it responds to the original. Should the glass not be perpendicular, an irregularity, as it were a general upsetting of everything, will be perceived, for thus the perpendicular of the plans of its picture is thrown out of harmony with nature and all its lines follow. The same would be the case if the mirror were placed flat but not perfectly level, with regard to all objects retaining their horizontal and perpendicular character, but the reflected images of those resting on its surface would still harmonize with the originals in the decree of inclination of its plan, &c. Fortunately, in our most frequent occasions to represent reflections, they are given by a mirror, ever most true of all other subjects — Nature's mirror — not duplicating her perspective pictures as presented to the eye, as if by a mere inverted tracing of their outlines, but with all the truth of an inverted image of the reality. In objects projecting over water, as the beam in example, the reflection will of course be naturally longer than the receding lines of the original, an arch may repeat its outer semi-circle as perfectly in its reflection as it really is, and so may be also its more receding outline, but the archway itself is not perfectly duplicated. In the original we see less of its internal form than we do in the reflection, for the eleva- tion of our point of view enables us to see further into the reflection than within. MISCELLANEOUS MEMORANDA. Proportions of a beautiful body. The height should be exactly equal to the distance between the tops of the middle fingers of either hand, when the arms are fully extended. Ten times the length of the hand, or seven and a half times the length of the foot, or five times the diameter of the chest from one arm-pit to the other, should each give the length of the body. The distances from the junction of the thighs to the ground should be the same as from that point to the crown of the head. The knee should be precisely midway between the same point and the bottom of the heel. The distance from the elbow to the tip of the middle finger should be the same as from the elbow to the middle line of the breast. From the top of the head to the level of the chin, should be the same as from the level of the chin to that of the arm-pits, and from the heel to the toe. Masonry. Masonry. — 1 bushel of sand is required for 100 superficial feet of pointing. Ashlar Masonry requires about 4 of its volume of mortar. Hubble Masonry requires for each cubic foot, 1;!^ of stone, and ^ of a cubic foot of mortar. If the stones are large, less mortar is required. Formula for obtaining the Weight of Wrought Iron. Round iron. — Multiply the square of the diameter in inches by the length in feet, and by 2.63, and the product will be the weight in pounds avoirdupois, nearly. Square iron. — Multiply the area of the end of the bar in inches, by the length in feet, and by 3.36, and the products will be the weight in pounds avoirdupois, nearly. Square, Angled, T, Convex, or any figure of Beam iron. — Ascertain the area of the end of each figure of bar in inches, then multiply the area by the length in feet, and that product by 10, and divide by 3; the remainder will be the weight in pounds, nearly. Painters Work. — 1 lb. white paint will cover 4 yards superficial first coat, and 6 yards superficial each additional coat. Brickwork. — Number of bricks actually required in wall for each square foot of wall, supposing the bricks to be 8 inches long, 4 inches wide, and 2^ inches deep — (not including mortar). Thickness No. of of wall. bricks. 4 inches, 7| 8 " 15 12 '* 22^ 16 ** 30 20 '* 37^ Thickness No. of of wall. bricks. 24 inches, 46 28 '' 52^ 32 '* 60 36 " 67i 42 " 75 it 144 MISCELLANEOUS MEMORANDA. As bricks differ so mtich in size in different localities, the quantity can be ascer- tained by the Rule of Three. 1 cubic yard of bricks of previous dimensions = 600 bricks. To pave 1 square yard it requires 41 do do do do on edge 68 Note. — In Montreal, the custom has generally been to allow 20 bricks to the cubic foot in walls laid in mortar. Heat-conducting Power of Building Materials. Conducting power of slate being 1000; brick, 600 to 700; lead, 5210; flag-stones, 1110; asphaltum, 451; oak, 336; lath and plaster, 255; cement, 200. A load of river sand = 21 cubic feet. " coarse gravel = 23 " * earth or mould = 33 *' «« (as a load) =27 " Bricklayer's Work.—l rod of brickwork = 16^ feet X 16^ ft. X 1^ feet = 11^ cubic yards, and weighs 15 tons. 1 rod of brickwork in Mortar requires 4300 bricks. do laid dry do 5000 " 500 bricks are equal to 1 load. Plasterer* a Work. — 1 cask Portland cement contains 4 bushels (nominally) ; 1 cask Roman cement contains 5 bushels. Paper for Draughtsmen, ^c. Powdered tragacanth, 1 part; water, 10 parts; dissolve and strain through clean gauze ; then lay it smoothly upon the paper previously stretched upon a bodrd. This paper will take either oil or water colors. Sizes of Drawing Paper. Antiquarian 4 5 by 2 7 Double Crown, 3 6byl 8 Do. extra size, 4 8 3 4 Imperial, 2 6 1 9 Double Elephant, a 4 2 3 Sui»er Royal, 2 3 1 Atlas, 2 10 2 2 Royal, 1 11 1 7 Columbia, 2 10 1 11 Medimn, 1 10 1 3 Elephant, 2 4 1 11 Demi, 18 1 5 Tracing paper. — Most of that sold tears so readily as to be of comparatively little service except for tracings to be enclosed in letters for mailing. French vegetable tracing paper \B, however, quite stout and strong and good for line drawings; but it shrivels badly under broad washes of color, even when stretched, forming little puddles which make it difficult to produce an uniform tint. Sizes, 18 X 22 and 27 X 40 inches, also in rolls. Tracing cloth, or tracing muslin, is preferable to paper on account of its strength. "Widths, 18, 30, 36, 40, and 42 inches. Common inks dry pale on it, therefore use India ink. Color on the reverse side to the drawing. Profle paper can now be had in continuous rolls. Ruled squares . — Paper carefully ruled in small squares, so that the divisions answer for a scale in drawing, is exceedingly useful in sketching out plans, &c. It can be obtained of Turner & Hamilton, Stationers, Xo. 106 South Tenth St., Philadel- phia. Size, 20 X 23 inches. To adjust a Builder's Plumb Level. ihd represents the level; stand it upon anv two supports m and n, and mark where the plumb-line cuts at o. Then reverse it, placing the foot t upon w, and d upon wi, and mark where the line now cuts at c. Halfway between o and c make the perma- nent mark. Whenever the line cuts this, the feet t and d are on a level. See Plate 30. BECEIPTS. 145 "W^OOD POUSHES AND FTLLINOS. French Polish. Coat with one or more coats of shellac and rub down smooth; make a rubber by roUinjj up a piece of flannel about 3 or 4 inches wide until it is about H inches in diame- ter, and tie it round with cord. Lay the end of the rubber on the mouth of a thin necked bottle and apply the varnish to it, having previously shaken up the contents in the bottle; then enclose the end of the rubber with a piece of soft linen doubled, and moisten the face of the linen with a little raw linseed oil. Pass the rubber with a quick, light and circular motion over the surface until the varnish becomes dry, or nearly so, and charge the rubber again with varnish until 3 coats have been laid on, when a little oil may be applied to the rubber and two more coats laid on. In the finishing coat wet the inside of the cloth with a little alcohol, and rub quickly and lightly over the whole surface. Lastly wet the linen cloth with a little oil and alcohol without varnish, and rub as before until dry. The varnish is the usual preparation of shellac. See cabinet makers' varnish. Wood filing composition. Boiled linseed oil, 1 qt.; turpentine, 3 qts.; corn starch, 5 lbs.; Japan, 1 qt.; calcined magnesia, 2 oz.; mix thoroughly. Another. Whitening, 6 oz.; Japan, ^pt. ; boiled linseed oil, } pt.; turpentine, ^ pint ; corn starch, 1 oz.; mix well together and apply to the wood. Add coloring if required. Note. — It is considered preferable to boil the com starch first and then incorporate it with the other ingredients. Linseed oil, 1 qt. ; spirits of turpentine, ^ pt.; lime, the size of a cricket ball, broken fine. Let the mixture simmer on a stove, covered over, for two or three hours, then strain through a coarse cloth. It is to remain on 24 hours, then rub ofE with a woollen cloth and polish. German filing. Fill the pores with raw tallow and plaster of Paris well amalgamated before a fire in cold weather. Darken, if required, with any coloring to suit. When well rubbed in give a coat of shellac and French polish or varnish. Furniture Paste. Four oz. beeswax, scraped; 4 oz. turpentine; mix and add 1 oz. powdered resin, and color to match the wood. Good for blemishes in furniture. Furniture Gloss. Cut ^ lb. yellow wax into small pieces and melt it; add 1 oz. powdered resin and melt with the wax; pour in by degrees (quite warm) 2 oz. of oil and spirits of tur- pentine. RULES FOR VENEERING. Must not veneer over knots. Prepare the wood with a toothing plane, then size with glue and let it dry. Have ready a basin of hot water in which to keep the veneering hammer and sponge. Damp the veneer on one side with hot water, and glue the other side; then glue over as quickly as possible the wood itself; bring the veneer rapidly to it by pressing down with outstretched hands, use the veneer hammer, wriggle it about, and press down firmly to force in the glue; sometimes it is necessary to use a hot flat iron to soften the glue. After the veneer is fixed, pass a sponge over the whole with hot water, and wipe as dry as can be. When clamps and cowls are used, they must be soaped to prevent them from sticking. 146 RECEIPTS. An excellent white /ur water color painting. Take a quantity of best lime, and pass through a fine sieve; put it into a large tub, with a s})igot just as high as the lime occupies, fill the tub with clean water, beat it up witli a piece of wood, and allow it to settle for 24 hours. Let the water off and supply fresh water, and continue the operation for several days till the lime acquires the greatest degree of whiteness. Then turning off the water the lime will be found of the consistency of paste, and should be mixed with fine colorless size, and a little alum, with the addition of a little Prussian blue or indigo. Another. The following mixture is not generally known. Potatoes, 1 lb.; Spanish white, 2 lbs. ; water, 4 qts. The potatoes to be boiled first, and well tempered and strained through a sieve. The Spanish white previously mixed up is then added. The color is a pure milk white rendered gray by charcoal. It dries soon and looks well. Use two coats. Flexible paint for canvas. Dissolve 2^ lbs. good yellow soap in 1^ gallons boiling water; grind the solution while hot with 140 lbs. good oil paint Paint for Boilers. The best paint is asphaltum dissolved in spirits of turpentine over a gentle fire. To Remove the Smell of New Paint. Hay sprinkled with a little chloride of lime and left for an hour in a closed room will remove the smell. Cement to Stop Flaws or Cracks in Wood op ant Color. Put any quantity of sawdust of the same wood the work is made with into an earthen pan and pour boiling water on it, stir it well and let it remain for a week, occasionally stirring it; then boil it for some time and it will be of the consistence of pulp or paste; put it in a coarse cloth and squeeze all the moisture from it. Keep for use and when wanted mix a sufiicient quantity of thin glue to make it into a paste ; rub it well into the cracks, or fill up the hol^s in the work with it. When quite hard and dry, clean the work off, and if carefully done the imperfection will be scarcely dis- cernible. GLims. To Keep Glue from Souring. A little muriatic acid put into glue when warm. Excellent Liquid Glue. (^Superior to Spaulding^s.) Best white glue, 16 oz.; white lead, dry, 4oz. ; rain water, 2 pts.: alcohol, 4 oz. With constant stirring dissolve the glue and lead in the water by means of a water bath. Add the alcohol and continue the heat for a few minutes. Pour into bottles whilst still hot. It is a good cement for glass, china, leather, etc. Government Postage Stamp Mucilage. Gum dextrine, 2 parts; acetic acid, 1 part; water, 5 parts. Dissolve in a water bath, and add alcohol, 1 part. RECEIPTS. I4t To Prevent Glue from Cracking. Add a very small quantity of glycerine. Quick Cementing Glue. Dissolve best common glue and mix therewith some alcohol; add thereto whiten- ing and white lead finely sifted. Marine Glue. India rubber, shellac and coal naphtha. Mouth Glue. One lb. fine glue, 4 lb. brown sugar; boil until sufficiently thick to become solid on cooling, then pour mto moulds or on a slab slightly greased, and cut into the required shape when cool. A little glycerine keeps it soft. Glue for Labels. Fine glue softened in water, 1 oz. ; rock candy, 3 oz. ; gum arable, ^ an ounce; water, 6 oz. ; mix hot and beat altogether until perfectly dissolved. Another. White glue, 3 oz. ; refined sugar, 1 oz.; water, 10 oz.; dissolve with heat. A very strong Glue. One oz. best isinglass dissolved in a pint of warm water; strain through a cloth and add 1 oz. best glue previously soaked 24 hours in a gill of vinegar. Let it boil and strain it. A Good Glue for almost ant Material. Liquid glue, fine orange shellac, 4 oz. ; highly rectified spirits, 3 oz.; digest in a warm place, shaking frequently until the lac is dissolved. Facing Lead for Carriage "Work, Mix dry white lead with 2 parts japan, 1 part rubbing varnish, and thin with spirits of turpentine, adding a little lampblack to make a clean lead color, and run all through the mill. Coach Painting. The panels of such work are generally painted in colors, while the pillars, top strip, quarters, deck, etc., are always black; umber colors, lakes, greens, and blues are some of the best colors used on this work. To ]irepare tlie body for any of these colors, a ground color is used in the place of lampblack on black work. The following are the approved grounds: Lake, — Indian red and vermillion mixed to a dark brown, but some prefer a black ground for lake. Ultramarine. — Mix medium blue with white lead and Prussian blue. Vermillion. — A light pink color is generally used as a groimd for vermillion . Green. — Green and all heaw bodied colors will cover well on the lead colors without any ground color. Priming for Carriage Work. First coat of lead. — Mix white lead with raw oil, 2 parts; japan, 1 part; to make it proper for a thick coat, adding a little turpentine to make it work easily. For carriage parts add a little Indian black, but not for bodies. Second coat of lead. — Mix white lead with 1 part raw oil. and 2 parts japan, and a little turpentine as before, ^48 . RECEIPTS. adding lampblack for carriage parts, but none for the body. Third and fourth coat. — Mix white lead into a thick paste with turpentine, add a little oil, japan and rubbing varnish to bind the paint well; add, for the carriage parts, a little lampblack, and a little red lead. Hard Drying Putty. For Carriage work. — Mix dry white lead with japan and rubbing varnish, equal parts, to the proper consistency, beating it with a small mallet to bruise the lumps. Keep it when not in use, in water, to prevent its drying. Rough Stuff. For Carriage work. — Take 3 parts of English filling (ground state), 2 parts dry white lead; 1 part white lead in oil. Mix with japan, 2 parts; rubbing varnish, 1 part. Mix and crush thoroughly, by running all through the mill together. Good Colors for Business Wagons. No. 1 Body. — Chrome green ; frame or ribs, black, striped with white or cream color. Running gear. — Cream color, striped with red, blue or dark green, or black, and red fine line. No. 2 Body. — Yellow; frame, black, striped with blue or white. Running gear. — Light Vermillion, striped with black and white. No. 3 Body. — Car- mine glaze over Indian red. Running gear. — Vermillion. No. 4 Body. — Deep Vermil- lion. Running gear. — Light vermillion. Vermillion. To prevent vermillion from fading, add to the dry color, before mixing, \ part of flour of sulphur. Light English vermillion is used for striping, ornamenting or lettering; the deep vermillion having less body wall not cover well. English vermil- lion gives the best color on carriage work when mixed with rubbing varnish and oil. American vermillion should not be ground, as the process would change it to an orange color. White green, Indian red, chrome-yellow and all heavy body colors are all better for being ground as fine as possible. Raw oil is preferable to boiled, as it is more volatile, and penetrates and fills the pores of the wood better. To use Smalts. For a gold letter sign, lay out on a lead color or white surface the line letters, and roughly size the shape of each letter with fat oil size. This must be allowed at least 12 hours to get tacky and ready for gilding. After the gold leaf is laid and perfectly dry, mix up (for blue smalts) Prussian blue and keg-lead with oil, adding a little dryer. Outline carefully round the letters, and fill up all the outside with blue paint; then with a small sieve sift on the smalts, allowing the sign to lay horizontally. Cover every part with plenty of smalts, and allow it to remain unmolested until the paint is dry. Then carefully shake off the surplus smalts, and the work is done. Transparent Paint on Window Blinds. The muslin is spread on a frame and secured tightly with tacks, then sized with a mixture of fine flour- paste, white glue, and white bar soap. The soap renders the muslin pliable and soft. A thin coat is applied, which is nearly invisible when dry. A coat of pure linseed oil diluted with spirits of turpentine is then applied to the whole, or a part as desired ; lay it on quickly and smoothly, to ensure an even trans- parent surface. The colors used are, ivory black, ultra-marine, Paris green, sienna, umber, vordigris, asphaltum, or other suitable colors. An outline of the design is drawn with a small pencil, with black or umber, after which the colors may be ap- plied more or less diluted, as more or less transparency is desired. In general the brightest colors should be applied first, and the darker shades over them. These colors must be laid on evenly and smoothly with soft brushes, and should any part BECEEPTS. 149 be made too dark, the best way is to scrape off with a stick before the color gets too dry. The best designs for shades consists of landscape views, and should always be designed to accommodate the form and position of the ground on which they are drawn. The stencils will be found useful on this work in making comers or stripes for borders. Refuse Paint and Skins. Dissolve sal-soda ^ lb. in rain-water 1 gal. ; cover the refuse paint for two days, then heat it, adding oil to reduce it to a proper consistence for painting and straining. Excellent for out-side work. To Remove old Paint. Sal-soda 2 lbs. , lime ^ lb. ; hot water, 1 gal. ; mix all together, and ap])ly the old paint while warm. It will soon loosen the paint so that you can easily remove it. Another simple method is to apply burning paper to the spot, and as it gets heated and blisters remove the softened paint with a large putty-knife. Paint for Black Boards in Schools. Common glue, 4 oz. ; flour of emery 3 oz. ; and just lampblack enough to give an inky color to the preparation. Dissolve the glue in f quarts of warm water, put in the lampblack and emery and stir until thepe are no lumps, then apply to the board with a woollen rag smoothly rolled. Three coats are amply sufficient. A very Superior and Durable Outside Paint. Take 2 parts (in bulk) of water-lime ground fine ; 1 part (in bulk) of white lead in oil. Mix them thoroughly, by adding best boiled linseed oil, enough to prepare it to pass through a paint-mill ; after which temper with oil till it can be applied with a common paint brush. Make any color to suit. It will last three times as long as lead paint. Premium Paint without Oil or Lead. Slack stone-lime with boiling water in a tub or barrel to keep in the steam, then pass 6 qts. through a fine sieve. Now to this quantity add 1 quart of coarse salt, and 1 gallon of water; boil the mixture, and skim it clear. To every 5 gallons of this skimmed mixture, add 1 lb. alum; ^ lb. copperas ; and by slow degrees | lb. potash, and 4 qts. sifted wood ashes or fine sand ; add any coloring desired. A more durable paint was never made. VARNISHES. Cabinet Makers* Varnish. Very pale shellac 5 lbs. ; mastic 7 oz. ; alcohol (90 per cent.) 5 to 6 pints ; dis- solve in the cold, with frequent stirring. Used fc^r French polishing. Japanner's Copal Varnish. Pale African copal, 7 lbs. — fuse; add clarified linseed oil, ^ gal. ; boil five min- utes, remove it into the, open air, add boiling oil of turpentine, 2 gals. ; mix well, strain it into a cistern, and cover it up immediately. Used to varnish furniture, and by japanners, etc. 150 RECEIPTS. Gold Varnish or Watin for Golden Articles. Gum-lac in grains, gamboge, dragon's blood, and annatto, of each 12^ oz ; saf- ' fron, 3^ oz. Each resin must be dissolved separately in 5 pints of 90 per cent, alcohol and two separate tinctures must be made with the dragon's blood and annatto in a like quantity of spirit, and a proportion of each mixed together to produce the re- quired shade. Varnish for Plaster Casts. White soap, and white wax, each ^ oz. ; water, 2 pints ; boil together in a clean vessel for a short time. This varnish is to be applied when cold with a soft brush. For Palings and Coarse Wood Work. Spanish brown or umber, ground with tar — ^not too thick — spread it on quickly — white lead, black or red, may be added to change its color. Shellac Varnish. Dissolve gum-lac in alchohol. It may be dissolved in a solution of the carbonate of soda or potash, for common purposes. For Colored Drawings. Canada balsam, 1 oz. ; spirits of turpentine, 2 oz. ; mix. Before applying this composition the paint should be sized 2 coats with thin isinglass or white glue. For Decalcomanie. 1 oz. fir balsam ; ^ oz. alcohol ; ^ oz. spirits turpentine. For Fine Cabinet Work. Saturate first with olive oil, then apply a solution of gum arable mixed in boiling alcohol. Another mode : Heat a gallon of water in which dissolve 1} pound of pot- ash, add a pound of virgin wax, boiling the whole for half an hour, then allow it to cool when the wax will float on the surface. Put the wax into a mortar and triturate it with a marble pestle, adding soft water until it forms a soft paste, this, when rubbed on with a woollen rag gives a polish of great brilliancy. Varnish for Frames, &c. Lay the frames over tin or silver foil by means of plaster of Paris, glue, or cement of some kind, that the foil may be perfectly adherent to the wood ; then apply your gold lacquer varnish, which is made as follows : — Ground turmeric 1 lb. ; powdered gamboge 1^ ounce ; powdered sandarac 3i- lbs. ; powdered shellac | lb. ; spirits of wine 2 gals. ; dissolve and strain ; then add turpentine varnish 1 pt. , and it is ready for use. Beautiful Varnish for Violins, &c. Refined spirits of wine, | gal. ; add 6 oz. gum sandarac, 3 oz. gum mastic, and j pint turpentine varnish ; put the above in a tin can by the stove, frequently shak- ing till well dissolved ; strain and keep for use. If you find it harder than you wish, thin with turj>entine varnish. RECEIPTS. 151 Cbimson Stain for Musical Instruments. Ground Brazil wood, 1 lb. ; water, 3 quarts ; cochineal, ^ oz. ; boil the Brazil with the water an hour, add the pearl-ash and indigo, and when dissolved, you will have a beautiful purple. Clock Case and Picture Frame Varnish; Copal varnish, 2 lbs. ; linseed oil varnish, ^ oz. ; mix well, shake often, and put in a warm place. The wood to be varnished is prepared with a thin coat of glue- water, and rubbed down with fine pumice stone. In light colored wood, a light pigment, such as chalk, is added to the glue-water. When varnished and dry, rub with a solution of wax in ether, for a high polish. Drying Oil Equal to Patent Dryers at one Quarter their Price. Linseed oil, 2 gals. ; red lead and umber, each, 4 oz. ; sulphate of zinc, 2 oz. ; sugar of lead, 2 oz. Boil imtil it will scorch a feather, when it is ready for use. Mordant Varnish. For Heightening the color of Gold. Dissolve 1 oz. mastic, 1 oz. sandarach, ^ oz. gum gamboge, and ^oz. turpentine in 6 oz. spirits turpentine. One of the simplest mordants is that procured by dissolving a little honey in thick glue. It has the effect of greatly heightening the color of the gold, and the leaf sticks extremely well. To Gild Letters. When your sign is prepared as smooth as possible, go over it with a sizing made by white of an egg dissolved in about four times its weight of cold water ; adding a small quantity of fullers earth, this to prevent the gold sticking to any part but let- ters. When dry, set out the letters and conim mce writing, laying on the size as thinly as possible, with a sable pencil. Let it stand until you can hardly feel a slight stickiness, then go to work with your gold leaf knife and cushion, and j^ild the letters. Take a leaf upon the point of your knife, after giving it a slight puff into the back part of your cushion, and spread it on the front part of it as straight as Y>ossible, give it another slight j>utt' with your mouth to flatten it out. Now cut it to the proper size, cutting with the heel of your knife forwards. Now rub the tip of the knife lightly on your hair; take up the gold on the point, and place it neatly on the letters ; when they are all covered, get some very fine cottonwool, and gently rub the gold until it is smooth and bright. Then wash the sign with clean water to take off the egg size. Gold Lustre for'Stoneware China. Gold, 6 parts; aqua regia, 36 parts. Dissolve, then add tin, 1 part; next add balsam of sulphur, 3 parts ; oil of turpentine, 1 j^art. Mix gradually into a mortar, and rub it until the mixture becomes hard ; then add oil of turpentine, 4 parts. It is then to be applied to a ground prepared for the purpose. Gilding on Wood. To gild on oi7, the wood, after being properly smoothed, is covered with a coat of gold size, made of drying linseed oil mixed with yellow ochre; when this has become so dry as to adhere to the fingers without soiling them, the gold leaf is laid on with great care and dexterity, and pressed down with cotton wool ; places that have been missed are covered with small pieces of gold leaf, and when the whole is dry, the rag- 152 KECEIPTS. ged bits are rubbod off "vrith cotton. This is by far the easiest mode of gilding ; any other metallic leaves may be applied in a similar manner. Pale leaf gold has a greenish yellow color, and is an alloy of gold with silver. Dutch gold leaf is only copper colored with the fumes of zinc ; being much cheaper than gold leaf, is very useful when large quantities of gilding are required in places where it can be defend- ed by the weather, as it changes color if exposed to moisture, and it should be covered with varnish. Silver leaf is prepared every way thesamo as gold leaf; but when ap- plied, should be kept well with varnish, otherwise it is liable to tarnish ; a trans- parent yellow varnish will give it the appearance of gold. Whenever gold is fixed by means of linseed oil, it will bear washing off, which burnished gold will not. To Gild on Drawings and Write in Gold Letters on Paper. Mix a little size with milk, and write the letters as usual. When dry, a slight degree of stickiness is produced by breathing on them, upon which the gold leaf is applied, and by a little pressure will adher i sufficiently. Gilding and Ornamenting Carriages. English gold size is the hesi for this purpose. English varnish and japan in equal parts is a substitute. If the gilding is for striping, you should mix a little chrome yellow with it to be able to see the lines better, but for lettering no coloring is required. Rub your job down smoothly, take a piece of muslin and tie up in it a little whiting to form a *' pounce bag," with this dust over every part of the work where the gold leaf is to be put, to prevent the gold leaf sticking to the surface not covered by the size, or wash the job over with starch water, or rub it over with the raw surface of a potato cut in halves; the juice of a potato soon dries, and leaves a thin film to which the gold leaf will not adhere. Any of the above methods will do, and the coating will wash off when the gilding is dry. The surface prepared, take the size and put on the stripes, figures or ornaments and allow it to dry just enough to enable you to pass your finger over it without sticking, but if it is " tacky," when you place your finger upon it, it is ready for the gold leaf, which is to be applied in the way directed for gilding letters on wood. The gold letters may be shaded with ultramarine, carmine, asphal- tum, lake, Paris green, verdigris, &c., to suit the taste. Gilding Glass Signs, &c. Cut a piece of thin paper the size of your glass, draw out your design correctly in black lead-pencil on the paper, then prick through the outline of the letters with a fine needle ; tie up a little dry white lead in a piece of rag ; this is a pounce-bag. Place your design upon the t^lass, right side up, dust it with the pounce-bag, and after taking the paper off, the design will appear in white dots upon the glass: these will guide you in laying on the gold on the opposite side, which must be wdl cleaned pre- paratory to laying on the gold. Preparing the size. — Boil perfectly clean water in an enamelled saucepan, and while boiling, add 2 or 3 shreds of best selected isinglass; aftek a few minutes strain it through a cleau linen rag; when cool, it is ready for use, Clean the ghfts perfectli/. — When this is done, use a flat camels-hair brush for laying on the size; and let it drain off when you put the gold on. When the gold is laid on and perfectly dry, take a ball of the finest cotton-wool and gently rub or polish the gold; vou can then lay on another coat of gold, if desirable; it is now ready for writing. In 'doing this, mix a little of the best vegetable black with black japan; then with tur- pentine to proper working consistency, apply this when thoroughly dry; wash off' the superfluous gold and shade as in sign- writing Ornamental Designs on Glass. In making scrolls, eagles, &c., on glass, some painters put in the outlines and shades first, and then lay the gold leaf over all; another good way is to scratch the shades into the gold leaf after it is dry, and put the colors on the back ot the gold. Silver leaf may be used in the same manner as gold, but it will not wear well. A very pretty letter may be made by incorporating silver with gold. Take paper and cut any RECEIPTS. 153 fancy design to fit the parts of the letter; stick it on the size before laying the leaf , and then lay the leaf, allowing it to dry, and wash off as before; then with a penknife raise the paper figure, and the exact shape or form of the figure will be found cut out of the gold letter. Clean off nicely, apply more size, and lay silver leaf to cover the vacant spots; wash off when dry, and a very handsome letter will be the result. Colors may be used instead of silver, if desired, or a silver letter edged or "cut up " with gold will look welL Gilders* Gold Size. Drying or boiled linseed oil, thickened with yellow ochre, or calcined red ochre, and carefully reduced to the utmost smoothness by grinding. It is thinned with oil of turpentine. Glass Gilding. (Another method.) Clean and dry the glass thoroughly, then lay out the lines for the letters with a piece of hard scented soap, then paint the letters on the rl Hatchets. Chipping chisels. Slightly tinged purple ) . 520 > Saws. Purple ) . 530 ) All kinds of percussive tools. Dark purple 550 ) c^,,-„^„ Blue. . 570 1 ^P""^«- • Dark blue 600 Soft for saws. To Remove Rust. If you immerse the articles in Kerosene oil, and let them remain for some time, the rust will become so much loosened as to come off very easily . To Joint Lead Pipes. Widen out the end of one jnpe with a taper wood drift, and scrape it clean in- side ; scrape the end of the other pipe outside a little tapered, and insert it in the former ; then solder it with common lead solder, as before described; or if it requires to be strong, rub a little tallow over, and cover the joint with a ball of melted lead, holding a cloth (2 or 3 plies of greased bed tick) on the under side ; and smoothing over with it and the plummer's iron. To SoFi'EN Cast Iron for Turning. Steep it in 1 part of aquafortis to 4 of water, and let it remain 24 hours. BECEIPTS. 165 To Lessen Friction in Machinery. Grind together blacklead with 4 times its weight of lard or tallow. Camphor is sometimes added (7 lbs. to the cwt.). Water Annealing. Heat the steel to a red heat, and let it lie a few minutes, until nearly black hot ; then throw it in soap-suds ; steel in this way may be annealed softer than by putting it into the ashes of a forge. Flux for Welding Copper. Boracic acid, 2 parts ; phosphate of soda, 1 part ; mix. This welding should be strewn over the surface of copper at a red heat ; the pieces should then be heated up to a full cherry red, or yellow heat, and brought immediately under the hammer. Heat the copper at a flame, or gas jet, where it will not touch charcoal or solid carbon. Malleable Iron. Put the articles in an iron box, and stratify them among animal carbon, that is, pieces of horns, hoofs, skins, or Itather, just sufficiently burned to be reduced to powder. Lute the box with equal parts of sand and clay : then place it in the fire, and keep a light red heat for a length of time proportional to the depth of steel re- quired, when the contents of the box are emptied into water. To Soften Cast Ikon for Drilling. Heat to a cherry red, letting it lie level in the fire ; then with a pair of cold tongs put on a piece of brimstone, a little less in size than the hole will be when drilled, and it softens entirely through the piece ; let it lie in the fire until a little cool, when it is ready for drilling. Dipping Tools When Hardening. To harden a penknife blade, lancet, chisel, gouge-bit, plane, spoke-shave, iron- shaving knife, files, &c., dip them endwise or perpendicularly. This keeps them straight, which would not be the case were they dipped obliquely. Cast Iron Ornaments — Scaling. Are rendered susceptible of being finished with a scraper, where they cannot be reached with files, after having the following liquid applied to th<'m :— Vitriol, 1 part; water, 2 parts ; mix and lay on the diluted vitriol with some old cloth in the form of a brush, enough to wet the surface well ; after eii>ht hours, wash off with water, when the hard, scaly surface will be completely removed. Varnish for Smooth Moulding Patterns. Alcohol, 1 gal.; shellac, 1 lb.; lamp or ivory black, sufficient to color it. Iron Lustre Is obtained by dissolving a piece of zinc with muriatic acid, and mixing the solution with spirits of tar, and applying it to the surface of the iron. ^mm 166 BECETPTS. To Melt Steel as Easily as Lead. This apparent impossibility is performed by heating the bar of iron or steel red hot, and then touching it with a roll of brimstone, when the metal will drop like water. Patent Lubricating Oil. Water, 1 gal. ; clean tallow, 3 lbs, ; palm oil, 10 lbs. ; common soda, ^ lb. Heat the mixture to about 210° Fahr. ; stir well till it cools down to 90° Fahr. : when it ia fit for use. BlacK; having a Polish for Iron. Pulverized gum asphaltum, 2 1bs. ; gum benzoin, :^lb. ; spirits of turpentine, 1 gal. To make quick, keep in a warm place, and shake often; shade to suit with finely ground ivory black. Apply with a brush. It gives a nice appearance like polish to iron exposed to the weather. Varnish for Iron. « Asphaltum, 8 lbs. Melt in an iron kettle, slowly adding boiled linseed oil, 5 gals. ; litharge, 1 lb. ; and sulphate of zinc, ^ lb. •, continuing to boil 2 hours longer. When cool, reduce to a proper consistence to apply with a brush, with spirits of tur- pentine. Cement to Resist Red Heat and Boiling Water. To 4 or 5 parts of clay, thoroughly dried and pulverized, add 2 parts of fine iron filings free from oxide, 1 part of peroxyde of manganese, 1 part of common salt, and ^ part of borax. Mingle thoroughly, render as fine as possible, then reduce to a thick paste with the necessary quantity of water, mixing well ; use immediately, and apply heat, gradually increasing almost to a white heat. Cement to Join Sections of Cast-Iron Wheels, &c., and Fastening Stone to Stone. Make a paste of pure oxide of lead, litharge and concentrated glycerine — an excel- lent receipt. Soft Cement for Steam Boilers, Steam Pipes, &c. Red or white lead in oil, 4 parts; iron borings, 2 to 3 parts. Hard Cement. Iron borings and salt water, and a small quantity of sal ammoniac, with fresh water. Iron Cement for Closing Joints of Pipes. Iron borings coarsely powdered, 5 lbs. ; powdered sal ammoniac, 2 oz. ; sulphur, 1 oz. ; water sufficient to moisten it. It quickly hardens, but if time can be allowed it sets more firmly without suli>hur. It must be used as soon as mixed and rammed tightly into the joints. Metal Polish. Rotten stone, followed by P^iris white and rouge. EECEEPTS, 167 Polish and Fillings. Beeswax to which add as much spirits of wine as will cover it. And let it dissolve unthout heat, — add either one ingredient or another as reg[uired to reduce it to the con- sistence of butter — though the mixture is well rubbed m — clean off with a lineucloth — it gives a good gloss. Good linseed oil 1 qt., half a pint best spirits of turpentine — add a piece of lime about the size of a cricket ball broken to pieces. Let the mixture simmer on a stove, covered over for two or three hours, then strain through a coarse cloth. It must be put on with a brush and allowed to remain for 24 hours, after which it should be rubbed off with a woolen cloth, and finished with a piece of clean linen. CEMENTS. A HOT Cement for stopping Holes or Flaws. Veneering or fixing costly Marbles or less valuable objects, or for inlaying and mosaic work. Melt half-a-pound of beeswax in ^ lb. of powdered resin — to these add an ounce of finely powdered chalk and an ounce of fine brick-dust or sand of the color required. Mastic Cement for the Front op Houses. Fifty parts, by measure, of clean dry sand; 50 of limestone (not burned), reduced to grains like sand or marble dust; and 10 parts of red lead, mixed with as much boiled linseed oil as will make it slightly moist. The bricks to receive it should be covered with three coats of boiled oil, laid on and suffered to dry before the mastic is put on. It is laid on with a trowel like plaster, but it is not so moist. It becomes hard as stone in a few months. Care must be exercised not to use too much oil . Cement for the Outside of Brick Walls. Cement for the outside of brick walls to imitate stone, is made of clean sand, 90 parts; litharge, 5 parts; plaster of Paris, 5 parts; moistened with boiled linseed oil. The bricks should receive two or three coats of oil before the cement is applied. Soap in place of Oil on Arkansas and other Stones or Hones. The following plan has been used successfully for several years past, and found superior to oil which has a tendency to clog tho stone : Rub a piece of toilet soap over the surface of the stone until a thick lather is formed and then allow it to dry. A few drops of water will moisten it to a proper consistency when required for use. Hydraulic Cement. Powdered clay, 3 lbs ; oxide of iron, 1 lb ; and boiled to form a stiff paste. Cement for attaching Metal to Glass. Copal varnish, 15 parts; drying oil, 5 parts; turpentine, 3 parts ; oil of turpen- tine, 2 parts; liquified glue, 5 parts ; melted in a water batli and 10 parts of slaked lime added. Fob Joining Spar and Marble Ornaments. Melt together 8 parts resin, 1 lb. wax, and stir in 4 parts, or as much as may be required of plaster of Paris. The pieces to be made hot and secured in place until cool. 168 BECEIPTS. Engineers' Cement. Equal weights of red and white lead with drying oil, spread on tow or canvas for metallic joints, or to unite large stones in cisterns. Hot Cement for Stopping Holes or Flaws, Veneering, or Fixing Costly Marbles or less Valuable Objects, or for Inlaying AND Mosaic Work. Melt ^ a pound beeswax and ^ lb. of powdered rosin ; to these add of finely powdered chalk and of fine brick dust or fine sand, each 1 ounce ; color if required . Valuable Cement for Filling Holes in Stone. i lb. beeswax sliced and melted with | lb. rosin, powdered ; 1 oz. chalk and brick dust both in powder; the whole to be boiled up together and well mixed. It is also useful for veneering marble, and for inlaying mosaic work. The cement must be used hot, and the work it is applied to must be heated. Another. — A cold cement for the same purpose is reckoned a secret amongst workmen. It is made by grating down old cheese which must remain 14 hours in a quart of milk, stirring it frequently; 1 lb. of unslaked lime in powder must be added, and the whole beat up. Finally add the white of 20 to 30 eggs, beat up with any coloring matter desired. The whole must be exceedingly well mixed and beaten up. Derbyshire Spar Cement. ^ ;<■ * ■ 8 parts resin, 1 part beeswax, melted together with a small quantity of plaster of Paris. If to fill up small deficiencies a little more plaster may be used and added when the mixture is nearly cold. It must be kneaded together. .; Fire and Waterproof Cement. . , Half a pint of milk, half a ])int of vinegar to curdle it. Then separate the curd from the whey and mix the whey with the whites of four eggs, beating the whole well together, when it is well mixed add a little quicklime through a sieve until it has acquired the consistency of thick paste. It dries very quickly and resists the action of fire and water. Another.'— A piece of flint glass beaten very fine in a mortar, and rubbed down to a powder and mixed with the white of an Qg^, joins china so fast that it cannot be broken in the same place. / Cement FOR Mouldings ^v , v Is made of powdered whiting, 2 lbs ; glue, 1 lb., with half a pint of boiled linseed oil; thoroughly incorporate in a metal vessel of heat, and well beat together on a stone with whiting, till it has acquired the necessary consistency and toughness. It is kept moist under cloths till used. It is generally pressed into moulds. A Delicate Cement for Small Work. 1 pint of milk heated to boiling point, add vinegar till the curd separates, then strain off whey which is carefully beaten up with the whites of four or five eggs, gradually adding the whey. When well mixed, stir in sifted quicklime till the con- sistence is that of thick paste. It is used to supply deficiencies in small works, and to fasten pieces broken off. It resists the action of fire and water. The prepared liquid may be kept, if closely corked up, but the lime must be added when wanted. RECEIPTS. 169 Steam Cement. Useful for hydraulic work and steam engines and joints of water troughs, &c. Linseed oil boiled, litharge and red and white lead constitute this cement, which is mixed to a proper consistence and applied on each side of a piece of flannel previously shaped to the joint of iron, or other substance, and put between the pieces previously to their being cramped or screwed together. Care must be taken not to have the mixture too tliin with oil, as the white lead does not dry so quick as the red lead. If the fittings will not admit of flannel, linen or even paper may be substituted. This cement answers well for joining broken stones of the largest size, and stone joints never leak or want repair done with it. Another. — Used for the joinings of thi Southwark cast-iron bridge. 2 oz. sal-ammoniac ; 1 oz. flour of sulphur ; 10 oz. iron filings or l)orings, mix them in a mortar, and the powder dry. When this cement is wanted, take 1 part of the above to 20 parts of clean iron tilings, and mix intimately, and beat to a powder in a mortar. When mixed to a proper consistency with water apply with a spatula. The chemical action of these materials on one another, cause the whole to unite in a hard homogeneous mass. Gasfitters* Cement. Mix together, resin, 4^ parts; wax, 1 part; and Venetian red, 3 parts. Plumbers' Cement. Black resin, 1 part; brick dust, 2 parts; well incorporated by a melting heat. Coppersmiths' Cement. Boiled linseed oil and red lead mixed together into a putty, are often used by cop- persmiths and engineers to secure joints; the washers of leather or cloth are smeared with this mixture in a pasty state. To MAKE A Cement that will resist Benzine and Petroleum. It has quite recently been discovered that gelatine mixed with glycerine yields a compound liquid when hot, but which solidifies on cooling, and forms a tough elastic substance having much the appearance and characteristics of India rubber. The two substances united form a mixture entirely and absolutely and insoluble in petroleum or benzine, and may be used when hot as a coating to casks. It is also used for print- ers rollers and buffers for stamps, as benzine or petroleum will clean them when dirty. Water must not be used with this composition. - To RENDER Plaster Figures durable. First thoroughly dry the plaster figiue; place it in a vessel and cover it with the cleanest linseed oil just warm; after 12 hours take it out, drain, and let it dry in a place free from dust; when dry it will look like wax. To Harden Plaster. Mix up the plaster of Paris with a weak solution of gum-arabic (1 oz to 1 pint of water) or for common purposes, a weak solution of size, this not only renders the plaster harder but gives the surface a pleasing smoothness. Cast Iron Cement. Clean borings, or turnings of cast iron, 16 parts; sal ammoniac, 2 parts; flour of sulphur, 1 part; mix them well together in a mortar, and keep them dry. When re quired for use, take of the mixture, 1 part; clean borings, 20 parts ; mix thoroughly, and add a sufficient quantity of water. A little grind stone dust added improves the cement. ^■■1 170 BECEIPTS. Cement for steam pipe joints &c., with faced flanoes. White lead, mixed, 2 parts; red lead, dry, 1 part; grind or otherwise mix them to a consistence of thin putty; apply interposed layers with 1 or 2 thicknesses of can- vas or gauzed wire, as the necessity of the case may be. Hard Hydraulic Cement. Used with great success in covering terraces, lining basins, cementing stones, &c., resisting the filtration of water, and so hard that it scratches iron. It is formed of 63 parts well-burned bricks, and 7 parts litharge, pulverized and moistened with lin- seed oiL Moisten first the parts to which it is to be applied. Colored Cements. • Soluble soda glass of 33° Baumd is to be thoroughly stirred and mixed with fine chalk and the coloring wished for well incorporated. In the course of 6 or 8 hours a hard cement will set which is capable of a great variety of uses. Cement for Porcelain. Gam arable and enough plaster of Paris to form a sticky paste ; apply with a brush and stick the fractured ends together. (Very strong.) Brick-dust Cement. Ordinary brick dust, made from hard burned, finely pulverized bricks, and mixed with common lime and sand, is a good substitute for hydraulic cement. The proportion is, 1 part brick-dust ; 1 of lime ; 2 of sand ; mixed together dry and tempered with water in the usual way. Cement for Closing Cracks in Stoves, &c. Mix finely pulverized iron, such as can be procured at the druggist's, with liquid glass to a thick paste, and then coating the cracks with it. The hotter the fire becomes the more the Cement will melt and combine with its metallic ingredients. Cement for joints op iron pipes or holes in castings. Take of iron b i;ings, coarsely pow-dered, 5 lbs; of powdered sal ammoniac, 2 oz; of sulphur, 1 oz; anu water sufficient to moisten it. This composition hardens rapid- ly, but, if time can be allowed, it sets more firmly without sulphur. Use as soon as mixed, and ram tightly into the joints or holes. Cement For Veneering or Repairing costly Marble. Half-a-pint of milk, and when near boiling, add vinegar, until a curd is formed, then strain off the whey, and add to it the white of four or five eggs, and ^yhen well mixed, sift quick lime into it, stirring it all the while until it has the consistency of paste. For small work, and for joining pieces broken off, this cement is well suited, for it resists the action of both fire and water. There is also a hot cement which is very useful for stopping flaw^s or holes, and may be made of the same color as the marble or stone, by mixing a color with it, or the powder of the stone itself. If is also used for veneering, or fixing costly marbles. and for inlaying mosaic work- It is made as follows : — Melt half-a -pound of beeswax and a quarter of a pound of powdered resin together in a pipkin, and to these add an ounce of finely powdered chalk, and an ounce of fine brickdust or sand of the required .-^olor. Let the whole composition simmer together for a quarter of an hour, keeping them constantly stirred, and use the composition while hot. The stones to be cement- ed must be moderately warmed before the cement is applied. RECEIPTS. 171 Marbleworkers' Cement. Flour of sulphur, Ipart ; hydrochlorate of ammonia, 2 parts ;iron filings 16 parts; all parts reduced to a powder and. securely preserved in closely stopped vessels. When to be employed take 20 parts very fine iron filings and 1 part of the above powder ; . mix them with sufficient water to form a manageable paste. In 20 days it Ibecomes as hard as iron. Masons' Cement that will not Crack under Water. Equal parts of quicklime, pulverized baked bricks and wood ashes. Thoroughly mix, and dilute with sufficient olive oil to form a manageable paste. It immediately hardens and does not crack. Whitewash used by the United States Government. Slack half a bushel of unslacked lime with boiling water, keeping it covered during the process. Strain it and add a peck of salt dissolved in warm water, three pounds ground rice put in boiling water and boiled to a thin paste; half a pound Spanish whiting, and a pound of clean glue dissolved in warm water ; mix well together and let it stand for several days. Put it on as hot as possible. This answers on wood, brick and stone nearly as well as oil paint, and is much cheaper. Red Wash for Bricks. 1 ounce of glue in a gallon of water; while hot put in a piece of alum the size of an egg ; half a pound of Venetian red and one pound of Spanish. To Whiten internal "Walls. A very superior material for whitening internal walls may be made in the following manner: Take a quantity of very fine lime, and, passing it through the finest sieve, place it in a vessel sufficiently large for the purpose, and filling it with water, thor- oughly mix the lime and water with a wooden instrument so as to diffuse the whole of the solid material through the fluid; when this has been done, let the mixture stand for about four and twenty hours, so that the lime mey be deposited, and then draw off the liquid, which will contain the impurities in the lime. Fill the vessel again, and mix the ingredients as before and draw the water off when the sediment has formed. The lime will then remain at the bottom of the vessel, and the impuri- ties being withdrawn, it will be exceedingly white, so bright, indeed, that it will be necessary to add a little Prussian blue, when the purified lime is mixed with turpen- tine, size, and a very small quantity of alum, a composition will be formed, which when applied to the face of the wood, will have a peculiarly beautiful appearance. The wood ^^ill be greatly improved by rubbing it with a brush, not so stiff as to scratch it. To Protect Wood and Brickwork from Damp Weather. Take 3 pecks of lime, slaked in the air, 5 peeks of wood ashes, and 1 peck of white sand. Sift them fine and add linseed oil sufficient to use with a paint brush; thin the first coat, use it as thick as it will work for the second coat, grind it fine, or beat it in a trough. Concrete. The best proportions are 60 parts of coarse pebbles, 25 of rough sand and 15 of lime. Others recommend 80 parts pebbles, 40 parts of river sand and only 10 of lime. The pebbles should not exceed half a pound each in weight. 172 KECEEPTS. To Mend Plastku Models. Wax and resin or shellac varnish is recommended, or wet both surfaces with silex and allow it a few moments to dry. Cheap Concrete Flooring. Mix 3 bushels coai. ashes from a blacksmith's shop with 2 bushels pras lime and then add sufficient gas tar to make a stilf mortii'-. After spreading it silt fine sharp sand or gravel over it; then roll well. It will take a few days to get thorough ly hard. Autumn is the best time for laying it. Composition for Taking Moulds. 3-4 pound of black resin; 1-2 pound hard tallow and 6 ounces beeswax To MAKE AND USE ELASTIC MoULDS. 12 pounds glue, well steeped, then put into a metallic vessel in a hot bath of boiling "water; when fluid, add 3 lbs. molasses, well mixed by stirring. Make cylindrical ves- sel of tin so that the bust may stand upright in it an inch or so below the top edge — oil it well inside — [laste a piece of strong paper ov^er the bottom of the bust to prevent the fluid mixture from entering into it; and if it is com{)Osed of plaster put some sand in it to keep it down. Now pour in the mixture of glue and molasses, and let it stand 24 hours to cool ; it can be taken out by inverting the vessel. The mould is then cut and drawn back on each side, when the bust can be removed. The mould can now be reclosed and bound round with a piece of strong paper; a mixture of wax and resin, and occasionally a little tallow may be poured in when just on the point of setting, and form a pretty cast. Cheap Artificial Building Stone. 100 parts, plaster Paris; 10 parts, hydraulic lime; 5 parts, liquid glue; and 500 parts, cold water ; mix well and pour inito moulds. They can be removed from the mould in half an hour. Exf)Ose to the air for two weeks, or until thoroughly dry. It is said to have the ring and hardness of solid rock, and 25 per cent, cheaper than stone where the material is cheap. To Harden Imitation Alabaster with Alum. Suspend the article by a silken cord or wire in a strong and perfectly clear solution of alum, letting it remain until the alum crystallizes on the surface, then polish with a wet cloth. To make Hard Plaster of Paris. Mix with weak alum water instead of water, for casting, or a solution of 1 ^ or 2 oz of gum-arabic to the pint of water; or a weak solution of ^ oz., of gum-arabic to the pint of water; for common purposes, a weak solution of size may be used. To make artificial Marble for Paper Weights or other Fancy articles. Soak plaster of paris in a solution of alum ; bake it in an oven and then grind it to a powder. In using mix it with water, and to produce the clouds and veins stir in any dry color you wish. This will become very hard and is susceptible of a high polish. A Mortar Capable of Receiving a High Polish. One pint pulverized marble ; 1 do chalk ; 1 do flint. IVIixed together and sifted through a very fine sieve, to this add 1 part lime which has been slacked 3 months, and water sufficient to make into a paste ; in this state spread over a coarse ground as thin as possible, and make smooth on surface. It may be polished when dry, by Venetian talc. RECEIPTS. 173 Papier Mac he. Cuttings of paper boiled in water and beaten in a mortar till reduced to a paste and then boiled with a solution of gum arable or size ; it can then be formed into toys, &c., by pressing it into moulds. When dry it is done over with a mixture of size and lampblack, and afterwards varnished. Another description. — Sweeping of waste of factories moistened with water and a little glue and pressed into a brass mould is Papier Mache. Cuttings of cardboard stewed to a pulp and ground to a consistency by steam rollers and cast in a plaster mould are the constituents of Carton Pierre, The brown paper is softened in water sufficiently to allow it to be forced in the sharpest angles of a brass mould previously coated with a light skin of paper pulp which has been cast for the purpose. For the Carton Pierre, a mould is prepared in plaster, which takes to pieces in the ordinary way. This is, in ordinary cases, not filled up solid, but onlv carefully lined by hand pressure with a thickness varying from -j to ^ an inch with the pulp. It is allowed to dry for some time before being removed from the mould, and after- wards dried in a drying room. Plaster Ornaments. 2 lbs. best whiting ; 1 lb. glue ; ^ lb. linseed oil. Continually stir whilst warm until all are well incorporated. Let it cool, and then lay it on a stone covered with Eowdered whitening and heat it until tough and of a firm consistence. It may be put y for use and covered with a wet cloth to keep it fresh, AVhen wanted, cut a piece adapted to the size of the mould into which force it with a screw. Fibrous Plaster. A combination of common plaster and canvas. The plaster is cast very thin, less than ^ of an incli, in a mould, and then upon the back of it is laid the canvas, which becomes incorporated as it sets. The shape is supported to light strips of wood laid on at the same time. Seven Colors for Staining Marble. It is necessary to heat the marble hot, but not so hot as to injure it, the proper heat being that at which the colors nearly boil : — Blue. — Alkaline indigo dye, or turnsole with alkali. lied. — Dragon's blood in spirits of wine. Yellow. — Gamboge in spirits of wine. Gold Color. — Sal-ammoniac, sulphate of zinc, and verdigris, equal parts. Green. — Sap-green, in spirits of potash. Brovm. — Tincture of logwood. Crimson. — Alkanet root in turpentine. Marble may be veined according to taste. To stain marble well is a difficult operation. To Clean Marble. Mix soft soap, solution of potash and slaked lime to a paste. Spread it over the marble and leave it for a day or two, and then wash off. ^ To take Wax Moulds from Plaste If the object from which the marble is to be obtained be composed of plaster of Paris, and the mould is to be of wax, first prepare the plaster mould with a thin coat of boiled linseed oil laid over with a camel's hair brush until it is completely saturated. The object should be now laid aside until it is quite dry. Some prefer saturating it with water, which is best done by placing the medal back down in the water, but not allowing it to flow over the face, when the water will saturate it thoroughly by capillary attraction. Then take the wax mould. The wax must not be too hot. The plaster may be saturated with skimmed milk, and then dried ; by repeating this twice the plaster assumes on the surface an appearance like marble. 174 RECEIPTS. To Stain \Laeble. Make the marble hot and pour on it the colored liquid also hot. The usual stains are archil, soiution of indigo, solution of verdigris, decoction of Brazil wood, logwood and sulphate of iron, tincture of dragon's blood, &c. But the most penetrating medium is wax, which may be colored with alkanet root, verdigris, &c. A pound of mixed genuine White Paint will give two square yards of new wood work three coats. Other colours in proportion to bulk. ft How TO Mix White Paint for inside Work. White Lead bought in kegs should be mixed with equal quantities of Turpentine and Pale Boiled Linseed Oil. Thinner than that for the second and third coats, which should be mixed to the consistency of cream. It is always better to mix one ounce of Black Paint to four pounds in the second coat, as it prevents parts being mis- sed in the third t:oating. Every coat should cross the preceding one. Never use the genuine or pure Lead for outside work ; it oxidizes or corrodes, and will rub oif like chalk or whiting, with exposure. Zinc for white, and Ochres for colouring are best. Hot-bed Glass. Hot Bed Glass should not be top puttied, bedding and pinning at the joints being sufficient, for, when broken, hacking off the old putty often breaks the sash. Hot Bed Frames should be painted with Oxide Metallic Paint mixed with boiled Oil and patent dryers, and particularly where they rest on the side. The putty should always be thoroughly hard on the sash before using, and if required soon after being glazed, use boiled Oil in the putty — it hardens quicker. To Obscure Glass. 1 oz. W^hite Paint, ^ oz. ground Pumice Stone (and, to harden quicker, ^ oz. dryers) mixed with Turpentine and a little Oil ; or, to resemble Blue Glass, use Ul- tramarine instead of White Paint. Paint thin in the usual manner, and immediately after, take a large clean brush and pounce it with the ends of the bristles, or if you wish it done finer, take a Chamois Skin rolled into a ball. Compressed Leather. A new process for using the clippings and refuse from saddler's and shoemaker's shops is as follows : — The fine leather shavings are washed clean, cut fine, and soaked in water and sulphuric acid, 1 per cent of the acid being sufficient. This -immersion must continue until the shavings become plastic, and the leather can then be }>ressed into moulds with only a moderate amount of pressure, — a little glycerine rubbed in will prevent its cracking. f To MAKE Modelling Clat. Knead dry clay with glycerine instead of water, and a mass is obtained which con- tinues moist and plastic for a length of time. To TAKE MOULI^S IN WaX. Brush th© metal, medal or other metal article over with sweet oil and wipe off the superfluous oil ; the wax must not be poured on too hot, as that is the cause of failures by the formation of bubbles. KECEIPTS. 175 Gold Laquer for Tin, — Transparent all Colors. Alcohol ^ pint, add gum shellac, 1 oz. Turmeric, ^ oz. Red Sanders j oz. Set the flask in a warm place, shake frequently for 12 hours or more, then strain off the liquor, rinse the bottle and return it, corking tightly for use. — When this varnish is used, it must be applied to the work freely and flowing, and the articles should be hot when applied — One or more coats may be laid on, as the color is required more or less deep— If any of it should become thick from evaporation thin it witn alcohol-and by the following modifications all the various colors are ob- tained. — Viz. Rose color. Proceed as above, substituting ^ oz. of ground best Lake in place of the Turmeric. Blue. The bla€ is made by substisuting pulver.zed Prussian Blue, ^ oz. in place of the Turmeric. Purple. Add a little of the blue to the preparation for the gold laquer for tin. Green. Add a little of the rose color to the Laquer, &c. Tin Cans — Size of Sheet. — (For from 1 to 100 gals.) For 1 gallon I* 6 10 15 This includes all the caps, seams, &c., which will be found sufficiently correct for all practicable purposes. Fancy Colors for Metals. 1. Dissolve 4 oz. hypo-sulphate of soda in 1^ pints of water, and then add a solution of 1 oz. acetate lead in 1 oz. water. Articles to be colored are placed in the mixture, which is then gradually heated to the boiling point. This will give iron the color of blue steel. Zinc becomes bronze ; and copper or brass becomes successively, yellov/ish, red, scarlet, deep blue, light blue, bluish white, and finally white, with a tinge of rose. — 2. By replacing the acetate of lead in the solution by sulphate of copper, brass becomes, firs\ of a fine rosy tint, thju green, and lastly of an iridescent brown color. Brunswick Black for Grates, &c. Asphaltum, 5 lbs. melt and add boiled oil 2 lb. spirits of Turpentine 1 gal. Mix. 7 X 20 ins. For 25 gallons, 30 X 56 in. 10 X 28 " " 40 36 X 63 " 12 X 40 '' *' 50 40 X 70 '* 14 X 40 " ** 75 40 X 84 ** 20 X 42 '' « 100 40 X 98 *' 30 X 42 *« « a u ■■ 176 RECEIPTS. Bronze Paint for Iron. Ivory Black, 1 oz., chrome yellow, 1 oz., Chrome Green, 2 lbs. mix with raw lin- seed oil, adding a little japan to dry it, and you have a very nice bronze green — If de- sired, gold bronze may be put on the prominent parts, as on the tips or edges of an iron railing, when the paint is not quite dry, using a piece of velvet or plush, to put on the bronze. Yellow Dipping Color. Copper 32 : 6to 7 oz. of Zinc to every lb. of Copper. ■ » ' ,■- - Japan Flour for tin. — all colors. Gum sandarach, 1 lb; balsam of fir, balsam of tolu, and acetate of lead, of each 2 oz; linseed oil, ^pint; spirits of turpentine, 2 qts; put all (except the turpentine) into a suitable kettle and over a slow fire at first, then raise it to a higher heat till all are melted. Now take from the fire, and when a little cool, stir in the spirits of tur- pentine, and strain through a fine cloth. This is transparent, but with the following modifications, manv or all the colors are made from it. Black. — Prussian blue, 1 oz ; asphaltum, 2 oz ; spirits of turpentine i pint. Melt the asphaltum in the turpentine ; rub up the blue with a little of it ; mix well, and strain; then add the whole of 1 pint of the Japan floic. Biue. — Indigo and Prussian blue, both finely pulverized, of each ^ oz; spirits of turpentine, 1 pint; mix well, and strain, add this to 1 pint of the Japan flow. Red. — Take spirits of turpentine, ^ pt; add cochineal, ^ oz; let stand 15 hours, and strain. Add to the Japan flow to suit fancy. Yellow. — Take l,oz of pulverized root of curcuma, and stir of it into 1 pint of the Japan flow, until the color pleases; let it stand a few hours and strain. Green. — Mix equal parts of the blue and yellow together; and mix to fancy, with the Japdn flow. Orange. — Mix a little of the red with more of the yellow, and then mix with the flow to suit fancy. Pink. — Mix a little of the blue to more in quantity of the red and mix as hereto- fore """\ -■_,- ^-- .-- .»-::- ^- .- - ^^^.^ ■ '",.■■" " '"' Transparent blue for iron or steel. Demar varnish, ^ gal.; fine ground prussian blue, ^ oz ; mix thoroughly. Makes a splendid appearance. Hoe's Composition for Printers' Rollers. This consists of glue and molasses, the proportions varying from 8 lbs. o^ glue in summer, to 4 lbs. in winter for each gallon of molasses. The glue should be placed half an hour in a bucket, covered with water, then pour off the water and allow the glue to soften — Put it into ?, kettle and heat it until thor- oughly melted, if too thick a little water may be added. Lastly, the molasses is added and well stirred in the glue. When properly pre- pared an hours boiling will be sufficient, as too much boiling is apt to candy the mo- lasses. A late improvement consists in the addition of glycerine to the usual mixture, Swab the mould, oil before pouring. To Improve Printers' Rollers. The French composition prevents damp rollers and otherwise improves them. — It is made with a slight addition of Russian isinglass and gelatine to the usual composi- tion. It will require a little more boiling. I RECEIPTS. 177 To Make Transfer Paper. Take thin post or tissue paper; roll the surface well with black lead, vermilion, red chalk, or any coloring maitter; then wipe well off with a cotton rag and it will be ready for use. Ditto with Petroleum. Saturate writing paper with petroleum, then wipe it off until dry. Equal to the manufactured. » Ditto with Benzine. Damp paper with best distilled benzine ; it at once assumes a transparency and per- mits of tracing being made and of ink and water colors being used on its surface with- out running. The paper resumes its opacity as the benzine evajiorates, and if the drawing is not then completed damp the unfinished part again. This discovery allows of a thick paper to be used as is required. To Size Paper for Varnishing. The best size for white or delicate colors is isinglass dissolved, of which give two or three coats. Parchment cuttings boiled until they form a clear solution is also good. Flow it over with a soft, flat varnish brush. In less delicate work white glue will answer diluted sufficiently. To Size Paper. » Pass the paper through a mixture of white glue and water. For transparent or semi-transparent paper, a niixture of starch or dextrine and alum. , Lithograph Paper. Take strong unsized paper and cover it with a varnish composed of 10 parts starch, 3 parts gum-arabic, and 1 alum water. Make a moderate paste of starch by boiling, dissolve the gum and alum separately and then mix together. Apply hot with a flat smooth brush. Then dry and press. Houses, WHEN to Paint. Repeated experiments prove that paint applied between November and March will last twice as long as that applied in warm weather, the reason is that in cold weather the component parts of the paint form a hard substance on the surface as hard almost as glass. But in warm weather the oil penetrates the boards and the paint soon wears off. Killing Grease. Old work is always more or less greasv or smoky, wash over the smoky or greasy parts with nitre or with very thin lime whitewash. Soda will do, but lime is the best and cheapest. Compositions to fill Holes in Castings. Mix 1 part borax in solution with 4 parts dry clay. Another : pulverized binoxide of manganese, mixed with a strong solution of silicate of soda (water clay) to forma thick paste. 12 tm 178 KECEIPTS. To MAKE A VERT STRONG GLUE. 1 oz. best isinglass, dissolved on moderate heat in a pint of water — strain it through a cloth — and add in similar quantity of best glue, which has been precrously soaked 24 horn's in a gill of vinegar. Let it boil up and strain ofE the impurities. Coloring in Distemper. When whitewashing a new ceiling, no size or glue should be used; but if the ceiling is hot use a little soap with the wash. For an old scaly ceiling, first wash well with soft water ; and should the whiting not cover, then use a little glue. For walls it is always necessary to use more glue. A little linseed oil added to the color when thick improves its appearance and wear. In coloring, whiting, being the basis, should be mixed in a separate vessel, and fully sufficient to cover the work intended to be done, when a quarter to half pound of any of the following colors will be found sufficient for a large room : — Ultramarine blue (a beautiful color for stores) ; Imperial blue ; metallic oxide (lavender) ; Indian red (light lavender) ; rose pink (fades) ; magnesia green (the best green) ; chrome yellow; 2 or 3 lbs. ; yellow ochre for kitchens. Putty to Soften. Break the putty up in lumps the size of a hen's egg, add a small portion of raw linseed oil, and water sufficient to cover the putty, boil this in an iron vessel for about ten minutes and stir it when hot. The oil will mix with the putty, then pour the water off and it will be like fresh made. For removing hard putty from a window sash take a piece of square iron, make the same red hot, and run it along the putty till it gets soft. The putty will peel off without injuring the wood work. Rules for Painters. " Never eat or sleep without washing the hands and face and rinsing the mouth. Keep the buckets, brushes, etc, clean, so that they may be handled without smearing the hands. Never sleep in a paint shop nor in a newly painted room. Never allow paint to accumulate on the clothing or finger nails. Never wash the hands in turpentine, as it relaxes the muscles and injures the joints ; any animal oil or even linseed oil is better. Never drink water that has stood any length of time in a paint shop or newly painted room. Never use spirituous liquors as it unites with the mineral salts and tends to hardem them and causes inflammation of the parts where they concrete. Milk, sweet oil and the like should be used freely as they tend to soften the accumulated poisons and carry them off. Vinegar and acid fruits used constantly, unite For first and second C(»ating for carriages and sleighs use rochelle yellow, with about one- tenth finely ground pumice stone. Work when prepared in this manner will cut and polish much quicker and better than by any other process, and forms a bard and solid ground to begin on. ARCHITECTS FEES. 179 Scale of professional charges generally adopted by Architects and Architectural Surveyors. Commission on the cost. Public Buildings and Private Residences, 5 per cent. Block of 2 Houses of similar design 4 ,, „ Block of 3, 4 or 5 Houses of similar design, 3 ,, „ Block of G or more Houses of similar design, 2^ ,, „ Stores and Warehouses, 4 „ „ Block of 2 or more Stores or Warehouses, of similar design, 3 ,, „ Block of 3 ^r more Stores or Warehouses of similar design, 2^ ,, „ Detailed Drawings, 1 ,, „ General Superintendence (exclusive of clerk of the works) examining and \ passing the accounts (exclusive of measuring and making out extras and / 1^ ,, „ omissions, ) N. B. — The foregoing subdivision of charges to apply proportionately to Stores, Warehouses, &c. For the work in the alterations of premises, the renmneration to be increased \ according to the time, skill and trouble involved. ) Taking out quantities from plans for detailed estimate, \\ jjer cent. Measuring and valuing Artificers work done for any amount under 81000, 2 ,, „ Over .^1000 and under $4000, U„ „ Over $4000, l| „ „ For services by time, per day, SlO. N. B.— Travelling expenses extra. No charge to be made for a rough estimate obtained by cubing out its contents. If a detailed estimate be requested by the proprietor a charge therefor is to be made as above. An Architect is bound under the full percentage charge to provide one set of drawings and one set of tracings, with duplicate specifications ; it being imderstcKni that the Architect is paid for the use only of the di*awings and specifications and that these, in the event of his carrying out the works to completion, are to remain his property. Scale of professional charges for Architects and Architectural Surveyors in Great Britain. < 1. Preliminary sketches and designs complete, including survey of site, &c., . \\ per cent. 2. General drawings, plans, elevations and sections, sj^ecification and approxi- | ..i mate estimate, J . '* 3. Working and detail drawing, \\ „ ,, 4. Personal sui)er\ision and superintendence (exclusive of clerk of works,) l| ,, ,, Total charge, 5 ,, ,, Note, The above cliarge of 5 per cent is t<> be estimated on the value of the work executed in- eluding i?uch materials and labor as may be sup])licd by the owner; omitted work is to be paid under items 1, 2 and 3, according to the stage of the proceedings at which the alteration was determined upon. Procuring and examining tenders for the work h per cent in addition to the foregoing. Arranging with artists, tradesmen and others for souljjture, stiiined glnss and 1 2^ per ct. works of a similar class, for wliich the architect does not furnish the «>Bi us; > • o' the but to which he gives a general supervision. ) v. aie. Alterations in the design, extni laboui- in attending committee meetings, ar- | 3 guineas ranging disputes with adjoining owners, &c. ) per day. Travelling and incidentil exi)enses extra. Measuring up works, and certifying the builder's accounts for extras and on.issions, from 2h to 14 l>er cent, according to the description of building. An architect is bound under the 5 per cent charge to jjrovide one set of drawings and one set of tracings, with duplicate specific^-xtions ; it being understcxxl that the architect is paid for the use only of the drawings and specifications, and that they reniaiu his i)roperty at the vompletit)n of the work. Pavment on account, at the rate of 5 i)er cent, to be made on the instalments i«iid to the builders, or otherwise to half the commissiou ou signing of the contract, and the remainder by instalments as above. District SuBVEvoiis feks when attached to a corporation For New Buildings, For every building not exceeding 400 .square feet in area, and not more two / $ c. stories in height, j 7. 50 For every additional story 1. 2fi For every additional square of 100 feet or fraction of such square, ITi But no fee shall exceea, 50. 00 Fees for Alterations and Additions. For every addition made to any building after the nx)! thereof has been covered in the fee shall be half of the fee charged in the case of a new building. »» 180 PRACTICAL HINTS ON BUILDING. For inspecting the arches or stone ioors over or under public ways, 2. 50 For inspecting the formation of of enings in party walls, 2. 50 For inspecting dangerous structures by direction of tlie commissioners of iKjlice or / J ,^ sewers, | 5. 00 Architectural Surveyors Fees. The charge for measuring in smatl new buildings, and in repairs, including a J „i bill of the particulars is. * ' " j 2^ per cent. In large new works of a plain character the usual charge is VA ,, When the works are of elaborate construction the charge will vary from 1% per cent, upwards according to the additional trouble entailed in measuring. For works of very small value the charge is by the day. Estimating quantities from plans and specifications and preparing the " bill I .,,. of quantities" for very small or difficult works the charge is, \ "^ P®^ cent. Ditto, for ordinary works of $50,000 value, or under, VA ,, „ Ditto, above $50,000, the first $50,000 being charged imder the last item, 1 ,, ,, Lithographing and travelling expenses are charged extra. In important works, where the quantities are taken out conjointly, by two different surveyors, half of the above rates are due to each surveyor. In large works of very plain character, especially when many simple repetitions occur, lower rates than the foregoing, are sometimes considered sufficient. .,^,_, ,- _.,„^. ,,.,,„.,„._- .:. .. -.,..,, ._„.-,._,,„.■ Scales of charges for valuations as adopted hy eminent London Firms. On the first S500 5 per cent. ,, „ second $500 2% „ „ „ third to tenth $500, 1 „ Above $5,000, J^ „ The first thousand being charged at the rate of \% „ Minimum Kite charged by architects and architectural surveyors wlien jjaid \ s-^k by the day, \^^^' ; PRACTICAL HINTS ON BUILDING. V: > ' As it is probable that this work may be referred to by those not connected with the profession, and who residing in the country, may not find it convenient to consult an architect, the following " Hints on Building" which are only partly original may be of service. To ensure a perfect and comfortable residence the following points must be bom in mind, and which will meet everything required from the humble Cotfcjge U) the most extensive Villa — Soil, Drainage and Water Stqtjply — Foundation — Air round external va//." — Drains and Cesspools, Ventilation, Tanks or Cisterns and Wells, — Description of Bvildinrf materials to be used — such as Stone, Brick, Lime, Sand, and Cements, — Timber for framing beaming and flooring to be seasoned. Selection of site ; — Design of the building generalhj ; Calculation of cost — and contract with a perfect- ly reliable* Builder. * The above form the main points for the first consideration. Choice of a Dwelling. — In looking for a site for a house often some attractive point receives too much importance, and the gupi)osed trifling matters, which are in reality the source of most serious evils, are overlooked or disregarded. — In choosing the site for a house we have not only to look into all the advantages, but the disadvantages, and into the probability of the property being depreciated in value by annoj^ance from neighl)our8 building in the vicinity either by obstructing the view, or by erecting nuisances. The aspect, soil, drainage, vicinity to swamps or unhealthy localities, convenience to railroads, markets, &c. , have all to be duly considered. — In a town there exi ts a greater difficulty in the choice of a site for a house, thnn in the country and also in the way of purchasing a good dwelling, as in the latter case so many houses arc iww run np by speculators, intended only to sell in the double meaning of the word: they nre often ele- gantly furnished inside with enriched ceilings and arches, pilasters, fresco i>ainting and other sliowy decorations merely to attract the eye — but after a year or so the purchaser begins to find out their deficiencies and failings — It is always safe to employ the senices of an architect who can best af- ford special information by a survey of the building from his knowledge of building materials and the proper execution of work — Tlie fee for his ])roifessi(mal service would be found well bestowed, otherwise the buyer may find to his co?t that, in becoming the purchaser of one of these flimsy tin.selled houses, a large percentage of the interest he expects on his money will have to go in re- pairs.— In fact it requires the critical eye and jiidgment of an architect or surveyor to detect many de- fects in the construction of a building and the materials thereon employed. — A safe rule, if convenient is to try before you buy — A years occupation of a house is always prudent. — The building of a house, however for a permanent dwelling and a comfortable home is a matter requiring mature cousideiation, as it will prove either a " lij'e long satisfaction t>r a burden of care- and discomfort." PRACTICAL HINTS ON BUILDING. 181 Witii many persons a handsome house is a pr«it attraction, and they sacrifice to appearances what would have been better applied for conveniences and conifoits; for however agreeable it niay be to possess a dwelling with a fine exterior, it is much more important and satisfactory to have a house that is healthy and comfortable . A greiit deal of unnecessary and ex[)euHive devorative work on the outside of a house is altogether superfluous, and in place of giving a fine architectural effect only subtracts from the symmetry of the building. The same remark applies also to interior decoration, where heavy cornices, pilasters, and decorative work, reduces in appearance the size of a room without adding to it>» beauty ; but whilst we advocate the advisableness of nj>t s|)ending too nnich u\>6n a florid external and internal appearance, and particularly upon that meretricious de- scription of ornamentation which partakes of no style whatsoever, we wish t<^) impress uixm the read- er the advantages to be gained by a projjer arrangement and balance of its i>art«», which entails graceful effect. As before remarked the comfort of a house depends ver\' much on what too often appears as comparatively small things, which after the house is built becomes often irremediable — One point frequently overlooked is the faulty iwsition of doors in relati(m to other oi)ening8 by which draughts arise — When a house has its front door directly opposite to the doors or windows in the rear, or in direct line with the stairs the wind finds its way to other i^arts of tlie house. Another impiirtant ix)int is drainage and ventilation — these are matters of the utmost conse- quence, and no expense should be si)ared to make them as perfcict as possible. — A Well where necessary is also another imiK)rtaut jMtint, it should be so constructed that only the spring water could find its way thereto-and no possibility t»f foul liquid matter finding its way into it — for of what benefit can a handsome and convenient house in an eligible aiKniealthy site be to its proprietor, if it is, from want of attention to these three important jxiints, the i)roi)agat<)r of cold, typhoid fever, and other epidemics which may either cause his own death, or that of members of his owii family. -:.,?'"^ -/' ' , /\":„\^' Soil, Select, when a choice can be made, gravel, sandy loam, or rock for the site of a house. — Never build, if it can be avoided, where there is an underlying stratum of blue clay, this soil retiins the water and keeps a house always dam{>-even when there is a good natunil fall from the basement drainage. If the fall is sufficient to allow of drain pipes to be carried down to the surface of the clay there will not be so nmch danger of dampness. Frequently where stiff clay soil is found at a great depth below the surface quickvsands exist, which at some future period may be carried off by the effect of drainage to such an extent, as to cause a settlement in the building. \\ here danger of this kind exists, it is best to lay the footing courses uiK)n longitudinals, pLouked across, and plac.^ at a sufficient depth to be always excluded from the air. Drainage, • The whole of the drainage should stirt from the lowest level of the building, and all pipes should be connected at one point if possible, and there the main drain shou'd lead to the outfall, or main sewer, if in a city. In all cases the drains should disduirge into the top at upper portion of the sewer, and a short elbow, with its mouth downwards, is the most useful termination for a drain pipe. All soil pipes should be connected, so as to discharge hito the head of the drain at such points as will permit water pipes, and waste and overflow pipes to empty behind them. Sv'hen one drain councils with another, the angle should be as accurate jis possible so that the combined currents may readily unite; the Y junctions should always be used for this purpose. All drains should have access to then* at frequent intervals, lK>tli inside and outside cf a dwell- ing, particularly at junctions and angles. If the length is great it is well to enlarge tiieir aiameter and increase their fall. Great care should be taken to make the joints of the pi[)es perfectly snuK>th u)side, and to re- move any cement or mortar that may have falleii into the pi})es. This precautioii is too frequently omitted to be taken, and the consequence is that the increased friction caused by these irregular projections in the joints, and by obstructions formed along the pipes by cemeut, which in time be- come as hard as stone, prevent the free flow of water, and form the nucleus for sediment and other deposit*, which eventually choke up a drain. Tot) often the laying down of drain pipes is entrusted to ignonmt or careless men, and the prop- per precautions areno'^ taken to ensure that the joints are water tight, and as a ct)nsequence the Joints leak and the soil becomes sJiturated with the foul matter, and often waste ])ipes disfharge into an open untrapped junction out of which the gas from the sewers is ccmstantly spreading under tlie floors r.nd ascending upwards through the house. All dnuns should be perfectly ventihited, as the flow of foul air is always inverse to the flow of the current through the pipe; the noxious gas collects at the head of the drain, just out«m frost or other reasf>ns, exiiedient to i>lace a trap at the tile drain at any jwirt within the house, then an upright ventilating shaft nmy be taken from that ))oint and conveye a dwelling as wished. In choosing the aspect for a house, peculiar localities require different arrangements; it is siife to set it out so that the glare of the sun may travel ujxm all four sides, and its direct beams upon none to the exclusion of others; but there are often local reasons for deviating from tliis rule such as to take advantage of a good point of view, &c. On Estimating for the cost of a hmlding. When builders, and builders of experience too, will tender for constructing houses of a plain sistence of measured quantities, any cubin"- its dimensions, or by any other method than by actual measurement of quantities and esti- matim"^ at the ruling prices, cjui be but partially relied upon. Two buildings of the same exterior and materials, may appear to the uninitiated of about equal value whereas in the execution of the work, quality of materials, &c., one may be 25 per cent of more value than the other. The em- ployment of an architectural surveyor or architect to tiike the actual quantities, is always the saf- est course, and even these quantities unless tiken with absolute correctness are worthless; the reason why so many builders incur heavy losses, is to be attributed not so much to tlie low price of the eon- tract, as to the loose way the calculations of quantities are tikeu and a pTO])er foresight and provision made against contingencies. Most architects and builders have a method of tlieir own for rough estimating their own buildings by cubing ihe quantities, but any rule laid down for the purpose, in these pages, would only lead to serious errors and therefore is best omitted. In all cases the opinion of an architectural surveyor or an architect should be taken as to the probable cost of a building, this can be readily obtained, in towns or cities. But if a resident in the country wishes to make calculations of his own, a few rules are given which, with the assis- tance of the average prices of Artificer's work stilted in this bk, will enable him to arrive at a close approximate estimate. It frequently happens that a person intending to build a hou.«e for a permanent residence for himself, has for some time previous made the disiK)sitiou of the rooms his study, until he feels that he is competent to carry out the same, by placing those ideas in the hands of a builder, and thus save an architect's commission; but supposing an amateur capable of devising plans of what he wishes to build, and we may observe that without wishing to depreciate the ability or integrity of the builder, it is not to the advantage of the amateur to carrv out his own designs without the inter- vention of an architect or is it to the advantage of the builder in the end to thus come between the proprietor and the "practice of the professit»n," any more than it would be for a chemist to j)re- scribe and dispense nis own medicines. The amateur will soon find that he has overlriug, skirtings, windows, double win- dows, blinds, &c., contained therein, and abstract afterwards the different items under their prop- er headings. 184 PRACTICAL HINTS ON BUILDING. Form for an Estimate. Quantities. Description of work. 350 yards cube. Excavating for foundation walls, drains, posts, &c,, &c., and removing stuff, 36 Toises Rubble masonry in foundation walls, including all mat^srial set in mortar, pointed and complete, including removing rubbish, 80 Thousand bricks laid ni mortar, in walls and partitions, jouits struck in- cluding setting of all walls, plates, boards and other timber, 2500 Feet, lineal of tloonng joists 11 x 3, fixed complete with all trimming pieces, &c., 15 Squares of 1^ inch tongued and grooved flooring laid complete including nails, &c., , 16 dooi-s, 7x 2.10, 2 inches thick, in four panels, moulded on both sides, with 7 incii moulded architraves, casing and saddle, including a lock worth 75 cents, and 3 hich butt hinges; hung and fixed complete 10 Sashes and frames, sashes 6 ft. bjr 3.G, in six lights, glazed (state kind of glass,, best delf knobs, wrought iron bolts, hinges, and fixed complete 10 Sets of inside shutters panelled, to open in two pieces with flaps, panelled and moulded soffit, including sills &c., all fixed complete 10 Double windows, describe 10 Sets of summer blinds and frames, each side to open in two, with moveable slats, fixed all complete, 950 Yards superficial of plastering in two coats and set with fine stuff includ- ing lathing and all aaterlals, Cornices, Centre pieces The foregoing description will be a sufficient guide for all the rest. Price. S c. General Memoranda of items for Estimates. Excavation, per cubic yard, ascertain the quantity of earth to be excavated for foundation walls, drains, fence jwsts, &c. Foundation Walls, per CMbic foot, 87 ft., English, to the toise of masonry. Find the number of cubic feet in walls and footing course:^, deducting all ojienings over 9 feet in width. Tile Drains, Calculate the number of lengths, bends and junctions required, add cost of laying and connecting, incladmg covering in, &c. Galvanized Iron and L^ad Pipes. State the length and diameters of all galvanized iron pii)es ne- cessary and the weight of lead pipes i^er yard liueid, together with all traps, overflow pipes, and cocks necessary. Water Closets. If water clos^ets are to be provided state how to be fitted up. Bath. State description of bath, if of galvanized iron or other metal, including fixuig in frame and casing. Brick Walls per foot cube. 20 brick^ (of 8 ins. x 2H ) are generally allowed to a cubic foot. Find the number of cubic feet in the walls, division walls and chimneys, deduct all openings. Measure all chimneys as solid. Carpeninj. Under this head commence with the heavy timbers, such as flooring joists, roofing wall plates, lintels, bond timber, wood-bricks, insertions for cornices, projections for galleries, studdings for partitions, furring for ceilings, skirting, graining, &c. Framing for stables, fencing and jvjsts. Joiners Work. This will include all floors, doors, windows, blinds, shutters, casings, skirting, and fittings of every description in wood work, all the different sized doors, windows must he kept separate. jSVore Pipe rings. State number. Mantel Pieces and Grates. Number mantel pieces and grates, and state price, provide for hearth stones and fixings all complete. Closets. State quantity of shelving re(juired, cloak nails, hooks, &c., omit not to calculate for plastering and skirtings. Pantry. Describe the fitting up of pantr^^ whetlier with cupboards or open shelves, and state if with smks. Kitclien. State how to be fitted up with shelves, pantry, closets, &c Bell Ilangimf. State number of bells, fixed complete. Gas Pipes. State number of lights in each room, &c. Staircases. Describe the different stairs and their length, width and thickness ; state the kind of Ixilusters and their number, also newels, give tlie dimensions of hand rail. Roof. Describe the kind of roof, whether metal, and what kmd. If slate, number of plies of felt under it, gnivel — do. Gutters and Cnndxrtors. Stiite the width of gutters and how to be lined, and also length and direc- tion of gutters. Outside Porches. Provide for all double doors, and construction of porches as described in speci- fications as well as all ster>8 leading thereto. Fences. State the different kinds of fences and take a price at per lineal foot, including gates and everything necessary to complete them. Of course there will be many other items than these described in a specification, but sufficient lias been stated to enable an amateur to calculate as to the value of the building he contemplatea erecting, before accepting a tender for the work. mmm PRACTICAL HINTS ON BUILDING. 185 Presuming bow that the intending builder, has well considered his plans in all their details, and feels sjitisfied that the cost will not exceed his anticipations, and that lie proposes superintending the work himself, we will now proceed Ui offer him such information as will enable him to avoid many errors in construction into which otherwise he might naturally lalL Foundations. As before stated in another portion of this work, a good foundation is of primary importance. Every one is aware that sandy etirth is of a firm consistence, and rock is a gi^xl natural bed: but it frequently happens that the excavator removes more earth in some siM>fc* than necessary, and in order to bring it to a level, will till up with loose earth ; should this be built over, a settlement in the building at that part is sure to take phice; great care should be taken, therefore, that the si)ade does not go below the proper level lor tlie bedding for the walls. Where dampness from the soil is feared, a layer of English felt covered with hot pitch and lime laid on the foundation wall when about 1 foot high, or hydraulic cement, will effectually stop it Rubble Masonry WaUs. Take care that all interstices between stones are filled up close with small stone and just suffi- cient mortar to set them. Careless workmen will invariably nil in all holes and hide bad workmanship with soft mortar, which never forms a bond, and in thick w-alls hardly ever dries, and keeps the wall always damp. Observe that there are through bond stones inserted about every six feet apart, crossing the whole of tlie wall and that all joints are well overlapped bj- the stone placed above it Do not allow of any flashing of mortar on the walls or pointing up, until tlie wall is complete, nor any filling in of earth on the outside until the mortar is seasoned or set. Provide for all openings for drains and other pipes. ^ brickwork. Have the best of the bricks selected and put apart for facing the walls ; let no portions of the work be carried up higher than 3 feet at onetime. Throw arches over all large openings: allow no half bricks to be used where bond work is required. Exposed walls, particularly in damp situations should not be plastered on the bare walls, but on 1% inch facings, lathed, which will exclude both cold and damp by the interposition of air between tlie ^v•aIl and the plaster. Lime, Sand, and Mortar. Mortar should be made under cover. Lime should be well burnt aud of best quality, and the sand clean and sharp. Concrete, If required for foundations, will require 1 cubic yard of gravel and sand to 3 bushels of cement. It should be shot down from a height of about eight feet. Chimneys. Be very particular about the foundation for chimneys, which being heavier than the wall will settle down and cause a deflection in the floors and ceilings, breaking the cornice and plaster. The bedding stones for the foundation of chimneys should be wide and very firmly laid. Carpenter's and Joiner's Work. See that all the timbers are perfectly sound and free from hakes and large or loose knots. They should be well embedded in rnortir, particularly around ends of joists where cold air is sure to enter if this is not attended to. When beams project through a wall for the puriwse of sup- porting a gallery or similar purjwse, they should be well embedded in hair mortar, for a similar reason, and, after the walls have seasoned, caulked with tarred oakum on the outride. Much cold air gets into a house from neglect of these precautions, as it is carried under the floor which conse- quently is never warm. The whole of the interior w^ork should be finished neat and plumb, close fitting mitres to all jomts. Floors. No part of the flooring of a house is less care taken in making, than that of the kitchen. If convenient, in the first place, the whole basement under the flooring beams should be concreted. The kitchen floor should be laid in uniform narrow widths, well seasoned, and of clear pine, free 186 PRACTICAL HINTS ON BUILDING. from all sap wood ; and a floor will always be easily kept clean, look bright and will wear evenly over its surface. It is tm, one for the domestics and one for the family, the position of the family door is not so much consequence as it can remain closed during a meal: but when there can be but one door to the room, it should be so aiTanged, as not to disturb guests when sitting at meals. The jwsition of all the doors, and the side they should be hung on is a matter of much importance, a good deal of course depends upon the construction of the room and furniture. -■ ' Windows and Casements. \ The English sash is undoubtedly the best mode of opening and closing a window, and allows of ventilating a room without producing too great a draught. French casements, although so gener- ally used in Lower Canada, are inconvenient, as they disturb the arrangement of blinds and cur- tains and require very deep internal reveals, they are also awkward tosTuit when over five feet in height. They are, however, easily unhooked for the purpose of cleaning and glazing and putting up of double windows. On the other hand EnglisHi windows get frequently out of order from sash cords breaking, or the weights getting stuck fast in the slide from inferior work, therefore in adopt- ing the English style of sash too u uch care cannot be taken in having the apparatus for working them of the best kind, and fixed by the best workmen. If heavy plate glass is used, heavy weights and cords will be necessary. Bay Windows are now much adopted, they require good workmanship as to roof so that the line of junction with the wall may not leak. It is desirable to let the ceiling of the room, particularly if it is a small one, run into the bay, as by tliat means the apparent si^ace is increased, but this effect is lost when the curtain and its cornice extend across the front of the bay. Double Windows. Double windows are generally made in a single sash, except for very large openings. A good method of admittmg air for ventilation is to have two slits in the centre style, one at the top and the other at the bottom, provided with hollow sliding covers, the slits should be cut obliquely so as to allow the air to enter and escape without causing a draught t , Outside Blinds. There are various kinds of outside blinds now in use. For front windows folding canvass screens are becoming fashionable, but they are expensive, and m sudden gusts of wind are liable to be rent to pieces. The most serviceable outside blinds are those made to slide back on each side in a grooved frame ; the frame, however, is unsightly on stone or brick houses, but might be easily adapted to country houses, constructed of wood. * Inside Blinds. The ordinary folding slat blind needs no description. There is a method of hoisting up Vene- tian blinds by the cord passing over a roller, bringing up both ends always on a level line, this is a great improvement on the old plan. Plastering. The laths should be perfectlv dry and tlie joints broken at everj^ foot in height. The lime for the mortar should be drv and well threshed or leased out, so that it will bethorotighly incorjwrated with the morl rr. The sand should be sharp and perfectly clean, otherwise the foreign stuff it con- tains may come out and stain the walls When plastering is done in winter great care should be taken that the first coat does not get frozen, as the key formed behind the laths does not set, and sooner or later tJie work will fall out. PRACTICAL HINTS ON BUILDING. 187 Cornices and Centre Flowers, t These should never be too large, as a deep cornice, and a large centre flower, greatly redu<;ethe appearance of the size of the room. Studding in Partitions. A3 there cin be no greater nuisance in a house than rats and mice, a very cheap protection will entirely prevent their ever getting beyond the basement story, and this is done either by placing strips of slieet iro:. about five inches in width under the studs in each story, or by filling in between them with bricks laid in cement. If the first story is thoroughly protected there is no chance of their getting up between the paititious. To prevent rats from getting into the basement, the drain pipe should be protected with a gal- vanized wire gnitiug outside the house, where it can be from time to tihie examined in case of ob- structions occurring at that p^nnt. It is the nature of the rat to burrow obliquely alongside of a wall imtil he reaches the foundation, but if he meets with an obstruction the animal appears not to \yo»- sess the instinct to burrow around it, if therefore slates or old sheet iron were imbedded a couple of feet below the surface of the earth all around the house it would efTectually prevent their ingress. It may not be out of place here to give an excellent methfxl to keep rats out of a house that is in- fested l)y them \ jxmr coal tar into all their holes in the basement, but do not fasten up the holes, they will not make fresh ones as long as the old holes remain open. As rats are particular about the' cleanliness of their paws they retire disgusted, any remainmg behind in the upper stories must be caught with traps. Skirtings. • ■ Skirtings should be perfectly sea-soned, the shrinking of skirtings leaves unsightly fissures and receptacles for dust which is constantly being blown out bv draughts over the carpets; when these interstices are large, the putty or composition filling, which is so often employed, is alwpys coming out of tlie seams ; the most satisfactory way is to fill them up with pine strips coated with glue. ;; ;\ ::: - Roof. Undoubtedly the most convenient is the Mansard roof, the decks being covered with metal and the slopes laid with slate over two layers of felt. This roof allows of attic rooms with almost square ceilings- The ceiling above should be deafened to keep out heat as w ell as cold. A roof should project well beyond the walls to preserve them from wet. The gutters should be wide and shallow with the flashing carried well up under* the slates. The rain water heads should be large, and with conductors of sufficient diameter to carry off the water freely. Rain-water pipes should be placed in the least unsightly position. The gutters and roof should be inspected in spring and fall, and all obstructions removed. The discharge from the conductors should be carried off from the walls of the house by surface drains. Gravel Roofs. Gravel roofs are best suited for sheds and stores, they should be made with at least four layers of felt, the edges cemented together, and covered with a heavy coat of pitch, cement, and gravel, the latter should be rolled into the pitch while hot. The cause of gravel roofs leaking, frequently arises from the heat of the house passing upwards to the roofing boards and thawing the snow on the roof, and as the water flows slowly down into the gutter, it there freezes and forms a mass of ice to the depth of perhaps a couple of feet, thereby backmg the water as it thaws, up under the felt and into the house. A simple remedy is to deafen the ceiling of the upper story, and pierce openin";s in the wall over it, the circulation of cold air carries off the ascending heat, and to carry off the rain-water through the centre of the building, instead of through gutters on the outside. Staircases, • Staircases should always be protected by an inner partition or vestibule. The height and width of a step affect the comfort of the ascent of the stair ; frequently a shallow step is fo nti more tiring than one of a steeper rise. 6^ to 7 inches in height and from 11 to 12 inches in width will give a comfortable tread. For a large and stately staircase, with a rise of but 554 inches or less, tue width must be never less than 14 or 15 inches. The direct line of ascent of a long f»tairway should be broken to secure ease. There should, however, be a harmony in the arrangement of the breaks. The landing should be level, and the first stage should consist of more steps than those which succeed. The width of a stair should never be less than 3 feet clear. The lighting should be obtained in such a manner as to be free from glare of the direct rays of the Sim, it should never be carried across an exjwsed window. If light from the ceiling above is necessary, it should not be flat, but with cover or sides at an angle with perforations mat can be opened lU required for ventilation and letting off heated air. 188 PBACTiCAL HINTS ON BUILDING. Back Stairs. The priBcipal staircase should bo separated by a lobby from the back stairway and kitchen passages. Sinks. All sinks should be entirely open underneath, and should have ventilating pipes above and as little wood work about them as possible. Plumbing. The general defects in plumbing are that the material is too sparingly used, and hence pipes are used too small in the bore and not of sufficient weight, also, bemg insufficiently fastened their weight drags them down, gradually breaking away the joints, and this causes leakage. They are most part out of sight, hence indifferent workmanship is tolerated because not seen, but greater evil results, for when out of repair carpenters' or plasterers' work of an expensive nature has to be pulled down. They are also too frequently attached to a cold external wall and are liable to injury by frost, therefore, if possible have all the water pipes and gas pipes in such a position that they can be easily examined. Warming. The different ways of wanning a house are familiar to most people. To those, however, who feel disix)sed to adopt the mosst objectional of all — hot air — we would urge to take the greatest precaution that the air pipes are wmpletely isolated from the woodwork, or if necessary to be brought close to any beam, that it should be i)r()tected as far as practicable from beat by some non-conducting and incombustible material. Wood, when it has been under dry heat for a length of time becomes chaiTed and will take fire at a very low temperature, and as matches frequently are swept down into the air ducts along with dust, etc., these articles are canied by a draught to some bend where tliey ultimately catch fire and ignite the dry charred wood contiguous to them. Steam is only suitable for large houses and publiq buildings, and requires intelligent manage- ment. For small houses there is no better method than that of a good sized self feeding stove placed in the hall. The hot air generated there effectually warms the cold air coming from tiie front and rear doors, which ascends fresh and heated to the rooms above. Ventilation. When we consider that no person can keep long the full enjoyment of health living in ill ven- tilated rooms, and that to the sick and weakly tlie breathing of impure air is a sure hastening of their decay, it is a matter of astonish went how little importance is attached to this most essential point in tlie constructiou of an ed fice. We have under the head of drainage and closets, pointed out the means to be adopted to carry oif the impure gases therein collected, and now desire to direct attention to the entire ventilation of a dwelling. To do this thoroughly it must be an under- stood matter that to take bad air out pure air mu.st be brought in, there must be the inlet and exit. The proj)er time to consider of the best method of ventilation is before the building is pr.t up, too often it IS never thought of at all, uutil the building is nearly or wholly completed. IVIany costly and fanciful contrivances for ventilation have been resorted to. such as passing air through scretrs and admitted through ''imperceptible apertures" but a plain plan is always the best, and by at- tention vt a few simple rules there will be found no difficulty in obtaining perfect ventilation of every- r .alves, one near the ceiling and the other near the flt)or, connecting with thr neare.'^t smoke flue. Just inside the valves should be attached loosely a piece of very thin gauze silk to in- dicate inward or downward drafts. There .ihould also be cut in the bottom and terforated coil of pipe fitted ronnd the hottest part of the stove from which would constantly issue pure wann air. At the top of the stairs provision should be made for carrying off the sui>ertluous hejit. Every bedroom should have an aperture in the wall to admit this pure heated air from the hall to supply the place of the vitiated atmosphere that would escape up the air duct at tlie pii)e near the floor. It must be borne in mind that air flues, to be of service, must be constructed alongside of the cliiraney flues in most constant use iu order to keep the air within them heated. In case of down-draught, the turning cowl is generally, sufficiently efficacious ; its power will bo increased by placmg a funnel iu the back opposite to the uiouth. Heat of Gas, Sun Burners. The great heat and vitiation of the atmosphere caused bv combustion of gas are evils for which many appliances have been introduced to overcome. Of these the Sun Burner is the most suc- cessful. This machine not oidy yields an abundant light, but carries off the product of its own production, and with them the heated air of the room in which it is placed. Its leading prhiciple is the confining the burners iu a transparent cnse more or less ornamented, and leading from the top of a metal pipe to carry off the heat and offensive air arising from the bunimg of gas, in doing which a powerful outrtow is established from the top of the room, by which the hot foul air is drawn off and a means of ventilation is secured. To fit the sun burner to houses already built, frequently entjiils considerable expense m pro- viding the outlet for the heated air ; but, in building a new house, a si^are flue, ccnstnicted in the cliimney will be found sufficient Ga^ Heating and Cooking. Gas is employed for heating purposes and often with economy and convenience. For c.^ca- sional cooking a small apparatus is economical and serAiceable, particularly at niglit in the nursery or in the room of an invalid. A small bracket with kettle and small saucejan in case of emergen- cy is all that is necessary. In rooms not frequently used, or where a person prefers to sleep in an unheated room, a small gas-stove will be found of service when heat, at particular times, might be required ; the stove should have a pii)e connected with a flue. THE SEVERAL PARTS OF A HOUSE. Porch. An external porch is necessary ti> every country house, both to prevent the wind and rain enter- ing the door when opened, and to exclude the direct rush of cold air into the interior, as to c.xclude the ra>s of the sun in summer. In u>wn houses where there is not space for a porch, a vestibule or lobby should be formed by a partition. It should be sufflcienUy high and cover enough simce to be useful, but unless the house is of a massive structure a lignt construction is preferable to a heavy finish. Entrance doors. Tlie main entrance door should always be of liberal dimensions, and if double, either half should be sufficiently wide for easy passing through. Vestibule. The vestibule or lobby should be sufficiently wide to permit the inner door to be closed before the outer is oi>ened, so as not to have them. l)<)th opened at once. It should contain receptacles for wet umbrellas, and its floor should lie well covered with mats. Dining Room. In determining the size of a dining room, regard must be had to the extent of the house, the number of the family, and guests likely frequently to be entertained. As a rule it ought to accom- modate from twenty to twenty four persons. To admit of a fair sized dining table a width less than 1<) feet i inconvenient, though it may somewhat depend upon the situation of the fire place. The average projwrtious are 16 in width by 24 in length and might l>e increased in length without appearing too long ; such a room should not be less than 12 feet iu height. Aspect of Dining Room. The aspect of a Dining room if other circumstances will permit, should be chosen on that side of a house where the hot summer rays of the sun would 1m» directed at dinner time ; this may be over- come by a verandah if the construction of the building will admit of oue. The Serving Room. To every dininq room should be attached a serving room commnnicating with the kitchen, or the thoroughfare loading to it. In small houses It is convenient to have a sliding panel for service of dishes, but In establishments of a larger scale, the room should be laive enough for servants to sup- ply tboM within the room. It should be fi^ed with broad shelves, foluiiig ur luuiging tables iot i^aai^M 190 PRACTICAL HINTS ON BUILDING. dishes^ and sink for hot and cold water, cupboards and drawers for glass, china, knives, plate and linen in use, and if the kitchen is in the basement to have a sliding dumb waiter encas.d round like a cupboard. Drawing Room. The drawing room should be light, cheerful and elegant, but as tastes differ so much it is a difficult matter to define what would oe considered so. The size and plan of the room should always suggest the decorative treatment. The safe rule is that whilst all may be bright and ele- gant nothing should be obtrusive. Bedrooms. The planning of the bedrooms is a matter requiring much consideration ; easy access to the principal staircase ; and then quiet secured by careful separation from the thoroughfares, such as 8er\ants' corridors and stairway. The doors should open so as to expose the least portion of the room to view from the lobby. The rooms should be as spacious as limit will admit of, and not less than 10 feet in height. Pure air is more necessary atni^htthan at any other time, (see remarks on ventilation.) Small rooms should have very little solid furniture, such as wardrobes and chests of drawers, which les- sen the cubic contents for breathing space. The walls should be painted in preference to paper or tinting. Heavy hangings to bedroom windows are also objectionable. Clothes and Linen Closets. Clothes and linen closets should be so constructed as to have as few apertures as possible into which unwelcome intruders, or dust can enter. This is best done by plastering down to the floor, and finishing with a two inch ouarter moulding in place of skirting lx)ards. The shelves should be of clean pine, planed on both sides and painted, and not fixed, so that they can be removed and dusted. The walls should be painted. If light and ventilation can be given through a window, the oi>ening should be covered with fine wire gauze stretched on the outside frames. Tlie comfort of knowing that moths and vermin are prevented from entering will fully recompense for addi- tional expense to secure it. Both Rooms, The walls and ceilings should be painted. The floors of narrow battens finished in oil and shellac ; oil cloth is not recommended, for the floor covered too long with it will become damp and mildew, a few cotton mats will always make the floor comfortable for the feet, ventilation of course re- quisite. • Kitchen and Domestic Ojffices, ^ One of the most important dei>artinents of the house is the kitchen. If possible it is best on the level with the principal floor. It shoul be well lighted and ventilated, and have whidows opening close to the ceiling. If the kitchen floor is on a lower level than the dining-room, the staircase should be wide and easy of ascent and free from windings. Cooking Apparatus. — Ranges. Cooking apparatus should be well lighted and a direct light thrown if possible, over the cul- inary oi>erations is obvious. There is a great variety of ranges, one of moderate size will be found the cheapest in use, the amount of fuel consumed in it not being greater than is necessiiry for a smaller one that often gets overheated. There is too frequently a great lo8>i of heat in ranges, but in some of the American ranges nearly the whole is utilized. The best test of economical apjilications of fuel will be found in the small amount of heat given out in front of the be^t cooking apparatus being the one which is most bearable to stand over. Avoid many Cupboards in a Kitchen. * A multitude of cupboards about a kitchen is an evil; their use encourages untidiness and they are harbors for vermin ; they are best to be raised about one foot from the floor. Good pantries are better than many cupboards and enclosed rece[»tacles. • The Larder, 2\ larder should be in close proximity with the kitchen. It<* first quality is coolness, and should have, if practicable, a northern asj^ect. It should have a free current of air through it. The walls should be thick and better if double, with a 8i>ace between and lined witli slate. The floor should be of cement or concrete, the window apertures should be more numerous than large and should be fitted with metallic gauxe for ventilation. Slate slabs make the best kind of shelves, tiiese should PRACTICAL HINTS ON BUILDING. 191 be wiped over daily with wet flannel cloths, which will give a cool and pleasant moisture to the air and keep down the temperature. Wine Cellars. A wine cellar to be useful should have no external wall, but be removed from all influence** of atmosphere, so Jis to retain, as nearly as possible, the temperature at all seasons. Metai bins allow the packing of a large quantity of wine in a small space and render shelves unnecessary. 7%e Laundry. Tlie laundry should have conveniences for artificially drying clothes in wet or damp weather. • The floor of the washuig house should be paved, or of cement or concrete, with channels for the escape of water. Apertures near the ceiling should be provided for carrying off the steam. Paintingy IntemaU Decoration and Painting. Cheap papers and cheap iiainting is no economy and always unsatisfactory. All woodwork should be well primed with best white lead as soon as fixed, andVhen dr>- should receive a second coat, after this it is best to permit a year to pass to allow the opening of joints, which will always happen to some extent, to be filled up with putty and two more coats laid on. Much of the pleasantness and cheerfulness of a room depends upon the color of the walls, ceil- ings and woodwork, which should always be done in tasteful graduating tints. Painting, beyond any otlier process, requires good material as well as workmanship, and a mere dauber will waste more paint in a day than the worth of his wages, besides leaving his work in streaks and patches from the uneven way he works on the color. For external work four coats of white lead and best linseed oil should be used, but little tur- pentine should be employed on account of its affinity to water, which causes it to flake off. For internal work, the last coat is termeenings should be high, narrow, and covered with wire gauze inside to exclude insects, and with thin canvass blinds outside, which in lery hot weather, mav be kept saturated with wat^sr. Each opening should liave an internal shutter to exclude or temper tlie light when required on -ery bright days. The windows should open on the sunny side as the rays of the sun purify the air and assist ventilation. Sashes, glazed with thick rough glass should be provided for winter. The roof should have a space to contain air between the outer boarding and ceiling. The floor should bo of cement and incline each way to the centre so as to form a channel for the water to dis- charge through a trapped grating. Tlie dairy should be divided into two parts, one for churning and washing. \i should be pro- vided with a sink, and a supply of soft water. A flue should be provided for the use of a stove in winter in this apartment. For the shelves, slate, thick rough glass or earthenware slabs form the best material, although white wood boards if washed daily and aired answer the purpose as well. Ice should never be used, there is always danger of a etuiiion and consequently danger of fer- mentation. If the walls are sufficiently thick, and the heat excluded from coming in at the roof, a dairy can always be kept at a temperature of from G0° to 62", at which Uie greatest ai' ount of mk 192 PRACTICAL HINTS ON BUILDING. cream can be obtained. No v^etables, sinks, or sewers, should be permitted near or in the dairy proper. Cheap covers made of thin muslin which will admit the air and keep out flies are the best. A few shade trees planted near will help to keep the dairy at a more even temperature. The rules laid down for a dairy are equally applicable to 6utside larders. Fruit Room, A Fruit room, particularly in the country, is often necessary. It requires perfect ventilation, dryness, semi-darlaiess and even temperature. The best material for shelves is broad thin laths, with short inter%'als between each, and plenty of space from one shelf to the next. The floor of the room should be covered with fine sand, or dry saw dust, and frequently swept and renewed. Ice House, If the ice house is on the slope of a hill it may be sunk almost entirely under ground, but it is better built above the surface. The ^^'alls must be of such thickness as to walls and roof, the internal wall of hard burnt brick laid in cement with an air space of not less than three inches be- tween. The plate of the roof should rest on the outer wall, and the rafters of the ceiling on the inner, with nothuig between to ser\'e as a medium of conduction. The boards of the roof before being slated or covered with metal, sliouM be covered with two layers of felt. The doors should be about four inches thick and low and shoidd be double, with a sufficient space between, so that one can be hung before the other is shut Ventilation is not necessary by the roof. There are no foul gases to be carried off and there- fore it can better be kept cool by preventing any external openings near to the top. Drainage is most essential, but it must not be obtained by connecting with any general drain, or heated air will be sure to ascend. Serviceable Light Wooden Ice Houses, Choose a dry soil of sand or gravel for the foundation. The floor may be sunk three or four feet below the surface, but not to a deeper level than can be drained by an external drain pipe car- ried around the building. The bottom of the house should be constructed of dry closely packed gravel, with a layer of concrete, on which the floor should be formed of smoothly finished cement laid with a slope to the centre, in which should be a circular cesspit two feet in diameter and of a sufficient depth, beyond four feet, as will sene to reach a dry porous stratum of earth that will absorb the water quickly. There should be an external drain at a sufficient depth to carrj' off all moisture from the earth within, but there must be no connection with the cesspit and drajn other than afforded by filtration. The ice should be put in dry, and the drier the ice and walls and floor around it can be k«''>t, the better. Shade trees not too close will yield cool air by their shade and vibration of their leaves in the neighborhood. Our space will not allow of any remarks on the construction of hot-houses, stables, etc. PATENT ACTS OF CANADA AND THE UNITED STATES. 193 PATENT ACTS OF CANADA AND THE UNITED STATES. {A few Extrojctsfor Preliminary Information.) Our space will only admit of our giving a few extracts from the Patent Acts of both countries, in order to afford some general information to an intending applicant under what circumstances and for what kind of invention or discovery he can obtain a jMitent, as well as the office charges for filing the different documents necessary in obtaining it. On application the Commissioners of Patents, in either c<>untry, will always forward a copy of the " Rules, Regulations and Forms." The charges made by Patent Agents vary, according to the number of drawings required, (if made by them,) and the amount of corresixjndence, &c., entailed in obtaining the jwitent. In most cases, where no " interference " is filed, or other obstacle presents itself, they are moderate. Every information on the subject will be afforded on application to the author of tliis work, who will furnish drawings (if reauired) executed according to me style and rules laid down by the Patent Office for photo-lithography. CANADA PATENT ACT. Who may obtain Patents. Any person may obtain a patent for his invention, not havinoj been then in public use in Canr.da for more than one year, but no patent will be issued for any illicit purpose nor for any mere scien- tific purpose. If an invention shall have been in existence in any other comitry, for more than twelve months prior to the application for a patent in Canada, a patent cannot be issued, but if during such twelve months, any person has commenced to manufacture the article in Canada, for which such patent has been afterwards obtained, he shall continue to hii\ e tlie right to manufacture. Representatives of inventor may obtain the patent. Any person may obtain a patent for an improvement, but will not have the right of vending the original invention, nor shall the patentee have the right either of using the patented improve- ment In cases of joint applications, the patent shall be granted in name of all the applicants. Tariff of Fees. The following fees shall be payable to the Commissioner before an application for any of the undermentioned pur^wses is made : On petition for a patent for 5 vears, ---------« $20 00 Do. do 10 do 4000 Detition to extend a farmer patent to the Dominion, for every unexpired year of the duration of i:nb patent, the fee shall be at the rate of' 400 Op office copies of documents, not above mentioned, the following charges shall be made : For every single or first folio of certified copy, --------O6O For every subsequent hundred words, --------- -025 For every copy of drawings, the party applying shall pay such sum as the Commis- sioner considers a fair remuneration for time and labour expended thereon by any officer of the Department, or i>ersf PatentM, 7 BleVkv Stkeet, Montreal. Rules and Directions op the United States Patent Act, Abbreviated. Who may obtain a Patent. Any person, whether citizen or alien, being the originator or discoverer of any new and useful art, machine, manufacture or composition of matter, or any new and useful improvement, or any art, machine, manufacture, or comix>sition of matter may "obtain a patent, subject to certain con- ditions. If the inventor dies, it goes to his legal representatives. Joint inventors are entitled to joint patents, but independent inventors, of separate improve- ments, cannot. An original inventor cannot obtain a patent of the whole or any part tliat has been patented before or described in any home or foreign publication, or if it has been in public use for two years previous to his application. The application of a person believing himself to be the inventor, shall not be held void from his invention having been known or used in any foreign country, provided that the same has not been patented or described in any printed publication. An idea is not an invention. It must be reduced to a practical form. Applications not completed after two years shall be considered abandoned, unless good cause can be shewn for the delay. The applicant must be the actual inventor, if alive. An inventor can take out a Caveat which entitles him to a priority of invention, but if another partv, within one vear, applies for a similar patent for a similar invention, the Caveator will be en- titled to notice to file his invention, and to go into interference with the other applicant in order to prove priority of invention, and he must file his application within three months from the day he receives notice so to do. A Caveat need not require anv particular description of the invention as is requisite m a speci- fication, but still it should be sufficiently precise to enable the office to judge if there is a probabili- ty of an interference. Office Fees and hoio Payable, On filing every application for a design for three years and six months - - - $10 00 Do. do do for seven years, 15 JJJ Do. do do for fourteen years, ^ JJJ On tiling everv application for a patent or discovery 15 uo On filing every Caveat ^m On issuing every original jiatent --""""''"'" innA On filing a disclaimer ^JJ^ On filing every application for re-issue - ""'"""'"Sinn Do. do ' do for a diversion of do '^(^ On filing every application for an extension ,- - " kJ^JJa On tlie grant of every extension - - - - - - ".,'.,* ' " innn On filing the first api)eal from a primary examiner to exammers-m-chief " " " J" "" On filing an appeal to the Commissioners from the exammers-m-chief - - - ^ uu On filing an appeal to the Judges of the Supreme Court, D. C. -o uu On deiwsiting a trade-mark for registration, - -- "."T " " nnVn For everv certified copv of a patent or other instrument, for every 100 words - - W lU For certified copies of drawings, the reasonable cost of making them - - - - w JJJ For every assignment of 300 words, or under - - - \' J " " ot^ For recordme every assignment, if over 300 words, and not over 1,000 words - - ^ w Fot dk) do il over 1,000 words ------- 3 00 PATENT ACT OF THE UNITED STATES. 195 Single copies ---------------0025 Twenty or more, whether of one or several patents, per copy - - - - - 00 10 For uncertified copiea of the siiecitications and drawings of patents issued prior to July 1st, 1871, the reasonable cost of making tlie same. A perfect and clear specification, in most exact terms necessary, setting forth t/ie precise inren- tion, and if an improvement it nm«t be specified what is admitted to l>e old, &c. Two or more separate inventions cannot be claimed in one application. The specification must be signed by the inventor or by his executor or administrator, and at- tested by two witnesses. The applicant must make oath to the statements contained in his application. Citizens of Canada entitled to i)ateuts hi the United States on equal terms with citizens of the United States and vice versa. Duplicate drawings required. Copies of drawings of i)atent3 can be obtained from the Patent Office at the rate of fifty cents per sheet. Applicants are advised to employ comj^etent artists to make drawings, which will be returned if not executed in strict conformity with these rules, or injured in folding. A model required in every case, except for designs, must be neatly and substantially made : not more than 1 foot in length, width or height, &c., &c. A working model in machinery desirable, &c. When the invention is of a cowposition matter, a specimen of each of the ingredients and of the composition must accompany ai)i)lication, &c. When a work or design can be sufficiently represented by a drawing, a model will hot be re- quired. Photographs are received for the illustration of works of design only. No application c^n be examined until the fee is iMlid, and everything necessary to make the application complete deposited in the office. Re-issues will be granted on certain conditions. Extension. — Power is vested in the Commissioner to extend any patent granted prior to March 2d, 1861, for seven years from the expiration of the original term, but no patent granted since March 2d, 1861, can be extended, &c. I The taking out of a patent in a foreign country does not prejudice a patent previously obtained in the United States, nor does it prevent obtaining a patent here subsequently. Patents may be assigned. All correspondence must be in the name of the Commissioner of Patents, otherwise they will not be noticed. ' When an Agent has filed his power of Attorney, duly executed, the correspondence will, in ordinary cases, be held with him only. The office will not respond to enquiries as to the novelty of an alleged invention, in advance of an application for a patent, &c. F. N. BOXER, Solicitor of Patents, 7 iJLEUBY St., Montreal. CIVIL CODE. 197 Extracts from the Civil Code of the Province of Quebec relating TO TEE Law of Building and Real Estate. For the sake of brevity some of the articles of the code relating to the purport of this book, not being of importance, are omitted. 6. Lower Canada means that part of the Province of Canada which previous to the Uniuu constituted the Province of Lower Canada. 374. All property incorporeal as well as corporeal is movable or immovable. 375. Property is immovable either by its nature or by its destination, or by reason of the ob- ject to which it is attached, or lamtly by determination of law. 376. Lands and buildings are immovable by their nature. 377. Windmills and watermills built on piles forming part of the building are also immovable by their nature when they are constructed for a permanency. 379. Movable things which a proprietor has placed on his real property for a peruiaaency or which he has incorporated therewith are immovable by their destination so long as they remain there. The following and like objects are immovable. 1. Presses, boilers, stills, vats and tuns. 2. Utensils for working forges, paper mills, and other manufactories, &c., also manure, &c. 380. Permanent things are those placed by the owner and fastened to a wall with iron or nails or imbedded in plaster, or cannot be removed without destroying or deteriorating that part of the property to which they are attached by leaving the wall defaced or incomplete, such as mir- rors, pictures, plain mantelpieces and other ornaments. 383 to 389 IS on movable property. (See code. ) 407. No one can be compelled to give up his property except for public utility, and in consider- ation of a just indemnity previously paid. 414. Ownership of the soil carries with it ownership of what is above and what is below it, and the right of building, planting and excavating, &c., subject to certain conditions. 416. The proprietor of the soil who has constructed buildings or works with materials which do not belong to him must pay the value thereof, he may also be condemned to pay the damage, if any, but the proprietor of the materials has no right to take them away. 417. Relates to improvements made by a possessor with his own materials, and the right or otherwise of the proprietor to such improvements. 418. If the improvements made by the possessor are so costly that the owner of the land can- not pay for them, he may under certain conditions, compel the possessor to keep the land and pay the estimated value. 419. In case the possessor is compelled to give up the land upon which he has made improve- ments and entitled to be re-imbursed, he has a right to retain the property until such re-imburse- ments be made, without prejudice to his personal recourse to attain payment. &a, &c. 420. Deposits of alluvial, from a stream or river, become the property of the owner of the adjacent land. 421. Ground left dry by running water which insensibly withd^ws from one of the banks by bearing on the other, the proprietor of the adjacent bank gams such ground and the proprietor of the opposite bank cannot retain the land he has lost. 423. If a river or stream, whether navigable or not carry away by a sudden force, a consider- able part of an adjacent field and bear it towards a lower or opposite bank, the proprietor of the part carried away may reclaim it. If not reclaimed within a year he forfeits his nght, 424. If any artizan or any other person have made use of any material which did not belong to him to form a thing of a new description, whether the material can resume its previous form or not, he who was the owner of it has a right to demand the thing so formed on paying the price of the workmanship. 435. If however the workmanship be so important that it greatly exceeds the value of the ma- terial employed, it is then considered as the principal part, and the workman has a right to retain the thing on paying the price of the material to the proprietor. 436. When a person has made use of materials which in part belonged to him, and in part did not, to make a thing of a different kind, without either being entirely destroyed, but in such a way that they cannot be separated without inconvenience, the thing is common to the two proprietors in proportion to the material and the workmanship. 437. When a thing has been formed of mixed materials belonging to different proprietors, bnt of which neither can be looked upon as the principal matter, if the material can be separated witiiont inconvenience, as the parties acquire the ownership of the things in proportion to the quan- tity and value of the materials belonging to each. 438 to 441, on the same subject. See code. 442. Persons who have employed materials belonging to others, and without their consent, may be condemned to pay damages, if any there be. 601. Lands on a lower level are subject towards those on a higher level, to receive such waters as flow from the latter, naturally, and without the agency of man. 504. Every Moprietor may oblige his neighbour to settle the boundaries between their con- tiguous lands. The costs of so doing are common. 506. Every proprietor may oblige his neighbour to make, in equal portions, or at common ex- pense, between their respective lands, a fence or other sufficient land of separation, according to the custom, the insulations, and the situation of the locality. 198 CIVIL CODE. 610. Both in town and country, walls serving for separating between buildings up to the re- quired height, or between yards and gardens, and, also, between enclosed fields, are presumed to be common if there be no title, mark, or other legal proof to the contrarj'. 511. It is a mark that a wall is not common, when iu^ summit is straight and plumb with the facing on one side, and on the other exiiibits an inclined plane, or also, when one side only has a coping or moulding, etc., placed there in building the wall. In such case the wall is deemed to belong exclusively to the proprietor on whose side are the eaves to the moulding, etc. 512. The repairing and rebuilding of a common wall are chargeable to all those who have any right to it, in proi)ortion ti> the right of each. 513. Nevertheless, every co-proprietor of a common wall may avoid contributing to its repairs, by alMindoning his share in the walWnd renouncing his right of making use of it. 514. Everj- co-proprietor may l^jl^against a common wall, and place therein joists or beams, to within (four inches) of the whole thickness of the wall, without prejudice to the right which the neighbor has to force him to reduce the beam to the half thickness of the wall, in case he should desire to put beams in same place or to build a chimney against it 515. Every co-proprietor may raise a common wall at will, but at his own cost, upon paying an indemnity for the additional weight imposed, and bearing for the future the exi)ense of keeping it in repair above the height which is common. The indemnity thus payable is the sixth of the value of the superstructure. On these condi- tions such superstructure becomes the exclusive proi)erty of him who built it, but it remains as to the right of view, subject to the rules applicable to common law. 516. If the common wall be not in a condition to support the superstructure, he who wishes to raise it, must have it rebuilt at his own cost, and the excess of thickness must be taken on his own side. 617. The neighbor who has not contributed to the superstructure, may acquire the joint owner- ship of it, by paying half of the cost thereof, and the value of one half of the ground used for the excess of thickness, if there be any. 518. Every owner of property adjoining a wall, has the privilege of making it common in whole, or in part, by i^aying to the proprietor of the wall, half the value of the ground on which such wall is built. 519. One neighbor cannot make any recess in the body of a common wall, nor can he apply or rest any work there, without the consent of the other, or, on his refusal, without having caused, settled by experts, the necessary means to prevent the new work from being injurious to the rights of the other. 520. Every person may oblige his neighbor, in incorporated cities or towns, to contribute to the building am repair of the fence wall separating their nouses, yards, and gardens situated in the said cities and towns, to a height of ten feet from the ground, or the level of the street includ- ing the coping, and to a thickness of eighteen inches, each of the neighbors to furnish nine inches of ground, savuig that he, for whom such thickness is not suflBcient, may add to it at his own cost and on his own &nd. 521. When the different stories of a house belong to different proprietors, if their titles do not regulate the mode of repairing and rebuilding, it must be done as follows : all the proprietors con- tribute to the main wall and the roof, such proportion to the value of the story which belongs to him. The proprietor of each story makes the stairs which lead to it. The proprietor of the second story makes the stairs which lead from the first to his, and so on. 522. When a common wall or a house is rebuilt, the active and passive servitudes continue with regard to the uew wall, or to the new house, provided they are not rendered more onerous, and provided the rebuilding be done before prescription is acquired. 523. All ditches between neighboring properties, are presumed to be common, if there be no title or mark to the contrary. 524. When the embankment or the earth thrown out of a ditch is only on one side of it, it is a mark that the ditch is not common. A ditch is presumed to belong exclusively to whose side the earth is thrown out. 626. A common ditch must be kept at common expense. 527. Every hedge which separates land, is reputed to be common, unless only one of the lands is enclosed, or there is a sufficient title or possession to the contrary. 628. No neighbor can plant trees or shrubs, or allow any to grow nearer the line of separation, than the distance prescribed by special regulations or by established and recognized usage ; and in default of such distance, must be determined according' to the nature of the trees and their situa- tion, so as not to injure the neighbor. 629. Either neighbor may require that any trees and hedges, which contravene the preceding article, be uprooted ; he, over whose property the branches of his neighbor's trees extend, although the trees are growing at the prescribed distance, may compel his neighbor to cut such branches. 530. Trees growing in a common hedge, are common as the hedge itself, and either of the neighbors has a right to have them felled. 631. Every proprietor or occupier of land in a state of cultivation, contiguous to an uncleared land, may compel the proprietor or occupier of the latter, to fell all trees along the line of separa- tion which are of a nature to injure the cultivated land, etc. Trees, however, which may be pre- served on or near the line, with or without curtailing the branches or roots, according to the three last preceding articles, are excepted. Fruit trees and maple trees, which may be preserved in all cases, near or along the line, but are subject to the same curtailing, are excepted. The fine for any contravention does not free one from the necessity of giving the clearance ordered by a com- petent tribun^ nor from the damages actually incurred since the party was put in default. 632. 1st He who wishes to have a wall near the common wall, or that belonging to his neigh- bor, must make a counter-wall of masonry, one foot thick. 2d. He who wishes to have a privy near that wall, must have a counter wall of the game kind fifteen inches thick. If, therefore, there be a well opposite the neighboring property, the thickii^» mast be twenty-one inch^. CIVIL CODE. 199 3d. When the well, or privy, is at the distance froni the wall determined bv municipal regulations, and by established and recojoiized usage, such counterwall is no longer required. If there be no such regulations, or usage, the distance is three feet. 4th. He who wishes to have a chimney or a hearth, or a stable, or a store for salt or other corrosive substance, near a common wall, or wall belonging to his neighbor, or to raise the ground, or heap the earth against it, is obliged tr> make a counter-wall or other work, the surticiency of which is determined by municipal regul: tions, by established and recognized usage, and in default of any such, by the Courts in each case. 5th. lie who wishes to have an oven or furnace, must leave a vacant sjwce of six inches between his own wall and that of his neighbor. 5^i. One neighbor cannot, without consent of the other, make in a common wall, any windows of any kind whatever, not even those of fixed glass. 534. The proprietor of a wall which is not common, adjoining the land of another, may make in such wall, lights or windows with iron gratings and fixed glass, that is to say, such windows must be provided on iron trellis bars, not more than four inches apart, and a window sash fastened with plaster, or otherwise, that it must remain closed. 535. Such windows or lights cannot be placed lower than nine feet above the floor or ground of the room it is intended to light, if it be on the ground floor, nor lower than seven feet from the floor, if in the upper stories. 536. One neighbor cannot have direct views or perfect windows, nor galleries, nor balconies, or other like projections, overlooking the fenced land of the other — they must be at the distance of six feet from such land. 537. Nor can he have side openings, or oblique views overlooking such land, unless they are at a distance of two feet. 538. The distances mentioned in the two preceding articles, are reckoned from the interior facing of the wall, where the opening is made, and if there be a balcony, or other like projection, from the exterior line thereof. 539. Roofs must be constructed in such a manner that the rain may fall upon the land of the proprietor without his having a right to make it fall upon the land of his neighbors. 540. A proprietor, whose land is enclosed on all sides by that of others, and who has no com- munication with the public road, may claim a way ujwn that of his neighbors, for the use of his property, subject to an indemnity proportionate to the damage he may cause. 541. The way must be generally had on the side where the crossing is shortest, from the land BO enclosed, to the public road. 542. But, over the part where it will be least injurious to him whose land is granted. 543. If the laud becomes so enclosed in consequence of a siile of a partition, or of a will, it is the vendor, the co-partitioner or the heir, and not the proprietor of the land which offers the shortest crossing, who Is bound to furnish the way, which is in such cases due without indemnity. 544. If the way thus granted cease to be necesslrj', it may be suppressed, and in such case the indemnity paid is restored, or the annuity agreed upon ceases for the future. Lessor and Lessee. 573. The lessor is obliged to guarantee the lessee, and to secure him the enjoyment of the im- moveable leased, during the whole time legally agreed upon. He is also obliged to resume such inoimoveables and to discharge the lessee from the rent of dues stipulated in the case of the latter wishing to leave it, unless there is an agreement to the contra,ry. 574. On his part, the lessee is bound to pay annually the e'mphytetic rent ; if he allow three years to pass without doing so, he may be judicially declared to have forfeited the immoveable, although there be no stipulation on that subject 575. The rent is payable in the whole, without the lessee having a right to claim its remission or diminution, either on account of sterility, or of imavoidable accidents which may have destroyed the har\'est, or hindered the enjoyment, or even for a loss of a part of the land. 576. The lessee is held for all the real rights and land charges to which the property is sub- jected. 577. He is bound to make the improvements which he has undertaken, as well as all greater or less repairs. He may be forced to make them even before the expiration of the lease, if he neglect to do so and the land suffer thereby any considerable deterioration. 578. The lessee has not the right to deteriorate the immoveable leased, if he commit any waste which greatly diminishes its value, the lessor may have him expelled and condemned to restore the things to their former condition. The lessee is held for all real rights and land charges to which the property is subjected. 581. At the end of a lease, in whatever way it happens, the lessee must give up in good con- dition the the property received from the lessor, as well as the building he obligel himself to con- struct ; but he is not bound to repair those he has erected, etc. 582. As to the improvements which the lessee has made, being voluntary, without being bound to do so, the lessor has the option of either keeping them, upon paving what they cost, or their actual value, or permitting the lessee, if the latter can do so '. '' u advantage to himself, and with- out deteriorating the land, to remove them at his own expense, otherwise, in each case, they be- long without indemnification to the lessor, who may nevertheless compel the lessee to remove them. Note. — A lease to be binding in case of a sale, must be registered. Of the Interpretation of Contracts. 1013. Wlien the meaning of the parties in a contract is doubtful, their common intention must be determined by interpretation, rather than by an adherence to the literal meaning of the words of the contracti 200 CIVIL CODE. 1014. When a clause is susceptible of two meanings, it must be nnderetood in that in which it may have some effect, rather than in that in which it can produce none. 1016. Expressions susceptible of two meanings, must be taken in the sense which agrees best with the matter of the contract. 1016. Whatever is doubtful, must be determined according to the usage of the country where the contract is made. 1018. All the clauses of a contract are interpreted the one by the other, giving to each the meaning derived from the entire act 1019. In cases of doubt, the contract is interpreted against him who has stipulated, and in favor of him who has contracted the obligation. On Sales. 1476. A simple promise of sale is not equivalent to a sale ; but the creditor may demand that the debtor shall execute a deed of sale in his favor, according to the terms of his promise, and in default of so doing, that the judgment be equivalent to such deed, and have all its legal effects, as he may recover damages accordmg to the rules contained in the title of obligations. 1477. If a promise of sale be accompanied by the giving of earnest, each of the contracting parties may secede from it ; he who has given the earnest by forfeiting it, and he who has received It by returning double the amount. 1478 . A promise of sale, with tradition and actual possession, is equivalent to a sale. 1479. The expense of the title deed and other accessories to a sale, is borne by the buyer, unless it is otherwise stipulated. 1483. Husband and wife cannot enter into a contract of sale with each other. 1484. The following persons cannot become buyers : — Tutors or Curators of the property of those over whom they are appointed, except by judicial authority ; agents of the property which they are charged with the sale of ; administrators or trustees or the property they are in charge of ; public officers of natural property, the sale of which is made through their ministry. 1485. The legal professing or officers connected with the court cannot become buyers of litigious rights which fall under the jurisdiction of the court in which they exercise their functioHs. 1500. The seller is obliged to deliver the full quantity sold, as it is specified in the contract, subject to the modifications hereinafter specified. 1501. If an immoveable be sold with a statement, in whatever terms expressed, of its superficial contents, either at a certain rate by measuremert or at a single price for the whole, the seller is obliged to deliver the whole quantity specified Id ^.ae contract ; if such delivery be not possible, the buyer may obtain a diminution of price, accord. :g to the value of the property not delivered. 1502. In either of the cases stated in the Kt.t preceding article, if the deficiency or excess of quantity specified is such that it may be presu Tied the buyer would not have bought it, if he had known it, he may abandon the sale and reco\ ar from the seller the price, if paid, and the expenses of the contract, without prejudice in any case to his claim for damages. 1503. The rules contained in the last two preceding articles do not apply where it appears from the description of the immovable, and the terms of the contract, that the sale is of a certain deter- mined thing, without regard to the quantity by measurement or not 1504. The action for supplement of price on the part of the sellers, or for diminution of price, or for vacating the contract on the part of the buyer, is subject to the general rules of prescription. 1505. If two immovable properties be sold by the same contract, at a single price for the whole, with a declaration of the contents of each, and in one the quantity be less than stated and in the other greater, the deficiency of the one is compensated by the excess of the other, so far as it goes, and the action of the buyer or seller is modified accordingly. Warranty. 1508. The seller is obliged by law to warmnt the buyer against eviction, &c., &c., or any right existing at time of sale, and against incumbrances not declared and not apparent at time of sale. 1505). Although it be stipulatevl that the seller is not obliged to any warrantry, he is nevertheless obligee' to any warrantry against personal acts, agreement to the contrary. 1610. The seller, in case of eviction, is obliged to return the price of the thing sold, unless the buyer knew at the time of the sale the danger of eviction, or had bought at his own risk. 1511. Whether the warranty be legal or conventional, the buyer, in case of eviction, has a right from the seller. Ist. Restitution of the price. 2d. Restoration of the fruits, in case he has to pay them to the party who evicts them. 3d. Expenses incurred, as well as his action of warranty against the seller as in the original action. 4th. Damages, interest, and all expenses of the contract, subject, nevertheless, to the pr jv'^ions contamed in the whole next following. See code for remainder of articles in war- xanly. On the right of redemption. See code, from 1546 to 1560, inclusive. Of the annulling of sale for cause of lesion and of sales by licitation. See code, from 1562 to 1568, inclusive. Of the sale of successions. See code, from 1579 to 1581, inclusive. Of the sale of litigious r^ffU$. See code, Irom 1582 to 1584, inclusive. CIVIL CODE. 201 Of final srfJes and transfers resembling sales. See code, from 1585 to 1502, inclusive. 1593. The alienation in peri)etuity of immoveable property for an annual rent, is equivalent to a sale. It is subject to the same rules as the contract of sale in so far as they can be made U) apply. 15'.>4. The rent may be payable either in money or in kind. Its nature and the rules to whicn it is subject are declared in the articles relating to rents, contained in the second chapter of the first title to the second book. loik"). The obligation to pay the rent is a personal liability; the purchaser is not discharged from it by abandonment ot the property. nf)r is he discharged by reas(m of the destruction of the property bv a fortuitous event or irresistible force. \ 0/ exchtinge of property. See code, from 1596 to 1599, inciiisive. Of lease and hire. 1605. All corporeal things may be leased or hired, except such as are excluded by their special destination, and those which are necessarily consumed by the use of them. 1(K)7. The lease or hire of houses and the lease or hire of farms and rural estates, are subject to the rules common to contracts of lease or hire, and also to particular rules api)licable only to the one or the other of them. 1608. Persons holding real pro[^rty by sufferance of the owner, without lease, are held to be lessees, and bound to pay the aimual value of the property. Such holding is regarded as an annual lease or hire, terminating on the first day of MaN" of each year, if the ])roperty be a house, and on the first day of October if it be a farm or rural estate. It is subject to tacit renewal and t*) all the rules of law applicable to leases. Persons so holding are liable to ejections for non-payment of rent for a period exceeding three months, and for any other causes for which a lease be rescinded. 1()09. If the lessee remain in possession more than eight days after the expiration of the lease, without any ojjposition or notice on the part of the lessor, a tacit renewal of the lease takes place for another year, or the term for which such lease was made, if less than a year, and the lessee cannot thereafter leave the premises or be ejected from them, unless notice has been given with the delay required by law. 1610. When notice has been given, the iossee cannot claim the tacit renewal, although he has continued in jxissession. "'• Obligation of lessor. 1612. The lessor is obliged by the nature of the contract — 1. To deliver to the lessee the tilings leased. 2. To maintain the thing in a fit condition for the purpose for which it has been leased. 3. To give peaceable enjoyfuentof the thing during the continuance of the leat»e. 1613. The thing must be delivered in a good state of repair in all resi)ects, and the lessor is obliged, during the lease, to make all necessary repairs, excei)t those which the tenant is bound to make, as hereinafter declared. 1614. The lessor is obliged to warrant the lessee against aii defects and faults in the thing leased, which prevent or diminish its use, whether known to the lessor or not. 1615. The lessor cannot during the lease change the form of the thing leased. 1616. The lessor is not obliged to warrant the lessee against disturbance by the mere trespas.«? of a third party rot i»retending to have any right upon the thing le;ised; saving U) the lessee, his right of damages against the trespasser and subject to the exceptions declared in the following article. 1617. If the lessee's right of action for damages against the trespasser be uneffectual, by rea- son of the insolvency of the latter, or of his being unknown, his rights against the lessor are regulatr ed according to article 1*>60. 1618. If the disturbance being consequence of a claim concerning the right of property, or other right in and upon the thing leased, the lessor is obliged to suffer a reduction in the rent — proi)ortional to the diminution in the enjoyment ot the thing, to pay damages according to cir- cumstiinces, provided the lessor be duly notified of the disturbance by the lessee and upim any action brought by reason of such claim — the lessee is entitled to be dismissed from the tause u{>oq declaring to the plaintiff the nan'.e of the lessor. 1()19. The lessor has, for the jiayment of his rent and other obligations of his lease a privileg- ed right ui>on the moveable effects which are formed u^mn the proi>erty leased. 1(520. In the lease of houses, the privileged right includes the furniture and movable effects of the lessee, and if the lease be of a store, shop or manufactory, the merchandise contained in it In the lease of farms and rural estates, the privileged right includes everything which serves for the labor of the farm. The furniture and moveable effects in the house, and dependencies, and the fruits produced during the lease. 1()21. The right includes also the effects of the undertenant in so far as he is entitled to the lessee. 1622. It includes also moveable effects belonging to third persons, and being in the ])remises by their consent, express or implied but not if such moveable effects be only transiently or accident- ally on tlie premises, as the luggage of a traveller in an inn, or articles sent to a workman to be re- paired, or to an auctioneer to be sold. 1()23. In the exercise of the privileged right the lessor may seize the things which are subject to it, ui)on the premises, or within eight days after they are tiiken away. If the things consist of men'handise they can l>e seized only while they continue to be the property of the lessor. 1624. The lessor has a right of action to, in the ordinary course of law, or by summary pro- ceedings as preaciibed by the code of civil proceedings, to rescind the lease — First, when the los- mm 202 CIVIL CODE. see fails to fiiniish the premises leased — of a house with sufficient furniture or moveable effects, and of a farm with sufficient stock to secure the rent as required unless otlier security be given. Secondly. When the lessee cannot waste upon the premises leased. Tfardly. When the lessee uses the premises leased for lejral purposes, or contrary to the evident intent for which they are leased — also, he can recover ix)ssessiou and dania^jes — see the rest of article in code. Ohlifjations of the Lessee, 1020. The ])rincipal obligation of lessee are: 1st. To use the thing leased as a prudent administrator for the purposes only for whicli it is designed and according to the terms and intentions of the lease. 2d. To pay the rent or hire of the thing leaseifl. 1027. The lessee is responsible for injuries and loss which may happen to the thing Jeased dur- ing his enjoyment of it, unless he proves that he is without fault. 1()28. He is answerable, also, for the ijijuries and losses which happen from the acts of per- sons of his family or of his subtenants. l()2i). When loss by lire occurs on the premises leased, there is a legal presumption in favor of the lessor that it was caused by the fault of the lessee, or of the persons for whom he is resi>onsible and unless he proves to the contrary, he is answerable to the lessor for such loss. lG.'iO. The i)resumption against the lessee exists in favor of the lessee only, and notm favor of the proprietor of a neighboring property who suffers loss by tire which has originated in premises occupied by such lessee. lli-'jl. If tliere he two or more lessees of separate parts of the same jiroperty, each is answer- able for h:)ss of tire acct»rding to the proj)ortion of his rent to the rent of tlie whole property, unless it is proved that the tire began in the habitation of one of them, hi whi(;h case he alone is answer- able for the fact. 1032. If a stJitement has been made between the lessor of the condition of the premises, the latter is obliged to restore them in the condition in which the stjitement shews them to have been, with exception of the changes caused by age. or irresistiible force. 1(m3, If no such statement as is mentioned in the preceding have been made, the lessee is pre- sumed to have received tlie premises in good condition, and is obliged to restore them in same con- dition, saving by right to i)rove the contrary. 1().'>4. If during the lease, the thing leased be in urgent want of repairs, which cannot be defer- ed the lessee is obliged to suffer them to be made, whatever inconvenience they may cause him, and although he may be deju-ived during the nuiking of them, of the enjoyment of a part of the thing: If such repairs became necessary before the making of the lease, he is entitled to a diminut- ion of the rent according to the time and circumstance, and in any case if more than 40 days be spent in nuiking such repairs the rent mu.-^t l)e diminished in i)roportion to the time and the part of the thing le.t.sed of which he has been deprived: If the repairs be of a nature to render the premises uninli;ibitable for tl»e lessee and his family, he nuiy cause tlie lease to be rescinded. lOiio. The tenant is obliged to make certain lesser repairs which become necessary in the house or its dependencies during his occui)an(;y. « The following among others are deemed to be tenants repa'rs — viz. Rpfdrs. To hearths, chimney-backs, chimney casings and grates: to the plastering of interior walls and ceilings: Hoors when partially broken, but not when in a sfcite of decay: To window glass, unless it is broken by hail or other inevi'able accidents for which the tenant cannot be hold- en: to doors, windows, shutters, blinds, partitions, hinges, locks, hasps, and other fastenings. l();i<». The tenant is not obliged to make the repairs deemed tenants rei)airs when they are rendered necessary by age or irresistable force. 1()37. In case of ejectment or recission of the lease for the fault of the lessee, he is obliged to pay tlie rent up to the time of vacating the premises, and also damages, as for loss of rent after- wards, during the time necessary for reletting, as for any other loss resulting from the wrongful act of lessee. 10;i8. The lessee has the right to sublet or to assign his lease, unless there is a stipulation, it may apply to tlie whole or part only of the premises leased, and in either case it is t(j be strictly observed, "subject to the provisions of the insolvent act. K).')!). The undertenant is held to the princi[)al lessor for the amount of the rent, which he may owe at the time of seizure. He cannot set up i)ayments made in advance — payments made by the under tenants either in virtue of a stipulation in the lease or in accordance with the usage of the phice are not deemed to be made in advance. I(j40. The lessee has a right to remove, before the exi)iration of the lease, the improvements and additin, to obUun the recission of the lease in default of such re- pairs or ainelioi-ati(ms iM'ing made. 2d. To rescind the lease for failure on the part of the lessor to perform any other of the obligations arising from the lease or devolving np(m him by law. '.k\. To recover damages for violation of the obligations arising from the lease or from the relation of the lessor and lessee. 1()42. The lesise or hire of a house, or part of a house, when no time is specified, is held to be annual, terminating on the first day of May each year, when the rent is at so much a year. For a m«mth when it is at so much a month. For a day when it is at so much per day. If the rate of the rent for a certain time be not shewn, the duration of the lease is regulated by the usage of the place. CIVIL CODE. 203 ir43. The lease of Moveables for furnishing a house or apartments, when no time is indicated for its duration, is governed by the rules 54 of the Code, refers to leasing of farnis. 1<>.")5, The Contract of a lease is terminated in the manner common to other obligations, etc. 1()5<>. It is also ternunated in cases of insolvency, etc. 1(>57. When the term of a lease is verbal, neither of the parties can terminate it without pving notice to the other, with a delay of three montlis, if the rent be payable at terms of less than three months, the delav is to be regulated according to article U'A2, subject however, to Articles Hm and 1(3.')3. 1()58. The lease if written, terminates of course and without notice, at the expiration of the term agreed ui)on. 1()5!>, The contract of lease or hire, is tenninated by the loss of the things leased. H'AiO. If, during the Icitse, the thing is wholly destroyed by irresistible force, or a fortuitous event, or taken for puri>oses of public utility, the lea.sie is dissolved of course, and if the thing is destroyed or taken in j)art only, the lessee may, according to circumstances, obtain a reduction of the rent or dissolution of the lease, but in either case he has no claim for dama/es against the lessor. imW. The lease is not dissolved by the death of lesser or lessee. h'riV2. The lesso. The lessee ciinuot by reason of the alienation of the thing leased, be expelled before the exY)iration of the lease, by a person who becomes owner of tlie thing leased, under a title derived from the lessor, unless the lease contains a special stipulation t4. The lessee who is expelled under a stipulatiy4. If the workman furnish the materials, and the work is to be perfecteil and delivered as a whole, at a fixed price, the loss of the tiling, in any manner whatsoever, before delivery, falls upon himself, unless the loss is ciiused by the fault of the owner, or he is in default of receiving the thing. U'tS5. If the workman furnish only labor and skill, the loss of the thing before delivery, does not fall upon him, unless it is caused by his fault. I(i8<). In the case of the last preceding article, if the work is to be i)erfected and delivered as a whole, and the thing perish before the work has been received, and without the owner being in default of receiving it, the workman cannot claim his wages, although he be without fault, unless the thing has perished by reason of defect in the materials, or by fault of the owners. 1«W7. If the \\ork be composed of several i»arts, or done at a cei-fciin rate by measurement, it may be received in parts. It is resumed, for all the jiarts, if the owner pays the workman in pro- portion to the work done. l«i.sj, unless such change or increase is authorized in writing and the price of them is agreed upon with the proprietor, ir»Ul. The owner may cancel the contract for the construction of a building or other work, if they have been begun, in ind«MnniG. Masons, Carpenters, and othci- Woikmen, at their death, who would undertake work by contract for a fixed price, are subject to the rules prescribed in this section. They are regarded as Contractors with such work. 1697. The workmen who are employed by the Contractor in the construction of a building or other work, have no direct action against the owner. Of Privileges and Ihjpotke.es. ^ 2004. The municipal taxes, which rank before all other privileged claims hereinafter men- tioned, are limited to Uixes on persons and personal property imiK)sed hy certain mmiicipalities for taxes, a like j)rivilege isatUiched by special statutes. 2005. The privilege of a lessor extends to all rent that is due or to become due under a lease in authentic form — if the lease be not in authentic form, the pi ivilege can only be claimed for 3 over- due instalments and for the remainder of the current. 2009. The privilege of the builder ranks 7th in the following order. 1st. Law Costs. 2nd. Funeral expenses. 3d. Expenses of last illness. 4th. Expenses of tilling and sowing 5th. Assessments and rules. 6th. Seignoral dues. 7th. The claim of the builder subject to the provisions of article. 2013. 2013. Builders or other workmen and architects have a right of preference over the vendor and all other creditors only upon the additional value given to the immoveable by their works. — Provid- ed an official statement establisliing the state of the premises in which the works are to be made by an expert apiwinted by a judge of the supreme court in the district, and that within six months the stiite of the premises on which the works are to be made by an expert appointed by a jug 3 of the Superior Court in the district, and that within six months from their completion of such works have been accepted and received by an expert ap^winted in the same manner — which acceptiince and reception must be established by another official statement contjiining also a valuation of the work done ; and in no case does the privilege extenJ L eyond the value which the iuunoveable has at the time of sale. — In sale, if the proceeds are insutficiti^t to i)ay the builder and the vendor, or, in cases of con- testation, the additional value given by the builders is established by a relative valuation effected in the manner prescribed in the code of civil procedure, as ascertained by such second statement, and it is reducible to the amount of the additional value given by the buildings. After Publicity of Public Property. — Peyistry Officers. 2177. The Register is bound to deliver to any persons demanding the same, a statement of real rights affecting property, with name of Proprietors, &c., &c. See C. Code for full reading of this article. 217H. He is bound to deliver copies of the acts or documents registered; but he must mention thereon the discharging cancellations, consequences, &c., &c. 2179. He is bound to allow all persons, desirous of examining the entry book, during his office hours, to tjike communication of the same without removing it, and free of charge. He must also, upon payment of the lawful fee, exhibit the Register to any person who has required the registration of an act, and w ishes to be assured of such registration. Prescription. 2251. He who acquires a corporeal immoveable in good faith, under a tnmslatory title, prescribes the ownership thereof, and liberates himself from the servitudes, charges and hypotiieca upon it, by an effective possession, in virtue of such title during ten years. 2252. A subsequent i>urchaser of dues or rents, with title and good faith, prescribes the capiUil thereof, by means of an indeiective enjoyment during ten years, against the creditor, who has during that time entirely failed tt) enjoy and neglected to act. See also 2253 of Civil Vode. 2254. A title which is null by reason of informality, cannot serve as a ground for prescription by 10 years. 2255. A fter prescription by ten years has been removed or interrupted, prescription by 30 years alone can be commenced. See also 225«} and 2257, of C. Code. 2255. After ten years Architects and Contractors are discharged from the warranty of the work they have done or directed. 2261. Wages of workmen (not domestics), if hired for a year or more, are prescribed by two years. MUNICIPAL REGULATIONS. 205 MONTREAL MUNICIPAL REGULATIONS. Bii-Taiw Concerninr/ SinJcft, Prin'es and Cesspools. Passed 15th March, 1870. Sec. 1. The owner or person having care of any tenement used as a dwelling house or any other building with which there is a privy connected and used, shall furnish a sufficient drain of glazed earthen tile under ground, and with a suitiil)le privy or water closet. The privy vault shall be sunk in the ground, and of a capacity i>roiK)ition{ite to the inhabitiint* of such tenement. Skc. 2, All vaults and privies shall be constructed so that the inside of the same shall be four feet from the line of the adjoining lot, and be made tight. Sec. 3. If a dwelling house or any other building, as mentioned in the first section, is not provided with a suitable i»rivy, vault or drain, an officer, apin^inted by the Board of Health, csin require the owner of the buikling to construct one, &c , ^c. Sec. 4. Privies when offensive from beco ding obstructed, must be cleaned within a reasonable time after notice has been served uix>n the owner by the Chief of Police. Sec. 5. No Privy shall be emptied between 1st June and fifteenth of September in each year, unless for special reasons. By-Law Concerninr/ Xuisances — No. 39. Sec. 1. Vacant lots must be enclosed by the proprietors. Sec. 2. Failing to do so after filteen days notice, he is liable to a fine. Sec, 3. Lots ha\ ing stagnant water,or filthy or putrid matter thereon, dangerous to the public, health, must be drained or have the matter removed by the proprietor, witliintwodaysof receiving notice so to do, from the City Surveyor. Secs. (i & 7. Parties throwing dirty water, filtli, soot, or ashes into any street, square, or lane, which shall be an inconvenience or annoyance to the Public, are liable to a' fine. By-Law Concerning the Erection of Buddings. No. 31, page 115. (Passed 15th March, 1870.) • Sec. 2. The construction of Wooden buildings of any kind or description, prohibited. No shingles or wooden material of any kind shall be allowed. Gutters, conductors and siK)uts to be effectually secured against fire. In special cases City Council may make exceptions to this l)y-law. Sec. 3. No front, rear, or other wall of any building whatsoever, required to be altered and cut off below, shall be sujiported in any maimer, in whole or in iwirt, by wood; and no wood shall be used between such wall and such snpi)orters. Se(;. 5. No person shall re^wiir any w(K)den or other roof of any brick or stone houi»e, or any spout attiichedto any house, with any shingles, boards, plank;', or "other wooden or inflammable materials, whatsoever. Sec. «}. Warren's Composition, Racicot & Laurent's Comiwsition roofing allowed. Inspector of Buildings, however, can condemn roofs covered with these compositions if made defective, and order them to be covered with metal or slate. Sec. 7. Proprietors of wooden buildings requiring a new roof may raise the same for the purix>se of making a fiat roof, to be covered with inflammable material ; said building, wlien raised, not to exceed thirty five feet in height. Sec, 8. No wooden building, now erected, shall be enlarged or built upon, unless the extension or addition be of firei)roof materials, nor shall such wooden building be removed from one lot to another. Sec. \). No wooden sheds shall be erected unless left entirely and constantly open on Sheds? ^^^ »\(i^, and provided it dt»es not exceed 22 feet in height in highest pai-t Piazzas and Balce Chimneys, elevated not less than 3 feet fi inches above the ridge pole, and in houses covered with fireproof material, not less than two feet. No chimney shall be constructed so obliquely as to prevent it from l)eing e,isily swept. Sweep openings shall not have less sui)erficial area than 12 inches wiuare, and the jaml)8 built smooth with bricks (when used) grouted in liquid moitiir. Sec. 14. No chinuiey shall have a less thickness in its walls within a building than Ibid. eight inches, and the area of the flue not less than 144 inches; must also be built on a gd stone foundation. 206 MUNICIPAL REGULATIONS. No stove pipe shall be passed through the top or sides of any wooden house, fence or wooden building of any kind. Sec. 15. Proprietors are bound to keep their chimneys in order. Failing to do imncyt. ^^ ^j^^ Building Insi>ector can cause the work to be done. No more than two stove i)ii>e8 shall terminate in the same flue in each story of a house, and no stove pii>e shall terminate elsewhere tlian in the chimnoy. Sweep Holes ^^'^- ^*'- Houses or Buildings, having no lire i)laces provided, must have sweep- hole i)rovided— guarded by iron doors 12 inches square. Sec. 17. All ladders to chimneys nnist be secured and fa.**l3ned to the chim- ^]^^^y neys by iron hooks, and shall not extend higher than «> inches from the to]is of siiid ''" chimneys. — To{)s of chimneys Uiustbesecured with hoop iron, if not ciipped with iron, Boof Ladders Seo. 18. Proprietors are obliged to maintain a sutticient nuuiber of ladders, said ladders to be repaired or renewed when so ordered by the Inspector. Copings Sec. 19, (iable ends of houses to be elevated at least 2 feet al>ove the roof, and the coping, or covering of such gables, shall be made of stone or met^il. Hearth. Sec. 20. Hearth stones must not rest on floors: but nui.«t rest on brick or stone ""**■ not less than .'5 inches thick the wholeextent, and imbedded in mortiir. Aftertliebricks or stone have been grouted so as to fill in spaces — Said brick or stone hearth to be eight inchf^s long- er at each end than the fire i)lace, and IH inches in width from the face of the chimney. Spouts. ^'■'C- '^^- Proprietors of houses or buildings adjoining public .-^ijuares streets, lanes or highways, must provide them with light covered spouts to convey the water to with- in 12 inches of the foot path or sidewalk. Posts and Se(l 22. No woodeu beam or post of any kind shall be used to permanently sup- Bre8!»uinnier8. p^jt brick or work, uuless it is made of ash, oak or elm and at least 12 inches square. I^'id. Sec. 23. No ])erson shall build or enter any beam or joist into any wall in any house or buildhig nearer than eight inches to any flue or fireplace in such wall — and all such beams shall be entered into trimmers and fraujed so as to be at least one inch clean of all chinuieys and flue; all beams, and other timber, in parts walls, shall be separated from the beams or timber on the opposite side of the wall, by at least four inches of solid mason work. Stoves distance Any stove for buniiug wood i)laced in a partition, must have at least nine inches from wood, clear sj)ace from any woodwork iunnediately above it, and 7 inches clear on the sides and all stoves shall be placed uiK>n metal plates, or pans, projecting at least eighteen Inches beyond the door of s«id stove. Ibid. ^^'*' '^^' ^ '^^^ st<^)ves must have eighteen inches clear s]>ace on all sides, unless the partition is i)rotected by tin i>late, nor shall any stove be placed nearer to any wooden partition, or woodwork of any kind than two feet, unless said woodwork is protected uy a tin plate screen. Apertures Sec. 25. " Houses, stores or other buildings more than one story high, must have to Roofs, an aperture of some kind in the roof not less than four hundred and thirty two inches in area, with ladders thereto. If projjrietor refuses to perform this work, within two weeks after having been notified by building inspector he incurs a jienalty. Partition Sec. 2(). Every building, except a private dwelling, over thirty, and under fifty Walls. feet wide, shall have at least, one brick or stone wall running from front to rear — if over fifty feet, and under seventy five feet wide, ; hall have two partition walls — or if over seven- ty feet, and under one hundred, shall have three partition walls as above. Danperous Sec. 27. Imperfections in the construction in the houses or defects which in the Buildings, opiuiou of the building inspector will endanger the public in any way, must be repair- ed or remedied within a reasonable time after the proprietor has been duly notified so to do by said inspector. Sec. 28. The same prohibitions and conditions apply to rejiairs of Buildings already erected. Sec. 2i>. Inspector of Buildings shall have the right to enter all buildings and pre- insptitof's luiseson all lawful days and during reasonable hotirs, for the purpose of performing duUes. the duties appertaining to his oflice. Sec. J50. All Scaffoldings for repairs or used in the erection of Buildings, shall be Scaffoldings, sufficiently wide, strong, and made safe to those working thereon, or to those passing under, under penalty, etc. Walls, ttc, Sec. 31. Dilapidated walls etc , to be pulled down at the order of Building Inspector, dilapidated, and luust be removed by proprietor. Sei\ .32. Proprietors refusing or neglecting to do so, tlien .'*aid Inspector can demol- ibid. ish and remove the thing that is dangerous at the expense of the proprietor, but which will not exemi)t the party from the penalty imj)osed. Public rooms, Skc. 'M. No PuUlic Halls, Churches, or other Buildings, shall be used for AvSsemblies, egress from, for more than one hundred persons, unless so constructed as to offer adequate means of egress in case of fire, etc., etc. Se(\ ,%, Any owner, builder, or other person who shall own, build or aid in the erec- Penaities. tiou of any building within this city, contrary to, or in any manner than authorized by the provisions of this Article, shall be subjeit to a fine of not less than twenty dollars, or an imprisimment not exceeding thirty days for the first offence, and to like fine or im- prisonment for every forty-eight hours such per.sou fails to comply with the provisicms of this By- law, or continue in violation thereof ; if any person shall violate any other provision of By-law, he shall be subject to the like fine or imprisonment. Bij-Law Concernhif/ iieicers. Chapter xxxiii. Page 365. Sec. 1. Council may order street sewers to be made. Sec. 2. Public notice to be given. Sec. 3. Cost of common sewers shall be paid by the owners of real estate on either AawMsment. '^'^^ ^^ street, by means of a special assessment, etc., etc., said assessment not to exceed the cost of a common sewer of two feet diameter. MUNICIPAL REGULATIONS. 207 Sec. 4. Private draius in connection with public sewers, muf»t be kept in order by proprietors, under supervision of lkiildin. No person can enter a private drain into any comnicm sewer without a per- c^8sarv termissiou to connect private drain with common sewer, shall permit any substance to How into such sewer, wiiich shall have a ten- dency to fill said sewer. Sec. 15. Injuries to sewers puni.«hable. Sec. 16. All persons oflendiug against any of the provisions of this liy-law, shall be liable to a Fine not exceeding twenty dollars, or to an imprisonment not exceeding thirty days for such offence. By-Laic Concerning Streets. Chapter xxix. Page 369. Sec. t). Every person intending to erect or repair any building upon land abutting on any streets, shall in the first place give notice to the City Surveyor of his intentions, w ith the number of the street or precise location, and the name of the owner of the land, eioht days at least before commencing to build, etc., etc. Sec. 7. Apj)li('ation must be made to the City Surveyor before commencing to build, aiiotmtrt'f l'»r sucli allotment of a portion of the street opi)osite the site of the buihling, as may building' pur- he necessary and suttic^icnt for placing tliereon building materials. Charge for the poses. permit, one dollar. Said allotui9nt shall not exceed one third of the breadth of the street, exclusive of the footwalk, which shall always be kept clear. He nmst keep sufficient lights burning all night upon such building materials, as long as they are there, com- menciuii from twilight in the evening, and remove all rubbish arising therefrom, under the usual penalty. Sec. 8. Parties answerable for all damages arising from carelessness in any manner connected with such materials. Preparing mortar, st'me, etc., in the streets, prohibited. Doors to Archw^ays, Court-yards, Garden-gates, etc., must be hinged to open Sec. ;> Sec. 11. inwards. Sec. 18. Sec. 19 Skc 0'> Apertures under streets, coal holes, etc., prohibited without first obtaining a license. Gratings in streets likewise prohibited, without license. Pavements and sidewalks not to be injured for the purpose of laying down a private drain or other object, without due authority. Parties not removing encumbrances when ordered to do so by the City Surveyor, can be fined $20, and the charge of removing be sides. By-Law Concerning Sideicalks. Chapter xxx. Page 377. Sec. 1. City Surveyor to regulate din^ensions of sidewalks. Sec. 2. Penalty for encumbering sidewalks. Sec. 3. Projections into streets to be rennned. Sec. 9. liuilders must repair sidewalks in consequence of injury done to them whilst building. Sec. 11. Pei"sses, on the line of street, so as to endanger the safety of the pul)lic, are liable to a tine. Sec. 19. Irini plates over coal holes or other apertures to cellars, must be rough or stubbed on outer surface. By-Law Concerning Vaults and Cisterns. Chapter x.xxi. Page 383. Sec. 2. Permission to construct to be obtained from Rojid Committee. Sec. 3, Appliwition U) be nuule in writing, signed by the proprietor, stating the number of square feet of ground which is required for the same ami intended length and width of the same. Sec. 4. Upon permission being granted proprietors nmst pay to City Treasurer Twenty-five cents for each square fo«»t of ground required for his pur|)oses. Sec. 6. No \'ault or Cistern shall extend further than the line of sidewalk or curb stone of any street. 208 MUNICIPAL REGULATIONS. Sec. 6. Before tlie arching of Vault or Cistern is commenced, the proprietor must applj' to the City Siineyor to measure the same, and to deliver his certificate to the Road (Jommittee, for each of which certificates the City Survejor is entitled to receive, in behalf of the corjwration, the si'm of Four dollar?. Sec. 7. If it api>ears from such certificates that a greater number of square feet has been occupied than a])plied for, tlie proprietor shall, in addition to the usual penalty, pay twenty-five ceut8 for every foot over and alK>vethe nuniVer first i)aid for. Sec. 7. Proprietors to enclose the ground for said vault or cisiem, with a fence or railing, to prevent accidents t«) |>assengers whilst building. Sec. H. All Vaults and Cij'terns must be constructed of brick or stone, to the satisfaction of the City Surveyor The outer side of the gniting or opening into the street shall be either within twelve inches of the outside ol the curb stone of the sidewalk, or within twelve inches of the foundation wall of the front of the house or building to which such vault shall belong. Sec. 10. All grates to vaults shall be of wrought iron bars three-fourths of an inch wide, and one-half of an inch thick, and not more than three-quarters of an inch apart, or they may be provided with thick glass liglits to the satisfaction of the City Surveyor. Sec. 11. All vaults or cisterns must be completed to the satisfaction of the City Surveyor, within three weeks after they are commenced. Sec. 12. Fhig-stone foot-path to be made over vaults. Sec. 13. Propriett)rs responsible for damages from carelessness or defects. Sec. 14. Grates and coverings over vaults to be kept securely fixeara!l--l or iliil lines. C/'ouiElomerate.— Pieces of rock with angular edges, c«'mented into muddy i>ai«t«;a. Couilf<*ra.-Tieet« bearing cone». like tir trees. CobeNion.— I'hal force by whicu the utouid of matter hlick trehended between the place of the star above the horizon and the zenith. - C'OMniical.— Kising or setting with the nun. Coudeu»«er.— A pneumatic engine or syringe, whereby a large quantity of air may be crowded into a given space. C'oHJuiicliou.— /rt Asfronomy. Tho meeting of two starH in tlu; H:uno dej^ree of tne zodiac. ConHtcllatioa.— /n astronomy- A system of several stars that are been in the neavens near to one anotlier. ConrerKin|{. — In gpovrwtrif. Lines wbi<"h are continually ap{)roachil»g nearer to one .another. Converitins Rayi. — //( optics, ilays issuin-^ from diverse p<»ints of an object and incline tn- warils one anotlier, till at last they cross them and become diverging rays. Cor lien. — The second coat of the eye. Com Brash.— A course S'helly lime stone of the Oolites. Craif.— Tertiary beds of sand and shells. Crater,— The opening mouth or vent of a volcano. CrelnceoiiM.— Belonging to chalk. Crinoiiln, or Ijily. — A namopiven to a race of animals that jHissessed a long pliant stem with a lily-ahaped head. Cruslaren.— Animals with homy and lime coats, like crabs. Cry«talliiie.— The decided form given to each kind of earth, when its atoms have time given to settle according to a law impressed upon them. CryMtallinc Humor. — A thick compact hum- or, like a flattest ('onvex lens, in the middle of the eye, serving to make a refraction of the rays of light, necessary to make them meet in the retina to form an image thereon. Ctenoid.— A fish-scale which has its edges jagged like a comb. Culminate.— A star is said to Culminate when it appears in the meridian. CuMp. — The horns of the moon. Cycle of the sun. — A revolution of twenty-eight years, which being elapsed the Sunday letters in the calender, return to theii- former places, and proceed in the same order as before. " Cycle of the moon.— A i erio 1 of nineteen years, upon its completion, the new and full moons re- turn on the same day of the month, though not at the same hour. Cycaiise. — Plants allied to palms and ferns. Cycloifl. — Fish-scales that are smooth at the edge, and often ornamented on the upper surface, such as on the herring and salmon. 1>ay, Astronomical.— The whole interval which passes during a complete revolution of the sun. Debris. — The broken pieces or shivered particles of rocks thrown down. Delta. — Betls of mud and sand settled in the sea at the mouths of rivers. Detritus.— Crumbling particles of rocks made fine. Declination. — In astronomy . The distance of any celestial object from the equinoctial. Density. — The degree of closeness and compact- ness of the particles of a body, in opposition to rarity. Digit.— /n astronomy. The twelfth part of the diameter of the stin or moon. Diluvium. — Deposits formed by water in ages long gone by. Dike. — Melted lava forced rents and fissures of stratified rocks — on the rocks ciiimbling away, these lava streams standout like walls and are cal- led dikes. Dip.-^/n geology. Either the angle which the slope of a stratum' forms witii a horizontal, or the direction by compass, towards which it slopes. The inclination at which an unbf lanced compass needle rests on its pivot, after being magnetized. Disk.- In astronomy, the body and force of the Buu and moon, as it appears to us' from the earth. DiTergent Rays.— Are rays going from the p certain bodies. Kccentric. — In yionutry. A term applied to circles which have not the same centre. iicil^tic.— ln astrmutmy. A great circle of the sphere supposed to be drawn thro' the middle of the zotlia<', or that path that tlie earth aj.pears to describe among the fixed stars. Elasticity.— The disposition of certain bort, in this manner is thunder and lightning produced. Elongation.— The greatest distance at which any inferior planet is ?cen from the sun. Emersion.— /» (istrdnomy. Is when a planet that is eclii)sed bejrins to emerge from the shadow of the eclipsing body. Encrimite.— Meaning lily, a name given to lily-shaped sea animals mounted on a jointed stalk. Eocene.- The dawn of present things ; the early tertiary strata. Equinox.— The time when the sun enters either of the cquinocti.al points, where the ecliptic inter- sects the etiuinoctial. Epact.— TliM eleven days the solar year con tains more than the lunar one. Escarpment.- The bold perpendicular face of rocks, or steepest side of a mountain chain. Exhalation.— A general term for nil efHuvia or steams of water raised from the surface of the earth in the form of vapor. Expansion.— The enlargement of bodies, chiefly by heat — water excepted. Exuvia. — Fossil remains of animals. Fault.— A change on the regular extent of strata by being broken into and made to dip down or rise up. Fauna.— The animals of a particular country. Felspar. — A mineral that forms a large portion of granite and volcanite rocks. Flora.— The plants of a country. Floraininifera.— Animalcule's having per- forated shells. Fluid in physiolojify. — A name given to all particles which yield to the least pressure. Formation. — A group of rocks, supposed to have been matie in one geological period. Fossil.— Animal or vegetable remains turned in the ground into stone. Focus. — In geometry and conic sections- The point where all rays reflected from all curves, etc., meet. Fulcrum.— Tn Mechanics. The Press or support by which a lever is sustained. Oalaxy — In Astronomy. Commonly known as the " Milky way," suj^po'sed to be cau?ed by in- immerable stars, which at an immeasurable dis- tance fill the immensity of space in the whole con- cave of the heavens. CSanoids. — Fish scales, of a long form, with angles, composed of either horn or bone, and cov- ered with bright enamel. Oibboun.— /» Astronomy. A term used to the en- lightened parts of the moon whilst moving from her first quarter to the full. Geocentric place.— The appearance of a plan- et as seen from the earth. Grarity.— The attraction by which nil boiiies move towards each other, unless prevented by some other force. Oreen 8and.—The lowest portion of the chalk formation. CSreen 8tone. — An ancient volcanic rock, settled in a paste of lime, sand or clay, bearing the marks of being hardened with heat. Grej l¥acke. — Pieces of rock settled in a paste of lime, sand or clay, bearing the marks of being hardened by heat. PHILOSOPHICAL, ASTRONOMICAL AND GEOLOGICAL TERMS. Ill C<7p«nnt.--LimA an* of fluids when in motiun, etc., and servos as the basis of computing the powers of various machin- ery acte*mtic«.— Treats o£ the nature, gravity, pressure, and motion of tluitls in general, etc. ■mmcrMioii. — In Aatronomy. When a star or planet is so near the sun, tliat, hidden by its rays, cannot be seen ; it also denotes the beginning, of an eclipse. Incidence.— /« Mechanics. Denotes the direc- tion in which one body strikes on another. Inertia^ or Inactivity, is that property of matter by which it would always remain in the same state of rest in wliich it was put, luiless changed by some external force. lafuNoria— Minute animals found in water with vegetables. Integral.— A terra given to parts of a body which are of a similar nature with the whole. IntenHity. — In Physics. The degree of any quality of heat. or cold. Intercalary day.— That day which is added to the month of February every leap-yeir. Itatitude.— In Astronomy. The distance of a star or planet from the ecliptic. Ijaininse.— Thin layers of mud, or leaves of dried hard mud, resting upon another. Iiena. — A small optic glass, which collects the rays of light into a point in their passage through it, or disperses them further apart, according to the laws of refraction. Lava — Melted stony muds poured out of volca- noes, under the piess;ire of one atmosphere. lieo. — In Astronomy. One of the twelve signs of the zodiac. liibra. — As above. And known as the balance, because when the sun enters it, the days ami nights are equal. Ij|;{nite. — Imperfect coal, carbonized wood. liiiub of a Planet. — The utmost bonier of tlie sun or moon's disc liittoral. — Shallow parts of the sea-shore subject to rise and fall of tides. liibration.— /h Astronomy. An apparent un- equality of the moon's motitjn, whereby she seems to vibrate about her axis. Eionar iTIoon. — The space of twenty-nine days, twelve hours, forty-four minutes, in which the moon completes her daily rotations on her axis. 9lascnetiMm. — The property of the loadstone or natural inagnet. i?Ianiiuaiia.~Animals which give suck to their young. manometer. — An instrument to measure the variety or density of the air. iflarl. — A nuxture of lime and clay. ITIatter. — The general name of every substance, which has length, breadth and thickness. JTIedium. — In Philosophy. Thit space or region through which a body in motion passes tx) any point ; thus ether is supposed to be the medium through which the heavenly bodies move, etc. ITIeridian. — In Astronomy. A great circle pass- ing through the poles ot the world ; it is called meri- dian, because when the sun comes to this circle it is mid-day. JMeteor. — In Physiology. A moveable igneous body. Itietcorolocy. — The science of the phenomena of the atmosphere. Iflica. — One of the minerals of granite. HilioceKe*— Middle Tertiary series. Itlontentnm. — In Mechanics. The impetiu of a mo\ iiig boiK'>t,i^. That {Kjint of the heavens which is diainetriciUy opjK)sito to the ze- nith. The zeuitli and nadir are the two poles of the horizon. IVatural Philooophy, otherwise ca11oon one another. IVebalse. — In Astronomy. Luminous spots in tlie heavens, Some of which consist of lumiiiou.s H|Mjta of telescopic stars, others appear as luminous 8iK>t« of tlifTerent forms. N<9Arm.—ln Astronomy. The two points wherein the orlnts of a planet, cut the ecliptic. When the planet is ascending northward, it is called the ascending no«le, when southward, the descending. IVodule. — .V round mass of eartnor minerals. Oblate. — Flattened or shortened, as an oblate spheroid ; having its axis shorter than its middle diameter ; the earth is oblate, the diameter be- tween the poles being the shorter. Obwidian.— (.tlassy felspar. Occident.— /n geography. The western quarter of the horizon. Occidental Planet — One that sets after the sun. Occultation.— /^n asfronomti. The time astaror planet is hidden fro'u our sight by the interposi- tion of another. Oolite.— Limestone, composed of egg-like glob- ules. Opacity. — In philosophy. Impervious to light. OpticH. — The science oi vision ; also the wuole doctrine of light and colors. OppoHition. — When the earth is between the sun and a planet, the planet is said to be opposi- tion to the sun. Orbit. — In astronomy. The path of a planet or comet, or the curve that it describes in its revolu- tion round a central body. Orion.— A constellation of the southern hemis- phere. Orrery.— A machine for representing the motion of the heavenly bodies. 0!i«cillatiou. — In merhanics. The vibration of a pendulum, the term is also otherwise used. Oxide.— A combination of oxygen, with any me- tallic substance. Panchydermata. — Tliick-skinned animal like an elephant. Parabola.— /»f7^omc/r>/. The section of a cone, when cut by a plane parallel to one of its sid'S. Parallax. — In astronomy. Denotes the change in the apparent place of any heavenly body, caused by being seen from different points of view, or it " is the difference between the true and apparent distance of any heavenly body from the zenith. Parhelion. — Inphysu^loqy. A mock sun or me- teor, in form of a very bright light, ap[)earing on one side of the sun. PejtaNUM. — In astronomy. A constellation in the northern hemisphere. Penumbra. — In astronomy. A partial shade observed between the perfect shatlow, and the full light in an eclipse. VvriikeMum. -Tn astronomy . That point in a planet's orbit which is at the least distance from th'i .'«un. Perigee.— That part of a planet's orbit in which it is ii.earest the earth. Perimeter. — In yometry. The limits of the surface of a figure or botly, in circles it is called the circumference. Periphery.— The circumference of a circle, el- lipsis or any other regular curvilinear figure. PhaMeN. — In astronomy. Tlie sevenu manners in which the planets appear illuminated by the sun. Pheenix. — e gardening an elevated terrace, having steps descending to a series of terraces formed on the sloping sides of a hill. Amphithete. — Indecttrat'uvi. A drinking cup of a lar^'c size, often seen in (ireek sculptures. Amphora.— A Grecian vase with two handles, often seen on meort them when they are in a horizontal direction. ■ Angle-Mtaff, Angle-Bead. Apiece of wood placed vertically, and fixed upon the exterior or salient angles of apartments. An|{le-Tie. — In Carpentry. Dragging piece. Angular Capital. — The' modern Ionic capital, having the four sides alike, and showing the vo- lute, placed at an angle of one hundred and thirty- five degrees in all the faces. Annulnted ColuniitH.— -Columns clustered together by rings or bands ; much used in English architecture. Annular Vts-tlt. — A vault rising from two cir- cular walls, — tLe vault of a corridor. Annulet.— A small square mouMing, used to sep- arate others. Txie fillet which separates the tlu- tiiigs of Ionic capitals is sometimes known by this term. Antn. A ntac.— Properly the jambs of doors, or square posts supporting the lintel. Small pillars attsK'hed to walls fonning the entrances of edifices in general. They have capitals differing from those of the coluriins to which they are attached. Also, an insulated square pillar without base or capital or any other mo. tiding. Ante-chamber.— An apartment preceded by a vestibule and from which is approached another room. Ante-chapel.— That part of the chapel through which the passaire is to the choir. Antefrajementa.— The three pieces constitute ing the frame of a doorway. Antependiunt. — An awning or veil, which was suspended over and before the altar in mediaeval churches. AnterideM. — In ancient architecture. Buttresses or counterforts supporting a wall. Ante-wignia. — In Roman furniture . A semicir- cular table bed, which when joined to another formed a rouml table. Ante-temple.— What is now called the nave of a church. Antic!4. — In architecture. Fancies having no foundation in nature, as sphinxs, centaurs, etc., different flowers growing on one stem. Grotesque ornaments of all kinds. VI GLOSSARY. Ant*!-ilc«.— Upright Works ornamented on the face and |)liu.'ed at regular intervals on the crown- ing member of a cornice. Antiquarium.— A room or cabinet where ancient books and vases were kept. Apiary. — A bee-house. Apis. — The figure of a bull ; a common orna- ment in Egyptian architecture. Apodyterium.— A room at the entrance of ancient baths, where persons dressed and undressed fur the bath, or practiced gymnastic exercises. ApatcichiHiuuH. — In ancient military arc hitrr- turtf. A double wall or rampart of earth raised by the besiegers close to the pla<'e invested- Apothefiiii.— A place on the south side of the chancel in ancient churches, fitted up with shelves for books, vestments, etc. Apothcca. — A cabinet, cupboard, cellar, etc., in which the ancient Romans kept oil, wine, etc. Apopiiorata. — A moveable stage or bar to car- ry relics. Apoplyju^e-ApotheNiM.— A concave quadrantal moulding, joining the shaft of a column to the base, and connects the top of the shaft to the fillet under the astragal. The small fascia or bend at the top and base of the shaft of columns. Apnis. — The bowed or arched roof of a house, room, or oven, — the canopy of a throne, — the inner part of ancient churches where the clergy were seated and wliere the altar was placed. Aproii-pircc. — In carjyentDj. A horizontal piece of timber in a wooden dmible-flighted stair supporting the carriage pieces and joistings in the half spaces of landings. Aproii'liinitiK. — In joinery. The facing of the apron-piece. ApoHtoieum. — A church called by the name of an apostle. Apteral. — A temple which is built without col- umns at the sides. Arabemque. — A building after the manner of the Arabs. Ornaments used by the same people in which no human or aiumal figures appear. Ara- besque is sometimes improperly used to denote a species of ornament composed of capricious fan- tastic and imaginary representations of animals and foliage so much employed by the Romans in the decorations of walls and ceilings. Arabian Architecture. — A style of architec- ture the rudiments of which appear to have been taken from surrounding nations, the Egyptians, Syrians, Chaldeans, and Persians. The best pre- served specimens partake chiefly of the Graico- Roman, Byzantine, and Egyptian. It is supposed that they constructed many of their finest build- ings froni the ruins of ancient cities. Araiicnee. — In military Architecture, A branch return, or gallery of a mine, AraeoMyle.— That style of building in which the columns are distant from one another from four to five diameters. Strictly speaking, the term should be limited to inter cohnnniation of tour diameters, which is only suited to the Tuscan onler. Arboret*. — Large i)ronze candelabra, in the shape (jf a tree, place*! on the fioor of ancient churches, so as to appear growing out of it. Area CiiMtoilise. — In Unman Architecture. A kind of cage or cell, with bars of oak, for confiidng criminals. Arcade.— A series of apertures or recesses with arched ceilings or sotTets. A series of arched open- ings round public squares, markets, courts, &c. Arcw.— /h Roman Architecture. The gutters of the Cavnedium. Arem Areiilnp. — Tn square sarcophagi, sides expandint;, and resting upon feet resembling a lion. Arc-Boiitant. — An arched buttr* s formed of a fijvt aroli or part of an arch, abutting against the feet or sides of another arch to support them. They are sometimes called flying buttresses. Arceila. — In medUeval Architecture. A cheese- room. Arch. — In building. A me«'hanical arrange- ment of building materials arranged in the form of a curve, wliich f)reserve t. given form when resist- ing presauri', and enables them, supported by piers or abutments, to carry weights and resist pressure- The various kinds of arches will be found on Plates. Arch-buttreiw.— Sometimes bonsRure. — A rear vault, — an arch placed within the opening of a window or door and of a different form to increase the light. Arris.— The meeting of two surfaces producing an angle. Arris fillet. — A triangular 8e<'tion of timber used in raising slates against shafts of chimneys, and similar work- Arsenal. — A public storehouse for arms and am- munition. Artificer, or Artizan. — A person who works with his hands, and manufactures any commodity in iron, brass, wood. &c. Arx. — In Ancient Military Art. A fort or castle, for tlie defence of a place. Asarotuni. — A kind of painted pavement used by the Romans before the indention of Mosaic work. Ashlar, or ashler. — Common, or free stones as they are brought from the quarry, generally from !> to 12 inches thick, but of different superficial di- mensions. When the facing of the stones is quite smooth, and exhibit no marks of the tools by which they were cut, it is called plane Ashler. When wrought in a regular manner so that the surface has the ai)pearance of parallel flutes, placed verti- cally it is called tooled Ashler. When the surfaces of the stones are cut with a broad tool without care or regularity, it is said to be random tooled. When wrought with a narrow tool, chiselled or boasted. When cut with very narrow tools it is said to be pointed, and when the stones project from the joints with either smooth or broken surfaces, the ashlar is said to be rusticated. Neither pointed, chiselled nor random tooled ashlar can be adnntted in good work. The act of setting an ashlar facing is called ashlarinfj. Ashlarinic.— /'' carpentry. The fixing of short upright quarterings in garrets about two feet and a half or three feet high, between the rafters and the floor, cutting off the acute angles at the bot- tom. Asphaltum.— A kind of bituminous stone, principallv found in the province of Neufchatel, mixed with stone it forms an excellent cement in- corruptible by air and impt netrable by water. Asseniblaiee.— The uniting of things together as by mortice an«l tenon, dovetailing, &c. Asseinbiase, or association of the orders, the placing of the i-olumns ujKtn one another so that their axes may be in the same straight line. Aslel.— A board or plank used for partitioning over head in tunnelling. Astragal.- A small semicircular moulding, sometimes plain and sometimes ornamented. Asymptote.— A straight line whi«'h continual y approaches to a curve without touching it. ARCHITECTURAL TERMS, VII Attached Colnmti*.— Those which project three-fourths of their diameter Irom the wall. AtlaM<>.<« or A tlantiden.— Statues of men which Bupported entablatures with mutules. Atrium. — A court puirouiuledby pictures in the interior division of Roman houses. Attic. -A low Btory erected over an order of an-hi- tecture to finish tlie upi>er part of a building, chie;- ly used to conceal the ro<>f. Attic, or Atticar$(ic Banc consists of an upper and lower toriia, a sofiiia. and lillets between them. — A small height of panelling above the cor- nice. Attic Order. — A term used to denote the low pilasters employed in the decoration of an attic story. Attributes. — In painfiufj and sculpture. Sym- bols given to figures and statues to indicate their oflice and chara( ter. Auttitory.— /» ancient churches- That part of the church where the people usually stood to be instructed in the gospel, now called the nave. Aviary. — A large ap.artment for breeding birds. Aula. — A court or hall in ancient Roman houses. Axis.— The spindle or centre of any rotative motion. In a sphere an imaginary line through the centre. Back. — When a piece of timber is placed in f>osition, the upper side is called the back and the ower the breast. Back-fillet.— i "Annulet. Back Shutters.— The part folded behind, the vision visible i-* called the front. Backof H^Tindow. — That piece of wainscot- ing which is oetween the bottom of the sash frame and the floi^r. Backing of a Rafter or Rib. — The forming of an upper or outer surface, tliat it may range with the edj^es of the ribs or rafters on either side. Backiiiis of a M'all. — The rough inner face of a wall. Earth deposited behind a retaining wall, etc. Badi;;eon. — A mixture of plaster and free- stone, well sifted and ground together, used by stat- uaries to till up small holes and repair defects. BajB^nio.— An italian term for a bath. Baguette. — A small astragal moulding, gome- times carved and enriched with pearls, ribands, and laurels. Ball-floorer. — Gothic, an ornament resembling a ball enclosed in a circular flower— -one of the char- acteristics of the Decorated style. Balaneia.— A Greek term for a bath. Balcony- — A projection from the face of a wall supported by columns or consoles, and usually sur- rounded by a balustrade. Baldachin. — A building in the form of a can- opy, sui^ported with columns, and serving as a crown or covering to an altar- Balks.— Large pieces of timber. Balloon.- A round ball or globe placed at the top of a pillar or spire by way of a crowning. Baluster. — A small pillar or column, support- inga rail, of various forms, —used in balustrades. Baluster.— The lateral part of the volute of the Ionic capital. Balustrade.— A series of balusters connected by a rail. Band.— Aflat or square member or moulding, smaller than the facia. Banded Column.— A column encircled with bands, or annular rustics. Bandelet.— Any little band, or flat moulding, that encompasses a column like a ring. Banker.— A stone bench on which masons cut and square their work. Banquet.— The footway of a bridge, raised above the carriageway. Bars of a sash.— Light pieces of wood or metal which divide the window-sash into compartments for panes. Bar- Posts. — Posts driven into the ground to form the sides. Barbnean. — A long narrow canal or opening left in walls of a building erected on a place liable to be overflowed with water, to allow it to flow through. In Ancient Fiyrtification, an outer defence to a fortification. Barge Board — Boards nailed against the outer face of a wall, along the slopes of a gable end of a house to hide the rafter, etc., and to make a neat finish. Barfje-Conrse.— That part of the tiling which projects over the gable of a building and is mude up below with mortar. Bas-relief. — See rnssn-reliero. Basalt. — A stratified rock very useful in build- ing, paving, etc. Base ITlouldiniES. — The mouldings immedi- ately above the plinth of a wall, pillar or pedestal. Base of a Column. — That part which is be- tween the sl'.aft and the pedestal, or if there be no pf'destal, between the shaft and the plinth. Tlie Grecian Doric had no base, and the Tuscan has only a single torus or a plinth. Basement. — The lower part of a building. Basil.- A word used by carpentes todeiiotethe angle to which the edges of i;on tools should bo ground. Basilica. — A kind of public hall or court of jus- tice — when applied to a church it conveys an idea of great magniiicence. Basin. — A small reservatory of water, as in fountains, — a Dock. Basket. — A kind of vase in the form of a basket filled with flowers or fruits, serving to terminate some decoration. Bas>te-Cour. — A court separated from the principal one and destined for stables, etf . Basso-Helievo or Bas- Relief.— The repre- sentations of fitrures projected from a back ground without being detached from it. It is divided into three parts, aHo^el'ievo, when the figure projects more than one-half, mezzo-reliem, that in which the figure projects one-half ; and has.sri-relit vo, when the projection of the figures is less than one- half, as in coin.s. Bat.— A i)art of a bri. k. Battea.— Small scantlings used in the boarding of floors and on walls for lathing on. Bntten-door. — A ledged door, or barred door. Blotter.— When a v.all is built in a direction that is not perpendicular to its base, it is said to batter. Battlements.— Indentations on the top of a parape' or wall, first used in fortifications, and afterwards applied to churcheo and other buildings for ornament. Battifoiium.— A kind of tower of defence mentioned by Latin ITistori.ans. Baulk.- -A piece of timber from 4 to 10 inches square. Bay. — Any kind of an opening in a building, as a door, window, or chimney. Bay of «f oists.~The joisting between two bind- ing joists, or between two girders, when there are no binding joists- Bay of roofing —Tlie small rafters and purlins between the iirincijtal rafters. Bay ovindoov. — See bow irinrfow. Bazar. — A kind of Eastern mart, of Arabic origin. Bead.— A circular monlding. When several are joined, it is called reeding ; when flutJi with the surface, it is called quirk-bead, and when raised, cock-bead. Bead and Butt Work.— A piece of framing in whi<'h the panels are flush, having beads run or stuck on both edges, having the grain of the wood in their dir<*<'tion- Bead. Butt antl Nqnare Work. — Framing with bead and butt on one side, and square on the other. Bead and Flush lA^ork. — A piece of framed work, with beads run on each edge of the included panel. Bead. Flush, and Square Work. -Framing with bead and flush on one side, and square on the other. Bead and Quirk.— A bend stuck on th** edge of a piece of stuff, flush with its surface, with only one quirk, or without being returned on the other surface. Beak. -A small fillet in the under edge of a pro- jecting cornice, intended to prevent the rain from passing between cornice and fascia. Beam-Fillins-— The building of masonry or brickwork, between rafters and wall plates, etc, to fill up spaces. Bearer.— Anything which supports a body in its place, as a wall, post, strut, etc., a vertical sup- port. VIU GLOSSARY. Bearinir of a piece of timber.— That part of a piece of timber which is uusupported, or is be- tween two or more props. Bearing.- The length between bearers or walls; thus, if a bearer rest on walla twenty feet apart, the bearing is said to be twenty feet. Bearing Wall, or partitioa.— A wall which is built upon the 8oli«l, and made to support another wall or partition, either in the same or a transverse position. When the supported wall is built in the same diiection as the wall it sui)ports, it is said to have a solid bearing, but when built in a transverse direction, or not supported thioughout its length, Beaufet, or Baffet.— A small cupboard, or cabinet, to contain china. Bed* of a Wtone. — The horizontal courses of a wall of masonry, that under any particular stone, is called the undfrbed. Bed-mouldings. — Ornamental mouldings On the lower face of a projecting cornice. Belection i?Ioulding».-Mouldin!T8 which pro- ject around the panels of a framing : seldom used, except in external decorations to very grand houses. Bell-gable. — Gothic. In small churches and chapels, a kind of turret placed on the apex of a gable at the west end, and carrying a bell. Belfry .-That part of a steeple in which the bells are hung. Bell. — Of the Corinthian and Composite Orders. Tt is used to denote the body of the Capital by reason of its shape to an inverted bell. Bell- Boof. --Somewhat similar in its curves to a bell. Belt.— A course of stones projecting frorq a brick or stone wall, generally placed in a line with the sills of the first floor window, it is either mould^ fluted, plane or enriched with patras at regular intervals. Sometimes called stone string. Belvedere or Ijook out.— A turret or lan- tern raised above the roof of an observatory for the purpose of enjoying a tine prospect. Beuda— See Fascia. Bevil angle.— A terra used by workmen to de- note any angle besidtis those of 90 or 45 degrees. Billet moulding — See Moulding. Binding joiwtn.— Beams arrar<^cd on a floor at from 3 to 4'feet apart to support tue transversely the bringings above and the ceiling joists below. Binding rafters.- .Sf»'«» PiirliuH. Birds mouth. — Aniiiterior angle, made in the upper end of a piece of timber to shore up bres- Bummers. Bitumen.— See Asphaltum. Blank-door.— A false door placed in an apart- ment opposite to the real door for the sake of uni- formity. Blank windows. — Used similarly as a blank- door. Blinds.- Thereare different blinds in use. The improved Venetian woiked oji rollers are very suit- able for rooms. Blocking or Blocking-ronrse.— Tn M'V- ionru. A course of stones placed on the top of a cornice crowning the walls. Blockings.- An Jninen/. Small pieces of wood fitted and glued to the interior angle of two boards or other piccea with a view to strengthen the board. Boarding joists.- Joists in naked tiooing to which the boards are fixed. Boarding Ijuffer.— 5t'e Luffer boards and Lever boards. Boasting-tool. — See Tools hij Ma8on.'«l«-~The same as bulwark. Barnn.— ift Middle Aije Writers. A little colloge or hall in a lurversity for the residence of stu- dents. BurNe or BoiirM«. — A public edifice for the as- sembly of merchant traders, — an Exchange. Bast.— /» sculpture. That portion of the human figure which comprises the head, neck and shoul- ders. BuACam.— A figurative expression amone the Romans for any kind of tomb. BiitinenlH or Abutments. — Supports or projis by which the feet of arches are sustained in their places. Butiuent Cheeks. — The two solid parts on each side of mortise. Butt-Joiut.— In hand-railing a joint at riglv angles to the curve of the rail. Buttery. — A store room for provisions. Butting;.— Jbi/i/. A joint formed by the sur- faces of two pieces of wood, the surface of one be- ing parallel with the other's fibres, and that of the other dther in the same or an oblique direction. Battre«ts. — A mass of masonry or brickwork serving to support the side of a wall that is of a great height, or to assist it in sustaining any great strain or pressure upon it from the opposite side. BHttre««.~Go///ic. Are xised for ornament a.s well as strength. Two kinds are used — one called pillared: buttresses formed of vertical planes at- tached to the walls ; and the other, which rises from the pillared buttresses upon the sides of the aisle, with ai arch-formed intrados, and sloping intrados or top, and called/^ my buttresses or arc boutants. Byznntine Architecture.— A style developed in the Byzantine Empire. The capitals of the pillars are of endless variety and full of invention; some are founded on the Greek Corinthian, some resemble the Norman and the Lombard style and 80 varied that no two sides of the same capital are alike. They are comprised under the style Ro- manesque, which comprehends the round arch style. Cabinet. — The most retired room in a building, set apart for writing, studviujz, or preserving any- thing valuable. Also, a iiighly ornamented kind of bullet or chest of drawers set apart for the pre- servation of things of value. Cabinet. — in Gardiuing. A little insulated building or kind of suniriier-house, open on all sides, and serving as a place of retirement. Cable.— A moulding in the lower part of a fluted column, represented by a rope or rush lying in the fluting. These colunnis are called cable- fluted. See Plate— ('o/«m«s and Flutes. Cage. — An outer work of timber enclosing another within it. CaiHson. — See name under terms for Engineers. Cais)i!ions. — Sunk panels in ceilings or in sof- fits- Calcareous Cementr— See Cements. Caliiariuni. — A brazen vessel in ancient baths in which hot water was kept. Also, a close vault- ed room in which sweating was produced by dry hot fumes. Caliber, or Calliper.- The diameter of any round body. The width of the mouth of a piece of ordnance. Calislucts. — A kind of pipes or canals disposed along the walls of houses and apartments, and usetl by the ancients for the conveyance of heat from one <'ommon furnace. Calotte.— A concavity or de pressure in the form of a cup or niche, lathed and plastered to diminish the height of a chapel, cabinet or alcove, which would otherwise be too high for the breadth. CnmaroMis. — An elevation terminating with an arched or vaulted head. Camber. — An arch on the top of an aperture, or on the top of a beam, hence camber-windowf). Camber- Beam .--A piece of timber cut with an obtuse angle on the upper edge, so as to form a declivity on each side, or cut in a convex form. Cauipana.— The body of the Corinthian capi- tal on which the leaves were placed, called the vase or bell. Campanile. — .\ tower allotted for bells. In Italy being separate from the churches. Canal. — Tlie flutings of a column or pilaster. Caual of the Volute.— A spiral cliaunel in the Ionic capital, commencing at the eye and ex- f»anding in width until the whole number of revo- utions are eumpleterojecling moulding that surrounds the arches and heads of Gothic nic-hes. Cant.— An external angle or corner of a building. also, a term amongst carpenters to turn over a beam of timber. Cant-Jlouldings — ^A moulding with a bev- elled face. Cantillrer .-Blocks of wood, or iron, projecting at regular distances from the surface ot a wall to support the eaves of a house, or upper mouldings of a cornice. It is essentially the same with modil- lioji ; but the latter work is confined to general architecture. Caiitharuis. — A fountain in the middle of the atrium before the ancient churches, wherein per- sons washed their heads and faces before they entered. Cantinif.— The cutting away apart of an angular body atone of its angles, that the section may form a parallelogram, whose edges are parallel from the interseciiou of the adjoining planes. Cautined. — When the angles of a building are adorned with columns, pilasters, rustic quoins, or anything which projects beyond the naked walls. Cap. — In Jo'irurij. The part which crowns the whole, as the capital of a column, cornice of a door, etc., etc. Capeduncula. — Vessels wherein the ancient Romans preserved the sacred fire of Vesta. Capital) the head of a column which rests on the shaft. Capital of a I^antern. — The dovering which terminates the lantern of a dome. Capping-pieces.— A general name for horizon- tal timbers, which extend over upright posts and into which the posts are formed. Capital of a TrijKlyph. — The projecting band above the plane vertical area or fa<'e. In the (iiecian done, the cap)ital of the tryglyph, projects only a short distance, and is not retiirned on the Hanks, except at Jhe angular tryglyphs, and this only upon each face of the building. In the Roman doric, it has a greater projection, and is returned w ith the same projection on the flanks as on the fare. Caravansera. — A huge square building, or inn, in the East, for the reception of travellers and lodiring or caravans. Caracole. — A spiral staircase. Carcax^.—The shell or ribsof a house before itis lathed and plastered, or the boanls are laid. Carrara Marble.— The while marble of the ancients- it is distinguished from I'arian, now called statuary marble, by being harder and less bright. Carrel. — In the middle ages. A closet for privacy and retirement. CarriaRe.-The timber work which supports the steps of a wfXRlen stair. Carton, or Cartoon. — A design made on strong paper, to be transferred on the fresh plaster wall to be afterwarils painted in fresco ; also a colored design for working in Mosaic tapestry, etc. Cartouche. — An ornament resembling a scroll of paper, being usually in form of a table, or fiat member, with wavings, bearing some inscription or device. It is nearly akin to a modillion with this ex, figures of men's faces represented as viewed obliquelv. Catch Drains. — The feeders of reservoirs. In the construction of canals, the same as counter- drains. Cathedral. — The head church of a diocese. Catherine Wheel. — Gothic. An ornamental window of a circular form, with rosettes, or radiar ting divisions, of different colors. Cathetus. — A perpendicular line, passing through a cylindrical body, as a baluster, or column. Cattns. — A moveable shed, usually fixed on wheels. Caviedium. — In ancient buildmgs, an open court. Cavasion.— The foundation plan of the walls of a building. Cave. — One of the oldest species of architecttire of which we have any remains are the excavations in rocks, supjwsed to be intended for religious worship- Carea. — The dens or caves iu ancient amphi- theatres. Cavetto.— A concave ornamental moulding, op- posed in effect, to the ovolo, — the quadrant of a circle. Caulieoles — Slender stems or stalks under the leaves of the abacus in the Corinthian Capital — between eao- sitions for the mason plasterer and joiner. Cenotaph. — An honorary tomb or nioiniraent, distinguished from monuments in being empty, the individual it is to memorize having received inter- ment elsewhere. Ceutanr. — A jioetical imaginary being of heathen mvthology, half man and hall horse. Centering. — 771 BuiUiimj, The frame on which ftu arch is turned. Centren of a door.— The two pivots round which the door revolves. Ceroma.— In the gj-mnasia and Roman baths, an apartment where the bathers and wrestlers were anointed with oil and wax. Cerophastic. — The art of modelling in wax. Cestophorus.— Sculptures of females bearing the cestus or marriage girdles in the marriage ceremonies of the ancients. Chain-timber.— A piece of timber, in breadth equal to the length and breadth of a brick used for strenghteniug walls by inserting in the middle height of a story. Chambraule. — An ornamental bordering on the tides and tops of doors, windows and fire places, this ornament is generally taken from the archi- trave of the building. Chanifei*.— To channel or make indentures in stones, pillars, or other ornamented parts of a building. Chancel.— Tliat part of a church at the eastern end, in which the altar or communion table is i>laced; usually separated from the nave and transept by cancelli or lattice work. Chandeliers.— Are wooded parapets, used in fortifications for defence. Channel.— A part in the Ionic capital, some- what hollow under the abacus, after the listel, it lies upon the echinus having its contours, or turnings upon each to make the volutes. Channel stones are stones prepared for gutters. Chantlate. — A piece of wood fastened near the end of a rafter, projecting beyond the wall to sup- port two or three rows of slates to prevent rain from running down the walls. Chantry.— A little chapel in ancient churches, for the performance of mass for the release of souls in purgatory. Chapel. — A place of public worship separate from or attached to a church. Chapiters >vith mouldings. — Are the capi- tals of the Tuscan and Doric ^orders which are without foliage or embellishment. Chapiters -with sculp*nres. — AretheCorin- thriau,' and those decorated with foliage and other carvings. Chap let. — An ornamental fillet in the form of a string of beads. Chapter House. — The place where canonical meetings are held usually attached to a cathedral hotise. Charged. — Implies that one. member of a piece of architecture is sustained by another. A frieze is said to be charged with the ornament with which it is charged. Charnel House.— A house for the deposit of the bones of the tlead. Chartophyacium. — A recess for the preserva- tion of records. Chase itlortise. — The mode of inserting or mortising inclined traverse joists into paralled timbers in ceilings. Cheeks.— Two equal and similar parts of any piece of timber work. Chequers. — Stones of uniformly equal dimen- sions ai ranged in the face of a wall with uninter- rupted lines of vertical and horizontal points. Cherub. — Gothic. A representation of an in- fant's head joined to tw o wings used in the churches or keystones of arifhes and corbels. Chevron. — Gothic. An ornament turning this and that way like a zigzag or letter Z. Chain r^louldius. — An ornament of the Norman iierio's, when it has a row of portico^^ in fonu of vaulted galleries, with chapels in its circum- ference. Ciboriiim. — A small arched vault supported by four columns. The s<'ulptured tombs of martyrs are called ciboriums ; also the coffer case enclosing the host. Cilery. — Ornaments of foliage and drapery on the heads of columns. Cimbia — A list, string, fillet or cincture. Cimeliarch.— A name g^^'en t© the apartment where the plate and vestments are deposited in church. Cincture.— The circular concavity near the head or base of a column. Cinque foil— Gothic. — A five-leaved ornament, in circular and other divisions of the windows of ancient churches, and also on panels. It is a rosette of five equal leaves. Cippus.— The cippi were small columns by the sides of highways, generally bearing inscrip- tions of remarkable events, or used as land marks. They were frequently without capital or base. Circuinvallation. — Tlie surrounding of trenches or fortifications with a trench or parapet, commonly flanked with redoubts. Circumvolutions.— A term applied to the spirals of the volute of the Ionic capital, which in some instances has three, but in the temple of Minerva Pallas, four circumvolutions. Circus.— Among the Komans a large oval building, for the exhibition of popular games and shows. Civic Cro^vn.— A garland of oak leaves and acorns, given as honorary distinction among the Romans to such as had preserved the life of a fel- low citizen. Clathri.— In Roman architecture, bars of iron or wood used to secure doors, etc. Clear.— The uninterrupted distances between two places. Clere-Story Windows. — Such as have no transum intersection. Clepsydra.— A vessel or building used by the ancients to measure time, by running out a certain quantity of sand or water. Clinkers.— Bricks impregnated with nitre, and hard burnt. Cloacw.- The common sewers of ancient Rome. Cloister— '^o/AJc. The principal i)art of a regu- lar monastery, consisting of a square piazza be- tween the church and the chapter house and the refectory, having over it the dormitory, and often enclosing the cemetery. Close »$trinf(.-- In dog-leg stairs, a stair case witlK)ut an open newel. Closer.— The last stone in the horizontal length of a wall, which is smaller than the rest, to fill up th'" row. C lough.— A paddle or sluice in a pond or canal. C lough Arches, or Paddle Iloles.— Crooked arches by which the water is conveyed from the upper pond into the chamber of the lock of a canal on drawing up the clough. Clustered.— In architecture, the coalition of several members which penetrate each other. Clustered Column — Several slender pillars attached to ea<'h other, so as to form one. The term is used in Roman ardiitecture to denote two or four columns which appear to intersect each other at the angle of a building to answer at each return. Cockle Stairs.— A winding staircase. Cock-Head.— Sec Read. Cocking or Coggiug.— A mode of notching timber. Cicnaculum.— The eating-room of the Anc»ent Romans. Ccenateo.- A banqueting and summer house of the ancient Romans. Coffer.— .\ recess used anciently in level soffits, and on the intradoses of <'ylinbrackcttiiig. — The wooden skeleton mould or framing of a cone, applied chiefly to the bracketting of a cone ceilijig. Coned-ceilins. — A ceiling springing from the walls with a curve. Corona. — The brow of the cornice which pro- jects over the bead mouldings to throw off the water. Corridor. — A long gallery or passage in a man- sion connecting various apartments and running round a quadrangle. Cortile. — The court yard of Italian houses, often embellished with statues. Coned and flat ceilin{(. — A ceiling in which the section is the quadrant of a circle, rising from the walls and intersecting in a flat surface. Counter-fort.— A pier or buttress to strengthen a wall. Countersink.— To make a cavity in timber- work for the reecpliou of a plate of iron, or the head of a screw or bolt. Coupled coiumus.— Columns arranged in pairs. Coume. — A continued layer of bricks or stones in buildings ; the term is also applicable to slates, arch stones, etc. Court. — An open area behind a house, or in the centre of the building and the wings. Courts admit of themost elegant ornamentations, such as arcades, etc. Cousinet or cuHhion. — The stone wliich is placed on the impost of a pier to receive the tirst stone of an arch, also the name of the front of an Ionic capital between the abacus and echinus. Crab. — An instrument t^> raise large stones. Cradle.— The same as coffer. Cradling. — Timber work for sustaining the lath and plaster of vaulted cei'ings, or for sustain- ing an entablature for a shop front, etc. Crampoons.— Hooked pieces of iron for draw- ing up timber or stones. Chapandine-doorti.— Such as turn at the top and bottom. Chenell. -Go^Aic. The opening of an embat- tled parapet. Crescent. — A building erected in the form of an arc. Cremt-tile. — The tile on the ridge of a house. In Gothic archittcture, leaves running up the sides of gable, or ornamented canopy. Crenellated nioulflin^s. — Mouldings embat- tled, notched or indented. Used in the Norman style. Crests.— Carved work on the top of a building. The ridges of roofs, the copes of battlements, .and the tops of gables were called crests. Creux. — That species of sculpture in which the lines and figures are cut below the surface. Crocket.- Go^A/r. The small buds or bunches of foliage used to ornament spires, canopies, pinna- cles, etc., the large bunches at top being termed finials- Croissnnte Croix.— A crescent at each end. C roots-banded. — A terra applie«l to a veneer on a hanti-rail, the grain of which crosses that of the rail. Cross-beam. — A large beam going from wall to wall or a girder that holds the side of the house together. Cross-raultinic.— A common name given to groins and cylindric vaults. Crown.-^The upper part of a cornice including the corona. The ornaments on the key stone of an arch, called also a console. C rosettes. —the returns on the comers of archi- traves of doors, etc. Crypt or Croud.— A subterraneous vault gen- erally beneath churches. In late years used for burial . Crypt porticns. — Subterranean galleries in the liomau Villas uses as cool sitting-rooms. Culnien, of the Romans, was the ridge piece of the roof. Culvert.— An arched drain for conveying water under canals or roads. Cunette. — In fortifications. A deep trench to obstruct an enemy's ai>proach. Cupola. — A sperical vault at the top of an edi- fice, a dome. Curb-plate.— The wall plate of a circular rib- bed dome, also the horizontal rib of the top, etc. Curb roof or Jflansard roof. — A roof form- ed of four contiguous planes, each two having an external inclination- . C'urator. — The names given by the Romans to surveyors or inspectors of public works. Curia. — The Roman council house. Curtail step.— The first step in a stair, which is generally fini^hed in the form of a scroll. Curtain. — In Fortification. That part of a ram- part which lies between two bastions. Cushion capital.— A capital having a resem- blance to a cushion. Cusp. — Gothic. A term applied to pendants, as- sembled they form trefoils, quatrefoils, etc. Cut. — A canal. Bracktts are cut when they are moulded on the edge. A cut-i'oo/, is a truncated one. Cyclopean Buildin^a^s, are the most ancient specimens of masonry, formed by immense blocks of stone piled upon each other without cement. Cylindric Ceilinij.— A ceiling vaulted in the shape of a segment of a cylinder. Cylindrical ceilings iulmit of being pierced by lunettes, which form cylindro-cylindric arches. They should be decorated with 'coffers, separated by soffits and enriched with guelloches. Cyma. — A moulding with an undulating or waved profile, partly convex and partly concave, called by workmen an ogee. When the hollow part is uppermost it is called a cyma-recta ; when the convex part is above a cyma-reversa, when it is the upper moulding of a cornice it is called cyma- tium, Cymatiuin. — The upper moulding of a cornice of three kinds of cyinatia, the Tuscan is supposed to have been an ovoio, or quarter round ; the Doric an ovolo or cavetto, and the Lesbian the cyma inversa. Cyzigenus. — A magnificent hall among the Greeks. I>ado.— The square or flat part of the base of a column between the plinth and the cornice. It is of a cubical form. Days or Bays. — In Gothic Architecture. ITie compartments formed in tall windows by the inter- section of mullions. Decastyle.-A portico temple or other building with ten columns in front. Beclinntion, of the Doric mutules, I>ecornted-styie.— The second of the Pointed or Gothic style of architecture considered the most complete and perfect development of gothic archi- tecture. JDecoration. — Anytliing that enricnes or gives beauty to a church or'other buildings. 'Deini-ITletope. — The half of a metope, which is fouixl at the retiring or projecting angles of a doric frieze. Denteis, or Dentils.— Square blocks intro- duced as ornaments into coriuccs. ■^hielly of the Ionic and Corinthian orders, in the form of inden- tations or teeth ; a small circular piece is some- times cut out. and at other times they are fluted. Dia^lyphic. — A species of sculpture in which the strokes, or lines, are indented, opposed to the usual mode in which figures are prominent. Diameter. — The line in a circle passing through its base, or thickest part, which gives the measure proportioning the mtercolumniation iu some of the order. Diaper. — Ornament of sculpture in low relief, sunk below the general surface, or of painting, or of gilding, used to decorate a panel, or other flat recessed surface. Diamond-fret.— A decorated moulding, con- sisting of fillets intersecting each other, used in Norman architecture. Diastyle.— A term applied to a building, with columns at the distance of three diameters from each other. Diathyra.— The vestibule before the door of a Grecian huu^. ARCHITECTITEAL TEEMS. xrn Diatonic Pltone*. — Cubical Btones with two wrought faot'8, used by ancient builders as angle or corner stones. They were as broad as the thick- ness of the wall. I>ie.--A square cube. I>ii{lyph. — A double channeled tablet. DiiiiiiilHhing of a column. See plate— on orders, (iothic pillars are of equal thickness from top to bottom. Diminifihed Arciies.— Arches lees, or lower than a semicircle. Dipteron. — A temple with a double row of col- umns. DiMchariKe. — The relief given to a beam, or a piece of timber, overcharged by too ^reat an in- cumbent weight of building ; when built under it is said to be discharged. DiHcharse«l Arches.— Are those built over wooden lintels, by which the bearing upon them is taken off. The chords of discharging arches are not much longer than the lintels. A temporary lintel is sometimes inserted, which is afterwards re- moved. Di«hin|e oat, or Cradiin|c.— Wooden vault- ings or covered rib-work, for plastering upon. DispoMitiou. — In Architecture. Is understood to "mean the proper situation and arrangement of the apartments, entrances, etc. It is divided int* plan, elevation and perspective view. The term embraces every particular relating to the purpose of an architectural design, DiMtrmper. — Term applied to painting with colors mixed with size or other glutinous substance. All the cartoons of the ancients, previous to the year 1410, are said to be done in distemper. Oitriulyph.— The intervening space between two triglyplis in intercolumniations over the inter- column, so that a triglyph oeing placed over each of two outermost columns, will form the ditriglyph c ntaining three metopes, or spaces, two whole triglyph^. and two half triglyphs, Diviillcula. — In Ancient Architecture. The basin which received the water from an aqueduct. OoilecaMtyle. — A portico having twelve col- umns in front. DoKs-tootit ITIonldinK. — An ornamental member of early English architecture. It has no resemblance to its name. Dome. — An arched or vaulted roof, springing from a polygonal, circular or elliptic plan, \vhen the base is circular, it is termed a cupola ; when a polygon it is a polygonal dome ; and when an ellipsis an elliptic dome, the central i»oint in the carved surface is called the pole. Doniesitic Architecture. — That branch which relates to private buildings. Doujou. — The massive tower in the interior of ancient castles, to which the garrison might re- treat in case of necessity. Doric Order.— The oldest of the three orders of Grecian architecture, and the most original. Doruirr Windo-ws.— Windows of dormito- ries, or sleeping rooms, on the inclined plane of the roof. H^ Doable Vaalt. formed by a duplica^^all ; wine cellars are sometimes so formed. Dove-tail I?Ioulding. — Used in Norman Architecture. Draifoa- Piece. — The name given to a piece of timber joined, to what is called, on roofs, the diar/nnnl tif. Draught, or Drawing. — Architectural com- position, or design, is understood to be a necessary mode of conveying instructions to the practical builder and the workmen, by exhibiting a compre- hensive view of a projected bnilding ; drawings for this purpose must be executed with clearness and precision, conformable to a regular scale of proportions. Plans, elevations, and sections are to represent the internal features of \\u- apan- ments, halls, passages, and various arrangements for ornament or inconvenience, and the external facades, porticos, domes, and other outward ap- pendages. Drawings of the smaller parts of an edifice will be required numerous in proportion to their extent and variety of form. Where the facAdes of a building differ considerably, eleva- tions of each of them will be required, and more than one general view of the projected building will be necessary to give satisfaction to the propri- etor. Draw-bridge.— A bridge made to draw up or let down, much used in fortifletl places. In navig- able rivers, the arch over the deepest channel is nuMie to draw or revolve, in order to let the masts of ships pass through. DrcMHiug.— lb the operation of squaring and smoothinj* stones for building. Dre»i»ing.— Ornamental projections from walls, of various descriptions, as architraves, borderings, and facings of doors and apertures. Drift. — . Applied to arches, synonymous to shoot and thrust, intended to express the powerful impetus of the arch against the pier. Drip.— A name given to the member of a cor- nice which has a projection beyond the other parts for throwing off water by small portions, drop by drop. It is also called /armjer. Dripping-Karen. — Are the terminating pro- jections of inclined roofs, to which there is no gut>- ter. Drip-Htone. — The label moulding which serves on a canopy for an opening and to throw off the rain. It is also called weather moulding. Droman. — An enclosed entrance to ancient buildings. Dropn. — Ornaments of a conical form in the doric entablature, resembling bells placed imme- diately under tlie triglyphs — six under each. Droved Anhlar.— The coarsest kind of hewn stone for building. Draidical Architecture. — Circles of un- wrought upright stones, known as Druidical tem- ples. Drum.— The solid part of the capitals of the Corinthian and Composite orders, from its form called ra.-!p. Dwart-liVall. — The walls enclosing courts- above which are railings of iron ; low walls in gen- eral, receive this name. Kagle.— A Greek term for the frontispiece, or peiliment of their temples. Eavew. — The overhanging edges of a roof. Eaves I^ath, or Eaven Doard, or Eares Catch. — An arris fillet, or thick feather-edged board at the eaves to raise the first course of slates so that the next course may be properly bedded. EchinuM. — A convex moiikling, generally orna- mented with spheroid eggs, the upper ends cut off, the upper part of the fvxis projecting and the low- er receding. Each egg is surrounded by a border and is rather more than a semi-ellipsis. The Roman echinus is the quarter of a circle, and is in- ferior to the (Treek. In a column, the echinus is only used in the entablature or capital, and in the Doric onler it is always plain, whilst in the Ionic and Corinthian, it is Generally carved. Edging.— The reducing the edges of ribs or rafters, that they may range together. Edifice, is synonymous with the terms, build- ing, fabric, erection, but is more strictly applicable to architecture distinguished for size, "tlignity and grandeur. Effect. — In Architecture. The result of the sen- Siitions produced when the whole parts of an edifice are put tojjether. Nothing is more deceptive than simple delineations which architects make of their works. High artistic designs of a building, fre- quently lead to great disappointment when the building is completed, therefore all designs should be in simple colors. India ink or sepia, and finished with very little shading or pictorial effect. Often architects of great experience, are deceived in the effect to be produced- In imi>ortant works, small models in relief, will give some idea of the propor- tion of the ortion being concealed. EnsliMh Arrhitccturc— A name sometimes given to the Gothic style. Ensemble.— Means the whole work or com- position considered together, and not in parts. Entablature. — Thtit assemblage of mouldings, etc., wliich are supported by a column. It con- sists of three parts, the cornice, frieze and archi- trave. Entail.— In Gothic architecture, delicate carv- ing. EntaMift.— The slight swelling or graceful curv- ature of Grecian columns, particularly the Doric. EiiripuM. — The trench in a circus which sepa- rates the seats from the areana. Eustyle. — An intercolumniation of two diam- eters ami a quarter, which is one of the most beau- tiful arrangements that can be given in a row of columns. Exirados.— The outside of an arch or bridge, vault, etc. Eye.— The middle of the Ionic volute, from which the differeiit centres for drawing it are found ; also, a small window in the centre of the pediment. Fabric— A large building, as a church, palace or college. Facade, or Face.— The whole exterior side of a building that can be seen at one view ; strictly speaking, the principal front. Face mould. — The pattern for marking the plank or board out of which ornamental hand rail- ings for rtairs and other works are cut- Face of a Stone.— The smooth or outward part of a building ; stones fehould be faced the op- posite direction of their splitting. Falfie Attic— Bears some resemblance to the attic order but without pilasters, casements, or balustrade, used to crown a building, and to bear a bag relief or inscription. False Roofs.— The space between the highest ceiling and the roof. Fanal. — A light-house. Fane or Vane.— A plate of metal cut into some fantastic shape and turning on a pivot to point out the course of the wind. Fan-Tracery.— The very complicated mode of roofing used in the perpendicular style in which the vault is covered by ribs and veins of tracery. Fascia. — A flat broad member in the entabla- ture of columns or other parts of buildings but of small proiection. The architraves in some of the orders, are com- ]>osed of three bands or fascia ; the Tuscan and the Doric ought to have only one — Ornamental projections from the walls of brick buildings over any of the windows, except the uppermost are called fascia. Feather-edised Boards, are narrow boards made thin at oiie edge, like slungles or some kinds of clapboarding. Femur.— The plane space between the cavities of a triglyph. Festoon.— An ornamental carving resembling a wreath attached at both ends and falling in the middle, WilleU^See Anmilet and Band, Filling in Pieces, are short pieces of timber affixed to liijis and roofs of groins. Fishing.— A built beam composed of two beams pla<.'ed end to end, securcfl by pieces of wood cov-; ering the joint on opposite sides. Utt 2)latt on join I >^. Fistuca.— A pile-driving instrument with two handles, raised by pulleys and guided in its descent to fall on piles. Flags, are flat stones, from 1 to 3 Inches thick for floors. Flank.- The least side of a pavilion by which it is joined to the main building- Flatting. — Painting finished without leaving a gloss on th« eurlace. See remarks on palntiiKj. Flemish Bond.— See remarks on hui/diiif/. FlnshingM. — Pieces of lead so let into the wall as to lay over a gutter. Sfe evguietriiut firms. Floating, is the equal spreading of plaster or stucco on the surface of walls. Floriatcfl.- (Vo/Aic. Having florid ornament* as in Gothic pillars. Florid Htyie.—See Gnthic. Flush. — The continuity of two or more parts of work to the .-auie surface. Flue.— The tube from a fire-place. Fluting. — Longitudinal cavities or channels cut in the shaft of a column or pilaster, etc., some- umes meeting one another at a sharp edge, at other times having a fillet between them. Flyers, are steps in a series, which are parallel to each other. Flying Buttress. — See Arc Boutant. Foliage. — An ornamental distribution of leaves on various parts of buildings. Foliation.— The use of snail arcs or foils in forming tracery. Foils,— The small arcs in the tracery of Gothic windows, panels, etc.. Font. — A vessel in churches generally of mar- ble, to contain the water of baptism. Footing Beam. — The name sometimes given to the tie beam of a r<^>of . Footing, of a wall ; a projecting course of stone at the base of a wall or building, intended to give stability and support. Foot-Pace. — A fiat part in a stairs, or hand- railing, between the step and the landing place. Foundation. — That part of a building or wall which is below the surface of the ground. See re- marks on Architecture, Four-leaved-llower. — An ornamental mem- ber much used in hollow mouldings. Founerets.— The arches which in Gothic groins lie next the wall. Fox-Tail Wedging, is a peculiar mode of mortising, in which the end of the tenon is notched beyond the mortise and is split, and a wedge in- serted which being forcibly in, enlarges the tenon and renders the joint firm and immovable. Fran»e.~The name given to the woodwork of windows, doors, etc. ; and in carpentrj', to the timber works, supporting floors, roofs, etc. Fresco.— The most ancient w ay of ornamenting houses by painting on stucco whilst that substance is soft and fresh ; very suitable for splendid edi- fices, etc- Fret.— A kind of ornamental work which pre- sents a rough or uneven appearance. FriesEc — The flat member in an entablature, separating the architrave from the cornice. Friease-Panel. — The upper panel of a door of six panels. Frieae-rail.— The rail next to the top rail of a door of six panels. Frigidarium.— An apartment in the Roman bath, supplied with cold water. Frigiratory. — Generally an under-ground apartment well ventilated aiid fitted up for pre- serving animal and vegetable food. Frontispiece. — An ornamented front of a building. Frosted.— A kind of ornamental work, having an appearance like that of hoar frost. Funnel.— The inside of a shaft of a chimney. Furnitnre.— The name given the fastenings of doors, windows and other similar parts of a house. Furrings.--Flat pieces of timber used to bring an irregular framing to an even surface. Fniinrole. — A small member in form of a col- lar, with long heads under the echinus, or quarter- ARCHITECTURAL TERMS. XT round of pillars of the Doric, lonio an«l Composite orders. Fu(, or Funl.— The shaft of a column. CJain.— Tlio lovelled shoulder of a binding joist. fJarlniul.— ornament, of tlowers. fruits, ivc, frequently used on triumphal arches and fea.st8 by the ancients, ami on tombs by the moderns. (watheriiiic of thp WinKw.— That part of a chimnev whiM. — Courses of a wall in which the stone or brick are all /u-arff r.-*. Head-way, of n stair, is the clear distance measured from a given landing place «r stair to the ceiling, allowing for the thickness of the steps. Headtvork. — A niime given to ornaments on key stones of arches, frequently representing the heads of animals appropriate to the puri)08e for which the building was erected. Heart-Bond. — In Mnsonru, is where two stones, foiming the breadth of the wall, have one stone of the same breadth placed over them. Heel, of a Rafter. — The end or foot that rests up«m the wall plaUi. Height, of H.i\ Arch. — A line drawn from the mnMle of the chord to the intrados. Helix.— A small volute or twist like a stalk, representing the twisted tops of the acanthus, placed under the floor in the abacus of the Corin- thian capital. Hem.— The spiral projecting part of the Ionic capital. Hick-Joint Pointing. — Inserting a superior mortar between joints of ashlar, and made correctly smooth with the surface. Hindu Architecture — Iti style and con- struction, has a great resemblance to those P>gypt, and is akin to these of the people that formed the vast excavations of PHlora, Elephanta, and (ana- rah, and the various immen.se pagodas and colo.-sal images of the Indian idols. Hip«.— Tho-e pieces of timber placed i;i an inclined posilion at the corners or angles of a ro*t8 together in roof par- titions, in laili and plaster work, and in walls with timber frame work. Intradox. — The interior or under concave curve of an arch. The exterior is called extrados. Inverted Archen.— Such as have their intrados below the centre or axis. Thej; are a great utility in giving stability to buildings in all cases where the wall is higher on each side than the cord of the arch. Iron Chninii) under the roofs of circular buildings, are found of great utility in preventing the pre.ssure of the incumbent weight from push- ing out the walls, especially in domes of great magnitude. The dome of St. Paul's has two, which are sunk into the circular course of stone. Ionic Order. — See article on architecture, Italian Architecture. — It comprehends the Florentine, Roman and Venetian. Jack Arch,— An arch of only the thickness of one brick. Jack* Rafter*. — The jaok-timbers which are fastened to the high ratt^irs and the wall plates. Jack RihA. — The jack timbers or parts of curved ribs which are fastened to the angle libs. and rest upon the wall plates, in groining or domed ceilings. Jack Timber.— A short timber fastened at the ends to two timbers which are not parallel, or to two timbers which actually meet in a point, or to the wall plate, and hip rafter of a roof, etc. Jnmbn.— Door posts or upright posts at the ends of window-frames ; also, the upright sides of a tire place. Jamb-fjininc.— The side-work of doorways. Jamb Posts.— Uprights on the sides of door- ways, on which the janib-lincjs are fixed. jerkin-Head. — A roof on which the gable is carried higher than the side walls. Jogffle-PoMt. — A strut-post for fixing the lower ends of the struts. Joists.— See Plate of joists. Joinery.— That branch in building confined to the nicer and more ornamental parts of carpentry. Jousfies. — Joints in stone to prevent them from sliding past each other. See plate on masonry. Jube. — The rood loft or gallery into the choir. Keep. — The strongest part of the old English castles, forming the citadel of the fortress. Kerf. — The slit or cut in a piece of timber or in a stone. Keys. — In naked flooring are pieces of timber fixed in between the joists by mortise and tenon ; when these are fastened with their ends projecting against sides, they are termed strutting pieces. 'Keys.— Pieces' inserted in boards to prevent warping. Key Htone. — The stone placed in the centre of the top of an arch. The character of the key stone varies in different orders. In the Tuscan and^ Doric it is only a simple stone projecting beyond" the rest ; in the Ionic it is adorned with monldings in the manner of a console ; in the Corinthian and Composite it is a rich sculptured console. King-Post. — See plate on roofs. Knee. — A part of the back of a handrailing of a convex form, the reverse of a ramp, which is aback of a handrail and is concave; also, any piece of timber bent to an angular joint. liabel. — (rothic. The drip or wood-moulding of an arch, when it is returned tt) the square. I^abyrinth. — A building full of numerous and intricate passages. Ijacnnae — Panels or coffers in ceilings, or in soffets of cornices; the flat roof of a room. Ijaconienm. — One of the apartments of the ancient baths. l^ Curb Roof. iTlarqnetry. — Inlaid work of fine hard pieces of wootl of different colors, fastened to the leaves on a ground. See Parqvelry. Iflasonry. — See plate on masonry. ITIauresque.— The style of building peculiar to the Moors and Arabs. inauaoleum — A sumptuous sepulchral monu- ment. I?ieander. — An ornament composed of two or more fillet mouldings, intertwined in various ways. ifiedallion. — Any circular tablet on which are embossed figures or busts. IVIedianos. — The middle columns in a portico •where the inter-columniation is enlarged. miediseral Arehitectnre. — The architectnre of England, France, Germany, &c., during the ARCHITECTURAL TERMS. xvn middle ages, including Norman and early Gothic style. It fomprisesalso the Romanesque, Byzan- tine autl Sarairenic, Lombard and other styles. iTIeiiib«'r».— The different parts of a buildin,^, the diitt;n.-nt parts of an entablature, the different moulaiii;iH of a cornice, etc. I?l*ro<«.— A triglyph, consists of six parts, two and a half of which are on each side, and the merog is in the centre and constitutes one part. ITIeloche.— The intervals between two denticuli in the Ionic entablature. ITleiopr.— The interval between the triglyphs in the Doric order. iTIezzo-relievo. — Or mean relief, in comparison with alio-relievoor higli relief. mnaret,— Turkish. A circular turret ri.dng by different stages or divisions, each of which ha.s a balcony. ifliiiute.— The sixtieth part of the lower dia- meter of a column ; it is the measure used by archi- tects to determine tlie proportioiis of an order. JIinp«l«T.— A monastery, a cathedral church. ITloilillioii. — A projection under the corona of the richer orders, resembling a bracket. The (ire- cian Ionic has no modillion, the Roman but seldom. The ornament is principally used in the Corinthian and Composite order. iVloilillioM —An enriched bracket used under the corona of the Corinthian and composite enta- blatures. ^Tloilule. — The semiHiiameter of a column, equal to 30 minutes, the measure by which architecta determine the proportions of an order. .Yloiikey. — A name given to a block of iron with a caicli used in gins for driving piles. iTIoiiotriitlyph. — The space of one triiiMk.— Lofty pillars of stone, of a rectan- gul:ir torni diminishing towards the top and gene- rally ornamented with inscriptions and hierogly- phies amongst the ancient Egyptians. ObMervatory. — A building erected on an ele- vate«l sp«)t of ground for making astronomical ob- servations. OctOMlyle. — A temple with eight columns on Its principal lacari8ed beneath a single roof ; also the projecting part in front of a building which marks the centre, and which sometimes tianks a comer, when it is termed an angular jHiinlum. Pedt'wial.— The square support of a column, statue, etc. ; ami the l>ai«e or lower part of an order of columns : it consists of a plinth for a base ; the die ; and a talon crowned for a cornice. When the heij,'ht and width are equal, it is termed a square pedestal ; one which supports two columns, a double pedestal ; and if it Bup{)ort8 a row of columns without any break, it in a cmitinued pedestal. The lowest and n)ost simple kind of pedestal is the Tus- can, which is about three modules in height by one authority and live by another. Pedicular.— /« the middle ages, a kind of prison in which the feet were bound in chains. frdinicnl.— A low triangular crowning orna- mented in the front of a building, and over doors and windows. Pediments are sometimes made in the form of a sefiment ; tlie space enclosed within the triangle is called the tympanum. "PenA.— Gothic. A vaulted roof without groining. JPvnAant,— Gothic. A hanging ornament in very rich gothic groined roof. Pendent Bridge.— A wooden bridge with hut- ments only at the eiids, and supported by pillars. Pcmdative.— The whole body of a vault, sus- pended out of the perpendicular of the walls. Pendative BracketiuK, or Cove Bracket- in||(, springing from the rectangular walls of an apartment upwards to the ceiling, and forming the horizontal part of the ceiling into a circle or ellipse- Pendative Cradling.— The timber work for sustaining the lath and plaster in vaulted ceilings. Pcnetraie.— The most sacred part of heathen temples. Penetralia.— Small chapels in the innermost part of the Roman hotiset*^ deeanis under the walis. PoHticum.— The porch in the back front of an ancient temple. Pontique,— An ornament, etc., added after the rest of the work is done. Powderinjiii.- Devices to fill up vacant spaces in carved works. Praelorium.— A name given to any building where causes were judged by a Roman Praetor ; also to patrician's seats ; there were also Pretori- an camps. Preceptoriefi. — Names of estates of the Kuicht Templars on which they erected churches and houses for themselves and their fraternity. Priming.— The laying on of the first shade of color. Principal Brace.— A brace under the princi- pai rafters. Principal Rafters — The two inclined tim- bers which support the roof. Presby tery.— The part of a church appropria- ted to officiating priests, comprising the choir, and other eastern portions of the edifice. Priory. — A building of the same nature as a monastery, or an abbt- y, whose governor was de- nominated a prior. Profile.— The outline ; the contour of a part, or the parts compassing an order, as of a base, cor- nice, etc.; also the perpendicular section. It is in the just proportion of their profiles that the chief beauties of the different orders of archi- tecture depend. The ancients were most careful of the profiles of their mouldings. Projecture.— The prominence of the mould- ings and members beyond the naked surface of a column, wall, etc. Propylon. — A vestibule. Pro<«ceiiiuni.— The front part of the stage of ancient theatres on which the actors performed. Prostas — In Grecian houses, the passage which separated the bed chamber from the ante-chamber. Prostyle. — Temples with columns only in front. Prothyrum. — A porch at the outer door of a house ; a rail to defend the door from horses, carts, etc. Pugging.— A coarse kind of mortar laid on the boarding, between joists. Pulley mortise.- A long mortise, parallel to the under side of the bonding joists, for the recep- tion of the ceiling joists. Purfled. — Ornamented with carving, resembling embroidery, lace-work, fringes or flowers— an old term. Purlins.— Those pieces of timbers which lie across the ratters to prevent them from sinking. Put-io|3. — Horizontal pieces for 8upp>orting the floor of a scaffold, one end being inserted into put-log holes, left for that purpose in the masonry. Puzzolana. — A greyish earth used for building under water. Pyramid.— A solid, having one of its sides, called a base, a plain figure, and the other sides triangles, these points joining in one point at the top called the vertex. Pyramids are called trian- gular, square, etc., according to the form of their bases. Quarry.— A pane of glass cut in a diamond, or lozenge form. Quarters. — Slender pieces of timber placed be- tween the puncheons of the posts to nail the laths in partitions. Quntretoil.—Cnfhie- Small panel, fonned by cusps or foliations, into four leaves, used iu early English and decorated style*. Quirk.—A piei-e taken out of any regular ground, tlat^^or floor. Quirk lllouidiugM.— The convex part of Grecian mouldinjia wlien they recede at the top, forming a re-enticent angle, with the surface which covers the mouldings. Quoins.— Stones, or other materials, put in the corners of baildings to strengthen them. Rafters.-- -The secondary timbers of a house which are let into the great beam. ttulltt.— In framing the horizontal, are called rails, and the perpendicular, stiles. The term is also otherwise applied. Raiser. — The upright board en the foreside of the steps of a flight of stairs. Raking.— Mouldings whose arrises are inclined to the horizon. Raking Courses.— Diagonal courses of brick, laid in the heart of a thick wall between the out- side coui-ses. Ramp.— A concavity on the upper side of hand railings formed over risers, made by a sudden rise of the steps above. Rampant.— A term applied to an arch whose abutments spring from an inclined plane. Rebate.— A grcH)ve on the edges of a board. Recess.— A depth of some inches iu the thick- ness of a wall, as a nielie, etc. Refectory. — An eating room in convents and other relii^ious communities. Reglet. — A flat, narrow moulding, used to sepa- rate from each other, the parts or members of com- partments and panels, to form frets, knots, etc. Regratiug.— Putting a new surface on an old cut stone. Regula.— A band below the tcenia of the Doric epibtjTium. Rejointing.— Filling up joints again of stones in old liuililings. Relievo, or Relief.— The projecture of an architectural ornament. See Basxo Relievo. Rendering.— .S''rme as pargetting. RcredoH, or Reredosse.- A screen or divis- ion wall placed behind an altar, rood-loft, etc., iu old churches. Reservoir. — An artificial pond or basin to col- lect water for mills, canals, etc. Reticulatnm. — A kind of masonrv among the Romans in which the stones were laid cli,'i»onally. Return. — The continuation of a moulding, pro- jection, etc., in an opposite direction. Return Head.— One that appears both on the face and edge of a work. Revels, or Reveal.— The two vertical sides of an aperture, between the front of a wall and the window or door frame. Rhodiacnm. — The interior of an ancient Grecian house, occupied by the male part of the family. Rib.— An arched piece of timber, sustaining the plaster work of a vault, ^Jtc. Ribbet.— The recess in a wall to receive a door or window shutter as it folds back when opened. Ridge. — The top of a roof which rises to an acute aiigle. Ridge-Pole.--The highest horizontal timber in a roof, extending from top to top of the several pair of rafters of the trusses, for supporting the heads of the jack rafters. Riser.- The vertical board under the tread in stairs. Rolls. —Gothic. Mouldings representing bent cylinders. Roman Architecture. — See Orders. Rood-Lart of the service of high mass. S«>Mi4pool or CcHMpool. — A well sunk under the mouth of a drain to receive the sediments which might choke its passage. Set oft". — A sloping face of masonry, marking the divisions of a buttress. Setting. — In masonry fixing stones in walls. Shaft.— The body of a column, that cylindrical part between the base and the capital. Shaft. — In a chimney is the stone or brick turret above the roof. Shank.— The space between the channels of the Doric triglyph, which is sometimes turned the leg of tlie triylyph. Shore.— A piece of timber placed in an oblique direction to support a building or wall. Shoe.— The part at the bottom of a leaden pipe, or w ater trunk which is intended to turn the course of the water. Shrine.— The tomb of a saint. The altar is sometimes called shrine. Sill.— The timber or stone at a foot of a door &c. Oronnd nlWn. — Are the timbei-s on the ground whi<'h supj)ort the posts and superstructure of a timber building. The term is most frequently ap- lilied to those pieces of timber or stone at the bottom of doors v-r windows. Sipnriuni.-A curtain which was often employed instead of a door to separate one room from ano- ther ; also to conceal the images of the deity when sacrifice was not performing. Skewback.— The inclined stone from which an arch springs. Skirtings.— The narrow boards which form a plinth round the margin of a floor. Skew. — Corbel. A stone built int^ the bottom of a gable to form an abutment for the coping. Sleeper*.- Timbers laid upon dwarfwalls, for supporting the ground joists of floor ; cross timber for fixing the flanking where it is necessary to pile under to make a foundation. SolBt.- The un«ler part or ceiling of a cornice : the panneling over head, such as the underside of tops of windows ; the ceiling of an arch. AECHITECTUEAL TERMS. XXI Soaad Boarding.— Short board placed be- tween joists, for pugging or anv other substance for preventing the transmission or sound. Moundins Roard.— A concave'sounding board of piue-woo- tion of sounding board h.af< been found to completely remedy defective acoustic properties in churches where it has been tested. Spandril.— See Engineering terms- Spherical Brackefins — Brackets of such a form that the surface of lath and plaster will fomi a spherical surface. Spiral. — A curve line of a circular kind which in its progress recedes from its center- Spire. — A steeple diminishing as it ascends. Splayed. — The jamb of a door or any thing else of which one side makes an oblique angle witn the other. Sprinsfing.— Setting the boards of ^boarded roof together with bevel joints. Springius course.— The horizontal course of atones whence an arch rises. Sta»liuiii.— Among the Greeks, th© open space where the athletje exercised in I'unning and con- tested for the prize; also a Greek measure containing 125 paces. Stalk.— A kind of ornament in the Corinthian capital, which is sometimes fluted, and resembles a stalk, and from which si)rings the volute and helixes. Stall.— An elevated seat in the choir or chancel of a church, appropriated to an ecclesiastic, as the prebendal stalls in a cathedral. Stanchion.— A prop or support, the perpen- dicular mullions or upright bars of a window or open screen. Steeple — An appendage generally erected at the west enduf a church, to contiiin the bells, and rising either in form of a tower or of a spire. Stereobate. — The basis or foundation from which a wall, column or building rises. Stilc!!). — The vertical parts of a frame. StiltM. — Piles, driven into the ground to support the piers of a bridge. Story Posts — Upright timbers used in sheds, workshops, &c., to support the floors, or superincum- bent walls. Stoup.— A basin for holy water in a niche in a Catholic < ,'hurch. Stretcher Course. — A course of masonry all stretchers and no headers. Stretcher-^ — A brick or block of masonary laid lengthwise of a wall. Striking a Centre, is the removal of the woodwork after the completion of the arch. String-Board. — A board placed next to the well hole in womlen stairs, and terminating the ends of the steps. The string piece is the piece of board put under the flying steps for a support, and forming as it were the support of the stair. String Course.— A narrow moulding con- tinued along the side of a building. Struts.— See Jioof. They arc sometimes called braces. Stucco.— See Index- Stuils. — See Studding. Stylobate.— A plane surface raised either upon a certain number of steps, which were contained all round or upon a podium, wliich afforded no ap- proach ]>ut in front. Summer.— -The large piece of timber placed over wide door and window openings ; a lintel ; a beim tenoned into a girder to support the ends of the joints on both sides of it. ^V^^en it supports a wall it la called a bresgummer. Snrbase.— The mouldings immetliately above the base of a room. Surmounted Arches, are those which are higher than a semi-circle. Systyle.— That kind of intercolumniation which has two diameters between columns^ Tabernacle. — the temporary etliflce used by the Israelites for the performance of public worship until the erection of the temple of Jerusalem. Table. — A flat surface generally rectangular, which projects from the naked wall, cliarged with an ornamental figure. A (JorUl table is i.']>orizontal ornament used for a cornice in Gothic buildings. Tablets. — Projecting mouldings or strin^^s are sometimes so tenned, as well as shelves in libraries. Taenia.— The fillet separating the Doric frieze from the architrave. Tail-in. — To fasten anything by one of its ends into .a wall. Tail-Trimmer. — Atrimmernexttothewall.in to which the ends of joists are fastened to avoid Hues. Tailing — The part of a projecting brick or stone, &c., which is inserted in the wall. Tambour. — The naked part of Corinthian or Comv>osite capitals ; the wall of a circular temple which is sun-ounded with columns. Tapestry.— A kind of woven hangings of wool or silk, ornamented with figures, aiid used formerly to cover and adorn the wall.-i of rm:)ms. They were often of the most costly materials and beautifully embroidered. Temple. — An edifice, destined in the earliest tunes ioT the public exercise of religious worship. Templet or Tempir c. — A mould used by masons for cutting or sett.-ig work, a short piece of timber sometimes laid under a girder. Terra-Cotta. — Baked earth. Much used for bas-reliefs for adorning the friezes of temples. In modern times employed for architectural orna- ments, statues, vases, &c. Terrace Roofs — Flat roof. Tetrastyle. — A portico consisting of four columns. Throat. — A channel or groove made on the under side of a string course, copying. &c., to pre- vent water from running inwards towards the wall. Tie. — A timber, rod, chain, &c., binding two bodies together, which have a tendency to separate or diverge from each other. The tie-beam connects the bottom of a pair of principal rafters, and pre- vents them from bursting out the wall. Tongue — The part or a board left projecting to be inserted into a groove. Tooth Ornament.— One of the peculiar marks of the early English periotl of Gothic architecture, generally inserted in the hollow mouldings of door- ways, windows, &c. Torso. — A mutilated statue of which nothing remains but the trunk. Columns w^ith twisted shafts have also this term, of this kind there are several varieties. Torus. — A large semicircular moulding used in the bases of columns. Tower — A lofty buil!tal or wood in screens or (loors. Triforium . — The space between the aisles of a church and the clerestory, often containing a stair- case. Triglyph.— An ornament on the Doric frieze, consisting of three square projections, or parallel nicks, and supposed to represent the ends of beams. They are placed immediately over tlie centre of a c^lnmn in Roman Doric In Greek examples the tnglyph is surmounted by the mutulc inclineil. but in most modern profiles it is horizontal. On its soffit are represented gTittne or drops. The spiu-es between the triglyph or tlu; frieze, are called me- topes, and in mo«lem examples, are made perfectly square and generally euriched with sculptures. xxn GLOSSARY. Trimens.— PieceB of timber framed at right angles to the joist for chimneys, and the well holes for stairs, when several joists are framed into one beam it is called a trimmtr and the joists trimming joints. Truncated. — Cut short. Trancated roofa, are common roofs flat at the top. Tra»g.— When the girders are very long, or the weight that the floors are destined to support is very con -iderable, they are trussed, so that the pressure is thrown more upon the walls. Tack-poiutiuK. — Marking the joints of brick- work with a narrow parallel ridge of fine white putty. Tndor Flow^er.— A trefoil ornament, much used in Tudor architecture. Tndor Style. — ITie architecture which pre- vailed in England during the reign of the Tudo»-s ; its period is generally restricted to the end of the reign of Henry VIII. Turkish Architecture, bears a great simila- rity to the Arabian style. Tnrrct.— A small tower, often crowning the angle of a wall. Tuscan llrder, is not found in any ancient buildings ; the order admits of no ornaments, and the columns are never fluted. Tyntyan of an Arch. — A triangular tube placel i^lowly. Auticlinical Axis.--/n (jvofofjy. A line from which the strata of rocks slope away downward in opposite directions like the slates on the roof of a house ; ihe ridge of the house representing the axis. Apr*B.— A covering of timber, gtone or metal to protect a surface against the action of water flowing over it, the raised plank at the entrance of a dock, against which the ^ate shuts. Aqueduct. — An artificial channel, for convey- ing water from one place to another, either under- ground or above it. Arbor. — See Jmimal. Axis.— Any piece that passes through and sup- ports a body which revolves. Axle-box. — See Joumal-hox. Axle-tree. — An axle which remains fixed while the wheel revolves around it, as in wagons, etc. Azimulh.-The azimuth of a body is that arc of the horizon that is included between the meridian circle at the given place, and anothtr great circle passing through the bo«ly. Backing.— The rough masonry of a wall faced with finer work. Earth deposited behind a retain- ing wall, etc. Balance-beams.— The long top beams of lock gates, by whidi thev are pusluHtopen or shut. Bnlli.— A large Deam of timber. Ballast — Broken stone, sand or gravel, etc., on which railroad cross ties are laid. Ball-cock. — A cistern valve at one end of a lever, at the other end of which is a floating ball. The ball rises and falls with the water in the cistern; and thus opens or shuts the viUve. Bnll-valve.— .S*-? Valve. Batter.— The sloping backward of a face of masonry. Bay.— On bridges, buildings, etc., sometimes a panel; sometimes a span. ENGINEERING TERMS. xxm Bearinjj.— The course by a compass. The span or length in the clear between the points of sup- port of a beam, etc. The points of support them- selves in a beam, shaft tixle, pivot, etc. Bed-niouldingM.— .See Architectural Terms- Bee-plate.— A lar^e plate of iron laid as a foundation for something to rest on. Beetle.— A heavy wooden rammer such as pavers use- Bell-crauk.— /See Crank. Bench-inark. — A level mark cut at the foot of a tree for future reference, as being more per- manent than a stake. Berm or Berme.— A horizontal surface, as if for a pathway, and forming a kind of step along the face of sloping ground. In canals, the level top of the embankment opposite and corresponding to the tow path is called the berm. Bessemer steel, is formed by forcing air into a melted mass of iron; by which means the excess of carbon in the iron is separated from it, until only enough remains to constitute cast steel. The car- bon is chemically united with the steel, 'but mechan- ically with the iron. BetoM. — Concrete of hydraulic cement, with broken stone and bricks and gravel, etc. Bevel sear. — Cc% wheels with teeth so formed that the wheels can work into each other at an angle. Blast-pipes. — In a locomotive. Those through which the waste steam i)asses from the cylinder into the smoke-pipe, and thus creates an artilicial draft in the smoke-pipe. Bonnet. — A cap over the end of a pipe, etc., a cast iron plate bolted down as a covering over an aperture. Bore. — Inner diameter of a hollow cylinder. Bracket — The supports for shafting, as pend- ent, wall and pedestal bra<'kets. Brasses.— Fittings of brass in many plumbers' blocks and other positions, for diminishing the friction of revolving journals which rest upon them. Breast-^vail. — One built to prevent the falling of a vertical face cut in the natural soil; in distinc- ion to a retaining- wall or revetment, which is built to sustain earth di^potilfedXn^lnwa it. Bridge, or Bridja^e-piece, or Bridge-bar. — A narrow strip placed across an opening, for sup- porting something, without closing too much of the opening. Breech. — The hind part of a cannon or gun; and also an opening formed in the walls of a fort by an enemy's guns. Bulkhead.— On ships, etc., the timber parti- tions across them ; also, a long face of wharf parallel to a stream. Bush.— To line a circular hole by a ring of metal, to prevent a hole from wearing larger ; also when a piece is cut out, and another piece neatly inserted into the cavity, the last piece is said to be bushed in. Caisson.— A large wooden box with sides that may be detached and Hoated away. Caliber.— The inner tliameter or bore. Calipers. — Compasses or dividers with curved legs for luea-iuring outside diameters. Calk or Caulk.— To till seams or joints with tarred oakum or other substances, to prevent leak- ing. Canif Camber or Wip«r.— A piece fixed upon a revolving shaft, in sucli a manner as to pro- duce an alternating motion in something in con- tact with the cam, — an eccentric. Camber.— A slight upward curve given to a beam <«r truss, to allow for settling. Camel.— A kind of hollow floating vessels, which, when tilled with water, are fastened to the sides of a sunken ship, and the water then being pumped out they rise by their buoyancy and lift the ship. Cants, Rims or Shroudiniis.— The pieces forming the ends of the buckets of water wheels, to prevent the water from spilling endwise. Capstan.— A kind of vertical windlass. Case-harden.— To convert the outer surface of wrouglit iron into stoel. Casemate*— /n Firrtifieation. The small apart- ment in which a cannon stands. Causeivay.- A raised footway or roadway. Cementation.— A process of converting wrought iron into steel, by heating it in contact with charcoal. This process produces blisters on the steel bars, hence blister steel. These are re- moved, and the 8t«el compacted by reheating it, and then subjecting it to a tilt hammer. It is then tilted steel or shear steel. Or if the blister steel is broken up, remelted and then run into blocks or ingots, it is called cast or inf/ot steel, which is harder and closer grained than tilted steel ; it may be softened and thus become less brittle by anneal- ing. The ingots may be converted into bars by either rolUng or hammering. Centre.— The supports of an arch whilst being built. Centre of gravity. — fn mechanics. That point about which all the parts of a body do, in any situ- ation, b.danoe each other. Centre of gyration. — Suppose a body free to revolve around an axis, which passes through it in any direction, or to oscillate like a pendulum hung a point of suspension. Then suppose in either case, a certain given amount of force to be applied to the body, at a certain given distJfince from the axis, or from the point of suspension, so as to im- part to the body an angular velocity, or in other words, to cause it to describe a number of degrees per second. Now there will be a certain point in the body, such that if the entire weight of tlie body were thus concentrated, then the same force as before applied at the same distance from the axis, or from the point of suspension, would impart to the body the same angular motion as before. This point fs the centre of gyration, and its distance from the axis, or from the point of suspension, is the radius of gyration of the body. One use of the centre of gyration is to enable us to calculate the momentum or moving force, in a revolving or oscillating body. This force in foot pounds is found by multiplying the weight of the body in lbs., by the vertical height in feet, through which it would have to fall, in order to acquire the veloc- ity which its centre of gyration has. Centre of percussion.— In a moving body is that point that would strike an opposing body, with greater force than any other body would. If the oi)po8ing body is immovable, it will receive all the force of a rigid moving body which strikes with its centre of jiercussion. Cheeks — Two flat parallel pieces confining something between them. Cheraux-de-frize. — In fortification. A piece of timber, into which are fixed a great number of wooden pins, six feet long, crossing each other diagonally and witli iron pins at their ends, used to oppose the entrance oi an enemy. Chilling^ Chill-hardening or Chill- casting. — Giving greater hardness to the outside of cast iron, by pouring it into a mould made of iron, insteaartly enclose the mass sustained. Crane. — A hoisting Machine consisting of a re- volving vertical /)o.s< or stalk ; a protecting .y76, and a starj for sustaining the outer end of the jib — The stay may be either a strut or a tie. There are also cog-wheels, a roiie or drum barrel, with a winch, ropes, pulleys, etc. In a crane, the post, jib and stay, do not change their relative positions, as thev do in a derrick, (jrank — A double bend at right angles, some- what like a Z, at the end of a shaft or axle, and forming a kind of handle by which the axle may be made to revolve. A bell crank consists of 4 bends at right angles at the centre of an axle, forming it in a kind of U,— A double crarti- consists of two bell- cranks arranged thus Ufi the bend in the U forms the crank-trrist. A crank pin, is a pin projecting from a revolving wheel, disk or other Ixnly, and serving as a crank handle, A crank-shaft, is a shaft which has a crank in it, or at its end, A ship or other vessel is said to be in crank when its breadth is so small in proportion to its depth, as to make it liable to upset easily, or when the same liability is caused by want of sufficient ballast. Crest.— the top part of a dam over which the water pours. CroMM-head — A piece attached across the end, (or near to it) of another piece, and right angle to it, 80 at to form a kind of T or cross. Often seen on piston rods, which they serve to keep in place by resting on the slides or guides. Crown or Cautrate wheel.— A cog wheel in which the teeth stand not upon its outer circum- ference as usual, but upon the plane of its circle. Curb. — A broad flat circular ring of wood, iron, or stone, placed under the bottoms of circular walls, as in a well or shaft, to prevent unequal settlement ; or built into the walls at intervals for the same purpose— stones placed on the outer edge of pave- ments in etreetb,— has other meanings. Cut-off,— An arrangement for cutting off the steam of a cylinder before the piston has made its full stroke,— also a channel cut through a narrow neck of land to straighten the course of a river. Cutwater, or Ntarling.— The projecting ends of a bridge or pier, etc, usually so shaped as to allow water, ice, etc., to strike them with little in- jury. Cylinder. — A solid or hollow circular shaft or tube. Damper.— A door or valve to regulate the ad- mission of air to a furnace, stove, etc. Dead-load.— The cars, engine, etc, in a train,— nonpaying load. Dead pointN.- Those two points in the revolu- tion of a crank, when the crank arm is parallel with the rod which connects it with the moving power ; and at which said rod neither pulls nor pushes tlie crank arm. Declination. — Of the sun or of a star, is its latitude, or anjrle north or south of the earth's equator, at the time of the observation. Declivity.— A downward slope or descent of ground etc. Derrick.— A kind of crane differing from com- mon ones, chiefly in the fact that the rope or chaia which forms the stay, may be let out, or hauled in at pleasure ; thus raising or lowering the inclina- tion of a jib, thereby enabling the raised load to be placed vertically at the required spot. This can- not be done with a crane, which, thertfore, is not so well adapted for laying heavy masonry , especially at great heights. Diaphragm.— A thin plate or partition placed across a tube, or other hollow body. Die. — That part of a stamp which gives impres- sion ; dies are also two flat pieces of hardened steel, on an edge of each of which is hollowed out a semi-circular naif of a short female screw. When these plates are put in contact they form a com- plete female screw, like that in a nut ; and being strongly held together by an iron boxing called the die-stocks, which have long handles for revolving them, they constitute a mould or cutter for forming threaiis on a male screw. Also, the maui body of a pedestal, Donkey-Engine.— A small steam en^ne at- tached to a large one, and fed from the same boiler. It is used for pumping water into the boiler, Do^vel.- A straight pin of wood or metal, in- serted part way into each of two faces which it unites. Draft. — The depth to which a floating vessel sinks in the water, in other words the water it draws, Draw^-plate.- A plate of very hard steel, pierced with small circular holes of different diameters, through which in succession rods of iron are drawn and tnus lengthened into wire. Sometimes the holes are drilled through diamond or ruby, etc., in- stead of steel. Drift.— A horizontal or inclined passage way or small tunnel, in mines, etc, to float away with the current, trees, etc, carried along by freshets. Drum. — A revolving cylinder around which ropes or belts either travel or are wound. When narrow and used with belts they are called pulleys. Dry-rot.— Decay in such portions of the timber of houses, bridges, etc, as are exposed to dampness. Especially in confined warm situations. The tim- ber in cellars and basement stories is more liable to it than in other parts, owing to the greater dampness absorbed by the brickwork from the ground. Contact with'lime or mortar hastens dry- rot. The ends of girders, joists, etc., resting on damp walls maybe partially protected by placing pieces of slate or tarred felt under them. The painting or tarring of unteasoned timber expedites ENGINEERING TERMS. XXV dry-rot, by retaining the acid contained in the sap, but the best process for that purpose is saturation with creosote or carbolic acid, by Robbins' procesg. Dyke. — Mounds of earth, etc., builD to prevent overtiow from rivers or the sea. A kind of geolojj- ical irregularity or disturbance, consisting of a stratum of rock injected as it were by volcanic action, between or across strata of rocks of another kind,— a levee. Eiirclope. — In fortification. A work of earth like a rampaii;, raised for the purpose of covering a weak place. Exccntric— A circular plate or pulley, sur- rounded by a loose ring, and attached to a revolv- ing shaft, and moving around with it, but not having the same center ; for producing an alter- nate motion. Often used instead of a crank as they do not weaken the axle by requiring it to be bent. There are many modifications. Eiicarpnient.— A very nearly vertical face of rock or soil- Eye.— A circular hole in a flat bar, etc., for re- ceiving a pin, or for other purposes. Eye-bolt. — A bolt which has an eye at one end. Face- wall. —One built to sustain a face cut into natural earth, in distinction to a retaining wall which supports earth deposited behind it. Fall.— The rope used with pulleys in hoisting. False-'ivorkN. — The scaffold, center or other temporary supports for a structure while it is being built. In very swift streams it is sometimes neces- sary to sink cribs filled with stone, as a base for false works to foot upon. Fa«cine».— Bundles of twigs and small branch- es, for forming foundations on soft ground. Fatigue. — Of materials ; the increase of weak- ness produced by frequent bending ; or by sustain- ing heavy load for a long time. Faucet.— A short tube for emptying licjuids from a cask, etc., the flow is stopped by a spigot. The wider end of a common cast-iron water or gaspipe. Feather. — A slightly projecting narrow rib lengthwise of a shaft, and which catching into cor- responding grooves in anything that surrounds and slides along the shaft will hold it fast at any re- quired part of the length of the feather, — has other applications. Felloe, or Felly. — The circular rim of a wheel, into which the other outer edge of the spokes fit; and which is often surrounded by a tire. Fender. — A piece for protecting one thing from being broken or injured by blows from another; as timt^rs along the outer faces of wharves. Fender-piles.- Piles diiven to ward off acci- dental floating bodies. Fish.- To join two beams, etc., by fastening other long pieces to their sides. Flange. — A projecting ledge or rim. Flask!!. — Upper and lower: the two parts of a box which contains the mould into which melted iron is poured for castings. Floodgate.— A gate to let off excess of water in floods, nr^at other times. Flume— A ditch trough, or other channel of moderate size, for conducting water. The ditches of culverts through which surplus water passes from an upper to a lower reach of a canal. Flush. — Forming an even continuous line or surface, To clean out a line of pipes, sewers, gut- ters, etc., by letting on a sudden rush of water. Fluxes.— Various substances used to prevent the instantaneous formation of rust, when welding two pieces of hot metal together. Fly wheel.— A heavy revolving wheel for equalizing the motion of machinery. Foaming. — An undue amount of boiling, caus- ed by gicafe or dirt in a boiler. Follower.- Any cog-wheel that is diiven by another. Forceps. — Any tools for holding things, as by pincers or pliers. Forebay, or Penstock. — The reservoir from which the water passes immediately to a water wheel. Foxtail.— A thin wedge inserted into a slit, at the lower end of a pin, so that as the pin is driven down, the wedge enters it, and causes it to swell and hold more firmly. Friction-rollern.- Hard cvlinders placed nn- der a body that it may be moved more readily than by sliding. Friction-wheels.- Wheels so placed that the journals of the shaft may rest upon their rims, and thus be enabled to revolve with diminished fric- tion. Fulcrum.- The point about which a lever turns. Fuze, or Fuse.— To melt,— a slow match, which, by burning for some time before the fire reaches the powder, gives the men engaged in blasting time to get out of the way of fljnng frag- ments of stone. Gasket.- Kope yarn or hemp, used for stuffing at the joints of waterpipes. Gearing.— A train of cog-wheels. Gib— A piece of metal like a cramp, often used in the same hole with a wedge-shaped key for con- fining pieces together. In common use for fasten- ing the strap to th© stub-end of the connecting-rod of an engine- Gin. —A revolving vertical axis, usually furnish- ed with a rope-drum, and having one or more long arms or levers, by means ot which it is worked by horses walking in a circle around it. Used for machine for separating hoisting, f'o'fnn-f/ln — A cotton from i'.s seeds. Glacis.- /rt/)/*//'/ica^o». An easy slope of earth. Gland. — See stuffing box,— also a kind of coup- ling for shafts. Governor.— Two bulls so attached to an upright revolving axis, as to fly outward by their centrifu- gal force, and thus regulate a valve. Grapnel.— A kind of comjwund hook, with several curved points, for finding things in deep water. Grillage.— A kind of net work of timbers laid across each other at right angles, frequently placed on the heads of piles, for supporting piers of bridges, and other masonry. Groove — A small channel cut out in stone or wood— a triangular one is called a chamfered groove. Ground-swell.— "Waves which continue after a storm has ceased ; or caused by storms at a dis- tance. Gudgeons. — The metal journals of a horizon- tal shaft, such as that of a water wheel. The diameter of a gudgeon should not be less than its length ; and tliis being assumed, the diameter in inches of a cast iion gudgeon, may be found tlms : Divide the weight of the wheel and water, or what- ever weight is sustained, by 2. Find square root of remainder. Divide this square root by 22. For wrought iron, add one-twentieih part. Gun ITIetal, or Bronze.— A compound of copper and tin, sometimes used for cannon- Also, a quality of cast iron fit for the same purpose. Gussets — Plain triangular pieces of plate iron, riveted by their vertical and horizontal leps to the sides, tops and bottoms of box girders, tubular bridges, etc., inside, for strengthening their angles. Guys.— Ropes or chains used to prevent any- thing from swinging or moving about. Gyrate — To revolve around a central axis, or point. Half -moon. — Infortificafions. An out-work having two faces, together forming a salient angle which is flanked by some part of the place. Hand-lever. — In an en;iine. A lever to be worked by hand iusteatl of steam. Hand-spike — A wooden lever for working a capstan or windlass, or other purposes. Iland-^vheel. — A wheel used instead of a spanner, wrench, winch, or lever of any kind, for screwing nuts, or for raising weights, or for steer- ing with a rudder, etc. Hangers or pendent brackets. — Fixtures projecting below a ceiling to support the journals of long lines of shafting, and for other puri>ose8. Haunches. — The parts of an arch from the keystone tc the skewback. ilead-block.— A block on which a pillow bloek rests. Heading. — fn tunneUlntf. A small driftway, or passage, excavated in advance of the main oif the tunnel, but forming a part of it, for facilitating the work. Headway. — The clear light overhead, — pro- gress. Heel-post. — That on which a lock turns on its pivot. Heria«B.— //I Fortification. A revolving beam XXVI GLOSSABY. armed with sharp pointed, projecting spikes, and fixed before a passage. II«r«i«. — In Fortijication. A portcullis, in form of a harrow with projecting iron spikes. Hoardiiis. — A temporary close fence of boards, placed around a work in progress to exclude strag- glers. Ilolding-platea or Anchors. — Strong broad plates of iron sunk in the ground, and generally surrounded by maoonry, — for rt-isting the pull of the cables oi suspension bridg« and for other similar purposes. Horses. — The sloping timbers which carry the steps in a staircase. Uonsings. — In rollinrj mills, etc. The vertical supports for boxes in winch the axle tree passes, and from which the spokes radiate. Ingot.— A lump of cast metal, generally some- what wedged shaped. A pig of cast iron is an ingot. Jack. — A raising instrument, consisting of an iron rack, in connection with a short, stout timber, which supports it, and worked by cog-wheels, ai;a a winch. A Screw Jack. Is a large screw working in a strong frame, the base of which serves for it to stand on, and which is caused to revolve and rise, carrying the load on the top of it, by turning a nut or otherwise. Jag-Mpike. — ^A spike, whose sides are jagower 18 thereby greatly increased. If a spike or bolt is first put into its place loosely, and then has melted lead run round it, the jagging does as- sist, but not when it is driven into wood. «la%T. — An opening, often V shaped, the inner edges of which are for holding something in place. jettie, or J^etty. — A pier, mound or mole, pro- jecting into the water, as a wharf, pier, etc. Jib. — The upper projecting member or arm of a crane, supported by the stay. Journal-box. — A fixture upon which a journal rests and revolves, instead of a plummer-block. JonrnalM. — The cylindrical supporting ends of a horizontal revolving shaft. Their length is usually from 1 to 1 ^A times their diameter. To find diameter, see Gudgeon. KerjfcrM. — The pieces of metal or wood, wluch keep a sliding bolt in its place, and guide it in slidin:. Keif. — The opening or narrow slit made in saw- ing. Key-bolt. — See Cotter holt. Kibble. — The bucket used for raising earth, stone, etc., from shafts or mines. Kuec. — A piece of metal or wood bent at an angle, to serve as a bracket, or as a means of unit- ing two surfaces which form with each other a similar angle. liaggins;', or Sheeting. — A covering of loose plank, as that placed upon centers, and supporting the arch-stones. Also, an outer wooden casing to locomotive boilers, etc. £iantern-^vheel. — See Trundle. Ijan. — To place one piece upon another, with the eoge of one reaching; beyond that of the other. Ijap-'^T-elding. — Welding together pieces that have first been lapped ; in distinction to butt- welding. I^ead (pronounced leed).— In locomotives, a cer- tain amount of opening of the port-valve before each stroke of the piston be.Tins; the distance to which earth is hav.lcd or wlieeled. I^-«ader. — A cog-wheel that gives motion to the next one^ or follower. liteniliiijs-bcam, leafling>pile, are placed as a guide for placing others. liCavcM. — The cogs of pinions. JLiedgc. — A part projecting over like a shelf, — a rock so projeotintr, — a narrow strip of board nailed acro.<5S other boards, to hold them together, as in temporary ledge doors. I-iCTer. — An inllexible beam, supported on a prop, and used for raising weights, I^eiv^is — An arrangement composed of two or three pieces of metal lot into a wedge-shaped hole in a block of stone, by which to raise the block. Liinch- pin. — A pin near the end of an axle. ljink-:jaotion. — A device for regulating the movement of tlie mainport or valve in a locomotive. liock (Canal).— Tne name applied to that por- tion of a canal that lies between the gates which retain the water. Ij©ck-weir.— A deep basin, or reservoir in a canal, to supply the locks with wat«r when neces- sary. Lioaenge.— The shape of a rhomb; often called diamond ^ape. Lug.— In casting small projections from the general surface, and for various purpot^es, such as tor lifting the body ; or for a tiangefor joining it to another; or for a support to something olse. inachicolalious.— Projections over walls and {;ates, and sometimes holes, through which melted ead ar d stones used to be pomed down upon assail- ants. Mali •-'!.— An iron rod used as a core around which a flat i,iece may be bent into a cylindrical shape,— also thv. shaft that carries the chuck of a lathe. Ulan-hole.— An opening by which a man can enter a boiler, culvert, etc., to clean or repair it. ITIattock.— A kind of pick with broad edges for digging. iTIitre-sill.— The sill against which the lock gates of a canal shut. ITIoat.— A fortification,- a ditch outside of the walls of ancient fortresses. Itlodulua.— A datum serving as a means of com- parison. ITIoduluii of £lasticity.— If woods, metals, etc., were perfectly elastic, as air is (almost), then for a rod of one square inch of any given material, there would be a certain load or force in lbs. which would either extend the rod to double its length, or compress it to half its length ; and on the removal of the force in either case, the rod would return to its original length. This load, or force in lbs. per square inch, would be the modulus of elasticity for the given material. Mole. — A pier of stone to shelter ships from the violence of the waves. moment.- A tendency of force acting with leverage. ITIouient of Inertia.— Of a body either revolv- ing (or imagined to revolve) around an axis as a grindstone ; or oscillating like a pendulum. ITIomcut of Rupture, or of Bendiot;^ — The tendency which any load or force exerts to break or btnd a body by tlie aid of leverage. Its amount is found in foot pounds by multiplying the force in lbs. by the length of the leverage m feet, between it and that part of the body upon which the ten- dency is exerted. I?Ionientuni.— Mov-ing force. ITloukey.— The hammer or ram of a pile driver. JTIonkey-Wreuch, or Scre^r-Wrench. — A spanner, the griping end of which can be adji:sted by means of a screw to tit objects of different .:izes. Nailing-blocks.— Blocks of wood inserted in walls of stone or brick, for nailing wash boards, etc. to. lVipT>er8, Pincers.— An arrangement of two curved" arms for catching hold of anything. Normal.— Perpendicular to, according to rule, or to correct principles. Nut, or Burr.— The short piece with a central female screw, used on the end of a screw-bolt, etc., for keeping it in place. Ordinate.- A line drawn at right angles from the axis of a curve, and extending to the curve. Oscillate.— To swing backwards and forwards like a pendulum. Out of Wind, pronounced wynd. — Peifectly straight or flat. Packing.— The material placed in a stuffing box. Packing Pieces. — Short pieces inserted be- tween two others which are to be riveted or bolted together, to prevent their coming in contact with each other. Pall, or Pa^vl.— -See Hatchet. Parcel.— To wrap canvas or rags round a rope. PaliNades. — In Forfificafion. Poles or stakes pointed with iron, set in the ground of an enclos- ure. Pay .—To cover a surface with tar, pitch, etc., a ship word. Payout.— To slacken or let out rope. Pediment. See architectural terms. Penstock. See Fore bay. Pierre-perdu.— Lost stone; random atone ; or ENGINEEEmG TERMS. xxvn rough stones thrown into water, and let find their own slope. Pilc-plBnk«,— Planks driven like piles. Pillow-block, or Pluinnier-biock. — A kind of metal chair or support, upon which the journals of horizontal shafts are generally made to rest, and on which they revolve. Pinion. A small cog-wheel which gives motion to a larger one. Pintle— A vertical projecting pin like that of- ten plact^d at the top of crane posts, and over which tne holding rings at the tops of the wooden guya fit. Also, such as is used for the hinges of rudders, or of window-shutters to turn around- Pitch. — The distance from center to center of the teeth of a cog-wheel, or the threads of a screw. Boiled tar. Pitman. — A connecting rod for transmitting motion from a prime mover to machinery at a dis- tance moved by it. Pit-saw.— A large saw worked vertically by two men, one of whom (the pitman) works in the pit. Pirot. The lower end of a vertical revolving shaft, whether a part of tlie shaft itself or attached to it. It should be flat, and both it and the step or socket upon which it rest^ should be of hard steel. If a steel pivot has to revolve rapidly and contin- uously, it is well to proportion its diameter so as not to have to sustain more than 250 lbs. per square inch, otherwise it will wear quickly. Dust and grit should, for the same reason, be carefully guarded against. Pivots which revolve but seldom, and slowly, as those of a railway turntable, may be turned with half a ton per square inch. As a rule, cast iron pivots should not be loaded with more than half as much as steel ones. A steel one may be welded to the foot of a cast iron shaft, or may be inserted part way into it, and the whole strength- ened by iron bands shrunk on. Planish.- To polish metals by rubbing with a hard smooth tool. Plant. The outfit of machinery, etc., necessary for carrying on any kind of work. Pliers.— A kind of pincers. Plujf.— A piece inserted to stop a hole. Screw phig a plug that is screwed into a hole. Plumb.— Vertical. Plummet or plumb-bob. — A weight at the lower end of a string, for testing verticality. Plunjccr.— A kind of solid piston, or one with- out a valve. Pole-plate. — See Architectural terms- Port-cuilis. — In fortification' A strong grating of timber, the bottom armed with iron spikes the frame was made to slide up and down in a groove in the solid stone within the arch of the gate. Port. — The opening of a passage controlled by a valve. Prime.— To put on the first coat of paint— Pri- ming also is when water passes into a steam cylin- der along with the steam. Proportion.— .*?t;e Ratio. Puddle— Earth well rammed into a trench etc. to prevent leaking, a proces-s for converting cast iron into wrought by a puddling surface. Pun-mill.— A mill for tempering clay for bricks or pottery etc. Pulley.— A circular hoop which carries a belt in machinery. Puppet.— in machinery- A small short pedestal or stand. Puppet-ralre. — See valves- Purlins.— The horizontal pieces placed on raft- ers, for supporting the roof covering. Quaj^. — A wharf. Quoin post.- The vertical post on which a lock gate turns. The heel post. Quoin — The hollow into which a quoin-post of a canal lock-gate tit8,-~stones, u:*uallv dressed, fdaced along the vertical angles of buildings, chiei- yfor ornament. Race. — The channel which contlucts water either to or from a water-wheel, the first is a head race, the last a tail race. The waves produced by the meeting of strong opposing currents ; also, a rapid tideway or roost. Rack and pinion.— The rack is a straight row of cogs on a bar, and called a rack bar ; and the pinion is a small cog-wheel working into it, Radius of fiyrtitlou.-See centre of gravitation- Rag-bolt.— 5e^ Jag Spike. Ra|{ wheel.— One with teeth or pins which catch into the links of a chain. Rampart — In forticafitUm. A massy bank or elevation of earth to cover the place from the direct ti re of the enemy. Rails.— The horizontal pieces in a door. Ram. — The hammer of a pile driver. Random-stone. — liip rap, or rough stones thrown promiscuously into the water, to form a foundation, etc. Rasp. — A coarse file. Ratchet anright piece Stock. — The eye with handles for turning it, in which the dies for' the cutting of the screws are held. Stove-up,or Mtoved, or up-wet. — When a rod of iron is heated at one end, and then hammered endwise so that part becomes of greater diameter or stouter than the remainder. The heads of bolts are frequently made in one piece with the shank in the way ; and the screw ends of long .sorew-rods are often upset, so that the cutting of the threads of the screw may not reduce the strength of the bar. Stratum.— A layer or bed, as the natural ones in rocks, etc. Strike. — An imaginary horizontal line drawn upon the inclined face of a stratum of rocks. Thus, if the slates or shingles of a roof represent inclined strata of rocks, then either the ridge or the eaves of the roof, or any horizontal line between them, will represent their strike. The inclination is call- ed the (Up of the strata ; and the strike is alw ays at right angles to it by compass. Strut. — A prop. A piece that sustains compres- sion, whether vertical or inclined. Strut-tic or tie Mrut. — A piece adapted to sus- tain both tension and compression. Stub-end.— A blunt end. Stud.— A short stout projecting pin, a prop. The vertical ineces in a stud partition. Stufl-bolt* — See standing bolt. Stufllug-box.— A small box on the end of the cylinder, and surrounding the piston-rod like a collar, or in other positions where a rod is required to move back, forward, or to revolve, as the case may be. The box is filled with greased hemp or other packing, which is kept pressed close around the moving rod by means of a top-piece or kind of cover called the (jhind, which may be screwed down more or less tightly upon it at pleasure. The rod passes through the gland also. Sunipt or sump.— A draining well into which rain or other water may be led by little ditches from different parts of the work to which it would do injury. Swage or Swcilge. — A kind of hammer, on the face of which is a semi-cylindrical, or other shaped groove or indentation ; and which being held upon a piece of hot iron and struck by a heavy hammer leaves the shape upon the indentation upon the iron. Swivels.— Devices for permitting one piece to turn readily in various dirccti(m8 ni>on another, without danger of entanglement or separation. The castors under the legs of heavy furniture are swi- velled rollers. Synclidal axis.— /h qeology. A valley axis, or one towards which the strata of rocks slope down- ward from opposite directions. The line of the gutter in a valley roof mav represent such axis. Ts.— Pieces of metal in that shape, whether to serve as straps, or for other purposes. Tackle.— A combination of ropes and pulleys. Talus.— The same as batter. Tamp.— To fill up with sand or earth, etc., the remainder of the hole in which the powder has been poured for blasting rock. ENGINEEKING TERMS. XXIX Tap.— A kind of a screw made of hard steel, and haviuVallo'wer. — Used instead of a cog-wheel, and consisting of two i)arallel circular pieces some distance ai'art, and united by a central axis, and by cylindrical rods placeel ahead by means of an anchor dropped some distance ahead. To tiond an extent of ground with water for a short time to increase its fertility. W awle-weir.— An overfall provided along a canal, etc., at whi*h the water may tlischarge it- self, in case of l>ec high by rain, etc. Sometimes called a tumbling bay. %Vater-»ihed.— The sloping ground from which rain descends into a stream Weir, or Wier.— A dam or an overfall. "%^>ld. — To join two pieces of metal together by first softening them by heat, and then hammering them in contact with each other. In this opera- tion fluxes are used. Wharf. — A level space upon whi{ miings for the grain of wood, 145 Furniture paste and polishes, 145 Gilding, on drawings, 152 Gilding, on metiil, wood, plaster, glass, etc., 151-152 Graining, 157 Gold letter writing, 152 Glue, 147 Gold i)Owder, 15;J-154 Gold lactjuer, 153 Heat conducting i)ower of building ma- terials, 144 Imitation of marble, granite, etc., 155-156 Iron lustre, 165 Lubricating oil, 166 Metid itolishes, 166 Mucilage, 147 (Jniamental designs on glass, 152 I'aint for black boards for schools, 149 Paint, superior outside, 149 Paint, without lead, 149 Paint for boilers, 146 Paint for carriage facing, 147 I'aint for coach jjainting, 148 Paint, Vermillion, 148 Pahit, transparent for window blinds, 148 Paint, to remove old, 149 Paint, refuse, how to utilize, 149 Paint, flexible, for canvas, 146 Paint, white, for water color, 146 Paint, to remove the smell of, 146 Polishes for wood fillings, 145 Polishes, French, 144 Sign writing, 154 Sizing for drawing paper, 144 Smalts, how to use, 148 To toughen steel, 163 To recut old files, 164 To temper steel, 164 To remove rust, 164 To joint lead pipes, 164 To soften aist iron for turning, 104 To grind glass for shades, 154 To attach glass or metal to plate glass, 154 To melt steel easily, 1W3 Varnishes and stains, 149, 150, 151 Varnishes, Hio Varnishes for iron, 166 Varnishes for iron, black, heavy, 166 Varnishes, gold, 154 Veneer, stains for, 159-163 Veneering, rules for, 145 Roofs, 94 Schedule price list, 7 Slating, 93 Trigonometry, plane, 128 Velocity of wheels, 163 mm ktmmi & BsiMitii Plans, Specifications AND Detailed Drawings Furnished for public and private buildings in the Country ADDRESS :-EDITOR^S OFFICE, GAI\/AD/AI\I MEG HA HI /OS MAGAZINE, 7, BLEUSY STSE3T, M0NT23AL. F.N.BOXER, SOLCiTOR OF PATENTS, EDITOR OF THE Canadian Mechanics Magazine AND PATENT OFFICE RECORD. Associated with Patent Solicitors of long established practice in Europe and the United States. Particular attention paid to the preparation of Mechanical Drawings Specifications, Assignments, &c. Persons patenting through this office, receive special notices of their patents, free, in the Canadian Mechanics, Magazine and Patent Office Record. OFFICE : 7, BLEURY STREET, MONTREAL. ^ata THE Dailies' Magazine PATEI^T OFFICE RECORD AND FAMILY FRIEND. This vaUiabie Magazine is the only one of the kind puLlished in Canada. It is not onl)' a Scieniitic and Mechanical Journal, but has 16 pages devoted entire!}' to lamily reading 6f llic most useful and instructivo nature, which renderw it one of the rnost desirable works now published in Canada for the Home Circle. Its illu.sirations are not oidy numerous, but of a very superior kind — in iact, its reproduction of fine art drawings are almost equal to the originals. 'J'he letter press lor fiamilies consists ot Music, Drawing, Botany, (jardening, Natural History, Fine Arts, Amateur Mechanical pursuits, Games, Holiday and Evening pastimes, Pleasing tales. Household Education, Cooking Keceipts, &c. No Family sliould be without tiiis valuabia Work. G. C. DeZOUCHE, 351 Notre Bame Stre©!^ IVSOrMTREAL. The subscriber lias always on hand a vqyv complete and well assorted stock of the latest Designs in From the cheapest to th.e most expensive, and suitable for every place where paper can be applied. THE DECORATIONS consist of various styles in use in Paris, London & New York, AND COMPIilSE Corinthian Columns, Mouldings, MechiriionR, Cornices, Frescce«, Ceiling Cen- tres, Statues, Flower and Fruit Pieces, Sporting Scenes, Scenery for Private Theatricals, Oriental Borders, &c., &c., &c. THE GENERAL ENGRAVERS. GHROMO AND PHOTO-LITHOBRAPHERS, AND LITHOGRAPHIC STEAM PRINTERS, 6, 7, 9, 11 & 13, BLEUFY STREET, MONTREAL. THE ART OF PHOTO-LTOHOGRAPHY. The knowledge and value of this beautiful art is, as yet, but little known by those who are not connected with^cientific and ilechanical pursuits. One of its most important advantages is the fidelity with which steel engravings wood cuts, or pen and ink sketches, can be reproduced with all the minuteness and clearness in outline of the original. The application of this beautiful pro- cess is as yet only in its infanc}'', but, its adaptability to so many branches of literature, by avoiding the means of obtaining superior and cheap illustra- tions, will undoubtedly create a great change in all pictorial works, by enab- ling authors to illustrate them in a much superior style than formerly, and at a far less cost. One of the features of the art is that, original drawings can be reduced or enlarged if necessar}', and pen and ink tracings of maps, archi- tectural designs, or drawings of any kind in India ink, can be faithfully copied, and even improved, from the originals. There is another branch, also, to which it is particularly adapted, viz., to the reproducing of pen and ink sketches, enabling a pupils' work, or that of amateur artists, to be printed in numbers — so that the fac simile copy of a talented sketch or drawing may be obtained for distribution among friends or for Bazaars at a trifling cost. The art is one worthy of the especial notice of Engineers, Surveyors, Mechanics, Geologists, Artists and Amateurs, For particulars apply to Q B. BURLAND, General Manager. lif m 9 i (Successors to Ives &. Allen ) €i •1 ^v HARDWA AND UFACTURERS, r' O XJ 3Xr X> 3E3 r?. IS , Iron Railings and Crestings, Wrought and Cast. 3?ii^ I !Aif h>Z3 of every description. FINE CASTINGS A SPECIALTY. L0€KS, BUTfS^ mess, HIILS and a larije line of BUILDER'S HARDWARE Of our own and American Manufacture n.t lowest prices to the trade only. AGENTS FOR Asbastos Roofiag. Rook Rim P.^p3r Cd.'s Balldinj, Papar-Tarred Roofiag Foil, Tcirrad Sheathing. 123, QUEEN STREET, MONTBBAIj, Patent Hot Sir and Hot Water Furnaces. STOVES.- RANGES. &C So]e y\ge:it in the Dominion lor tlio sale of Carpsnier's Celeiiraioi! Dsubia Oven Range. G. jF Jh^isr, 38. VICTORIA SQUARE. {¥!Or x^ o o F" Welded Steel and Iron Burslar-Proof Safes and Fire and Buigiai-i^roof bafes Combined. l\if n cpnt iinproTf mfPtK tnii'lo in my Snfos jrnnrnntoo thom pur^nor in Fire-ronifting and Rurjrlar-Proo qualitif-t ti> those ot any otlitr iiiakp of scilt' m tho Dominion. Snrj^t-nt aiul Ort't'n leaf's Combination Locks are us««tt on my SiUfs. Also, Iron Vault Liniii>f-;, Biirg'ar-I'roof Vanlt Dootk. Fire-Pioof Doorn, Iron feibut- ttTM. Iron Doors tor I'ubilo iiuihliiigs, >rt>ssen(?«'r!*' Chests iind Dtrd I «>xo«i, OH Doors aud Gratings, Jail Sates. Hank and Store Door Locks, llHiS liKItXiLS AND GlRliEliJs, kc, &c. A lartffl number of ^^'Oond-Hand ^atV'S. of difftrcnt nmkj'r-i. alwavK on hand, which will be lold Cheap. AUo Manufuctun'r uf dtunecuttorti' Toolsi.aud al»o A^ulitfo^ }>l. Moody'* I'unchiug Uacbine. OFflC £ : 329 St. Lawrenca 'ULa.in Street, FACIOET : Corner Ontario & St. Charlei Borromte 8tt. MONTREAL. 6 DRAIN PIPES, I' l!i !lH I //. WITH until?. MU. i»- of OTsry description. PLAIN & OEITAMENTAL Chimney Tops FIRE CLAY VASES. YARIOUS FATTKUN8. J ^ mmi Portland, Roman & Canadian, FIRE BRICK FIRE CLAY, Flat Paving Tiles AND OVEN SOLES. &o., &c., &c., FOR SALE GY COPLAND & McLaren, Corner Wellington and Grey Nun treets. H. WHITESIDE & CO., MANXTACTURERS OF >1QE'S PftTEHT & "tMPROllEO MATTRESSES AND BEDDING of every description, AV II O I^ E s ^\. i^ !<:, 64 & 66 COLLEGE STREET. MONTREAL- If OHAS. ©ABTH S 00., MANUFACTURERS & IMPORTERS OF FITTINGS FOR PLUMBERS, STEAM AND CAS FITTERS, BRASS FOUNDERS, COPPERSMITHS, ENGLNEERS, &c Steam & Hot Water Apparatus FOE WARMING BUILDINGS. ti-'i-^^;-*.- 8 EAGL DRY, 14 TO 84, KING STREET. MONTREAL. aEOBOE IIAXUFACTURER OF M Eiii PF I. J — ALSO- Steam Pumps, Donkey Engines. Circular Saw-Mills, Gear Wheels, Shafting Pullies, Hangers, &c. Improved Hand and Power Hoists, Blake's Patent Stone and Ore Breaker. ASKWITHS PAT££iT HYOHAULIO LiFT. —AGENT FOR— WATERS' PEEFECT ENGINE GOVEENOE & HEALD & SISGO CENTEIFUGAL PUMPS. k 9 A. SICOTTE, TINSMITH, PLUMBER, GAS, Hot Air Furnaces, Bath & Water Closet Fitter, ROOFER IN TIN, SHEET-IRON AND SLATE, GALVANIZED IRON CONDUCTORS & SPOUTS. Always on hand a complete and varied assortment of Tin war e. Hardware, Refrigerators, Coal Oil, Lamps, Chimneys, Wicks, &c. All orders will be executed with care and at very moderate prices. GASALIERS REBRONZED. 331 ST. LAWRENCE STREET. MONTREAL. MoifflUVHAN & TUCKIR, LUMBER MERCHANTS, SAW, PLANING, SASH, DOOR & BOX FACTOBT, 670, ST. JOSJSBII STREIJT, Building Timber cut to order. A large assortment of Boards and Plank, dressed and undressed. Mouldings, Architraves and every description of house finish Orderg left at the Mills, or addressed to their office, 676 St. Joseph Street, promptly executed. Terms liberal. 10 ANNETT & O'CONNOR, DEALERS IX Wood d Iron Working Machinery, Emery Grinders & Wheels, Engines, Boilers and Machine Supplies, Band-Sawing, Machinery for Log Sawing, Re-Sawing, and Scroll Cut- ting, Warren's Standard Scales, etc. Head-Quarters in Canada for the justlj Celebrated Perin's French Band-Saw Blades. Maniaiacturers cf the "Common Sense Feed Cutter," AND MICHOLS PATENT ACID SIPHON PUMPS, The only arrangement in the worlu for the safe and convenient handling of Sulphuric and other Acids. ' We make a specialty of the latest improved Hand and Foot Power Machines for the use ot Joiners and others not having steam power facilities. 380 ST. PAUL STREET, MONTEEAL. O. DEBLOIS, ■ » MONTREAL. PLUMBEK& ROOFER, AKD MANUFACTURER OF METAL ROOFING. IRON CONDUCTORS, i AND SFOUTB> m GALVANIZED IRON CORNICES, EEACEETS, itttiif m Ac, Ac. And all kinds of Exterior Metallic Ornaments for Roofs and Architectural Work. 11 LovELL Printing and Publishing Company, \LIMrTED,\ 23 k 25 ST. NICHOLAS ST. MONTREAL. LAKE SHORE niESS, ROUSKS IMUNT, N. V. JOE^ LOVELL, ROBERT K. LOVELL, Afana^ino Director. Secretary Treasurer. Book aitd Job Peiittiitg. l^oolt Work, Blank Forms, KeeeiptH, I*atnphlefH, Insurance Fornts, CUUaloffues, rcritnlicals, Uailway Forms, tartis, Friees iJurrenf, Ijeff€il Forms, Funvraf tjvtfvrs, rrospectuscs, Jiiiis (^f Jjatlinff, Hani! iiUfs. Cireularsy Way liiiis, Fostinff Hi lis, AND EVERY DESCRIPTION OF EXECUTED WITH THE UTMOST DKSPATCH, AT TflE BLANK AND ACCOOTT BOOKS, Ledgers, Journals, Cash and Day Books, OF ALL SIZES, MADE TO ORDER : BOUND IN CALF, (with or without Russia Bau'ls,) VELLUM OR BASIL. RXJX.I^^O XO r^lN^V I'vYiriOHTS" RTCQIJiriTriT). Indices Bound with the Books, or furnished loose, as may be desired. Bill Bnok^. Letter Bonhs. Iw^nicc Books, Guard Books, Policy Books, Account Current Books. Sales Books. Coutnicf Books. Bankers' Pass Books, Merchants Mr':'nranduni Books, (Ct.. ({'",. ivndv fo onler fn any desired pattern. maM 12 THE STADACONA FIRE AND LIFE QUEBEC. Mead Office; 95 St. Peter Street. President : J. B. RENAUD, Esq., Vice-Prei^ident : HON. J. SIIAliPLES. Hon. E. Cliinic, Senator. J. G. Ros?, E?q, P. B. Casgrain, Esq., M.P. John Rosa, Esq. Alex. Lemoinc, Esq. C. Tctu, Esq. John Lane, Esq. Legal Advisers : Messrs. Langlois, Angers & Colston. Chief Medical. Adviser : Fra. 11. LaRue, M.D., Professor of Chemistry, Laval I'niver^ity Inspector .- E. R. O'Brien. j General Manager : Geo. J. Pyke. Secretary .- Crawford Lindsay. TOaOIMTO BOARD. OfHce : Adelaide St. near Post Office. Hon Alex. Campbell,| Senator, Chairman. D. Galbraith, Esq. Eugene O'Keefe, Esq. JOS. B. EEED, Secretary Sf Agent. MONTREAL BOARD. Office : 13 Place d'Armes. Thomas Workman, Flsq., M.P., Chairman. Aniable .Todoin, Esq. Hon. J. Fcrricr. Maurice Cuvillier, Esq. Thos. Tiffin, Esq. C. O. PERRAULT, Secretary (f Agent. * » •» » DISTINGUISHING FEATURES : Moderaite HateSg, ■ ■•> I The Premium Revenue for the current year ig steadily increasing, showing the confidence and patronage bestowed on this rising HOME COMPANY throughout the Dominion. Insurers, both Life and Fire, are invited to consider the advantageous terras oifered by ihe STADACONA. City property of all kinds may be insured at the lowest current rates. CITY OFFICES : No. 13 Place d'Armes. 0. O; PERRAULT, Agent, City and District of Montreal, 13 ! k CO., NO. 5», ST. JOSEPH STREET, MANUFACTURERS OF .artk, 0^ta^e. and Office ^LLtirL^s., j3^aJ-q.LLd±e. ^Laai^s., fUfaacL ^at^fzetlfLC^s., ^anci^ fWcLLn.s£.c±&, and. ^an.ci^ fWaad-ULaf-k af. a LL kinds.. Send for Illustrated Catalogue. u * \ jT. 13 . S TT, Coats of ArixiB, Crests, Monograms, Address Dies, etc«> Designed, Engrcved and Printed in the latest London Fashion. MANUFACTURER OF FLEXIBLE STAMPS. 512\GRMG STREET. - ■ - -MONTREAL. GEORGE YON, Tll^iillTH, DEALER IN ^n% %immSm, |#l %4m ni |i9 %m' •♦-♦^ ♦< ALL ORDERS PROMPTLY ATTENDED TO. ^ Sip aiii Fr III ij Pift FJLFJER IlJllsra:EIt, &c., ■zee 9 C:>icsL±s Stro MONTBBAIi. o"t , i.. 1